(SANITIZED)ABSTRACTS OF UNCLASSIFIED SOVIET PAPERS ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE(SANITIZED)

Document Type: 
Collection: 
Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): 
CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5
Release Decision: 
RIPPUB
Original Classification: 
U
Document Page Count: 
242
Document Creation Date: 
December 27, 2016
Document Release Date: 
January 31, 2014
Sequence Number: 
3
Case Number: 
Publication Date: 
October 11, 1957
Content Type: 
REPORT
File: 
AttachmentSize
PDF icon CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5.pdf31.25 MB
Body: 
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 50X1 -HUM Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release . 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 i 0 ,. .0 i UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED //2'c--2767,742 AEC-tr - 2925 UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE (ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS AND PLENARY SESSION PAPERS) Translated by: CONSULTANTS BUREAU. INC. Technical Information Service Extension, Oak Ridge, Tenn. : Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 rili????? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 A translation of: f ? Vsesoyuznoi Nauchno-Tekhnicheskoi Konferentsy Po Primeneniyu Radioaktivnikh I Stabilnikh Izotopov I Izlucheny V Narodnom Khozyaistve I Nauke, Moskva Izdatelstvo Akademy Nauk SSSR, 1957, 474 pp. Printed in the U.S.A. Price $2.20. Available from the Office of Technical Services. Department of Commerce, Washington 25, D. C. AEC Technical Infonnation Service Extension Oak Ridge, Tenneuee p. I ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE (Abstracts of Papers and Plenary Session Papers) TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Abstracts of Papers Given in the Session on Isotope Production and High-Intensity y -Systems II. Abstracts of Papers Given in the Session on Technical Sciences and Industrial Uses of Isotopes III. Abstracts of Papers Given in the Session on Biology, Medicine, and Agriculture IV. Abstracts of Papers. First All-Union Conference on Radiation Chemistry V. Achievements of National Science and Industry in Using Radioactive Methods for Prospecting and Developing Useful Minerals. V. N. Dakhnov VI. Use of Nuclear Radiation for Automation and Technological Process Control in the USSR. and L. V. Melttser The Origins and Symptoms of the Actions on Living Organisms of Small Radiation Doses. The Use of Radioactive Isotopes in Clinical Medicine. A. V. Kozlova Isotopes and Radiations in Agronomy. V. M. Klechkovsky Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1 N. N. Shumilovsky A. V. Lebedinsky_ Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR CENTRAL COMMITTEE ON UTILIZATION OF ATOMIC ENERGY COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES, USSR ? ALL -UNION CONFERENCE ON TH APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS GIVEN IN THE SESSION ON ISOTOPE PRODUCTION AND HIGH-INTENSITY y -SYSTEMS Moscow 1967 3 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Editor Yu..S..Frolov 4 " 4 ? ISOTOPE PRODUCTION CERTAIN PROBLEMS IN TUE PRODUCTION OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES IN A NUCLEAR REACTOR E. E. Kulish This paper is concerned with the first of the following two stages in the preparation of products which con- tain radioactivc isotopes: a) the production of semi-finished isotopes by neutron irradiation, that is, certain standard samples of raw material which are irradiated in the reactor; b) the packaging of the semi-finished isotopes obtained by neutron irradiation and the synthesis of different chemical compounds containing these radioactive tracer isotopes. To obtain semi-finished isotopes by neutron irradiation a set of chemical operations is carried out which is safe for reactor operation and which guarantees the highest purity of the materials which are irradiated in terms of smallest amounts and variety of radioactive impurities. To obtain samples with the highest specific activity use is made of raw material which is rich in the ap- propriate stable isotope. All raw material intended for irradiation is packaged in separate units and kept in standard aluminum containers. The dimensions of the containers and cases and the characteristics of the materials used in their fabrication are given. All raw material is irradiated in an industrial nuclear reactor for three periods depending on the half-life, the effective cross sections, and the specific activity required in practice. After irradiation the containers with the semi-finished isotopes are placed in transport containers with wall thickness which depends on the activity of the container and the hardness of the y-radiation. Before further processing of the irradiated raw materials, lumps containing y-radiators are subject to mea- surements which are made to determine the specific and total activity of the semi-finished isotope. The activity of other semi-finished isotopes is checked by measurements of the total neutron flux using a comparison with a standard cobalt sample. For some of the semi-finished isotopes which are obtained in large amounts it is found expedient to irradi- ate the raw material in special large-volume containers, carrying out the primary chemical processing and the isotope separation immediately after irradiation. These methods are used to obtain Cm, Cam, Clm, and S. A short description is given in the paper of special apparatus which has been constructed for this purpose. In this apparatus, under conditions which are safe for personnel, are carried out the separation of the original raw material and the extraction of Cm and Clm in the form of gases which are absorbed in absorption containers. The residual solutions are chemically purified from undesired impurities and Cam and Sig are obtained. The characteristics of the fiinal products are presented. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 5 Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR 1 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 PRODUCTION OF SEVERAL RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES AT A 10 -MEV DEUTERON CYCLOTRON AND A THEORETICAL ESTIMATE FOR THE REACTION CROSS SECTIONS AS A FUNCTION OF DEUTERON ENERGY I. P. Selinov, P, P. Dmitriev, I. I. Zhivotovsky, N. N. Krasnov, E. N. Khaprov, Z. Z. Latypov, and M. Z. Maksimov Production of radioactive isotopes at a 1-meter 10-Mev deuteron cyclotron. 1. Production of radioactive isotopes by deuterons. The isotopes Mn* and Mnf- have been obtained by irradiating chromium and the isotope Zna has been obtained by irradiating copper in the internal deuteron beam. A target, the head of which is a copper cylinder 28 trim in diameter was used. The internal surface of the head was water-cooled while the external surface was plated with chromium or copper from which the zinc had been removed by a special purification process. It was possible to carry on extended irradiation of the target without noticeable effects on the surface using e mean ion current of 250 !lamp. To extract the manganese isotopes without the use of a cerrier mangauese-ion adsorption in !ion hydroxide with subsequent extractien of the iron by diethyl ether was used. The Zne6 was se- parated by extraction of the zinc with a solution of dithizoneinchloroform with subsequent rinsing in hydrochloric acid. The isotopes Nan and Lain were obtained by deflecting the ion beam. To obtain the sodium isotope a slab of magnesium 0.5 mm thick was set up as a target for the deflected beam. The Inner side of the irradiated slab was water-cooled. The dimensions of the irradiated surface were 2.5 x15 = 37.5 cml. The target was bom- barded by a current of 100 ?amp. The Na was separated without a carrier by triple precipitation of the mag- nesium in carbon-free NH4OH. The isotope La13 was obtained by irradiating barium oxide using the (d, n) and (d, 2n) reactions. The tar- get was bombarded by a beam current of 80 ?amp. To separate the Laln from the barium oxide a method was used In which lanthanum is absorbed in iron hydroxide with the subsequent extraction of FeCl3 by diethyl ether. The isotopes Zna* and Lain were produced for investigation by y-spectrosr.opy, which is carried out in the Institute, and the isotopes Nan, Mr, aud Mnb4 were prepared at the request of other institutions. 2. Production of re:Yale-the isotopes by fast neutrons. Fast neutrons, with entagies above 18 Mev, can be obtained by using a target of boron oe lithium. A mea- surement of tae neutron yield', ',sins as a detector the radioactive isotope Cu whis is is formed in the Cl(n, 2n) reaction indicates that the neutron ,)leld from a lithium target is 3.5-4 times greater than that of a boron target. Thus, a target of metallic lithium was. used to obtain the radioactive isotopes. The fast neutrons were used in work carried out under a program for finding new isotopes which are produced in (n, p) and (n, a) reactions. The activity of the radioactive isotopes so produced has been found sufficient both for the discovery of new isotopes (Gan and others) as well as for the identifit ?lion of isotopes with unverified mass numbers (Gan, Gap). 3. Calculation of the product yield of the reactions as a function of aeuteron energy. In the use of these or other nuclear reactions for obtaining isotopes, in a number of cases it is necessary to lisee at least a rough idea of the dependence of yield on the energy of the incident particles. There is very little ,expt olerental data concerning the isotope yield dependence as a function of energy. Hence, it is of interest to carry out the calculation of these functibns by theoretical analysis. On the basis ef the statistical theory, M. Z.Maksimovhas carried out an estimate of the yield of certain isotopes fa tlx. triiidiat,on of thick targets by dueterons with energies up to 20 Mev. es. 6 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? ? The results of the calculations are shown in the form of curves for the following reactions: mguill(d, a; d, an) Nan; Crita(d, n; d, 2n) Mn; Fe1447(d, a; d, an) Mn; Cun(d, 2n) Znu;Balar,m(d. _ ; d, 2n; d,3n)La, aea n Central Committee, on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR CHEMICAL-SPECTRAL ANALYSIS OF HIGH-PURITY MATERIALS USED IN REACTOR CONSTRUCTION AND IN THE MANUFACTURE OF RADIOISOTOPES ? A. G. Karabash and Sh. I. Peizulaev This work presents the general characteristies of the chemical-spectral analysis method of the following high-purity metals (and their compounds): Na, K, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Al, Ga, Si, Ge, Sn Pb. M. Au, Fe, Ni, Ti, Zr, Cr, Mo, V. In each of these metals the chemical-spectral method provides for a common quantitative determination, In one spectrogram, of a large number (15-25) of impurity elements, usually the following; Be, Mg, Ca, Ba, Al, Ti, V. Cr, Mo, Mn, Fe, Ca, Ni, Cu. Ag, Au Zn, Cd, In, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, Ga, Tl, Te, Pt. 4 Tile impurities 13, Si, As, Li, Na, K are determined separately. The methods which have been developed are based on the general idea of the separation of base elements by means of selective reactions with the simultaneous concentration of a large number of impurity-elements and the subsequent spectrographic determination of all impurities in the concentrate. The concentration of the impurities is accomplished by conversion of the base element Into another phase ? solid (by cooling), liquid (by extraction, flotation), or gaseous (by evaporation) ? with subsequent separation from the impurity concentrate. These selective reactions and the conditions for which quantitative concentration of the impurities can be carried out without loss are chosen in the hope of finding a single suitable operation. The impurity concentrate is pr-nned in powder form by fixation of the individual impurities with a small amount of the appropriate base. In this operation the factor by which the impurity is enriched in the concentrate ranges from 20-100. Standards are also prepared in the form of powders by introduaht.g into the spectrally pure base all the ele- ments being determined; the same standards are used for the concentrates and unenriched samples. The conditions for spectral analysis of different metals are almost identical. In all cases a spectroscope of medium dispersion is used (ISP-22, ISP-28, Q = 24). The spectra are excited by a de arc between carbon elec- trodes at a current cf 12 amp. The spectra of the unenrichetl samples and the concentrate are photogrephed to- gether. In analysis of metals with simple spectra the exposure is made for total combustion. In analysis of metals with complicated spectra, fractional distillation of the carrier is used or the impurity concentrate may be fixed after complete separation of the base element from the other (*universal") base (Be0, SrSO4). Calibration curves are drawn using the coordinates (log I, log C). Because of the chemical concentration effect a considerable improvement of the relative sensitivity of the spectral determinations obtains (from 20 to 100 times); this applies to all impurities. T e sensitivity in a deter- mination of the majority of the above-mentioned elements is 10-4 - 104. ? The following took part in the development of these methods under the direction of A. G. Karabash and ga L Peizulaev : R. L. Slyusareva, Z. N. Samsonova, L. S. Krauz, N. P. Sotnikova, N. L Smirnova-Averina, G. G. Morozova, L. S. Romanovich, L L Smirenkina, V. M. Lipatova, S. K. Sazanova, V. P. Usacheva, L. I. Pugacheva, F. A. Kostareva, P. D. Gorchabev, E. F. Voronova, N. T. Kostereva, F. L. Babina, A. L Elovarskaya, N. N. Kuz- netsova, and V. S. Moleva. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 '7 ess = ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? W' ???? ??? ??= -V"f ? The chemical-spectral methods are characterized by relative errors of approximately 20% in the deter- minations of traces of the elements. The methods were tested using artiffcial mixtures of unknowns and also by carrying parallel determinations using chemical and spectral analysis. To get a quantitative picture of the ef- fect of concentration on the impurities, the distribution of traces of the elements between phases under the con- ditions of the analysis was investigated. Radioactive indicators and activation-analysis methods were also used for this purpose. These chemical-spectral methods, in conjunction with spectral, chemical, and activation-analysis methods, can be used in control of high-purity materials used in reactor construction and also for analytical control of raw materials and semi-finished products in the manufacture of artificial radiolsOtopes. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR QUANTITATIVE SPECTRAL ANALYSIS OF IMPURITIES IN RADIOACTIVE PREPARATIONS V. V. Lvov and G. I. Kibisov The use of spectral analysis in control of the purity of radioactive materials has the following advantages: only small amounts of the material are required to perform an analysis (2-50 g); the time required for analyzing several samples can be held down to 3-4 hours and the manipulation of active materials does not take more than 1-1.5 hours. This paper points out the great simplicity of the methods, the fact that tests for all the desired materials in a sample can be carried out simultaneously and the fact that the same method can be used for preparations of different composition. There is some reduction in accuracy as compared with the analysis of nonradioactive ma- terials. In general, however, the errors are of the order of 5-8(lo which is satisfactory for the present purposes. The spectrum is excited by an ac ay- in?4 examined with standard equipment (ISP-22 spectrograph). Before analysis solid materials are converted into solutions and if this is not possible, are used as powders. To protect personnel from the radioactive aerosols produced in the excitation of the spectra, a simple cham- ber was constructed and maintained at less-than-atmospheric pressure. The other operations are carried out in a lead-lined box. As an example, we present the determination of P and Fe in CdS powder and the determination of Co. Mn, and Sb in FeC13 solutions. The cadmium sulfide is analyzed in the form of a powder which is deposited on the carbon electrodes as a dispersion in glycerin. The FeC13 solution is deposited on a plane electrode prepared be- forehand from a solution of polystyrene. The presence of the above-mentioned elements can be detected if they are present in concentrations of a thousandth of a percent. This does not seem to be the limiting sensitivity. State Institute for Applied Chemistry 8 ? ? CONSTRUCTION OF a- 8-, AND y-SOURCES USING OXIDE FILMS ON ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS M. S. Petrova 1. In a number of fields of medicine, science, and technology there is frequent need for hard sources of a-, 8-, and y-radiation with different configurations, size, and activity. Up to the present time the construction of such sources with phosphorus, carbon, strontium, sulfur, thallium, and also certain y-radiators, for example, cobalt, zinc, iron, etc., has not been feasible in practice. 2. The purpose of the present work is to explore the possibility of constructing sources of 8- and y-radiation using artificial radioisotopes. through the use of a universal method which exploits the properties of oxide films on aluminum and its alloys "charged" by different chemical reagents. 3. The properties of oxide films artificially produced on aluminum and aluminum alloys are affected to a great extent by the techniques employed in their formation. The films may be elastic or brittle, thick or thin, very porous or slightly porous. The films can be produced by thermal, chemical, or electrochemical means. The best results are obtained by anodizing. By changing the composition of the solutions, the temperature, the duration of treatment, the vol- tage, and current density (in electrochemical oxidation), and by choosing the different "charging" techniques and reagents properly (dyes, oils, inhibiting agents, lacquers and other chemical reagents); films with different characteristics can be produced. By controlling the technique of film formation it is possible to produce on a practical scale films for de- corative purposes, anticorrosion use, electrical insulation, etc. The properties of oxide films obtained by electrochemical methods which are then charged chemically have been used to make 8- and y-sources with artificial radioisotopes. 4. Oxide films with a high filling factor were obtained using a sulfuric-acid anodizing scheme and hydro- chloric-acid processing. In the first case an ordinary sulfuric acid bath is used (20% solution of sulfuric acid, dc voltage approxi- mately 18 volts, initial anode current density 1.5 amp/dm2, electrode temperature approximately 18', lead- plate cathode). In the second case the oxidation is carried out in a hydrochloric acid electrolyte (2% solution) using ac voltages up to 120 volts. 5. The method has been checked using three oxidation techniques and eight isotope solutions Co., Zn, TI204, P, C14, SZ, with various degrees of charging. 6. These experiments reveal that after rinsing and fixation of the films, one has hard 8- and y-sources which are characterized by high mechanical surface stability and which do not contaminate objects with which they come in direct contact. The activity of the sources can be varied over wide limits by changing the conditions of formation and charging of the films; for example, by changing the exposure in the electrolyte and in charging it is postible to thange the activity of the phosphorus samples by more than a factor of a thousand. 7. Through the use of the method which is described here it is possible to fabricate hard a-, 8-, and sources in in the shape of slabs, tubes, cylinders, spheres, and any other desired configuration which can be fabricated from aluminum and aluminum alloys. By covering desired sections of the sources these can be kept from becom- ing radioactive. Sources of this type can be used in medicine, (applicator), apparatus design, dosimetry, printing, and textile manufacture (for removal of static charges) and in many other fields of the national economy. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 9 Academy for Medical Sciences, USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Ap roved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 :t2 ENRICHMENT OF STABLE ISOTOPES BY THE ELECTROMAGNETIC METHOD V. S. Zolotarev This report presents data from which it is possible to make estimates of the rates at which isotopes of vari- ous elements can be separated by the electromagnetic method. For the sum of all the isotopes of a given ele- ment this quantity ranges from hundreds of milligrams to several grams per day (for continuous operation) with one ion source. The rates for individual isotopes depend on the relative abundances in the natural element. Information is given on the weight of enriched isotopes obtained for research purposes: these fluctuate from several tens of milligrams to several grams depending on the relative abundances. The report also contains a table of the enriched isotopes which have been separated on a technological scale in the U.S.A., U.S.S.R., and England. In conclusion the elements already separated in the Soviet Union and those on which work will be carried out in 1957 are listed. Institute for Atomic Energy Academy of Sciences, USSR WORKING MATERIALS FOR ISOTOPE SEPARATION BY THE ELECTROMAGNETIC METHOD B. A. Alekseev In the foreign literature which is concerned with the working materials used in electromagnetic separation of isotopes there is no information as to the criteria used in the choice of working materials or the pertinent re- quirements. The latter can be formulated starting from an analysis of the working material in the basic stages of its conversion during the separation process: evaporation; ionization and dissociation; removal of nonionized material in the vacuum chamber of the separation apparatus. The use of materials in the form of elements or simple compounds is indicated. It is desirable that the working material be one of high purity, L e., a high number of impurities is unfavorable for the vaporation pro- cess since these tend to disturb the uniformity of the process and to complicate the separation. However, fre- quently compromise solutions must be found, particularly when there is no ion source of the appropriate type or when it is difficult to acquire a given material. In three available ion sources which cover working-material evaporation ranges of 20-900', 900-2000', and 2000-3000? it is possible to use all the elements except tungsten and possibly tantalum. In this case the natural limitation is the problem of obtaining the desired material in the form of the element. Sometimes it is desirable to depart from the use of chemically pure wc.rking materials, particulary when these are difficult to obtain. For example, in separating isotopes of the rare-earth elements it is convenient to use concentrates, that is, in the electromagnetic separation process there is a rather sharp mass resolution and the chemist is provided with arelativelysimpleanswer to the problem of separating binary mixtures of isobars or puri- fication of isotopes from traces of contamination by neighboring elements. This simplifies considerably the se- paration of isotopes of the low-abundance elements. The method was checked in the separation of gadolinium Isotopes; a 63% concentrate was used. Institute for Atomic Energy Academy of Sciences, USSR 10 ? ? 1 6 ? ? HIGH-TEMPERATURE ION SOURCE FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC SEPARATION OF ISOTOPES OF ELEMENTS OF THE PLATINUM GROUP V. M. Guscv 1. The basic need for the development of a high-temperature ion source with operating temperatures rang- ing to 2700" for separation of isotopes of elements of the platinum group (Pd, Pt. Ry, and Ir) is connected with the thermal instability of all known compounds of these elements and the fact that it is impossible to use existing low-temperature sources. 2. A design for the construction of a high-temperature ion source is described in which the crucible and discharge chamber are heated by electron bombardment. Data are given for the electron gun which provides A hollow cylindrical beam (100-200 ma) with energies ranging from 20-25kev whichis used to heat the discharge chamber to a high temperature. The thermal shielding of the source is also described. 3. Operation of the source for separation of palladium isotopes. Data are given on the dependence of the Ion current emitted from the source and the current focused on the collector as functions of the pressure in the Ionization space, the discharge voltage,and the accelerating voltage. Also the level of oscillations of the ion- beam current is described. 4. A description is given of a collector which is used for the simultaneous collection of six palladium iso- 5. Results are given on the separation of Pd isotopes in a small electromagnetic separator. Approximately 300 mg of enriched isotopes of palladium are obtained with an hourly consumption of metallic Pd of 0.5-0.6 g. In the samples which were obtained the concentration of the 'respective isotopes was increased as follows: topes. Pe" from 0.8 to 21.310; FPI from 9.3 to 44.40: Pd1?1 from 22.6 to 53.75): Peg from 27.2 to 70.310: Pd1" from 26.8 to 74.0: PP/ from 13.5 to 44.25% 6. The high-temperature source is useful for separation of small amounts of isotopes of other solid elements in those cases in which it is convenient to work with the pure elements and not compounds. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR MASS-SPECTROMETER WITH AN INHOMOGENEOUS FIELD FOR ISOTOPE ANALYSIS OF LIGHT ELEMENTS N. E. Alekseevsky, A. V. Dubrovin, G, I. Kosourov, G. P. Prudkovsky, S. I. Shchelynin, T. K. Shuvalova, S. I. Filimonov, and V. I. Chekin By using an inhomogeneous magnetic field it is possible to increase the resolving power of a mass,spectro- meter without increasing the size of the magnet. T d in Part Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 11 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 An axially symmetric magnetic field which decreases in the radial direction is used. With this configuration 1 the dispersion and resolving power are increased by a factor of 1---- , where -n dlI r n = ? - for r-r0, dr 11 and re is the radius of the equilibrium orbit. The ion beam of the paraxial trajectory at the equilibrium radius is focused in the radial and axial direc- tions after deflection in the magnetic field through angles In the case of sectored magnetic field with an ion-beam deflection angle 20 = 180?, focusing is realized if the source and collector are placed at identical distances f from the boundary of the magnetic field., ctg 4T-714, f = ro A number of instruments based on this principle have been constructed. The inhomogeneous field is pro- vided by an electromagnet with conical pole pieces. In a glass instrument with radius ro = 40 mm for n = 0.89, and f = 208 mm, with slit widths in the source ani collector of 0.2 and 0.4 mm, respectively, the resolving power for half-width at half maximum is 400; with this resolving power it is possible, for example, to resolve completely the mass doublet (4He+ - Di'). A large all-metal instrument with the follOwing parameters ro = 350 mm, n = 0.87, anti f= 1400 mm has a dispersion of 27 mm for 1% change in mass. Using 0.2 mm, slits in the source and collector a resolving power of approximately 7500 is achieved (half-widths). In the mass spectrograms which are obtained it is easy to re- solve the lines of the doublet at m = 20 (Aril.- Ne) and the multiplet at m = 28 (COW- C2114). The instru- ment is characterized by a high "illumination," an ion current at the collector of 10-9 amp for a operating pres- sure in the ion source of 1.10-5 mm Hg. In a prototype instrument with a radius ro = 152 mm, a resolving power of approximately 11,000 was achieved using slits of 0.05 tom in the source and in the collector. The instruments described here have been widely used in isotope analyses of helium and hydrogen. In analyzing helium which contains Hes it is important to resolve the multiplet at mass 3 since the hydrogen peak due to the residual gases in the instrument may distort the results of the measurement. The application of instruments with high resolving power for analysis of hydrogen-deuterium mixtures makes It possible to obtain the D content in one measurement and does not require analyses at different pressures as is the case if the multiplet at mass 3 cannot be resolved. In analyzing mixtures with high deuterium content the use of high-resolution instruments makes it possible to resolve the lines for flif and D. In addition to the use of an inhomogeneous field as a means of increasing resolving power, in a number of cases it is convenient to use such a field to maintain the sensitivity of a mass-spectrometer when the slit widths in the source and collector are increased. A glass instrument of this type with ro = 50 mm and slits 0.8 and 2 mm las a resolving power of approximately 60. The maximum ion current for p = 10-5 mm Hg in the source reaches 10-9 which makes it possible to measure concentrations of the order of 10-1. Institute for Physical Problems Academy of Sciences, USSR 12 ? ? ? npriassified in Part - Sanitized COPY Approved for Release ? ? ? 4 F CERTAIN PROBLEMS IN THE THEORY OF ISOTOPE SEPARATION A. M. Rozen The rx diagram for a cascade of distillation or exchange columns with chemical phase conversion is con- sidered. Two methods of determining material flow are compared: the usual method (by minimum fractional distillation number) and a special method (by the limiting capacity of the column). Formulas are presented with relate the enrichment and the number of transfer units (or theoretical barriers) of the columns which operate at any concentration of the distilled component. The dependence of enrichment on output is linear only at low concentrations. The operation of the first column of a cascade is considered and the optimum input conditions are treated. For a variable optimum input the dependence of enrichment on output is not linear; for a fixed height of the input it becomes linear but the enrichment which can be achieved is reduced. In the case of the cascade of a concentration columns which operate in the region of low concentrations of the distilled component the total enrichment depends linearly on output. If the first column is a fractionating column and the next operates in the region of high concentrations the dependence of enrichment on output becomes nonlinear. Several types of cas - cade are considered. It is shown that the limiting capacity of a cascade is equal to the capacity of the first column divided by the cascade constant. The latter is found from the constants for the individual columns by the same rule as for electrical resistances. A theory is developed for concentration via a two-temperature exchange process with replacement of chem- ical phase conversion by distillation at another temperature. This method is similar to separation by absorption- desorption. The equation for the operating line cannot be obtained from material balance; a complete solution of the equations of enrichment and balance is required. A feature of the process is the relatively pronounced enrichment which obtains for a definite relation between the flow of liquid and gas (equal to the arithmetic mean of the distribution factors for both temperatures). This feature is connected with the location of the operating lines in the "yoke" betvieen the two equilibrium curves (the bend in the operating line reduces the concentration pressure head) and limits the application of this method to systems with high values of the separation factor. A theory for a cascade of two-temperature columns is developed. Consideration is given to nonstationary processes in the individual columns of the cascade. Under certain conditions the concentration distributions over the height of the column are similar for the transient and equili- brium cases as are the kinetic curves at different points; this situation is due to the exponential kinetic law. For a single column fed by a liquid with a fixed concentration of the distilled component the exponent (relaxation time To) has a simple physical significance: it is the time which would be required for accumulation in the column of an equilibrium supply of the distilled component, if the accumulation rate were constant and equal to the initial value. In the actual accumulation rate the exponent decreases with time. Hence the accumulation time T Is larger than the relaxation time and depends logarithmically on the extent to which equilibrium is approached (for 99% T = 5T0). Iris shown that in the case of a column which operates in a cycle with two reservoirs (feed and output) under certain conditions there is a "zero point" in which the concentration does not change with time. In this case the lower part of the column acts like a column with a fixed feed. The kinetics of a number of more complicated cases are also considered - columns with fractionating stages, etc. A method is developed for deriving the kinetic equations from similitude considerations. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Ergy, Council of Ministries, USSR ISOTOPE SEPARATION BY GASEOUS DIFFUSION I. G. Gverdtsiteli and V. K. Tskhakaya The idea of using diffusion in gas flow for accomplishing separation was proposed by Hertz, who separated a neon-helium mixture by this process in 1922. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 13 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIALRDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The further development of the method made possible the successful separation of a number of isotopes. A1thou0 it is characterized by a high separation factor this type of device has a small capacity and with It only small indicator amounts of enriched isotopes can be obtained. This report contains a description of a separation clement (diaphragm pump) the development and study of which was carried out under the direction of Hertz in 1946-1952. The version described here combines a high separation factor with a high specific capacity. Experimental results given in the report were obtained in 1966 with a cascade of '10 separation pumps. The pumps are all glass with the exception of the diaphragms. The diaphragms are steel tubes 15 mm in diameter with wall thickness of 0.3 mm and contain 500 apertures 0.4 mm in diameter. The operating vapor is mercury. In one pump, used to separate isotopic mixtures, the following separation factors were obtained: PNenPA" ?27 = 1.2; = 1.15; PC-1-3 -4-13 - 1.09; PKr" 1.03. PNe Pito PC2H4 PKr" The operating pressure is 10 mm Hg. A general procedure has been developed to estimate the separation factor AD as a function of relative difference in diffusion factors of the isotopes in the region 0.005 ? 0.05. In a cascade of 70 pumps the following concentrations were obtained; C131-14 = 7710. Kr" = 92%, and = 4510. The specific capacity of the separation pumps exceeds considerably that of the old type. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy? Council of Ministries, USSR DIFFUSION COLUMN FOR ISOTOPE SEPARATION G. F. Barvikh and R. Ya. Kucherov A diffusion separation column which has been successfully used to separate isotopes of the light elements is described. The column uses as the primary mechanism diffusion in a vapor Jet (the so-called second Hertz method). To achieve significant enrichment in one separation stage, it is necessary, following Clusius and Dickel, to have an extended convection flow in the upward direction on one side of the diaphragm and in the downward direction on the other. These flows are produced as a consequence of the application of an auxiliary gas in the lower part of the column. The column is fabricated from stainless steel. The length of the diaphragm is 1 m, the diameter 40 mm. Oxygen, nitrobenzene, and other gases have been used as the auxiliary gas. The operating pressure ranges from 30-200 mm Hg. Experimental studies of the column have been carried out using isotope mixtures of neon, argon, and car- bon. The following isotope separation factors were obtained: PNen 9. PA" PC13114 2.6. PNets PAPc2H, 14 ? ? ? ? 11 4 4 A theoretical analysis of the diffusion column is given. It is shown that it can be reduced to the analysis for a square cascade. In a cascade of 10 columns Nen was concentrated. For a yield of 400 nml/day the con- centration of the Nen was approximately 994%,, Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR RECTIFICATION COLUMN FOR OBTAINING BF, ENRICHED IN B" Yu. Myulenfordt, G. Eivert, and T. A. Gagua The relative difference in the equilibrium pressures for saturated vapors of BF, and BLIF3 at a temperature of -103r and a pressure 630 mm Hg is 0.0082. This makes it possible to realize a high efficiency rectification process. The rectification apparatus is approximately 16 m in height. The height of the rectification column is 12 in and rhe internal diameter 12 mm. The tube is fed by a nozzle formed by a ring of constantan wire with an inside diameter of 1.2 mm. The diameter of the wire is 0.25 mm. Ttz surface of the nozzle is approximately 50 cm2/ml. The fraction of unoccupied volume is 0.7. Since BI0F3 is less volatile than 1311F3 the extraction of the enriched product takes place at the base of the column. The rejection tank is at the upper part of the column. The column is cooled by a special system. The refrigerant is ethylene which in turn is cooled with liquid oxygen through a controlled heat exchanger system. The following optimum parameters have been established on the basis of two years of operation; number of theoretical barriers - 600; maximum concentration of OF, in a closed system is 96%; for a yield of 4 nl/day the concentration of B"F3 is approximately 80%; extraction factor 1.2; consumption of liquid oxygen is 8 liters per liter of enriched material. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR INVESTIGATION OF THE SEPARATION OF ISOTOPES OF THE LIGHT ELEMENTS N. M. Zhavoronkov, 0. V. Uvarov, and S. I. Babkov Work on the separation of stable isotopes and an investigation of their properties was initiated in the USSR by A. L Brodsky and his colleagues in 1936-1937 but the work was not emphasized until a later period. The re- port contains the basic results obtained at the Institute on studies of the separation of oxygen, nitrogen, boron, carbon, and silicon. The isotope separation factors for the following systems have been measured over a wide temperature range: 1-11016-4018, B1C13,-BnC13, C2H4-C13H4, C.2"1-14-CnC"H4, and C2"111-C2C13H5 . Conclusions have been reached as to the feasibility of using these systems for obtaining low-abundance isotopes. Furthermore, certain results have been obtained concerning the dependence of the isotope separation factor in carbon on the structure of the molecule. 15 Declassified in Pat - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1fM In processes which require a large number of separation states the accumulation rate of one of the compo- nents is of great interest. Using separation of nitrogen and oxygen the kinetics of these processes have been studied and equations have been derived which apply over a wide enrichment range, are in good agreement with experi- ment and are useful in practical applications. The methods which have been developed for separating isotopes of oxygen, nitrogen, and boron make it possible to obtain concentrations of these isotopes. Using a laboratory apparatus water with a content of H20" up to 24.5 mol % has been obtained (in ordinary river water 14201" is approximately 0.2 mole%). By enlarging the system it was possible to obtain approximately 10 kg of 141-141402 per year enriched in the ammonium nitrogen to 30-20 mole To (the content of Nil in natural nitrogen is 0.38 mole%). It has been found feasible to use rectifica- tionaf boron chloride to obtain B. In one column 12 m high it is possible to obtain a product containing 80% BI"C13. However it has been shown experimentally that rectification of SiC14 cannot be used to separate silicon iso- topes. It is also not feasible to obtain C" by rectification of ethane and ethylene because of the small separation factor. At the present time it may be assumed that the basic solution has been found for the problem of separating isotopes of the light elements which are most important for practical and scientific purposes. However much still remains to be done in the development of more effective methods of obtaining highly enriched concentrates of the low-abundance isotopes and in studying their physical and chemical properties. L. Ya. ICarpov Physicochemical ScientificResearchInstitute Ministry of Chemical Industries, USSR SEPARATION OF CARBON ISOTOPES N. N. Tunitsky, G. G. Devyatykh, M. V. Tikhomirov, A. D. Zorin, and N. I. Nikolaev The bicarbonate method of separating carbon isotopes has been studied with different nozzles, pressures, and temperatures. The results of the experiments can be explained starting from the assumption that in all cases the nozzles have no catalytic effect. The time to reach the equilibrium state in a system of this kind is extreme- ly long. The isotope separation factors have been measured for equilibrium of liquid and gaseous methane and car- bon dioxide. The following values of the isotopes separation factors were measured: PC2144 - 1.0098; PC20 - 1.0103; PC13114 PC130 PCOm - 1.0043 PC011 (for normal boiling temperatures). An attempt was also made to investigate theoretically the value of the separation factor. The results of the calculations are in satisfactory agreement with the experimental data obtained by other authors and ourselves. Experiments have been carried out on the separation of carbon isotopes in low-temperature nozzle columns of lengths 3.75 and 10 m. In the 3.75 m column, in a period of two days an enrichment of the C" isotope by a factor of 3.65 was achieved and the 01' isotope by a facto.: of 2.46 which corresponds to a height for a theoretical barrier of 2.7 cm. In using the nozzle the specific flow was 3.5 ml/cm2?mm. To obtain small amounts of CO with high enrichment in C13 and 01' a thermal diffusion method was used. In this scheme in a 1 m-thermal diffusion column an enrichment of CI" by a factor of 1.7 was achieved. It is 16 ? 4 ? ? Interesting to note that the theoretical value of the ratio or the logarithms of the enrichment factors in carbon and oxygen is 2 while in the present experiments this quantity fluctuates between the values 1.2-1.3. A comparison of the different methods of separating carbon isotopes indicates that the most efficient scheme is the low-temperature rectification of carbon monoxide or methane. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Scientific Research Institute Ministry of Chemical Industries, USSR LOW-TEMPERATURE METHODS FOR SEPARATING HELIUM ISOTOPES V. P. Peshkov and V. M. Kuznetsov Because of the development in recent years of work with the very rare isotope of helium, Hes a need has arisen for developing effective methods for separating mixtures of Hes?Het Of most interest are the low-tem- perature methods which provide rather fast and reliable extraction of Hes from the mixture. A consideration of the liquid-vapor diagram of solutions of He3?fle4 shows that this system is not ideal. Furthermore, at temperatures below 0.8* K a separation of the liquid into two phpres takes place. Along with rectification, to obtain enrichment of weak solutions of Hes and He it is feasible to use ther- mal osmosis (extraction of He4 by superfluid flow through a filter). A theoretical expression has been obtained for the limiting enrichment in thermal osmosis and it is found to be in satisfactory agreement with the experi- mental data. A system has been constructed with which natural helium can be enriched in the isotope He' and in which it is possible to prepare up to 3 nms/hour. The enrichment factor reaches 2- 104. By integrating the differential equations for mass exchange one obtains a basic relation for calculating the characteristic of the tubular rectification column and certain numerical formulas for nozzle columns. The theoretical results allow one to estimate the efficiency of the column for different modes of operation. By combining thermal osmosis with rectification of a 3.6?/o mixture 4n1 of He' with a purity of 99.995% has been obtained. In this case the product extraction rate was 10 nl/hour. The untreated yield was less ,han 0.25-0.3 n1 He'. The time required for equilibrium in the rectification column is of the order of 10 seccnc,. Institute for Physical Problerzo Academy of Sciences, USSR RELATIVE ABUNDANCES OF THE ISOTOPES OF GERMANIUM AND PALLADIUM K. G. Ordzhonikidze and G. N. Zubareva The accuracy of the measurements of Simpson and Bleakney of the relative content of the isotopes of palladium is of an order of magnItudelower than that which can be achieved with present day mass-spectrometers. Nevertheless, at the present time the data of these authors remain in the isotope tables. In a short report pub- lished in 1953 new values for the relative abundances of the isotopes of palladium were given and these were not 17 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 in agreement with the values given in the tables. The method and accuracy of the measurements were not dis- cussed in the report. To evaporate metallic palladium an evaporator was built with a heating capacity of 15-20 w ; this source furnishes Intense stable palladium-ion beams. The stability of the ion current was improved by the addition to the palladium of tungsten powders; these powders have a favorable effect on the evaporation process. It was found that the interaction of vapors of palladium and mercury improves the palladium-ion yield; this is characteristic of palladium and requires further study. The relative abundances of palladium isotopes were determined from singly, doubly, and triply charged palladium ions. The accuracy of the measurements of the isotope contents of palladium with the singly charged ions is 0.1-0.4%. In the doubly and triply charged ions it is somewhat less. The palladium iosope abundances which were obtained are in poor agreement with the values given in the tables but are in good agreement with the 1953 results. Using the method which has been developed it is possible to make isotope analyses of small amounts of palladium (30-40 p g). The isotopic composition of germanium has already been determined by different authors and ourselves ,from gaseous halide compounds, the production of which may be accompanied by separation of the isotopes. Hence. in order to avoid difficulties connected with control of the isotopic composition or obtaining 100% reaction yields in the production of gaseous halide compounds of germanium, it is desirable to measure the isotopic composition of metallic germanium without any chemical treatment. The use of a quartz evaporator in the ion source of a mass-spectrometer creates a number of difficulties; these were avoided by the use of an evaporator of tungsten or tantalum. The addition of tungsten powder to the germanium appeared to be more effective than in the palladium case. The accuracy of the measurements of the relative content of the germanium Isotopes in metallic germanium (0.8-1.1%) is one half-order of magnitude poorer than in the gaseous germanium tetrafluroide (0.1-0;5/o). Hence, in making precision measurements it is mandatory to use GeF4; in isotope analysis of small quantities and measure- ments of ordinary samples the use of metallic germanium is recommended. An isotope analysis was made of samples of germanium enriched by an electromagnetic separation process. The measurements have been carried out both for gaseous germanium tetrafluoride and metallic germanium. Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy, Council of Ministries, USSR 18 ? ? ? ? ? HIGH-INTENSITY y -SYSTEMS PROBLEMS AND TRENDS IN THE DESIGN OF HIGH-INTENSITY y -SYSTEMS V. I. Sinitsyn 1. The field of application of high-intensity y-systems. 2. Basic requirements for high-intensity y-irradiators: dose and dosage rate, geometry for uniform dosage field, capacity, mode of operation, control, monitoring, and shielding. 3. Possible forms of sources for y-radiation which can be used in high-intensity y-systems: isotopes pre- pared in nuclear reactors, uranium fission products, combination of radiators. 4. Short survey of the status of the theory of high-intensity y-irra?diators and directions for new work. 5. Basic problems in the construction and technical design of high-intensity y-systems: shielding methods, techniques for charging and removing sources, dosimetry control, etc. Basic system design trends. 6. Trends in the solution of technico-economic problems, training of personnel and literature publication. - Central Committee on the Use of Atomic Energy Council of Ministries, USSR PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES IN THE UTILIZATION OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS AS HIGH-INTENSITY y -SOURCES IN RADIOBIOLOGY AND MEDICINE A. B. Bibertal, V. G. Khurshchev, and U. Ya. Margulis 1. Experiment on the application of radioactive materials as sources of y-radiation in biology and medicine. 2. Requirements which arise in characteristic irradiators and problems in the construction and technical design of apparatus as related to radiation problems. 3. High-intensity y-systems used in biology and medicine may be divided into four basic groups in accord- ance with the purposes for which they are intended. The basic principles, characteristics, and construction fea- tures of these types. 4. The characteristic properties of different systems and the basic expressions for calculating dosage fields of various radiators; experimental results. 5. Fundamental steps required for obtaining a wider acceptance of isotope sources in medicine and biology. 19 Academy of Medical Sciences, USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 APPARATUS FOR RADIATION-CHEMICAL STUDIES A. Kh. Breger. V. A. Belynsky, V. L. Karpov, S. P. Prohudin, and V. II. Osipov ' 41.14. 1. The general requirements pertaining to apparatus for radiochemical investigations; dosage rates, volume of irradiated material, possibility of carrying out studies in complicated physical-chemical apparatus, instruments for remote control and observation of the experimental conditions and processes which occur in the objects being studied during irradiation. Requirements for the preparation of the radioisotopes from which the high-intensity sources arc fabricated. 2. K-300 and K-1400 systems of the Karpov Physicochemical Institute as stages in the development of apparatus which meets the requirements for radiochemical studies. 3. A short description of the K-20,000 system. The apparatus has a cobalt radiator with an activity of 20,000 g-equiv. Ra,and provides a dosage rate of approximately 1,000 r/sec over a volume of 0.5 liter and ap- proximately 100 r/sec over a volume of 100 liters. Kinematic design. Form, size,and activity of the y-radiation source. The method of assembly for the high-intensity source from standard preparations of radioactive cobalt. Safety devices and accident control. Remote control panel and observation of the physicochemical conditions in the experiment and processes which take place in the test objects during irradiation. 4. Extension of the possibilities of radiochemical studies; stronger doses, increased volume for the samples being irradiated, more complicated conditions in carrying out the experiments with the K-20,000 system. L Ya. Kairpov Physicochemical Institute Ministry for Chemical Industries; USSR LABORATORY COBALT-IRRADIATOR STATION A. V. Babushkin, I. V. Voznesenskaya, N. G. Zhirov, V. I. Zatulovsky, and Yu. L. Khmelnitsky 1. Possibilities for initiating and accelerating important reactions in petroleum refining and technology by the application of y-radiation. 2. Design for a station for studying the effect of y-radiation on petroleum products. The station will have two y-systems with an activity up to 800 g-equiv. Ra,and one system with an activity of 10,000-16,000 g-equiv. Ra. In the first two systems the radiation sources are kept in lead containers in concrete blocks. The sample being investigated is lowered in the block after which the radiators are removed from the containers and irradia- tion takes place. It is expected that dosage rates of 80-90 r/sec will be achieved. In the apparatus with 10,000-16,000 g-equiv. Ra.the radiator is kept behind a water shield and in irradiation Is placed in a concrete enclosure. In the center of the cylindrical irradiator this system is expected to provide a dosage rate of approximately 500 r/sec. The irradiator is charged behind a water shield in a separate enclosure. 3. Structural form of the components of the apparatus. Shielding provisions. All Union Scientific Research Institute for Petroleum and Gas Refining and Production of Synthetic Liquid Fuel Ministry of Petroleum Production, USSR 20 ? ? 4 ? "11 9 SOURCE OF IONIZING RADIATION FOR WORK IN RADIATION CHEMISTRY V. I. Zatulovsky 1. An x-ray machine as a source of ionizing radiation for work in radiation chemistry. Requirements on the apparatus and results of work on the construction of x-ray tubes and power supplies. 2. Apparatus with radioactive cobalt for work in radiation chemistry. Characteristics and results obtained in the use of the GOP-1 and GOP-400 machines. Comparison of x-ray and cobalt systems. 3. Projected systems with Com activities of 2,500 and 10.000 g-equiv. Ra. Basic computational data and characteristics of the radiators. Construction of the machine and radiation shielding. 4. Standardization of laboratory design for sources of ionizing radiation for work in radiation chemistry. Institute for Physical Chemistry Academy of Sciences. USSR DESIGN OF AN EXPERIMENTAL SEMI-INDUSTRIAL RADIATION SYSTEM TO PREVENT GRAIN INFESTATION E. S. Pertsovsky, A. V. Bibergal, and U. Ya. Margulis 1. One of the most novel of the peaceful uses of atomic energy is the protection of grain against insects. Laboratory studies show that grain can be freed of warehouse insect pests if it treated with a radiation dose of 10,000 r. 2. To explore the technological-economic questions involved in the industrial radiation of grain a semi- industrial device has been built with which 450 kg of grain per hour can be irradiated. 3. The system makes use of a radiator in the form of a cylinder along a generator of which is placed a rod with radioactive cobalt. The calculated activity of the radiator is 32,000 g-equiv. Ra; however the con- struction makes it possible to increase this figure to 100,000 g-equiv. Ra. 4. Continuous operation is achieved by using a conveyor which consists of a series of carts which are auto- matically loaded and unloaded. 5. An original mixed system of radiation shielding is used. When the radiator is charged and removed water shielding is used; otherwise, "dry" shielding is used. 6. It appears likely that use can be made in such industrial machines of the waste from nuclear reactors, in radiators of appropriate design (cellular). 21 All Union Scientific Research Institute for Grain and Grain Products Ministry of Agricultural Products, USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 axe?ilicera ??????1, Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 APPARATUS FOR RADIATION-CHEMICAL STUDIES t. Kh. Breger. V. A. Belynsky. V. L. Karpov, S. D. Prokudin, and V. B. Osipov 1. The general requirements pertaining to apparatus for radiochemical investigations: dosage rates, volume of irradiated material, possibility of carrying out studies in complicated physical-chemical apparatus, instruments for remote control and observation of the experimental conditions and processes which occur in the objects being studied during irradiation. Requirements for the preparation of the radioisotopes from which the high-intensity sources arc fabricated. 2. K-300 and K-1400 systems of the Karpov Physicochemical Institute as stages in the development of apparatus which meets the requirements for radiochemical studies. 3. A short description of the K-20,000 system. The apparatus has a cobalt radiator with an activity of 20,000 g-equiv. Ra,and provides a dosage rate of approximately 1,000 thee over a volume of 0.5 liter and ap- proximately 100 thee over a volume of 100 liters. Kinematic design. Form, size,and activity of the y-radiation source. The method of assembly for the high-intensity source from standard preparations of radioactive cobalt. Safety devices and accident control. Remote control panel and observation of the physicochemical conditions in the experiment and processes which take place in the test objects during irradiation. 4. Extension of the possibilities of radiochemical studies: stronger doses, increased volume for the samples being irradiated, more complicated conditions in carrying out the experiments with the K-20,000 system. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute Ministry for Chemical Industries; USSR LABORATORY COBALT-IRRADIATOR STATION A. V. Babushkin, I. V. Voznesenskaya, N. G. Zhirov, V. I. Zatulovsky, and Yu. L. Khmelnitsky 1. Possibilities for initiating and accelerating important reactions in petroleum refining and technology by the application of y-radiation. 2. Design for a station for studying the effect of y-radiation on petroleum products. The station will have two y-systems with an activity up to 800 g-equiv. Ra,and one system with an activity of 10,000-16,000 g-equiv. Ra. In the first two systems the radiation sources are kept in lead containers in concrete blocks. The sample being investigated is lowered in the block after which the radiators are removed from the containers and irradia- tion takes place. It is expected that dosage rates of 80-90 thee will be achieved. In the apparatus with 10,000-16,000 g-equiv. Ra.the radiator is kept behind a water shield and in irradiation is placed in a concrete enclosure. In the center of the cylindrical irradiator this system is expected to provide a dosage rate of approximately 500 thee. The irradiator is charged behind a water shield in a separate enclosure. 3. Structural form of the components of the apparatus. Shielding provisions. All Union Scientific Research Institute for Petroleum and Gas Refining and Production of Synthetic Liquid Fuel Ministry of Petroleum Production, USSR 20 ? 1 SOURCE OF IONIZING RADIATION FOR WORK IN RADIATION CHEMISTRY V. I. Zatulovsky 1. An x-ray machine as a source of ionizing radiation for work in radiation chemistry. Requirements on the apparatus and results of work on the construction of x-ray tubes and power supplies. 2. Apparatus with radioactive cobalt for work in radiation chemistry. Characteristics and results lbtained In the use of the GOP-1 and GOP-400 machines. Comparison of x-ray and cobalt systems. 3. ProJected sys,ems with Coll? activities of 2,500 and 10,000 g-equiv. Ra. Basic computational data and characteristics of the radiators. Construction of the machine and radiation shielding. 4. Standardization of laboratory design for sources of ionizing radiation for work in radiation chemistry. Institute for Physical Chemistry Academy of Sciences, USSR DESIGN OF AN EXZERIMENTAL SEMI-INDUSTRIAL RADIATION SYSTEM TO PREVENT GRAIN INFESTATION E. S. Pertsovsky, A. V. Bibergal, and U. Ya. Marplis 1. One of the most novel of the peaceful uses of atomic energy is the protection of grain against insects. Laboratory studies show that grain can be freed of warehouse insect pests if it treated with a radiation dose of 10,000 r. 2. To explore the technological-economic questions involved in the industrial radiation of grain a semi- industrial device has been built with which 450 kg of grain per hour can be irradiated. 3. The system makes use of a radiator in the form of a cylinder along a generator of which is placed a rod with radioactive cobalt. The calculated activity of the radiator is 32,000 g-equiv. Ra; however the con- struction makes it possible to increase this figure to 100,000 g-equiv. Ra. 4. Continuous operation is achieved by using a conveyor which consists of a series of carts which are auto- matically loaded and unloaded. 5. An original mixed system of radiation shielding is used. When the radiator is charged and removed water shielding is used; otherwise, "dry" shielding is used. 6. It appears likely that use can be made in such industrial machines of the waste from nuclear reactors, in radiators of atpropriate design (cellular). Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 21 All Union Scientific Research Institute for Grain and Grain Products Ministry of Agricultural Products, USSR p. II ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 y -IRRADIATOR FOR PRESERVATION OF FOOD PRODUCTS N. D. Chernyaev 1. Possible forms of radiation treatment of food products and types of radiation suitable for this purpose. Different radiation sources of value for use in food technology. 2. Technical conditions in an experimental radiator. Requirements for food processing; maximum dosage rate of the order of 2.25 ferbee; operating volume for the dosage field of 2.5 liters; permissible inhomogeneity of the dosage field in the working volume not more than 20%; feeding of specimens under irradiation by mechanical means in the direct flux. 3. Description of a projected cieelp,n for a y-machine for experimental irradiation of food products with different types of water shielding. The irradtri 1,r is in the form of a "squirrel cage" submerged in water in a special tank. The active material in the irradiator Is metallic Coe which is used in the form of rods. The se- parate elements are placed in an aluminum tube 1 m in length. The total activity of the radiator is of the order of 200 kg-equiv. RA. In charging and renewing the irradiator a supplementary tank is used; this tank is connected to the operating tank in which all operations are carried out under water. The produets being irradiattd are fed on a circular conveyor which runs below ground level in a tunnel which passes through the irradiator. 4. A description of high-activity y-irradiators built in the USA for the irradiation of food products. All Union Scientific Research Institute for the Preservation and Vegetable Drying Industry Ministry for Food Supply, USSR - ? ? .5 ? 0 CONTENTS ?age Isotope Production Certain Problems in the Production of Radioactive Isotopes in a Nuclear Reactor. E. E. Kulish 3 Production of Several Radioactive Isotopes at a 10-Mev Deuteron Cyclotron and a Theoretical Estimate for the Reaction Cross Sections as a Function of Deuteron Energy. L P. Selinov, P. P. Dmitziev, L L Zhivotovsky, N. N. Krasnov, E. N. Khaprov, Z. Z. Latypov, and M. Z. Maksimov Chemical-Spectral Analysis of High-Purity Materials Used in Reactor Construction and in the 4 Manufacture of RadioisOtopes. A. G. Karabash and Vt. I. Peizulaev 5 Quantitative Spectral Analysis of Impurities in Radioactive Preparations. V. V. Lvov and G. I. Kibisov Construction of a-, 8 -, and y-Sources Using Oxide Films on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. M. S. Petrova 6 7 Enrichment of Stable Isotopes by the Electromagnetic Method. V. S. Zolotarev 8 Working Materials for Isotope Separation by the Electromagnetic Method. B. A. Alekseev 8 High-Temperature Ion Source for Electromagnetic Separation of Isotopes of Elements of the Platinum Group. V. M. Gusev 9 Mass-Spectrometer with an Inhomogeneous Field for Isotope Analysis of Light Elements. N. E. Alekseevsky, A. V. DubrOvin, G. L Kosourov, G. P. Prudkovsky, S. L Shchelynin, T. K. Shuvalova, S. L Filimonov, and V. L Chekin 9 Certain Problems in the Theory of Isotope Separation. A. M. Rozcn 11 11 12 Isotope Separation by Gaseous Diffusion. L G. Gverdtsiteli and V. K. Tskhakaya Diffusion Column for Isotope Separation. G. F. Barvikh and R. Ya. Kucherov Rectification Column for Obtaining BF3 Enriched in B. Yu. Myulenfordt, G. Eivert, and T. A. Gagua 13 Investigation of the Separation of Isotopes of the Light Elements. N. M. Zhavoroukov, 0. V. Uvarov, and S. L Babkov 13 Separation of Carbon Isotopes. N. N. Tunitsky, G. G. Devyatykh, M. V. Tikhomirov, A. D. ? ? Zorin, and N. I. Nikolaev 14 Low-Temperature Methods for Separating Helium Isotopes. V. P. Peshkov and V. M. Kuznetsov.. 15 Relative Abundances of the Isotopes of Germanium and Palladium. K. G. Ordzhonikidze and G. N. Zubareva 15 22 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 23 (continued) Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? =I-- r?-?+1:-=,:-",-,.,,4-?sta-e-,:.? ? ,2::???22,TaAl CONTENTS (continued) High?Intensity y-Systems Page Problems and Trends in the Design of High-Intensity y-Systems. V. I. Sinitsyn 17 4 Principles and Techniques in the Utilization of Radioactive Materials as High-Intensity y -Sources in Radiobiology and Medicine. A. B. Bibertal, V. G. Khurshchev, and U. Ya. Margulis 17 Apparatus for Radiation-Chemical Studies. A. Kit Breger, V. A. Belynsky, V. L. Karpov, 18 S. D. Prokudin, and V. B. Osipov Laboratory Cobalt-Irradiator Station. A. V. Babushldn, I. V. Voznesenskaya, N. G. Zhirov, 18 V. L Zatulovsky, and Yu. L. Khmelnitsky Source of Ionizing Radiation for Work in Radiation Chemistry. V. L Zatulovsky 19 Design of an Experimental Semi-Industrial Radiation System to Prevent Grain Infestation. E. S. Pertsovsky, A. V. Bibergal, and U. Ya. Marplis 19 y -Irradiator for Preservation of Food Products. N. D. Chernyaev 20 1 24 ? ? ? ? ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,USSR CENTRAL COMMITTEE ON UTILIZATION OF ATOMIC ENERGY COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES, USSR ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON TH,E APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS GIVEN IN THE SESSION ON TECHNICAL SCIENCES AND INDUSTRIAL USES OF ISOTOPES Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Moscow 1957 25 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ - - - ? ? ? I. METALLURGY AND METAL-WORKING ? THE THERMODYNAMIC ACTIVITY OF SULFUR IN LIQUID IRON ? ? ? V. K. Zhuravlev and A. A. Zhukhovitsky The present paper deals with the use of the sulfur isotope S% in studies of the thermodynamic activity of sulfur in the systems Fe- S- C, Fc- S- Si and Fe- S- P as functions of temperature and the concentrations of carbon, silicon and phosphorus. Methods which have been described earlier were used in carrying out the experiments. The sulfur concentration varied over the range 0.04-0.4% in all the systems. In each system 10 melts with different carbon, silicon and phosphorus contents were studied. The carbon concentration in the Fe- S- C syhem varied over the range 0.49-5.051o. The activity coeffi- cient of carbon then varied over the range 1.16-9.13 at 1550', 1.13-7.6 at 1600' and 1.13-6.02 at 1650' In the Fe- S- Si system the silicon content varied over the range 0.85-10.45%, while the sulfur activity coefficient varied over the range 1.20-11.2 at 1560', 1.18-9.10 at 1620' and 1.15-1.70 at 1670' In the Fe- S- P system the P varied over the range 2.15-15.05%, and the sulfur activity ,coefficient varied over the range 1.24-5.80 at 1550', 1.23-5.05 at 1600', 1.20-4.15 at 1675'. From the experimental data obtained AFI, A'S and AT for sulfur were calculated. In the system Fe- S- C, AR for sulfur varied over the range from 2000 to 2900 cal-atom, and At varied over the rage from 0.9-11.5 cal/g-atom In the system Fe- S- Si, I for sulfur varied over the range 2000 to 2400 cal/g-atom, and A-S. for sulfur over the range 1.16 to 8.4 cal/g-atom?C. In the system Fe- S- P, tc171 for Sulfur varied over the range 1900-18,500 cal/g- atom, and AS for sulfur over the range 0.6-6.6 cal/g-atom "C.. The causeof the increase in JrA for sulfur may be that the carbon,silicon and phosphorus alter the interaction energy between the sulfur and the iron, and also that increases in the con- tents of carbon, silicon and phosphorus may cause the sulfur to pass from interstitial to substitutional solution. The large increase in AS for the sulfur cannot be explained by increase in the positional entropy, but is evidently due to increase in the entropy of vibration. In the paper a theoretical treatment is given of the solutions of metalloids in liquid iron: for this purpose both our own experiments and the experimental studies of other workers have been used. The theory is based on the hypothesis that the dissolved substance forms both interstitial and substitutional solutions with the iron. The theory is in satisfactory agreement with the experimental data. Theories which assume that the dissolved substance forms only interstitial solutions with the iron lead to agreement with experiment up to comparatively low concentration limits of the dissolved substances. 27 Stalin Steel Institute. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 t I '?????????????????? ? "I " THE EFFECT OF SLAG STIRRING ON THE RATE OF DESULFURIZATION OF PIG IRON V. V. Sosnin, 0. V. Travin and E. N. Yarkho In order to elucidate the rate-limiting step in the process of sulfur transfer from the pig iron to the blast- furnace type slag, the effect of mechanical mixing on the rate of desulfurization was studied. The mixing was carried out by rotating graphite propellers in the slag at different rates at 1375" and 1500'C. It was found that the kinetics of the process were described by an equation of first order with regard to the sulfur concentration in the metal both with and without stirring. This enables one to judge the effect of stirring from the desulfurization rate constant. It was found that the role of the stirring increased as the temperature fell. This is one indication that the process is of diffusion type. By using radiosulfur autoradiographs were produced which showed the accumulation of the sulfur in the slag at its contact with the metal. Microphotometry of the radiographs showed that the thickness of the dif- fusion layer was approximately 0.01. mm. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute STUDY OF THE THERMODYNAMICS OF THE DEPHOSPHORIZATION OF PIG IRON I. Yu. Kozhevnikov and L. A. Shvartsman Due to the experimental difficulties,accurate values for the thermodynamic functions in the dephosphor- ization of iron by slags of various compositions have so far not been obtained. By using a method in which the iron is subsequently saturated with radioactive phosphorus from the slag, it was possible to .estimate the effects on the heat of reaction due to the cations and anions in the slag separately from measurements of the temperature variation of the phosphorus distribution index. The exact value of the heat of reaction in the dephosphorization of iron by a ferrous slag was found to be 50,000 cal/g-atom. The heat of formation of Fei1004)2 from its oxides was calculated to be about 76,000 cal/g. mole. It was found that the introduction of the ions Can, Sr and Ba* into the ferrous slag facilitated the de- phosphorization due both to increases in the heat of reaction and in the entropy, which increases linearly as the concentration and radius of the metal ution increase. The effect of the entropy factor, as compared with the energy one, was greater for Sr and Ba than for Ca It was shown that the dephosphorization capacity of the oxides of alkaline-earth metals increased with the radius of the cation. The dephosphorization capacities of FeO and MgO were comparable. The acidic oxides (Si02 and P206) reduce the entropy of dephosphorization sharply if introduced into the ferrous-calcium slag. The heat of reaction increases sharply at the same time. In order to explain this, the hypothesis that the complex anions polymerize is put forward. 28 - 4 ? ? ? ? ? When both Si02 and PA are present in the ferrous-lime slags at the same time, the heat of reaction is 65,000-70,000 cal/g-atom, and is practically independent of the acidic oxide concentrations. But the entropy of dephosphorization then depends materially on the Si02 and P206 concentrations. It was found that the dephosphorization reaction under open-hearth conditions reached a condition approx- imating to equilibrium. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. MEASUREMENT OF THE TRANSPORT NUMBERS FOR IONS IN MIXTURES OF FUSED OXIDES V. I. Malkin, S. F. Khokhlov and L. A. Shvartsman Measurement of the transport numbers for ions in mixtures of fused oxides gives us information about the relative mobilities of the ions which is important for a deeper understanding of the structures in liquid silicates, phosphates and similar systems which are close in composition to metallurgical slags. In the Metal Physics and Metal-working Institute of the Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute, a method has been developed for determining the transport numbers of the cations in fused oxides, based on the measuremewt of small concentration changes. The accurate determination of such changes was realized by K 42 as rahioactive indicators. using Cad, Naai, The transport numbers of calcium ions in calcium phosphate and sodium ions ix sodigi. silicate were de- termined. It was found that in such melts, the transport numbers of the cations Ca and Na were close to unity. It was found that when both cal+cium and sodium ions were present in the silicate melt at the same time (Na2O. Ca0?4SiO) the mobility of Na was about twice as great as that of Ca . The measurements of the transfer numbers of sodium and calcium ions in a solution of Na2- K20 ? 4Si02 showed that the mobilities of those cations are similar .At the same time, the transfer number of the potassium Ion in the K20 ? CaO ? 4Si02 melt greatly exceeds the transfer number of the calcium ion and is also greater than the transfer number of the sodium ion in the Na20 ? Ca0 ? 4Si02 melt. This indicates the existence of a mutual effect between the interactions of the cations and their mobility. In the CaO? A1206? Si02 the transport number of the calcium cation falls as the A1202: CaO ratio increases. This suggests that in the melts of this system, the aluminum may exist in cationic form, and thus may also take part in transport of the current through the slag. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. STUDY OF MASS TRANSFER IN LIQUID SLAGS F. S. vorontsov and 0. A. Esin This report deals with a method of applying radioactive isotopes in studies on mass transfer in melts in the system CaO? A1203? Si02 and FeO? Fe203? Si02, these making up many blast-furnace and open-hearth 29 1 CCI I - Sanitized CODy ArDprov dfor Rel ? 50 Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? ????-its 11M-4? slags. Particular attention is paid,here to the simultaneous use of two isotopes to study mass transfer, which is very important, due to the difficulty in reproducing the conditions of high-temperature experiments. The results presented show that the mass transfer of sulfur in a graphite crucible occurs to a considerable extent by surface diffusion, since in this case, the crucible material wets the melt but poorly. The prior intro- duction of a stable sulfur isotope into the slag (about 1(9 increases the wettability of the graphite and reduces the rate of sulfur diffusion by a factor of 3-4. A further rise in the wettability, produced by using an alumina crucible, suppresses surface diffusion and reduces Ds in the blast-furnace slag. Study of the simultaneous mass transfer of calcium and iron in a blast-furnace slag, melted in a corundum crucible, showed that the iron diffuses somewhat more rapidly than the calcium. As the temperature increased this difference became less. The mass transfer in a fayalite melt was studied by using special thermostats filled with fused copper. The rate of simultaneous transfer of sulfur and iron appeared to be some two orders of magnitude greater than in a blast-furnace slag in these experiments, which corresponds to the difference in viscosities of these liquids. The fraction due to convective transfer in the ferrous slag was greatei than in the blast-furnace slag, which equalized the apparent coefficients of diffusion for sulfur and iron. Kirov Polytechnical Institute of the Urals. 4 STUDY OF THE BLAST-FURNACE PROCESS BY ISOTOPE METHODS I. P. Bardin, P. L. Gruzin and S. V. Zemsky Study of the blast-furnace process by isotope methods was carried out at a number of works concerned with ferrous metallurgy during 1952-6. The present report describes the results of some studies on the movement of charge materials and the wearing away of refractory linings in blast-furnace ovens. The experiments were carried out with radioactive isotopes in a number of works, and showed that it was desirable to study and control the blast-furnace process by the new method. Application of the new method enabled us to obtain fresh data on the working of blast-furnace ovens. In particular, it was found that the different components of the charge moved at different rates. It was also shown that the main factors which control the burning away of the well are the mode of construction and the cooling system, and also the rate at which the oven is worked. Those wells were of greater durability in which the cooling was more effective, other things being equal. 30 Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute, Kuznets Metallurgical Combine Magnitogorsk Metallurgical Combine Dzerzhinsky Metallurgical Works, Novotul, Ordzhonikidze "Azov Steel" Works. ? ? 4 ? STUDY OF THE TYPE OF MOVEMENT OF CHARGE MATERIALS IN BLAST-FURNACE OVENS G. G. Lukashev, Ya. S. Gorbanev, L. D. Prikhodko, D. V. Gulyga A. M. Skrebtsov and A. A. Cherepivsky Study of the movement of charge materials in blast-furnace ovens is of importance in design of the furnace profile and in the operation of the whole blast-furnace process. The schemes for this movement, based on the behavior of models, do not take into account effects due to a number of technological factors in the real blast-furnace process. The difficulty of studying the movement of material in the oven is due to the blast-furnace process occurring under conditions which are inaccessible to investigation. The use of radioactive isotopes makes it possible to follow the movements of the separate components of the charge material over the cross section and throughout the whole height of the blast-furnace oven from the charge hole to the hearth. The measurements carried out in the present experiments were on the average rate of movement of lime- stone over a cross section of the furnace, and on the change in this rate with height in the furnace, and they showed that the velocity with which the limestone moved differed over the furnace cross section. The rate with which the limestone moved, was largest at the axis of the furnace. The rate of movement of the charge mater- ials was found to be least at the periphery of the furnace. The rate of movement of the limestone changed considerably with height in the furnace. The maximum rate was found in the upper part of the furnace. Ordzhonikidze "Azov Steel" Works. SOME QUESTIONS OF METHODOLOGY IN DETERMINING THE BURN-UP OF THE WELL IN A BLAST-FURNACE OVEN A. M. Skrebtsov, A. A. Cherepivsky and G. D Muguev In principle, there are two possible ways of using radioactive isotopes to study well burn-up: 1) including radioactive isotopes in the various layers of the refractory lining of the well upon major re- pair; 2) periodic determination of the volume of the 'pocket" in the furnace by isotope dilution methods, by in- serting an isotopic tracer in the pig iron. The work was carried out in the second way. The phosphorus isotope used was introduced into the hearth in three ways: 1) in eight iron ampules, via the furnace hopper; 2) in a limestone ampule at level 31,455; 3) in an iron ampule via a port. 31 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 V??4?? ."?A ???1*?*?? ? ? 3, ? ? The first method gives the most uniform isotope distribution over the volume of metal present in the hearth. A formula is derived for determining the volume of the "space" in the hearth. Relations between the aver- age computed amount of pig iron in the hearth space and the silicon content in the metal were found. It was found that in order to label the iron in the hearth uniformly, it was desirable to introduce the radio- active isotope in several ampules via the feed apparatus on the oven. It was shown that the mixing of the pig iron in the well of the blast-furnace oven became greater as the temperature rose, which may be estimated in- directly via the .silicon content of the pig iron. Ordzhonikidze 'Azov Steel" Works. STUDY OF THE KINETICS OF SCRAP FUSION IN THE SCRAP?ORE PROCESS A. I. Osipov, L. A. Shvartsman, V. I. Alekseev? V. F. Surov, M. L. Sazonov, M. T. Bulsky, S. A. Telesov, A. M. Skrebtsov,.A. M. Ofengenden, F. F. Sviridenko and L. G. Goldshtein The fusion of the solid metal charge in open-hearth ovens takes up a .considerable part of the whole time required for fusion. The development of technological methods capable of reducing the time required for fusion must be based on. correct theories of the charge fusion mechanism. Radioactive cobalt has been used at the 'Azov Steel"and Stalinsk metallurgical works (Donbass) to determine the rate of fusion of the scrap in the scrap-ore process; this being introduced into the ladle car while it is being filled with pig iron from the mixer. The weight of the fused scrap at each instant was determined as the difference between the weight of the fused metal in the hearth, calculated from the specific activity of the Metal via a test specimen, and the weight of the fused pig iron present in the furnace at that moment. Account was taken of the amount of impurities in the crude iron which had been oxidized. Thus, the kinetics of fusion of the scrap were studied in the scrap-ore process in 350- and 130-ton open-hearth ovens. It was found that the rate of this process, dx/dt, is described satisfactorily by the following simple kinetic equation: dx 7t1= K, OM x) ? The rate constant for the fusion of the scrap, Kp, is an objective criterion for the rate of fusion. This makes it possible to establish a quantitative relation between the various technological factors and the rate of fusion. In addition, when the value of Kg is known for a given melt, it is easy to compute the amount of scrap which has melted at a given instant and the true rate of oxidation of impurities during the fusion. It was shown that the rate of fusion of scrap increases almost linearly on increasing the heat loadings. Under the conditions found at the 'Azov Steel' works, the rate of fusion depended materially on the period taken to pour the pig iron in. Shorten- ing of this operation can lead to an increased rate of fusion and a reduction in duration of the melting. The rate of fusion of the scrap depends appreciably on the amount of carbon in the vat. Increase in the rate of oxidation of the carbon also leads to an increased rate-of fusion. _ Ordzhonikidze 'Azov Steel' Works. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. 32 ? Alo I 1 ? a ? ? STUDY OF THE RATE OF FUSION OF SCRAP IN THE OPEN-HEART.H FURNACE IN TIIE SCRAP?ORE PROCESS A. N. Morozov, A. I. Stroganov, 0. Ya. Vainshtein and V. F. Isacv The period in the open-hearth furnace which has been the least studied is that of fusion, which is due in the main, to the complexity of study during this period. Radioactive isotopes can be of considerable help in this connection. The present study was concerned with the fusion of the charge in a 370-ton open-hearth furnace operating in the scrap-ore process with 65% pig iron and heated by the gas from metallurgical coke. The radioactive Co" was introduced with the crude iron before it was poured into the furnace, while the P32 was placed in the lower layer of the iron ore. From the fall in the radioactivity of a test specimen during the fusion process, the rate of fusion of scrap was determined, and from the appearance of P32 in the slar, the instant when the ore ceased to react with the pig iron was judged. Three melts were carried out. The study showed that the main mass Of scrap (about 70%) melts in the first hour after pouring in the pig iron. The mechanism of scrap fusion consists in its prior carbonization, by the pig iron. The fall in the carbon content at the beginning of fusion is in the main, due to dilution of the pig by the scrap. The rate of carbon burn-out from the serap reaches a maximum during the time that the later portions of scrap are reacting with the pig iron. The phosphorus content in the metal is also a minimum at this time. Thus, the main processes which occur during the time of fusion are; fusion of scrap, dephOsphorization and carbon burn-up? these being closely related. Chelyabinsk Polytechnical Institute. Chelyabinsk Metallurgical works. STUDY OF THE KINETICS OF THE PROCESS OF SLAG FORMATION IN MELTS IN OPEN-HEARTH FURNACES L. A. Shvartsman, A. I. Osipov, V. I. Alekseev, V. F. Surov, M. L. Sazonov M. T. Bulsky, S. A. Telesov, A. M. Skrebtsov, A. M. Ofengenden, F. F. Sviridenko and L. G. Goldshtein The study of the conditions under which slag forms during the intial period of fusion is an important prac- tical task. Data on the course of the process of slag formation can be obtained by determining the rate of solution of calcium oxide (limestone) placed at the bottom of the open-hearth furnace. But the determination of this rate by chemical analysis of test specimens for their calcium oxide contents produces ambiguous results, as oxidation of impurities in the pig iron and fusion of the scrap occur at the same time as solution of limestone. In addition, the methods of chemical analysis do not make it possible to determine in which zone the process of slag formation begins. The use of radioactive indicators enables us to label various sections of the materials which give rise to the slag and, taken in conjunction with methods of chemical analysis, make it possible to study the features of the slag formation process. Such a study is capable of elucidating the conditions under which the slag formation process can be accelerated, and thus, alsc the rate of production of molten steel. In the present work, radioactive calcium was used to determine the weight of the slag in the furnace, and thus, to estimate the rate of solution of calcium oxide from the limestone in the slag. 33 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1! ; Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Ap?roved for Release It was found that the kinetics of solution of calcium oxide are described satisfactorily by the same equation as in the solution of scrap, namely : dx =(100 ? X)'ll. eft The constancy of Ks in each melt enables one to use this quantity to estimate the rate of the slag formation process. It was found that the relation between the Ks and the rate constants for the fusion of scrap, determined on the same melts, was regular. The presence of such a relation is a reflection of the physicochemical con- ditions which determine the courses of both proce.ses asbeing the same- I. e., fusion of scrap and solution of lime. The magnitude of the slag formation constant (Ks) increases on increasing the heat loading and reducing the period taken to pour in the pig iron. The increase in the slag-formation constant leads to an increase in the average rate of dephosphnrization during the fusion process. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. Ordzhonikidze "Azov Steel* Works. Stalin Metallurgical works, Stalinsk. ? EFFECT OF RESIDUAL SLAG FROM THE PREVIOUS MELT ON THE DEPHOSPHORIZATION IN TIPPING SIEMENS-MARTIN'FURNACES A. M. Skrebtsov, F. F. Sviridenko, M. L. Sazonov, M. T. Bulsky, A. I. Osipov and A. G. Alimov The functioning of high-load furnaces was studied at "Azov Steel' works under conditions where high- phosphorus ions are being reworked. The work was carried out with radioactive phosphorus, P32 The isotope was introduced into the furnace at 0.5-1 hour before tapping off the metal, an even distribution of the isotope over the whole volume of the slag remaining in the furnace being attained. The weight of the residual slag was determined from a measurement of the activity, account being taken of the distribution of the radioactive phosphorus between the metal and the slag. From the increase in the count rate, due to the radiation from the phosphorus in the slag specimens, which were taken at the subsequent melt after pouring in the crude iren, the course taken by the mixing of the residual slag, and its reaction with the iron, was determined. The removal of the phosphorus from the iron was determined by chemical analysis of the slag and of the iron. The following facts were established: a) As the amount of residual slag in the furnace increases, and also as the amount of fluidized residual slag during the initial period increases, the rate of dephosphorization rises noticeably; b) the effect of the residual slag on the oxidation of the phosphorus when high-carbon steel is reworked is more marked than in the case of low-carbon steel. 34 ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? The practical deduction that can be made from this work is that in order to increase the rate of oxidation of the phosphorus during the melting, and in order to economize in the slag-forming materials, it is necessary to alternate low- and high-carbon steels. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. Ordzhonikidze "Azov Steel" Works. STUDY OF THE EFFECT DUE TO ORDER OF CHARGE FEEDS ON THE RATE OF OXIDATION OF PHOSPHORUS F. F. Sviridenko, A. M. Skrebtsov, M. L. Sazonov, M. T. Bulsky and A. I. Osipov The process of oxidation of phosphorus during and open-hearth fusion is an extremely important factor which determines the time required in the melt and the quality of the molten steel, under the conditions found in the "Azov Steel" Works. The study of the behavior of phosphorus in the furnace and the working out of a technique for removing it from the metal is of considerable interest. The interaction of layers of charge fines (ores and limestone) with the crude iron which is poured in was studied, as well as its connection with the de- phosphorization of the metal. Radioactive isotopes used in the experiments were of phosphorus, calcium, Ca's and cobalt. A method was developed of assaying the radiations from the radioactive isotopes of phosphorus and calcium separately when they were present at the same time in slag specimens. The following facts were established: a) The oxidation of phosphorus occurs more rapidly when a large part of the ore is placed above the lime- stone; b) The ore reacts with the crude iron earlier than does the limestone placed above it; c) The uppermost layer of the charge reacts with the crude iron as soon as it is poured in. The following recommendation is derived from the work: in order to speed up the removal of phosphorus from the metal, a part of the ore in the charge should be placed above the limestone. 35 Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. Ordzhonikidze "Azov Steel" Works. T d in Part SanitizedC Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 e9. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 r ? THE PROCESS OF FUSION OF IRON ORE WITH LIMESTONE, AND THE ORDER IN WHICH THEY ARE CHARGED IN OPEN-HEARTH FURNACES OF HIGH CAPACITY V. F. Agapov, A. P. Varshavsky and A. I. Lyakonov The melting period is the longest part of the open-hearth process. The aim of the present work was to study the succeision and the rates of fusion in the various zones of the charge materials with the aid of radio- active isotopes, and also to establish the order of charging the iron ore and limestone which was most advan- tageous under the conditions found in the Magnitogorsk Metallurgical combine, in order to increase the through- put of the high-capacity open-hearth furnaces. The preparations, which contained the radioactive isotopes of sulfur, phosphorus and iron, were mixed with pieces of iron ore and limestone which were loaded into the open-hearth furnace in the various layers of the charge materials. The moment when radioactive material appeared in specimens of slag and metal taken dur- ing the melting showed when the labeled pieces of charge were consumed, and the corresponding layers of the furnace lining went over to the fused state. The experimental data gave rise to the following conclusions. The melting of the nonmetallic charge in the open-hearth melt begins in practice at the instant when the crude iron is poured in, and passes gradually from the upper layers to the lower ones. The deeper the charge layers, the later their fusion was completed. The top layers of the charge materials melt first, these being di- rectly under the scrap, and then the ore layers(placed at ,the bottom). Fusion of the lower layer, in fact, indicates the end of the fusion of the nonmetallic charge. The gradual course of the fusion of the charge materials, passing from top to bottom after the crude iron has been poured in, shots's that the crude iron does not reach the lowest lying layer of the charge,at once,in an active state, but begins to work through the ore and limestone,layer by layer. The mean rate of melt-down in the nonmetallic charge of 380-ton open-hearth furnaces at the Magnito- gorsk Metallurgical combine is about 220 mm/hour at the bottom of the well. The duration of the melting of the lining materials is found to be shortest when the lining has the minimum amount of iron ore at the bottom, with a deeper layer of limestone divided with a layer of iron ore, and with a uniform layer of the remaining ore as the top layer. Such an order of loading of the lining materials was adopted in the works after the present work had been performed. Magnitogorsk Metallurgical combine. MEASUREMENT OF THE SULFUR CONTENT IN METAL, SLAG AND PRODUCTS OF ? COMBUSTION DURING THE OPERATION OF 380-TON OPEN-HEARTH FURNACES P. N. Perchatkin The study of the reaction between the sulfur in the fuel and the charge material was carried out on experi- mental melts, radioactive sulfur being inserted in the liquid crude iron (the amount of isotope used was about 3p c /ton) and in the fuel (the amount of isotope used was 2670 pc/melt). In order to determine the radioactive content of the metal, slag and combustion products, the sulfur was worked up into the form of barium sulfate. 36 ? .? ? ? ? ? Analysis of the experimental melts showed that on firing the furnace with sulfurous fuel, the sulfur was absorbed by the charge materials, by the metal and by the slag from the gas phase in the furnace. On using petroleum residues at rates up to 1400 Kg/hr (up to 40% of the total fuel requirement in heat content) the pro- ducts of the melt contained 9-14% more sulfur than was present in the charge materials, While on firing the furnace with a gas mixture only the sulfur content in the melt products, due to its oxidation and removal in the gas phase, was 8-10% less than in the charge materials. The greatest absorption of sulfur from the gas phase by metal and slag occurred while the scrap was being heated and melted. While the charge was being heated, the sulfur was absorbed by the thin layer of iron oxides which covers the scrap. During the period of fusion, the agents which transfer the sulfur from the gas phase to the metal are beads of iron in the slag. The radioactivity of barium sulfate prepared from the iron beads when the isotope was inserted in the fuel exceeds that of the barium sulfate prepared from the metal and slag, and is close to that of the combustion products. The iron beads are also active in transferring sulfur from the metal to the slag. When the sulfur content of the combustion products is higher, the iron beads can saturate the metal with sulfur. The change in the radioactivity of the slag during the first half of the fusion period corresponded with the changes in the sulfur content of the slag when the radioactive sulfur was introduced with the fuel. In addition to the absorption of sulfur from the gas phase by the metal and slag, when the furnace was fired with sulfur-bearing fuel, part of the sulfur in meta and slag was also oxidized during the various periods, and was removed as sulfur dioxide from the oven. The gas phase from a Siemans- Martin furnace carries off sul- fur at once, after pouring of the crude iron, since the sulfur in the crude iron is oxidized by the oxygen in the gas, and to a great extent by the primary slag, which contains much iron, as well as on blowing the open-hearth furnace vigorously after adding the iron ore at the end of melting. During this period of the operation, the radioactivity of the combustion products was observed to be raised when the radioactive sulfur was introduced into the open-hearth converter. When the radioactive sulfur was introduced along with the fuel, it was found that it was deposited in the stack, and that it circulated in the oven system for a long while, before being lost. Nosov Institute of Ferrous Metallurgy, Magnitogorsk. DEVELOPMENT OF A METHOD OF DETERMINING THE WEIGHT OF STEEL IN A STEEL-POURING LADLE A. I. Ofengenden and L. G. Goldshtein Radioactive isotopeswere used in order to determine the weight of steel in a steel-pouring conveyor. The weight of the metal in the crucible was determined from the formula Co , G=K Is where G is theweight of the radioactive isotope inserted in the meta]; Isis the activity of a standard specimen; 'Co is the input activity of the radioactive meta/ isotope; K is a constant of proportionality. The experimental melts were carried out in steel-pouring crucibles of capacity 130-140 tons. 37 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 'i-MY'PrAt 4'=,-r---",---Wit-e-t-----742,reziitiaiAtr-? 24: The isotopes P92, Cc:P.9*nd Ir192 were used, these being introduced at the time when the melt was tapped off. The experiments showed that radioactive phosphorus, like any other element which becomes oxidized and enters the slag, cannot be used to determine the amount of metal in the crucible. Radioactive iridium and cobalt can be used to determine the amount of metal in the crucible. The mean error with which the amount of metal in the crucible was determined was 2%. The maximum error did not exceed 3.3%. Stalin Metallurgical works, Stalinsk. STUDY OF THE CONTAMINATION OF STEEL BY OXIDE INCLUSIONS DUE TO SECONDARY OXIDATION DURING TAPPING AND POURING OUT E. I. Malinovsky and A. N. Morozov The studies were carried out under production conditions on ball-bearing steel. The steel was melted down in 40-ton ovens and decanted as billets of weight 2.65 tons,by the syphon method. We first studied the effects due to the refractory materials in the crucible and the syphon tube, and due to the slag in the contamination of the steel by oxide inclusions. The refractories were labeled with radio- active calcium. It was found that the refractory materials were without effect on the contamination of the steel by non- metallic inclusions. Secondly, the effect of secondary oxidation on the formation of oxide inclusions in the steel was studied. Zr s and Taut were used as the radioactive indicators, these being introduced into the completely deoxygenated metal not long before tapping off. Specimens of metal taken from the furnace, the ladle and the drawn iron were dissolved by electrolysis and used for radiometric analysis. It was found that the zirconium, which became oxidized during the tapping off operation ,was removed fairly completely from the metal, although the oxidation products from zirconium appear in the liquid steel as very fine solid particles, like particles of alumina. On the other hand, zirconium which became oxidized during the pouring-off and crystallization of the steel, remained in it to a considerable extent, thus contam- inating it with inclusions. The behavior of tantalum, which has a much weaker deoxidant action, differs essentially from that of zirconium. A considerable amount of the tantalum is removed from the metal during the tap-off time. The tantalum is also oxidized during pouring, and almost all the tantalum which becomes oxidized is removed from the metal, which is evidently explained by the formation of oxidation products which are readily fusible. 38 Chelyabinsk Metallurgical works. Chelyabinsk Polyteclurical Institute. ? ? ?4, 4 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? 4- STUDY OF THE NATURE OF SLAG INCLUSIONS IN BILLETS AND REROLLED SHEET MILD STEEL D. S. Gerchirov, A. I. Ofengenden and L. G. Goldshtein The radioactive isotope Ca 46 was used to study the nature of nonmetallic inclusions in air-blown steel. The experiments presented show that slag, formed on the surface of the metal in the mold and retained, plays an important part in the formation of nonmetallic inclusions in air-blown steel. These slag contaminants, which are sometimes present down to large depths in the casting, can be reduced by increasing the carbon content of the metal, thus causing it to bubble less intensely in the mold. The slag may be formed by destruction of the syphon walls by the metal on tapping-off, but the main source of slag formation is the products of self-deoxidation in the mold. The formation of nonmetallic inclusions can be reduced by removing the slag mechanically with a paddle from the bubbling metal, and by the use of fluxes to liquify the slag. It is also to be recommended that the metal be tapped off at a moderate temperature. Stalin Metallurgical works, Stalitisk. RATE AND SEQUENCE IN THE CRYSTALLIZATION OP INGOTS OF BUBBLE-FREE STEEL M. I. Kolosov, A. N. Morozov, A. I. Stroganov, V. F. Isaev N. V. Keis and 0. Ya. Vainshtein Study of the mechanism and rate of solidification of billets is of great theoretical and practical interest. In the present work, the sequence of crystallization in various billets was studied by different methods: by tilting the molds, by the temperature changes in the steel and by radioactive tracer methods. Fe69 was used as the radioactive tracer. Billets of weight 2.86, 5.5 and 6.2 tons, made of steel types Shlth15SG, 10, 45 and 30KhGT were studied. The billets were run in, via a siphon. From these studies, it was found that after the acicular crystals on the side faces had ceased to grow, a two-phase region at a depth of 30-50 mm was formed on the side faces, while a two-phase region at depths down to 850 mm was formed in the central part. The thickness of the solidified layer in a harizontal section was proportional to the square root of the time of crystallization during the initial phase of crystallization. The coefficient of proportionality was 21-29 mm/ mm /z for carbon steel, and fell on reducing the carbon content of the steel. 39 Chelyabinsk Metallurgical works. Chelyabinsk Polytechnical Institute. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release STUDY OF IMPURITY DISTRIBUTION IN THE CRYSTALLIZATION OF STEEL V. M. Tageev and Yu. D. Smisnov This paper gives the results of experiments connected with the study of the action of rare-earth metal I alloys (those of cerium, lanthanum and zirconium) on the distribution of impurities in the crystallization of steel. Since the corresponding action on liquid steel ensures the removal of sulfur from solution as a disperse sulfide phase-at an early stage in the crystallization, there will be a marked reduction in its tendency to accum- ulate by diffusion at Frain boundaries, and thus, for impurities to accumulate in the form of zones of nonuni- formity ("whiskers" etc.). The addition of 0.05-0.2% of an alloy of the rare-earth metals to the deoxidized steel causes an increase in the plasticity (8,0 and impact viscosity (Qk) of the steel in the cast heat-treated state, the rise being larger, the greater the amount added. This improves these properties of the metal in thick sections of the billets (cast- ings) which is of particular importance. The addition of 0.05-0.150 of an alloy of the rare-earth metals reduces the zonal nonuniformity of billets and castings. The same addition of 015-0.20010 practically prevents the accumulation of impurities (carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, tungsten, etc.), particularly in the form of "whiskers." Part of the sulfide inclusions are then trapped in the axes of the dendrites (the sulfides become distributed in ..the interaxial spaces of the dendrites in steel which has no additions). Ce141 becomes distributed in a manner4 analogous to sulfur, and is eliminated in the crystallization process as sulfide inclusions. Part of the sulfides of the rare-earth elements formed, which are of low solubility,are eliminated and float on the liquid metal. It was found that the floating sulfide phase was enriched in phosphorus and carbon. This effect is of adsorption type. On introducing SiZr into deoxidiaied medium-carbon steel, the intra-axial nonuniforrnities ("Whiskers") in the billet (casting) become markedly more prominent. Zr s5 then becomes distributed in the axes of the den- drites in the form of inclusions while the sulfides are distributed normally (in the intra-axial spaces). Zr" is not observed to accumulate in the places where the sulfides do. Consequently, zirconium forms oxygen-like inclusions. The results of this work demonstrate a concrete way of developing an industrial method of reducing the nonuniformities and improving the mechanical properties of cast steel. SOME QUESTIONS OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE WHERE RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES ARE USED IN FERROUS METALLURGY N. I. Volkova The industrial use of radioactive tracers in ferrous metallurgy undertakings involves their introduction into metal or slag as well as the possibility that considerable numbers of workers may come into contact with them. The Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Diseases Institute of the USSR Academy of Medical Sciences has under- taken a study of the hazards when the isotopes Co", Ca 45 and P32 are used in open-hearth furnaces. It was found that the preparatory operations are the most hazardous (preparation of active mixtures, unpacking of isotopes). These operations require special protective measures. A radical measure which renders these operations safe, in- volves use of special central laboratories at the undertakings. The planning and equipment of such laboratories must ensure that all operations in which there is a hazard of atmospheric contamination with radioactive dust and gas are conducted in closed systems, that the spread of radioactive contamination is prevented, and that shielding against external radiation is provided. In order that the transport of the radioactive isotopes from the 40 ? ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? ? ? -1 laboratory to the plant shall be without hazard, it is necessary to comply with special requirements as regards the construction of ampules and containers, and as regards the conduct of this operation. Directly after the radioactive isotopes have been inserted in the metal or slag in the open-hearth plant, there is a possibility of external radiation from the metal or slag and of airborne contamination from radioactive dust. The degree of hazard is determined by the type of radiation emitted by the isotope used, and by the specific activity of the metal or slag. The studies carried out showed that when the specific activity of the metal was about 0.2-0.3 mc/ton in the isotopes Ca" and P32, the level of radioactive contamination of the plant and air in the open- hearth furnaces and in the area when the slag was broken up ,was considerably below the permissible limit. If the level of activity used were to be increased, this safety would be impaired. The use of long-lived radio- active isotopes may lead to the accumulation of radioactive contamination in the plant. There is also a hazard In later uses of the slag and metal which contain the added radioactive substances. According to the figures calculated, the metal Co" content of 0.1-0.2 mc/ton may be the cause of the y-ray intensity amounting to 0.2 p c /Kg (under the worst conditions) from this metal. The mechanical working of the metal and the crushing of the slag, both containing radioactive material, may be accompanied by atmospheric contamination with radioactive dust. In order to reduce the hazard from the radioactive metal, it is necessary to store it before use for 6-10 half-lives, to label it and to restrict is later uses. Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Diseases Institute Of the Academy of Medical Sciences, USSR. APPLICATION OF MICRO-AUTORADIOGRAPHY TO THE STUDY OF THE FLOTATION PROCESS I. N. Plaksin, S. P. Zaitseva, G. A. Myasnikova, L. P. Starchik, V. I. Tyurinikova and R. Sh. Shafeev An autoradiographic method was used in the flotation studies in order to determine the type of reagent distribution over the surfaces, this being first used on sections. Several methods for micro-autoradiographic study of particles of flotation size were developed and applied at the USSR Academy of Sciences Mining Institute. 1. The method of"plateletewas as follows.. The mineral powder was treated with a labeled reagent, after which it was washed untirthe 8-ray intensity was steady. An image of the radioactive isotope distribution was obtained on a 8-sensitive photographic plate. The developed silver grains were photographed by transmitted light, the mineral particles being taken by reflected light. The photographs so obtained could be used to judge the type of reagent distribution over the surface structure. 2. In order to study the distribution of flotation reagents between the minerals in a slime, we used the method of counting the groups of reduced silver grains produced in a liquefied nuclear emulsion which had had the mineral particles, previously treated with the labeled reagent, stirred into it. This method was used for studying the distribution of butyl xanthogenate on the surfaces of galena particles from various fractions of the foam and nonfoam product. 3. By using a method involving transfer of thin emulsion layers directly onto the mineral particles, the resolving power was increased. This method was used to study how lime acted in the flotation of pyrites and galena: it showed that the precipitation found with lime was not only due to attachment of the anion (hydroxyl) butealso to attachment of the calcium cation, which explains the high efficiency of lime as a precipitant, as compared with caustic soda. 41 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? V.A?A,N - 4. Still greater sensitivity and resolving Dower were obtained by "wet autoradiography;" in this method a very.thin layer (about lp thick) of a highly sensitive emulsion was transferred to the mineral surface. This method was used to study the effects of oxygen on the notation of sulfide minerals. The flotation experiments were carried out in an argon atmosphere with a known oxygen tension in the slime. The micro-autoradiographs obtained with mineral particles taken from the foam and nonfoam products showed that the adsorption of the selective agent on the mineral was determined by the amount of oxygen in the slime. The results obtained were in good agreement with activity assays. The autoradiograms are given in the report: these show the results from the experiments using each method of micro-autoradiography as a visible record of the results. USSR Academy of Sciences Mining Institute STUDY OF THE INTERACTION OF FLOTATION REAGENTS WITH THE SURFACES OF SOME MINERALS S. I. Polkin This paper gives a short account of results obtained from the study of the interaction of iron, calcium and tin salts, as well as sodium oleate and tridecylate, with the surfaces of the following nonsulfide mineral cassiterite, quartz, zircon, pyrochlore , ilmeno ?rutile, beryl, hematite, feldspar, etc. Hematite has a much greater adsorptive and chemical activity than cassiterite and a number of other minerals; the amounts of iron, tin, and sodium oleate attaching themselves to hematite are some 10-15 times greater than for cassiterite. Conditions which favor the formation of iron oleates in the slime lead to a cessation of cassiterite and hema- tite notation. Tin ions in small amounts interact selectively with cassiterite surfaces and activate them, while excess of tin ions facilitates the formation of tin oleates, preventing the cassiterite becoming hydrophobic, and thus preventing its notation. Attachment of calcium to the cassiterite and quartz and the trace formation of calcium oleate (analogous to the oleates of copper, lead, iron, etc.) in the slime, reduces the recovery of cassiterite sharply. The attachment of iron to pyrochlore, ilmeno-rutile and zircon, as in the case of hematite and cassiterite, is a maximum in weakly acid and neutral media. Powders of beryl, actinolite, muscovite, albite and quartz, previously activated by iron, undergo more satisfactory flotation win the maximum amount of iron is attached to them, but the selectivity among these is then much reduced. Only the bound part of the ion activates the flotation of the minerals. The unbound part reacts vigorously with the sodium oleate in the body of the slime, forming iron mono- di- and tri-oleates, which are not bound to the mineral surfaces and do not exert a selec- tive action. When iron has previously been bound to the mineral surfaces (with the aim of increasing the selectivity of notation) the agents studied split up into two series: for pyrochlore and zircon? soda, water glass, caustic soda, sodium phosphate, sodium fluoride: for ilmeno-rutile? soda, water glass, caustic soda, sodium fluoride, sodium phosphate. By radiographic methods, it was possible to determine in the main, the isolated uneven binding of iron, tin, calcium and tridecylic acid to the mineral surfaces. The results obtained were used to make a number of theoretical generalizations as to the meehanism whereby the reagents studied interact with the surfaces of non- sulfide minerals in slime flotation conditions, and to -make some recommendations as to ways of counteracting the action of iron and calcium on the flotation of ores. Kalinin Institute of Nonferrous Metals and Gold, Moscow. 42 .4 ? ? ? ? ? ?-? ADSORPTION OF DIETHYLDITH1OPHOSPHATE AND BUTYL XANTHOGENATE ON THE SURFACES OF SULFIDES IN AN ACID MEDIUM S. I. Mitrofanov and V. G. Kushnikova The majority of studies on the adsorption of selective agents on heavy metal sulfides have been made In alkaline solutions. The region of pH E8, Ea = EB, Ea< Ea. Graphs of log D vs. 1/T were drawn up. In all cases, a linear relationship was obtained. Consequently, ?E I RT DM Doe and since it has been found that Then E=CaEa +C8E8' D DCaDCa. a These formulas were checked for the self-diffusion of zinc in a single crystal, since we have found no litera- ture data on diffusion mixtures of two phases: 1 2 1 Em 7 Ell + =7- /9600 caVg-atom+ 2 + 7. 25900 cal/g-atom = 23 800 cal/g-atom. 50 4 ? ? ? ? ? The experimental value of E for self-diffusion in a zinc polycrystal, which can be considered as a mixture of two phases, (perpendicular and parallel to the C axis), is also 23800 cal/g-atom. By analogy; ; D0 D? II Do 3 im 0.38 cm2/see. 1 The experimental value is Do = 0.42 cm2/sec. Thus, under defined conditions, in spite of the difference in the diffusion parameters in the separate phases, the effective diffusion coefficient in a two-phase mixture is covered by the normal formula: ?E I RT D= Doe ? Tablcs 1 and 2 give values for the diffusion parameters in the alloys studied. TABLE 1 Alloy 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 1 0 10 11 E., Kcal/g-atom 1 68 1 78 71 74,5 76.5 66.4 59.8165.5161.5 57.1165.5 TABLE 2?. No. of alloy 2 3 4 5 Do, cm2/day 3.16.104 5.0.104 9.6.106 1.42.100 1.78.104 No. of alloy Do, cm2/day r, 7 SI 11.09?1051 8.9.104 4,57.1041 1.76.1041 1.7.1011 7.98.104 51 Institute of Metal Physics, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 DIFFUSION IN HETEROGENOUS SYSTEMS A. D. Sotskov, A. G. Rabinkin and A. A. Zhukhovitsky This paper deals with the special features of diffusion in heterogenous systems. The work was carried out by thin film methods in the Ag-Cu.system. Silver was used as the diffusing element, this containing the radioactive isotope Agin! If the main specimen does not contain Ag110, the coefficient obtained is a complex quantity, which describes both the diffusion and the self-diffusion. When the radioactive isotope is introduced in the base spec- imen at the same degree of enrichment as in the attached layer, only the diffusion coefficient is measured. It was found that in the two-phase a + 0 region, the diffusion coefficient was zero, the self-diffusion coeI- ficients over the whole of this region being the same. Diffusion and self-diffusion in the B region occur very rapidly, and the concentrations then become equalized in a few minutes. This is due to the formation of liquid. micro-regions, which accelerate the diffusion considerably. When the diffusion in the 0 region was studied, a very thin layer of silver (0.010, was attached in one case, while in another case, the layer was about 1-2 ?. In the first case, the diffusion practically developed instan- taneously in a homogenous area, while in the second case, the experiment involved both the heterogeneous subsequent homogeneous stages. It is of importance that the transition from the first stage to the second does not occur continuously, but step-wise. Kinks were observed on the kinetic curves in the thin-film method. The later parts of these stepped lines coincided with the kinetic curves for the first case, while their slopes at short ttmes after the start were clearly different. At temperatures above the eutectic point, the slope after short in- tervals was greater, and below this point, they were less, than at after long intervals. At temperatures above the eutectic point, this first stage in the process gives rise to a liquid layer which accelerates the diffusion, while below this line the diffusion in the first heterogeneous gage was complicated by phase changes, which retard dif- fusion. The rate of this stage, may,generally speaking, be defined by the rate of diffusion and by the kinetics of the phase formation process. A treatment of the data indicates that the kinetic factor affects the initial phase of the experiment. ? A consideration of the mechanism whereby the phase boundaries move, leads one to conclude that diffusion in a heterogenous system takes a specific course, the effect being of Kirkendall type. It was shown that molyb- denum wires, placed near the 'phase boundaries,were displaced when the boundaries moved. It was also shown that neglect of the phase tranformations gives an anomalously high effective activation energy. Stalin Steel Institute. DIFFUSION IN RESTRICTED SOLID SOLUTIONS BASED ON NICKEL A. Ya. Shinyaev The diffusion of iron in the restricted solid solutions formed in the nickel-titanium and nickel-chromium. tungsten-alumium-titanium systems was studied as a function of the titanium content. This choice for the diffusing element is due to the absence of a convenient radioactive isotope of nickel or titanium. Thus iron was taken for the diffusing element as it is the element most closely allied to nickel, on which the alloys are based. 52 -PliOttset: ? ? ? ? The value of the diffusion coefficient was determined by a method we developed, which uses electrolytic polishing for removing layers, and by measuring the intensity of the radiation from the solutions obtained by electrolytic polishing of each layer. The alloys studied fell in the unsaturated, saturated and two-phase regions of these systems. This enabled us to explain the effect of saturation of the solid solution in nickel on its diffusion characteristics. The diffusion coefficients were measured over a wide temperature range; thus, it was possible to determine the diffusion parameters with high accuracy. The study of the diffusion of iron in the alloys in these systems showed that the curves relating the alloy composition to the diffusion coefficients had features typical of restricted solid solutions. At low temperatures, the curves relating the alloy composition to the diffusion coefficients had sharp minima in the regions where the solid solutions were saturated. As the temperature was raised, the minima were displaced towards the saturated solid solution side. This fact enables us to deduce that saturation of a solid solution with alloying additives materially affects the changes in the alloy diffusion characteristics, causing occurrence of a minimum coefficient of diffusion and a maximum activation energy on the curves relating the alloy composition to the diffusion coefficients. Baillov Metallurgy Institute, Academy of Sciences, USSR. STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION OF Co6? IN NICKEL/MOLYBDENUM ALLOYS S. D. Gertsriken , I. Ya. Dekhtyar and V. S. Mikhalenkov Heat-resisting alloys based on nickel in which the main added element is molybdenum are used very widely. Typical alloys of this type are such as "Khastella," which contain up to 3O Mo. Diffusion in binary nickel/molybdenum alloys was studied: the compositions of these are given in the Table: Cog was used as the tracer by the absorption method. Although the diffusion parameters are not charac- teristics which determine the heat resistance completely; nevertheless, the mobility of the atoms determines the maintenance of a given structure in the alloy, and the activation energy for diffusion reflects the ? strength of the interatomic bonds. The diffusion coefficients for cobalt in the alloys studied were determined over the tempera- ture range 1050-1250C; over this range, all the alloys are uniform solid solutions. The diffusion coefficients, D, which were obtained, fall satisfactorily on a straight-line graph relating log D and 1/T, and from this, the activation energy for diffusion, E, may be computed, as well as the pre-exponential factor Do. The values of E and Do found are given in the table.. mo, at. % q Ds, cm2/sec. Ey Kcal/mole ? 3.14 0.784 0.078 66.0 7.91 0.933 0.21 69.0 10.29 1.0 6.35 79.6 .4 12.99 0.086 66.5 16.79 0.046 65.0 20.56 0.0044 58.5 ? 53 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Co .y Ap roved for Release 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 !,..g3.4VW6 The curve relating activation energy for diffusion to concentration, which has a sharp maximum at the alloy with 10.29 at. (70, is in good agreement with theoretical ideas as to the atomic interactions in alloys based on transition-group elements, in which the interaction of the S and d-electrons, by completing the incomplete d-orbitals, increases the strengthrof the interatomic bonds. The degree of filling in the incomplete d-orbitals may be specified by a "completion coefficient': do- ds q= do where do is the number of unpaired d- electrons per atom in the gaseous state, as computed from spectroscopic data; ds is the number of unpaired d-electrons per atom in the solid state. The values of scomputed for the alloys used, which are given in the table, show that the activation energy for diffusion increases in the same way as q, as far as the alloy with 10.29 at.10, for which q= 1. Further increase in the molybdenum content of the alloy raises the electron concentration, and thus, the kinetic energy of the electron system, while the potential energy is unchanged; this must lead to a dropinthe energy of the atomic interactions, and thus, to a drop in the activation energy for diffusion, which is related to it. The diffusion data can be used to derive the temperature coefficient of the elastic modulus. The pre-ex- ponential factor Do is given by the formula D = ya2e R, where 8 =- efficient of the elastic modulus, found from the straight line graph relating log Do and E/R. The mean temperature crfficient of the elastic modulus estimated from the diffusion data obtained on the alloys used was 7$ ? 10 4'C over the temperature ranged studied. is the temperature co- Institute of Metal Physics, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR. EFFECT OF MANIFOLD COMPRESSION ON THE SELF- DIFFUSION IN POLYCRYSTALLINE ZINC S. D. Gertsriken and M. P. Pryanishnikov The self-diffusion parameters of polycrystalline zinc were determined by tracer metnods in this work at hydrostatic pressure of 1-3 atm. and 80 atm., over the temperature range 270-380?. The work was carried out on All-Union State Standard 989-41 zinc, in the forms of cubes and strips. The experimental data are given in the table below. The following expressions were obtained for the temperature dependence: at pressures of 1-3 atm. at a pressure of 80 atm. 3_6R400 D=3.111 ? 105 exp T cm-/day, 22RO00) D =9.73 ? T exp cm2/day. 54 ? ? ? ? ? e, ?0 3 atm i!' cm2/day strip cube 270 290 300 307 312 336 250 375 380 0.97 1.75 2.20 3.73 11.2 50.4 47.7 0.66 2.71 42.4 n?Pin:,84)cmlaltdmay strip cube ^ 1.47 3,22 5.05 6.10 9.27 17.8 .22.9 71.9 34.8 0,93 2,69 4.63 4.95 8.33 12.2 16.8' 32.8 24.1 Consequently, close compression of the specimens reduces the activation energy of self-diffusion consider- ably, and raises the atomic mobility appreciably. For example, the activation energy drops from 26.4 kcal/g-atom at 1-3 atm. to 22 kcal/g-atom at a press- ure of 80 atm. The self-diffusion coefficient increases by a factor of 1.5-2.5. Institute of Metal Physics, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR. STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION IN ZIRCONIUM AND SOME OF ITS ALLOYS BASED ON RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPE METHODS E. V. Borisov, Yu. G. Godin, P. L. Gruzin, A. I. Evstyu khin and V. S. Emelyanov This paper deals with the study of self-diffusion in zirconium, zirconium/tantalum and zirconium/niobium alloys containing 2.5% Ta and 10% Nb, in a ternary zirconium alloy containing 1.33% Nb and 0.67% Ta, and the diffusion of tantalum in zirconium. The study of self-diffusion and the diffusion of tantalum in zirconium was carried out on specimens of zirconium prepared by the iodine method. The alloys used for the diffusion work were made in an arc furnace, type MIFI-SM-3. The diffusion coefficients. were determined by measuring the total activity of the specimens. The isotope Zr s5 was used in the experiments on self-diffusion in the form of a metallic powder, while in the experiments on the diffusion of tantalum in zirconium, radioactive tantalum metal, containing Tam was used. The self-diffusion and diffusion coefficients were determined in the a and 8 regions for pure zirconium. In the alloys the self-diffusion coefficients were determined in the 8 region in the two-phase a + y region. The temperature variations of the self-diffusion coefficients for zirconium were defined by the equations: D13-zr = 10-4 exp (-27 000/ RT) cm2 / sec Da-zr = 10- 7 exp (- 22000/ RT) cm2/sec In the case of the diffusion of tantalum in zirconium the temperature variation of the diffusion coefficient took the form: 55 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Co.y Ap?roved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA RDP81 0104 R 80 Fin 1 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 5 .10'5 oxp (? 27 000/ 117) cnNsec D = 10 oxp (? 70 000/ RT) cmzIsec. ci-zr The results on the diffusion parameters in the 13 region alloys show that alloying zirconium with tantalum and niobium raises the activation energy and retards the diffusion somewhat. The diffusion coefficients for alloys falling in the two-phase region were determined approximately, since their values were found to be at the limits of sensitivity of the method used. Comparison of the self-diffusion coefficients for zirconium, cobalt, nickel, iron and chromium, which all have about the same melting point.shows that zirconium differs from the other metals in having a high diffusion mobility, and low activation-energy values:" These results enable one to elucidate some of the special features shown by the behavior of zirconium alloys at high temperatures. In particular, one may suppose that the com- paratively low limiting temperature of heat resistance in zirconium alloys is due to the high rate of the diffusion processes. It may be supposed thatke main cause of the high diffusion mobility in.zirconium alloys is an intragranular structural factor. Its importance in-this case is due to the 8 --- a phase transformation. A Moscow Physico-Engineering Institute. STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION; SOLUBILITY AND SEGREGATION OF SOME IMPURITIES IN GERMANIUM BY RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPE METHOD A. A. Bugai, V. N. Vasilevskaya, V. E. Kosenko and E. G. Miselyuk The following investigations were carried out in this work: a) the diffusion and solubility of silver and iron in germanium over the temperature range 700-930' ; b) the segregation and solubility of Silver, iron, tin, and antimony in germanium on crystallization. Methods. The studies of the diffusion and solubility of silver, as well as those on the segregation and solu- bility in germanium on crystallization,were carried out by tracer methods, using the radioactive isotopes Ag113, Fe", sn114, sbl 24. The experiments on the solubility and diffusion coefficient were made on specimens of pure germanium monocrystal, with specific resistances greater than 35 ohm -cm. Diffusive annealing of the specimens with iron was carried out in vacuo, while the diffusive annealing of the specimens with silver was carried out in an argon atmosphere. The segregation of impurities upon crystallization was studied by measuring the ratio Cs CL K = where Cs is the impurity concentration in the crystal; CL is the impurity concentration in the liquid. This ratio defines the effective segregation coefficient under the given conditions of crystallization. The impurity concentrations in the germanium were determined from the activity of the specimen, while the solubility at the temperature of crystallization was computed from the value Cs, at which the value of K began to increase sharply. 56 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Rel ? 3. .4 The activity measurements were made using a y-ray scintillation counter. Results and Discussion. The limiting solubilities Co for silver and iron in germanium have maximum values: for silver at 875? Co = 1 ?j0/5 cm-3, while for iron at 850 Co =1..5 ? 1016 cm 3. At 750? the solubility for silver falls to Co =1 ? 1 014 Cm 3 , and for iron to Co = 6 ? 10" cm-3. The diffusion coefficients in germanium were expressed by the formulas: for silver for iron D =4.4 ? to-2e -23000/RT D = 0.13e -249?0 /RT, where R is the gas constant and T is the absolute temperature. The anomalously high diffusion coefficients for silver and iron in germanium.as well as the comparatively low activation energy for diffusion, enable one to assume that the mechanism of diffusion for these elements is interstitial. From the values of Cs and CL the segregation coefficients were determined, the values obtained being: for iron Ko =1.0 ? 106, tin Ko =1.5 ? 10 -2, antimony IC0= 2.5 ? 10-3 and silver Ko =1.5 ? 106. The work showed that the effective segregation coefficients for these impurities begin to increase sharply at certain values of C5, these 6eing, tor iron Cs = 3.0 ' 1016 cm-3, tin Cs = 2.0 ? 10" cm-3, antimony, Cs =6.0 ? 1013 cm-3, and silver C S =1 5 ? 10 cm-3. From metallographic data and from autoradiograms it was possible to explain the sharp rise in Ko at the commencement of the elimination of the impurities at the grain boundaries in the mosaic and within the grains which were in excess of the limiting solubilities. On the basis of these dat it is asserted that the values of Cs given above correspond to the solubility limits for these impurities in germanium t the crystallization temperature. Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR. STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION OF SOME METAL IN SELENIUM A. A. Kuliev Here the diffusion of iron and zinc in selenium, which is widely used in selenium rectifies and rectifier photocells, was studied. tion. The work was performed with radioactive tracers by Kryukov and Zhukovitsky's method, using 8-ray absorp- Selenium foils of thickness 110p were used, these being made from selenium of 99.996% purity, which had been homogenized and crystallized at 130?C and 200?C for several hours. Radioactive iron and zinc were de- posited on one side of the foils by electrolysis. The specimens were given diffusive annealing, and then the ratio of the radiation intensities on the two sides of the foil were measured as a function of the annealing time. The annealing was carried out in vacuo at a temperature constantat 04.5?C. The experiments were performed at 40, 70 and 100?. The experimental data showed a relation between the diffusion coefficient and the atomic radii of the elements diffusing. The activation energies were computed from the experimental data. The dif- 57 ? 50-Yr 2 /31 . - - 1 43RninrinniRn _ Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 fusion coefficients of gemanium, mercury and sulfur in selenium were also deterTined. Physics and Mathematics Institute. Academy of Sciences, Azerbaidzhan SSR. EFFECT OF ALLOYING ON THE STATE OF THE CARBON ATOMS IN ALLOYS Yu. F. Babikova and P. L. Gruzin 1. The properties of metallic alloys depend on the nature of the interactions between the metal atoms in the alloy. Much attention has therefore been devoted to elucidating the states of atoms in solid solutions. Valuable information on the question has been obtained from the intensities of x-ray diffraction patterns. More direct information about the states of atoms in alloys can be obtained from atomic transfer in electric fields. The data so obtained on transfer, are also of some practical interest. 2. The method used for studying carbon transfer in solid solutions was as follows: a) prepa,ration of speci- mens saturated with radioactive carbon C14 , by sintering; b) annealing of the specimens in an oven while simultaneously passing electric currents through them; c) activity measurements on the specimens; d) drawing up longitudinal radioactive distribution curves and computation of the transport number (n). The method devel- oped makes it possible to study carbon transport in alloys quantitatively. ? 3. The report presents the main results for the transport of carbon in ferrite and nickel at temperatures in the 500-900'C range. Data were also obtained on the effect of adding small amounts of various elements to the ferrite and nickel. The temperature dependence of the transport numbers was determined for the following alloys: Fe; Fe-Ni (109; Fe-Ni (209; Fe-Cr (2.51); Fe-Cr (6%); Fe-Mn (lob); Fe-Mn (209; Fe-Si (209; Fe- -Si (370); Ni; Ni-Cr (1%); Ni7Cr (4%). Data of greater importance are those relating to the degree of ionization of the atoms in the lattice, i. e., the values of the ionic charges z, rather than the transport numbers. The relation between z and n may be expressed as follows: Z = 8.95 ' 10 nT Dp where D is the diffusion coefficient; p is the specific resistance and c is the concentration difference in the specimen. The charges on the carbon ions in the above alloys were computed from the formula. At the tempera- tures used, the charges on the carbon ions were roughly the same in all alloys. 4. It was found that in a-iron and nickel was transferred toward the cathode when an electric field was applied. The carbon cationic charges were about 4 units in ferrite and 2 in nickel. The addition of silicon and nickel reduced the degree of ionization in the carbon by about 2 units. Addition of chromium to the ferrite did not cause a noticeable change in the charges on the carbon ions in the ferrite, while on alloying nickel with chromium, the charge on the carbon cations increased by 3-4 units. The carbon atoms dissolved in a ferrite alloyed with manganese had charges of 3-4 units. 58 .? ? ? ? ? ? 5. It was found that all the carbon atoms dissolved in these alloys were ionized. Central Ferrous Metallurgical Research Institute. STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION OF IRON IN REFRACTORIES USING THE ISOTOPE Fe" E. A. Prokofyeva and V. V. Goncharov As metallurgical processes are intensified, the wearing out of basic refractories increases continually. This primarily refers to magnesite-chromite refractories used for lining the cupolas of steel-melting ovens. Refrac- tories containing chromite have a definite tendency to take up iron oxides, and this is the most important factor contributing to their destruction in use. Hence, a study of the type and mode of diffusion of iron oxides in basic refractories, and above all, in cupola ones, is of great practical importance. The diffusion coefficients, D, were determined by the usual method of taking layers, using the isotope Fe"; D was determined at 1500, 1600 and 1700' for magnesite, magnesite-chromite and chromite refractories; the following results were obtained: a) the value of D is directly related to the porosity, in general; b) the basid refractories can be arranged as follows, in order of increasing D;. Refractory Tempria- 1Porosity u. % D.11',nue, crn2/sec Magnesite 1600 20.5 22.0 Magneslte/hromiir4 1600 22.7 34,0 Chromite .600 18.2 42.0 ? I. 59 c) the value of D increases more rapidly over the range 1500-1600' than it does over the range 1600-1700'. The type of diffusion shown by iron oxides in Dinas. bricks, differs shaiply from those in the refractories above, and is the least stable to penetration by iron oxides, as compared with them. The value of D and the diffusion length may be used for comparative quantitative calculation of the tendency of refractories to absorb iron oxides. Refractories Institute. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 STUDY OF THE DIFFUSION PROCESS OF IRON AND CHROMIUM IN THE OXIDES a?AliO3, a?Cr203, N1Cr204 and NIA I,04 D. V. Ignatov, I. N. Belokurova and M. N. Be1yanin ? The study of oxidation processes in alloys based on the systems Fe? Cr? Al and Ni? Cr? Al, which are widely used in practice with small amounts of other elements added is of great interest, particularly as regards the diffusion parameters of iron and chromium in the oxides which form on these alloys at high temperatures: i. e., cr-A1203, a-Cr20s, NiCr204 and NiA1204. The specimens used were prepared by sintering the compressed oxides at 1200-1600?. Layer sampling was used to determine the diffusion process. The layers of active iron or chromium, of thickness from 0.1p to lp , were transferred to the specimens by evaporation in vacuo. The diffusive annealing was carried out in quartz tubes or ampules in vacuo of about 10-10-2mm Hg at 900-1200' for chromium and 1000- 1200 for iron. These temperature ranges were chosen so that the diffusion and oxidation parameters could be compared. The results showed that in this temperature range, the diffusion coefficients for chromium and iron in these oxide systems varied exponentially with temperature. The values of the activation energies and pre-exponential factors computed by the method of least squares, are given in the table. ? ? System 0, kcal/mol D, cm2/sec Diffusion of Cr: ? ? cc-Cr203 22000 4.29.10-5 NiCr204 44800 2.03.10-5 NiA1204 50000 1.17.10-5 A Diffusion of Fe: a-Cr203 44000 4.95.10-5 NiCr204 61000 1.35.10-5 a-A1203 82000 1.13 The values of the activation energies obtained were in agreement with the rates of oxidation in the alloys based on Ni? Cr? Al, and with the rates of evaporation and the heats of formation of the oxides a-Cr203, cc-A1203, NiCr204, NiA1204. 60 Baikov Institute of Metallurgy Academy of Sciences, USSR. ? ? MEASUREMENT OF THE VAPOR PRESSURE OF SOLID SUBSTANCES AND THEIR BINARY ALLOYS A. N. Nesmeyanov Radioactive isotopes were used to measure the vapor pressures by isotope exchange methods, and also in some of the various static methods?those due to Knudsen and Langmuir. The vapor pressure of solid arsenic,, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, antimony, calcium, strontium, gold and copper were measured, as well as those of the binary alloys Zn? Cd, NaC1? KCI, KC1? RbC1, Sb? Ag, Sb? Cu, Ag? Cu. The radioactive isotopes used were As", Znu, Cdlls, Sbl*, Ca", Stu, Mile, Agin, Cue, K", Nae and Rb". The measurements showed that the vapor pressure of the components in the eutectic melts (Zn? Cd, NaC1? KO were equal to those of the pure components. Melts which form chemical compounds can be divided into two types The first type comprises those com- pounds which decompose at the surface on evaporation, the alloy behaving as a solid solution. The second type does not give compounds which decompose on evaporation, and measurement of the vapor pressures of the com- ponents separately gives the same results. The data on the vapor pressure of the components in solid solutions show negative deviations from Raoult's law for alloys of gold with silver and copper, and complex shapes for the curves relating the vapor pressures of the components to the composition of the solid solutions formed between potassium and rubidium chlorides. Lomonosov State University, Moscow USE OF ISOTOPES FOR STUDYING THE MOBILITY OF ATOMS AND INTERATOMIC INTERACTIONS IN METALS E. Z. Vintaikin, P. L. Gruzin and S. N. Fedorov Much attention has been given to atomic interactions in metals and alloys in recent years. The quantities which define the strengths of the interatomic bonds are the heat of sublimation and the vapor pressure. Radio- active isotopes are used to determine these parameters for metals. However, no convenient radioactive isotopes are available for some metals. In such cases, stable isotopes and mass spectrometry are used. The report describes a method for determining the vapor pressures of metals based on line-intensity meas- urements in the mass spectrometer. This method has a number of advantages. In particular, it is possible to study the structure of particles in the gas phase and, simultaneously, to measure the vapor pressures of several components of the alloy. The.report describes the results obtained by the new method for the heats of sublima- tion of cadmium, zinc and silver. 61 Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 it P DETERMINATION OF THE THERMODYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMPONENTS IN ALLOYS A. P. Lyubirnov and A. A. Granovskaya Determination of the thermodynamic characteristics of the components in alloys in the solid and liquid states is of great importance for solving problems in theoretical metallurgy. The method most widely used for deriving these quantities is the evaporation method, the vapor phase being analysed subsequently, and the partial vapor pressures being determined. It is very convenient to use a mass spectrometer for che analysis, the composition of the vapor phase being thereby, determined directly: very small amounts of the substances are also sufficient for this purpose. The latter circumstance is extremely important in studying solid alloys at high temperatures, since the surface of the specimens may become appreciably depleted of readily evaporating component. The method was checked on the binary systems Fe? Ni and Fe? Co at temperatures in the range 1150-1430% The concentrations of the components in the vapor phase were determined, using the isotopes Fe", Nisi, Ni" and Con. During the experiment the ion currents were measured, the ratios of these corresponding to the ratios of the concentrations of the components in the vapor phase at each temperature and concentration. To determine the partial vapor pressures, the following expression, derived from the Gibbs-Duhem equation, was used: dAr9 ? Pa ? J fila (1) where P0 is the total pressure due to both components; Pais the vapor pressure of the pure component a at the temperature of the experiment; Na and Nb are the molar fractions of the components in the solid phase; Na And Nb are the molar fractions of the components in the vapor phase. The numerical values of the integrals appearing in formula (1) were found from the graphs of the relation- ships and Na Nb = t Oro The results obtained showed that the Fe? Ni and Fe? Co systems were close to ideal in this temperature range, and only at the lowest temperaLures used were there small deviations from ideality. Stalin Steel Institute, Moscow. 62 ? ? ? 4 STUDY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF CARBON IN IRON ALLOYS BY RADIOGRAPHIC METHODS A. S Zavyalov and B. I. Bruk The problem of the redistribution of carbon in iron alloys upon heat-treatment has not received a satisfac- tory experimental solution so far. The present work deals with the study of the redistribution of carbon in iron alloys, in which the alloying elements are, separately, nickel, chromium, silicon, manganese and molybdenum, and which contain 0.03- 0.05&70C the work being carried out by autoradiography, using the carbon isotope Cu. The studies of the radioactive alloys by autoradiography in the annealed state made it possible to show that all these alloys,after being annealed, showed a nonuniform distribution of carbon, the grain boundaries being enriched. It was found that by quenching from temperatures of 950 and 1200?, all the autoradiographs gave a uniform blackening, which shows that the distribution of carbon is uniformly relative to thp grain boundaries in austenite When the alloys of iron with chromium and manganese had stood at 590?C for 10 hours, the carbon distri- bution in them appeared as uniform as before, while in the alloys with nickel, silicon and molybdenum there was a marked redistribution of the carbon towards the intergrain boundaries. This confirms the hypothesis that chromium and manganese freezein the structure, being elements which form carbides, preventing the redistri- bution of the carbon on annealing; and that the elements which do not form carbides(Si and Ni) intensify the processes which eliminate carbon. As regards the Fe? Mo alloys; the rapid diffusion of carbon to the grain boundaries on tempering this alloy, is explained by the fact that at a molybdenum content of 12.5%, the alloy becomes two-phase, the former being disposed around the grain boundaries, as occurred in the previous work. The uniform distribution of carbon with regard to the grain boundaries which was found in the Fe? Cr and Fe? Mn alloys as a result of tempering, confirms that the alloying elements themselves(Cr and Mn) do not con- centrate near the austenite grains, or else the carbon would diffuse to the grain boundaries when these alloys are tempered. Ministry of Shipbuilding Industry. NATURE OF THE INTERGRANULAR FRACTURE OF CAST AND REHEATED STEELS M. A. Studnits and I. L. Mirkin The majority of investigators attribute the origin of the structures which lead to intergrain fracture in steel to the enrichment of the austenite grain boundaries with various elements. The mechanism of enrichment has been dealt with in different ways in the various papers. Using autdradiography, the distributions of C, S, Si, W, Mo, Ni, P and Cr in steel were studied, these showing intergrain fracture. It was found that S, Mo, P, Cr and C accumulate at austenite grain boundaries; W, Si and Ni do not. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 63 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 This work showed that the formation of structures in steel which lead to intergrain fracture occur owing to maintenance of steel above some critical temperature for a long time, this temperature being termed the gran- ulation temperature (Tgr). Study of the redistribution shown by the elements when the granulation structures form, demonstrated that above Tfly the mobilities of elements which accumulate at grain boundaries rose by a factor of more than 104. The mobilities of elements .s.hich do not accumulate at grain boundaries changed slowly with temperature. It was deduced that intergrain fracture is due to the appearance at austenite grain boundaries of liquid sub-layers. These sub-layers result from the fusion of the eutectic present in the steel. The conditions leading to intcrgrain fracture in steel may be completely eliminated by removing the low- melting eutectic from the steel by treat-, ing it with elements which form high-melting compounds with sulfur, such as cerium. Branch of the All-Union Research Institute, Ministry of Transport Machine Construction. CALCULATION OF THE AMOUNTS OF 8?RADIATION REQUIRED FOR RADIOGRAPHIC AND RADIOMETRIC STUDIES L. M. Efimov There are,at present, almost no data with whicn to compute the minimum concentration of active additive required in the specimen under study, which will ensure an autoradiograph of the requisite density within a given time period. So far, not even the simpler connection between the specific activity of the tracer in any medium and the flow of 8-particles and secondary electrons ejected from unit surface has yet been derived. The present paper constitutes an attempt to perform a theoretical calculation of the electron flux from the specimen, and on this basis to decide how much 8-emitting tracer is required for activity measurements and radiography. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. ? RADIOGRAPHIC STUDY OF THE NONUNIFORMITY OF INTRA? CRYSTALLITE SULFUR AND PHOSPHORUS IN WELDED JOINTS B. A. Movchan and L. A. Poznyalc The radioactive isotopes of sulfur and phosphorus have been widely used in studying intracrystallite non- uniformities in welded joints. Butt-welded joints constitute a special part of the metal sheet which is usually not given any subsequent heat treatment. The intracrystallite nonuniformities formed in the primary crystal- lization period affect the physicomechanical properties of the welded joint in an important fashion. Some work has been carried out at the Institute of Electric Welding,which was concerned with the macroscopic and microscopic chemical noniniformities in welded joints, the radioactive isotopes of sulfur (S) and phosphorus (P32) being used. The following results were obtained from this. work. 64 4- S. 1. In welded joints produced under average welding conditions, the intracrystallite nonuniformities, as judged from the sulfur and phosphorus, were 10010 less than in billets of the same chemical composition which were cooled slowly. 2. Increasing the rate at which the metal in the welded joint was cooled reduced the intracrystallite non- uniformities of sulfur and phosphorus. Preheating of the welded metal increased the intracrystallite nonunifor- mity in the welded joint. 3. The boundary zones in the crystallites, which were enriched in sulfur, were of considerable width in welded joints made from low-carbon steels, constituting a supersaturated solid solution. Sulfides were absent from these zones. 4. In welded joints made from stainless steel type 1Khl8N9, raising the nickel contents somewhat increased the intracrystallite nonuniformities due to sulfur. 5. Increasing the carbon content in the welded joint metal raised the intracrystallite liquation of sulfur considerably: when the carbon content in the welded joint metal was greater than 0.2/0, sulfides appeared, these being demonstrated by the usual methods. 6. Increasing the manganese contents of welded joints in medium carbon steel caused a drop in the intra- crystallite liquation of sulfur. Paton Institute of Electric Welding, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR. 4 STUDY OF THE REDISTRIBUTION OF CHROMIUM IN THE ARC WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL BY RADIOACTIVE INDICATOR METHODS B. I. Bruk When chrome-nickel stainless steels are welded, it is essential to ensure that their tendencies to hot frac- ture are avoided, as well asto maintain the desired anti-corrosion and mechanical properties of welded joints. This implies that a definite minimum amount of chromium must be retained in the metal joint for a given nickel content. In order to replace the lack of chromium in the joint metal, which is due to its being burnt up in the wel- ding, detinite quantities of chromium have to be included in the electrode coating. The experimental determin- ation of the amounts required is of considerable difficulty, since the sources from which the chromium in the joint is derived are:the base metal, the rod and its coating; the degrees to which the chromium from these sources enters the joint are not the same. In order to determine the utilization factors for the chromium in the base metal, the rod and its coatings s eparately, radioactive isotope methods were used, the tracer isotope being Cr51. The isotope was included sep- arately in the base metal, the road and its coating, which made it possible to determine the utilization factors for the chromium from all three sourcesiseparately, although large amounts of chromium were present at the same time in all of them. e The work was carried out with stainless steel type 1Kh 18N9T and with TsL-11Kh electrodes. The activities of metal and slag were assayed using a cylindrical aluminum-wall counter. From the activ- ity measurements of the part due to each ingredient in the weld, chromium was determined. 65 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? Using this method, it was determined that the burn-up of chromium appearing in the joint metal from the base and feed metals was some 1350 of the initial content. This lack of chromium in the joint can be replaced by introducing 8-950 of metallic chromium into the electrode coating. Special experiments showed that in order to provide the required minimum chromium content in the joint at various nickel concentrations (from 8-1150 ) the chromium concentration in the coating had to range from 6 to 21.50. This shows that it is desirable to label TsL-11Kh electrodes differently according to the content of chromium metal in the coating. Ministry of the Shipbuilding Industry of USSR. QUANTITATIVE CALCULATION OF DENDRITIC LIQUATION IN STEEL AUTORADIOGRAPHY WITHOUT USING STANDARDS M. F. Longinov Autoradiography gives a direct picture of the distribution of elements in alloys; it is fairly simple and is widely used at the present time for studying processes which affect the uniformity of alloys. One shortcoming in the method is the need to prepare standards in which the element used must be evenly distributed throughout the whole mass. This restricts the use of autoradiography, since some elements are prac- tically impossible to distribute uniformly in steel. The method proposed does not require preparation of standards and so may be applied in studying the uni- formity of any alloy. In order to determine the exposure needed to give normal blackening of the emulsion (linear range on sen- sitivity curve), autoradiograms are taken with the same specimen at different exposures. The regions of greatest and least density were then photometered. Two independent blackening curves were then, drawn up from the photometric results. When the normal exposure had been determined, the autoradiograms, with their normal exposures corres- ponding to the parts of greatest and least density, were photometered, after which curves for the distribution of blackening were drawn up. Since the blackening curves are also curves of element concentration, the area bounded by the density curve is numerically equal to the amount of activity in the area photometered. The ratio between the numerical value for this area, and the lengh of the section gives the mean concentration of the element on some (still un- known) scale. In order to determine the concentration values relating to the various parts of the autoradiogram, the con- centration scale had to be calibrated; since the concentration scale is linear, any other method (e. g., chemi- cal) of determining the mean concentration of the element is adequate. This method was used to determine the dendritic liquation of sulfur and tungsten in rolled steel, and also after annealing to homogeneity. 66 Zlatoust Metallurgical Works. ? EFFECT OF MODIFYING ADDITIVES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF SULFUR IN HIGH?CHROMIUM HEAT?RESISTING STEEL N. S. Kreshchanovsky and S. V. Kraskovsky The output, longevity and operational characteristics of current prime movers depend in many ways on the properties of the heat-resisting steels and alloys used. The quality of these latter is determined by the pres- ence and distribution of harmful impurities (S. Po As, etc.) as well as by their compositions, the impurities being inevitably present to some extent in the alloys. It is only possible to decide on ways of restricting their effects by micro-alloying(modificiatimiafter having studied the actions of the modifiers on the distribution of undesirable impurities in detail. The report presents results on the effect of certain elements on the sulfur distribution in KhPV7ivi high chromium heat-resisting steel. Ss was used. Lithium, calcium, cerium and other elements were used as mod- ifiers. The macro- and microdistributiois of sulfur were studied. The effect of the additives on the macrostructure of the steel was corsidered,as well as the sulfur redistri- bution due to the modifiers. The objective value of sulfur-distribution data obtained by Bauthann's sulfur off- print method, was also made apparent. This work enables one to evaluate the use of modifiers in casting high-chromium heat-resisting steel. Central Technological and Machine Construction Research Institute. ' STUDY OF THE PROCESS OF MIXING AND DIFFUSION IN WELDED SEAMS OF TWO?LAYER JOINTS USING RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES E. M. Kuzmak and N. P. Karmazinov This paper deals with transfer effects in the welding furnace and heat-treatment cycle, in relation to the weldability of two-layer rolled iron. The radioactive isotopes Ss and C" were used to study mixing and diffusion in welded joints made from MST3 08x12 two-layer rolled iron. The degree of uniform mixing of the different steels during automatic welding was determined by using radioactive sulfur, as well as the macro- and micro-uniformity of the joint made from the different steels (i. e., of the joint metal in the clad layer). The cause of the relative fall in the corrosion resistance of the 08 x12 layer in the region affected by the heat was elucidated by introducing radioactive carbon. From the sulfur distribution radiographs for welded joints of the different steels made by automatic welding, the predominant role of mixing in producing a uniform chemical composition over the welded area became apparent: a criterion for automatic weldhig was thus set up which related the initial chemical composition of the chromium-nickel electrode and the final chemical composition of the joint metal. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 67 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - The work showed that the relative fall in the corrosion resistance of the heated zone in the 08 x 12 layer was due to redistribution of the carbon. The back-diffusion of carbon from the carbonaceous zone via the welding line to the previously carbon-free zone was demonstrated. The C14 and 524 radiographs also gave data on the metallurgical behavior of sulfur and carbon in welds made from different classes of steel. Gubkin Oil Institute. EFFECT OF FAST?NEUTRON IRRADIATION ON THE RECOMBINATION OF ELECTRONS AND HOLES IN GERMANIUM CRYSTALS V. S. Vavilov, A. V. Spitsyn, L. S. Smirnov and M. V. Chukichev Fast-neutron irradiation causes structural defects in crystals. The equilibrium carrier concentration, mobil- ity and rate of electron?hole recombination in semiconductors are altered by destruction of the periodic crys- tal structure. The rate of recombination( lifetime) of nonequilibrium carriers is the property most sensitive to irradiation in pure crystalline semiconductors (germanium, silicon). N-type germanium sintile crystals of specific resistance 30 ohm-cm were irradiated with neutrons, the neutron flux being 10 n/sec 1/cm2 at the specimen location. It was found that fast-neutron irradiation causes a drop in the nonequilibrium carrier lifetime in german- ium (increase in the rate of volume recombination), while the specific resistance changed by about 1% when the lifetime had dropped by a factor of several times. The recombination cross section, on, was estimated for the lattice defects produced by the neutrons. The fast-neutron scattering cross section for germanium nuclei was used to compute the number of defects produced per neutron, as well as the formula for the number of atoms secondarily displaced. The value of on was (1.1 + + 0.5) ' 1015 cm2, this being considerably greater than the recombination cross section, oe, for the lattice de- fect produced by fast-electron bombardment of germanium: oe vs 7 ? 10-17 cm2. The cause of the large dif- ference between on and oe may be that neutron bombardment, unlike electron bombardment, causes defect% which are efficient recombination centers,to accumulate. Lebedev Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, USSR. 68 _ Joi 41 4 ? ? STUDY OF THE SUPERLATTICE IN Ni3Fe BY NEUTRON DIFFRACTION B. G. Lyashchenko, D. F. Litvin, I. M. Puzci and Yu. G. Abov With the development of nuclear reactors, a real possibility of using neutron radiography in scientific research has appeared. The present paper, which is the first USSR study of this type, is concerned with the anal- ysis of structural states in the solid solutions based on nickel and iron. The atomic ordering effects found in the alloy of stoichiometric compostion Ni3Fe by direct x-ray study, and latterly by neutron diffraction, may give a qualitative explanation of the anomalous physical and technolo- gical properties observed in the permalloys on heat-treatment and alloying. The question of the stimuli which cause the atomic ordering within the lattice sites is still not solved, in our opinion, like some other important general questions. The main difficulty is the slight difference of the scattering powers of Fe and Ni for x-rays. The present work was concerned with elucidating the superstructure of Ni3Fe and determination of the con- centration range over which it exists by new experimental methods. Neutron structure analysis was applied to large single crystals taken from melts of Fe? Ni alloys, as well as from ternary alloys in this series which show permalloy properties. The method used provided greater intensity and sensitivity (the latter by an order of mag- nitude) as compared with a Debye-Scherrer neutron structure analysis method for work with the Ni3Fe superlattice. The results obtained show that the concentration range over which the superlattice forms in the Fe? Ni composition diagram is markedly asymmetric about the stoichiometric Ni3Fe composition, being wider on the iron-rich side. No superlattice was found in Ni3Fe. It was found that the addition of elements of different types ?chromium and copper? to the alloy, exerted essentially different effects on the superlattice formation process in Ni3Fe. The data analyzed show that the ordering energy in Fe? Ni alloys is to a considerable extent ferro- magnetic in type. Fresh data were also obtained on the temperature dependence of the superlattice reflections, on the sizes of the more highly ordered regions and also some other data relating to this series of alloys. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. EFFECT OF NEUTRON IRRADIATION ON THE MARTENSITE TRANSFORMATION 0. P. Maksimova and A. I. Zakharov This paper describes an attempt to use neutron irradiation as a method of altering the state of the parent phase in advance,by causing a definite change in its stability and in the subsequent phase transition kinetics. The effect of previous neutron irradiation on the kinetics of the martensite transformation in number of steels and iron-base alloys was studied. It was found that irradiation produces an important effect on the capacity of austenite to go over to mar- tensite on subsequent cooling. This stability change appears as a change in the martensite point and in the final effect of the transition, the nature of the change being different in the various materials, and having much in common with changes due to previous plastic deformation. 69 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 For example, irradiation of nickel and manganese steels increases the rate of the martensite transformation, raising the martensite point and increasing the effect of cooling. In iron-nickel-manganese alloys, irradiation stabilizes the austenite, reducing the martensite point, and decreasing the effect of the transformation. Thus, the particular effects produced with the various materials by irradiation coincides, in the main, with the beha- vior observed, as due to deformation (the austenite stability changing in the same direction). It was shown that prolonged storage and low-temperature(100) annealing of the irradiated specimen leads to raised austenite stability. This effect of storage and low-temperature annealing appears as a gradual loss of the activating effect of irradiation on steels (just as occurs with relatively small deformations), while in iron- nickel-manganese alloys, the austenite stability is even more markedly raised. An explanation is given for these results: according to this, the activation effect found in steels is caused by injection vacancies (elastic lattice deformations arising around these defects), these being known to be of low stability. The stabilizing effect of irradiation is due to the formation of more complex defects of high stability- crystallite breakdown and de-orientation occuring on irradiation. Thus, it was shown that the use of neutron irradiation as an effective means of altering the states of mater- ials is of interest not only as a means of altering structural states, thus producing definite changes in the prop- erties of metals and alloys, but also as a means of studying phase transitions. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute. ENERGY REQUIRED FOR IONIZATION BY ELECTRONS IN GERMANIUM CRYSTALS V. S. Vavilov, L. S. Smirnov and V. M. Patskevich The energy E required to form an excess carrier pair (electron +hole) in germanium bombarded by electrons of energy 5-15 'key was determined. N-type germanium crystals with p-n junctions of fused-in indium were bombarded in vacuo. E was de- termined from the ratio of the hole flux across the p-n junctior: (due to the excess pairs generated .in the crys- tal by the electron primaries) to the flow of the electron primaries. Surface and bulk recombination were allowed for by the simultaneous illumination with light of fixed in- tensity. E was found to be 3.7+ 0.4 ev. The mean ionization energy for 5-15 key electrons exceeded the photo or thermal ionization energy by a factor of about 5. E did not depend on the primary electron energy over a range 5-15 key. Lebedev Institute of Physics,Academy of Sciences, USSR. ? 70 ? USE OF TRITIUM TO DETERMINE HYDROGEN IN METALS A. I. Chizhikov and V. K. Boyarthinov The radioactive hydrogen isotope tritium was used to determine hydrogen in metals. Experiment shows that it is.in principle, possible to determine hydrogen in metals by exchange. Further work on this topic is required, particularly as regards effects occurring in isotope exchange in gasA phase-metal systems. STUDY OF THE PROCESS OF SINTERING IN ALUMINOUS SCHISTS T. A. Potapova This paper extends the study of sintering processes in aluminous charges. The diffusion of Ca 4G in nephe- line and bauxite concentrates,and the reaction kinetics of silica with limestone were studied. The diffusion processes were studied in two ways: layer sampling, as modified by Gruzin, and by absorption. In the first case, CaCO3 labeled with Call; was attached to the surface of a briquette,previously prepared by compressing the 'mineral powder before baking, while in the second case, metallic Cam was decomposited on thee briquette surface in vacuo. The diffusion parameters of Cam in bauxite were determined by the layer method for the range 1000-1250'C, and in nepheline concentrates, for 900-1150'C. The absorption method was used to determine the diffusion parameters of Calls in nepheline concentrates at 900-1200*C. Since the results obtained in the two ways were in close agreement, both methods would appear usable in any given problem. The effect of alkaline and fluoride additives on the diffusion of C46 in nepheline concentrates was studied. It was found that all the additives showed a considerable effect at high temperatures, the alkaline being the most active. The silica-limestone reaction kinetics were studied at 1000-1250'C for times of 1-6 hours. The charge composition was computed for dicalcium silicate. The temperature dependence curve showed a break due to the formation of less basic calcium silicates at low temperatures. 71 All-Union Aluminum-Magnesium Research Institute. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ ? Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 USE OF OF PHOSPHORUS ISOTOPES IN THE MANUFACTURE AND STUDY OF SELENIUM RECTIFIERS N. V. Yurycv Sem and Sw were used to determine the layer thicknesses of cadmium selenide (sulfide) formed in the zone of contact between the selenium (sulfur) and cadmium in selenium rectifiers. The layer thicknesses of cadmium selenide found, formed after the various operations, showed that when the temperature at which the selenium units were treated, was raised ,the layer thicknesses of cadmium selenide increased. The process became more rapid as the temperature rose, reaching a maximum near the melting point. On raising the intensity of heat-treatment at a given temperature, the layer thickness was found to rise to a limiting value, after which growth ceased. The studies of cadmium sulfide formation conditions, and the effect of adding bromine to the selenium, showed that radioisotope methods are an effective means of improving production process comi,11, and provide a fresh means of studying selenium rectifier processes. Ministry of the Electronics Industry, USSR. STUDY OF Ag?S, Sn?S AND Pb?S MELTS OF VARIABLE CONCENTRATIONS L. S. Palatnik and G. N. Kovalev This paper presents results on Ag? S, Sn? S and Pb? S alloys of variable composition made by simultan- eous condensation of vapors of the chemically pure components on a glass collector in vacuo at (2? 5) ? 10-5min Hg. The spherical evaporator distribution formula was used to find the local alloy composition( with metals) and for a circular hole ( with sulfur, which was evaporated from a crucible). Comparison of the actual sulfur distribution on the collector surface with the computed figures, was carried out, using S. S3s was also used to check the constancy of composition in the specimen on annealing. It appeared to be a general feature of these systems that the vapor-solid transition passes via a metastable (supercooled) liquid phase, as is shown by the vitreous areas in the layers over a definite concentration range in metal-sulfur melts. In Ag? S and 3n? S melts, which have regions of liquid-phase stratification on the stable diagrams, effects are observed which can be explained by extension of the stratification region on super- cooling. The stable diagrams for these two systems are completed by lines of metastability which delimit the region of stratification into two liquid (vitreous) phases. The curves of metastability were drawn up from x-ray data. Gorky University, Kharkov. ? 72 ? 4 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? ? - II. MACHINE BUILDING, CONTROL OF TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESSES. CONSTRUCTION OF APPARATUS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR THE RADIOMETRY AND DOSIMETRY OF NUCLEAR RADIATIONS USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES IN MACHINE CONSTRUCTION V. I. Dikushin This report deals with the general question of using radioactive isotopes for research on wear of machine parts and of cutting tools. Data on methods are given, obtained from study of cutting-tool wear, and prospects of further investigation are reviewed. Metal-Cutting Machine Experimental Research Institute THE STRUCTURE AND ABRASION RESISTANCE OF CEMENTED STEEL L. S. Palatkin, I. M. Lyubarsky, A. P. Lyubechenko and V. G. Nesterenko Some aspects of the formation of wear-resisting structures in the cemented layer of alloy steel were studied using radioactive isotopes, x?ray analysis and other methods: an explanation for the experimental data is proposed. The various modes of tempering the cemented layer as normally produced were studied. A heat-treatment cycle leading to raised 'y-phase content and hence increased wear-resistance was established. A characteristic feature of this is reduced treatment time (as compared with the serial mode). The wear of layers treated by this method was reduced, and metal transfer to the cut surface was practically absent, as well as austenite decomposition in the active friction zone. The carbide phase formation mechanism was studied. It was found that carbide(Fe, Cr, W)3C was formed during cementation, while (Fe, Cr, W) Cg was formed over the recrystallization range during cooling. A high rate of cooling after cementation retarded diffusion processes which transfer alloying elements between phases of the cemented layer, producing a marked deviation from their equilibrium concentrations in the carbides and solid solutions of iron. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 73 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Autoradiography was used to study the course of the intermediate changes in the cemented layer. The carbon redistribution in the austenite was found to occur over the whole grain body over regions of linear dimensions not greater than about iO4 cm. Harmonic analysis of the interference maxima shapes showed that the short method of treating the y- phase caused practically no crystallite break-up, the lattice deformation being comparatively small. Various views as to the nature of the phenomena occurring in this case are discussed. The heightened wear resistance of the cemented layer is facilitated by the high saturation dr the iron solid solution with alloying elements and by the formation of a heterogenous system of "regularly" coupled crystal lattices (austenite- martensite-carbide). Kharkov Transport Machine Construction Works. STUDY OF THE ABRASION OF HIGH?STRENGTH CAST IRON V. I. Stetsenko and E. A. Markovsky The use of a new material?high-strength cast iron with spherulitic graphite?in the USSR autotractor Industry requires that its wear-resistance be studied. Wear and frictional processes in high-strength cast irons of varied structure were studied as functions of the frictional pair regimes at the Machine Operation Institute of the Academy of Sciences,Ukranian SSR. ? The work was carried out with specially built equipment: the wear of the pair was measured while working in oil by radioactive isotope methods, and the changes in the frictional torque were recorded at the same time on an oscillograph. During development, the errors in measuring the radiation intensity from the radioactive products of wear using various assay units were determined. k was shown that radioactive isotope methods could be used to estimate wear in unlubricated friction. Data were obtained from which the best frictional pair for particular cases of specific pressure and sliding speed could be determined. Institute of Machine Operation and Agricultural Mechanics, Academy of Science, Ukranian SSR STUDY OF THE SULFIDED LAYER IN WEARING PROCESSES V. E. Vainshtein and Yu. Vinogradov The behavior of sulfided specimens (SCh-18-36 cast iron, steel type 45), S35-labelled, was studied under wear in an MI friction apparatus. Study of the sulfided layer in wearing processes was carried out with different modes of lubricant (kerosene) feed, as well as without lubricant. 74 ? .4( ? 4 ? Data were obtained on the depth distribution of sulfur, on the sulfide layer regeneration during abrasion, and on sulfur transfer between the rubbing surfaces. The sharpest fall in sulfur content with depth was found in the surface layers, these being the main ;areas of sulfide. It was found that with various frictional modes at the sulfide surfaces, the sulfur remained in the frictional surfaces, and the depth of the worn layer then exceeded the original depth of sulfidation. The sulfide layer regenerated may be supposed to be due to the high temperature and deformation development at the contact areas by the friction, and to be a diffusion-type effect. Institute of Machine Operation Academy of Sciences, USSR STUDY OF THE TRANSFER OF METAL DURING FRICTION AND WEAR G. M. Zamoruev and Ya. N. Levin Work in the metal-working and heat-treatment dept. of the Magnitogorsk Institute of Ferrous metallurgy has shown that wear of steel may take different forms, depending on the frictional conditions and on the composition and structure of the steel. Radioactive tracers were used to study metal transfer in different wear types and to compare it with the rate of surface destruction. The method used was as follows: P2z was introduced into the liquid steel, this being poured as billets of weight about 2 kg and specimens were taken from these Fess (with carrier iron) was introduced by electrolysis into the wearing surfaces of the specimens taken. Inactive specimens were made from rolled steel of the same composition. These specimens, and others, were given varied heat-treatments to reproduce various forms of wear. The abrasion was carried out in MI-1 and MI-3 friction machines at the Magnitogorsk Institute of Ferrous Metallurgy. One of the parts in a frictional couple was radioactive. The metal transfer from the active to the inactive part could thus be counted and radiographed after each mode of wear. The wear of steel in the forms reproduced was shown to be accompanied by metal transfer, but the degree of transfer differed in the various forms of wear. The depths to which the radioactive phosphorus and iron penetrated into the surface layer, and their surface distribution after various types of wear were determined. The relation of radioactive phosphorus and iron transfer to a number of external factors (forces at contact areas, friction path, lubrication) were studied, and possible routes of metal transfer considered. G. L. Nosov Institute of Ferrous Metallurgy, Magnitogorsk 75 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 STUDY OF WEAR DURING ROLLING FRICTION V. P. Pavlov, G. V. Vinogradov, Yu. S. Zaslavsky and F. B. Lebedesra The methods available for studying wear during rolling friction differ greatly in the time required. Radioactive tracer methods were used to provide a short-cut. Wear studies were carried out on a special four-ball friction machine, the working part of this being a model no-separation radial-thrust balHmarin& Fe. was produced in one ball by neutron irradiation. Oil samples were taken periodically from the working chamber with a syringe and assayed in 7-ray counters. The method wat used to determine ball-wear dynamics during rolling friction at 30-40 hours, when the results were of satisfactory reproducibility. All-Union Research Institute for Oil and Gas Reworking and Artificial Liquid Fuel Production, and Heavy Tank Formations Military Academy A SCINTILLATION COUNTER FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF RADIOACTIVITY IN LIQUIDS 0. E. Kalinovsky The circuit is given of scintillation equipment, developed at the Central Diesel Research Institute for measuring 7-rays from wear products present in lubricating oil. The main technical data are given, together with a comparison of measuring heads using scintillation and Geiger-Muller counters. Central Diesel Research Institute RELATION OF THE PISTON RING AND CYLINDER LINING WEAR TO THE SPEED AND MAXIMUM PRESSURE IN THE CYCLE M. D. Nikitin Relation ofthe piston ring and cylinder lining wear to the speed and maximum pressure in the cycle was studied with radioactive tracers on a 5/11 Ch8 The working Pans were activated with traces of Co". and wear was determined from oil samples, using a scintillation counter. 76 .r 4 ^ 4 a It was shown that there was an optimum rpm (1500 rpm in this case) at which wear was least. The cause of increased wear at lower rpm was a worsening in lubrication conditions. The test results show that raising the maximum cycle pressure (Pz) causes increased wear in the cylinder piston assembly, particularly in the piston rings. Central Diesel Research Institute STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF DUSTING ON THE WEAR OF PARTS OF A TRACTION MOTOR A. I. Nisnevich The wear resistance of tractor couplings is determined at present from field experiments which depend on the climatic conditions and which last, as a rule, for 1-2 agricultural seasons. In order to reduce the test times for new materials and links, an accelerated test-bed method is required, based, in particular, on experiments with artificial dusts and the use of radioactive isotopes to measure extremely small degrees of wear. Laboratory tests of wear in various antifriction metals (cast iron, bronze, aluminum alloys) paired with heat-treated steel were carried out to solve this problem. The tests were performed with varying amounts of natural dust in the (lubricating oil, as well as with dusts taken from a turbo-gas generator operating on various fuels. The rate of wear was shown to rise rapidly with the mechanical impurity content, being a function of the fractional composition and physical properties of the dust. Rise in the organic content of the dust caused a fall in the maximum wear. The bench tests were done with a D-54 motor, this being the one most widely used in agriculture, artificial dusts and radioactive isotopes being used to measure wear, and a relation between the amount and fractional composition of the dust and the rate of compression-ring wear was established. In particular, the greatest compression-ring wear occurred when the intake air contained particles of mean diameter 10-20 ? (silica content about 8010). This method was used to study two forms of tractor engine air filter. When the engine was operated with a new three-stage air filter, developed at the Tractor Research Institute, the rate of compression-ring wear was reduced by about a factor 3. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 77 Tractor Research Institute t7t 44e4 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1 ? ? zza, STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF OIL QUALITY ON THE WEAR OF CAST IRON V. S. Zavelsky and K. S. Ramalya Oil quality affects the wear of rubbing surfaces, and the wear also depends on the metal pair, the temp- erature, pressure, frictional velocity etc. The external medium also affects the wear-inhibiting action of the lubricant to a considerable degree. An actively corrosive gas medium may sometimes raise and sometimes reduce the wear, depending on the quality of lubricant used. Wear of the cylinder/piston assembly in an engine occurs under high temperature and low pressure conditions with a corrosive - gas medium. A laboratory apparatus RM-NAMI, was produced which was convenient for studying the effect of oil quality on wear of cast iron and other metals and alloys under conditions simulating those of the sliding surfaces in an engine. A special feature of this equipment is that high temperatures can be produced at the rubbing surface while the oil body temperature is comparatively low, and that experiments can be carried out with a corrosive - gas medium. Radioactive Isotope methods were used to measure wear, the sensitivity being of 0.005 ? order. Comparative tests of specimen oils in RM-NAM1 and in a real engine showed that the relative estimates of oil anti-wear efficiency were the same in the two units. The effect of oil contamination and the gas medium on the wear were studied. The primary action of organic impurities which accumulate in the oil as a suspension was shown to reduce the wear, while the accumulation of oil-soluble compounds increased the wear. Sulfur dioxide, which is one of the fuel combustion products in an engine, was shown to affect not only the acid corrosion at low temperatures (by combination with water) but also the gaseous corrosion at high temperatures., The SO2 also reacts with the lubricant to give protlucts which protect the cast iron surface at the same time. When high-sulfur fuels are used,the resultant of the two opposing processes (gas corrosion and protective action) produced by the SO2 may be increased wear. Automobile and Autornotor Research Instittne REDUCTION OF LOW-TEMPERATURE WEAR IN A CYLINDER/PISTON GROUP OF MOTORS BY USE OF OIL SUPPLEMENTS Yu. S. Zaslavsky, G.I. Shor and I. A. Morozova The low-temperature corrosive wear of the cylinder/piston assembly due to the cooling water, which is a very notable feature of vehicle fleet operation, can be effectively reduced by adding special materials to the engine oil. The mechanism by which these materials act has been inadequately studied however. Radioactive rubbing parts were used in a friction machine to study the mechanism by which these additives act, this providing automatic wear recording. 78 ? ? ? ? ? Vapors from acid solutions (sulfuric, acetic, formic) introduced into the machine sump condensed partially on the rubbing surfaces, which thus stimulated the operating conditions in an engine cylinder at low working temperatures. A large number of engine oil additives was studied, and the following conclusions were arrived at. 1. The basic cause of wear of rubbing surfaces operated in an atmosphere containing acid vapors is electrochemical corrosion. 2. Protection of the rubbingsurfaces from corrosive wear is produced by oil additives with the following properties: a) acid-neutralizing capacity, due to a metal of chemical activity greater than those in the rubbing surfaces present in them. b) capacity to react chemically with the metal rubbing surfaces and thus to form a product productive layer while simultaneously reducing the coefficient of friction and hence the erosive wear. 3. The most promising additives which act by neutralization are soaps of metals which give water- soluble salts with the attacking acids, and thus exert no abrasive action on the rubbing surfaces. All-Union Research Institute for Oil and Gas Reworking and Artificial Liquid Fuel Production STUDY OF THE MECHANISM BY WHICH ANTI?CORROSION ADDITIVES IN OILS ACT Yu. S. Zaslavsky, S. E. Krein and R. N. Shneerova G. I. Shor To protect internal-combustion engine bearing bushes from corrosion, anti-corrosion additives are included in the engine oil: these act by forming protective sulfur of phosphorus layers on the metal surfaces. Radiochemical methods have been used to follow up the relations between tendency to give protective layers, the layer stability relative to the 'destructive action of oxidation products from the oil, and the rate of corrosion. Various sulfur or phosphorus-labelled organic compounds were studied. The simultaneous study of the kinetics of protective layer formation for lead sheet surfaces and of lead corrosion showed that all the sulfur and phosphorus compounds used gave protective layers on the lead surface, retarding corrosion by oil oxidation products. The effect of various high molecular weight organic acids on the kinetics of protective layer formation by anti-corrosion additives and on the kinetics of lead corrosion was studied. To increase the efficiency of anti- corrosion additives it was shown to be desirable to choose compounds which, when introduced into the fortified oil, would exert a polishing action on the metal but would not cause destruction of the oil. In this connection it was shown that when acid products accumulated in the oil beyond some definite limit (different for each acid) the oil additives were destroyed and their anti-corrosion action lost. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 79 I t Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release The anti-corrosion action of added tributyltrithioposphite, both sulfur-and phosphorus-labelled, was studied. When uibutyltrithiophosphite was used it was shown that both the sulfur and phosphorus were initially active in preventing corrosion, but later only the sulfur was active. All-Union Research Institute for Oil and Gas Reworking and Artificial Liquid Fuel Production STUDY OF THE MECHANISM BY WHICH OIL ADDITIVES REACT WITH METALS M. M. Kusakovi C. V. Vinogradov, E. A. Razumovskaya,P. I. Sanin and A. V. Ulyanova The choice of lubricating oil anti-wear idditives requires that the reactions of active oil components with metals be studied as well as their operating temperature limits, and that the role of the oil itself be elucidated. Interesting results bearing on the solution of this problem were obtained with S16- and P32-labelled thiophosphoro-, and phosphoro-organic compounds reacting with metals, the compounds being dissolved in a napthene-paraffin oil fraction type MS-20. Study of the reaction kinetics for oil containing an Sztlabelled additive and steel at various temperatures showed that the metal began to react with sulfur compounds of the sulfide and disulfide types only at about 120-140 C. Disulfide type compounds appeared more active with respect to the metal than did the sulfides. Results obtained with added elementary sulfur and thio-organic compounds showed that the greatest reactivity with regard to the metal was found in compounds in which the sulfur was most labile. Reactions of the metal with phosphoro-organiccompounds(e.g. tributylphosphite) as additives showed that they began to react even at room temperature, and react much more rapidly at 150-160' C with rapidly rising decomposition. Similar results were obtained with tributyltrithiophosphite, phosphorus-labelled, showing that the phosphorus is easily bound to the metal surface, while the part of the molecule containing the sulfur is evidently split off. The data on the interaction of oil additives with metals agree with results from anti-wear tests with thiophosphoro-organic compounds and with mixtures of thio-and phosphoro-organic compounds, from which one may assume that under moderate frictional conditions (seizing and sharp temperature rises absent) the phosphorus has the main influence in hydrocarbon solutions of thiophosphoro-organic compounds and mixtures of thio-and phosphoro-organic compounds. Oil Institute, Academy of Sciences, USSR 80 a Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? ? ? ? STUDY OF DRIVE WEAR IN COAL MACHINES E. Ya. Studnits Until now there has been no adequately sound method of selecting lubricating oils for gear wheels, so the oil to lubricate the reduction gear in coal-cutting machines has had to be wear-tested. A radioisotope method of measuring gear-wheel wear has been developed. Pinions were activated with added Zn. The pinions worked in a reduction gear with an oil circulation system containing a 7-counter. The tests lasted 10-20 hours. The use of radioactive tracers for studying relative pinion wear when working in various oils under diff- erent conditions was found most efficient, and gave reliable data within short periods. All-Union Coal Research Institute STUDY OF METAL-CUTTING PROCESSES N. F. Kazakov Cutting-tool wear resistance determinations using radioactive isotopes gave a simple relation between the transfer of cutter material to the work -piece, the shavings and the coolant and the cutting time, as well as the specific wear of the tool, the speed, depth of cut and the feed; from which some quick tests were devised to determine the tool cutting properties, the machinability of the material, coolant efficiency,etc. The method was shown to be applicable and accurate even when the wear time was 2-3 hours, so the time required for a test was reduced by a factor of 25 or more, as compared with micrometric methods. It was shown to be more efficient to activate the parts when studying friction and wear along the contact of the tool with the chip and the work piece, since the deposit accumulates on the tool. In addition, many nonradioactive tools could be used in this melhod, and the relation of the cutting process to the various factors could be studied. Both the qualitittive and the quantitative aspects of wear could be evaluated from the data obtained, and thus the type and nature of cutting-tool wear could be discovered, beginning with conditions under which adhesive and diffusive interactions occur, with metal transfer from tool to work-piece and vice versa. Hence it became possible to select operating conditions in which wear resistance was greatest and thus the working time in cutting was higher. 81 Institute of Machine Operation, Academy of Sciences, USSR 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The anti-corrosion action of added tributyltrithioEitosphite, both sulfur-and phosphorus-labelled, was studied. When tributyltrithiophosphite was used it was shown that both the sulfur and phosphorus were initially active in preventing corrosion, but later only the sulfur was active. All-Union Research Institute for Oil and Gas Reworking and Artificial Liquid Fuel Production STUDY OF THE MECHANISM BY WHICH OIL ADDITIVES REACT WITH METALS M. M. Kusakov, C. V. Vinogradov, E. A. Razurnovskaya,P. I. Sanin and A. V. Ulyanova The choice of lubricating oil anti-wear additives requires that the reactions of active oil components with metals be studied as well as their operating temperature limits, and that the role of the oil itself be elucidated. Interesting results bearing on the solution of this problem were obtained with Su- and PI-labelled thiophosphoro-, and phosphoro-organic compounds reacting with metals, the compounds being dissolved in a napthene-paraffin oil fraction type MS-20. Study of the reaction kinetics for oil containing an SIklabelled additive and steel at various temperatures showed that the metal began to react with sulfur compounds of the sulfide and disulfide types only at about 120-140' C. Disulfide type compounds appeared more active with respect to the metal than did the sulfides. Results obtained with added elementary sulfur and thio-organic compounds showed that the greatest reactivity with regard to the metal was found in compounds in which the sulfur was most labile. Reactions of the metal with phosphoro-organiccompoundXe.g. tributylphosphite) as additives showed that they began to react even at room temperature, and react much more rapidly at 150-160' C with rapidly rising decomposition. Similar results were obtained with tributyltrithiophosphite, phosphorus-labelled, showing that the phosphorus is easily bound to the metal surface, while the part of the molecule containing the sulfur is evidently split off. The data on the interaction of oil additives with metals agree with results from anti-wear tests with thiophosphoro-organic compounds and with mixtures of thio-and phosphoro-organic compounds, from which one may assume that under moderate frictional conditions (seizing and sharp temperature rises absent) the phosphorus has the main influence in hydrocarbon solutions of thiophosphoro-organic compounds and mixtures of thio-and phosphoro-organic compounds. Oil Institute, Academy of Sciences, USSR T? 80 7.1 a Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release la? et" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 50-Yr 20 STUDY OF DRIVE WEAR IN COAL MACHINES E. Ya. Studnits Until now there has been no adequately sound method of selecting lubricating oils for gear wheels, so the oil to lubricate the reduction gear in coal-cutting machines has had to be wear-tested. A radioisotope method of measuring gear-wheel wear has been developed. Pinions were activated with added Zn. The pinions worked in a reduction gear with an oil circulation system containing a 7-counter. The tests lasted 10-20 hours. The use of radioactive tracers for studying relative pinion wear when working in various oils under diff- erent conditions was found most efficient, and gave reliable data within short periods. All-Union Coal Research Institute . STUDY OF METAL-CUTTING PROCESSES N. F. Kazakov Cutting-tool wear resistance determinations using radioactive isotopes gave a simple relation between the transfer of cutter material to the work -piece, the shavings and the coolant and the cutting time, as well as the specific wear of the tool, the speed, depth of cut and the feed; from which some quick tests were devised to determine the tool cutting properties, the machinability of the material, coolant efficiency,etc. The method was shown to be applicable and accurate even when the wear time was 2-3 hours, so the time required for a test was reduced by a factor of25or more, as compared with micrometric methods. It was shown to be more efficient to activate the parts when studying friction and wear along the contact of the tool with the chip and the work piece, since the deposit accumulates on the tool. In addition, many nonradioactive tools could be used in this method, and the relation of the cutting process to the various factors could be studied. Both the qualitative and the quantitative aspects of wear could be evaluated from the data obtained, and thus the type and nature of cutting-tool wear could be discovered, beginning with conditions under which adhesive and diffusive interactions occur, with metal transfer from tool to work-piece and vice versa. Hence it became possible to select operating conditions in which wear resistance was greatest and thus the working time in cutting was higher. 14/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Institute of Machine Operation, Academy of Sciences, USSR Si Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - STUDY OF WEAR IN HARD-ALLOY SCREW-CUTTING TOOLS B. D. Lazebnik New theories of weight loss and wear in cutting tools were derived by using radioactive isotopes to study wear in cutting tools: a new method of accelerated determination of the resistance as a function of cutting speed was also proposed. Radioisotope methods are differential, unlike weighing, which is integral. The proposed loss equation is in good agreement with the available data. This equation can. be used to study the stability and to set up stability criteria in the weight loss process. The formula G =crx is proposed as an appropriate relation between wear weight and time. There is found to be a limiting attainable wear weight Lm, the tool being taken out of use on reaching this. The experiments demonstrate the effect of cutting speed on the rate of wear. A method of accelerated determination of the speed-resistance relation is proposed from the relationships found. Experimental tests showed that the method was usable in practice. Institute of Machine Operation, Academy of Sciences, USSR A METHOD OF ESTIMATING THE DEGREE OF METAL DEGREASING R. B. Chernyakova This paper expounds a method of checking the degree of removal of soaps and soap-grease emulsions from metal surfaces, using radioactive isotopes. Cs irr was used as a tracer, introduced as a 3N hydrochloric acid solution of test contaminant. The amount of tracer adhering to the surface used, and the amount remaining after degreasing the contamination, being proportional to the tracer activity, were determined from the number of disintegrations per unit time recorded by the counter setup. The detector was a standard detector type B, with a y-counter assembly. Autoradiography was used to detect tracer concentration on the surface of the object. X and XX x-ray plates were used, their resolvingpoWers being sufficient for this purpose. This method enables one to estimate the cleanness of the degreased surface visually and objectively with a high degree of accuracy; the amount of residual tracer can be found both relatively and in absolute units of weight. The method sensitivity (at a given tracer specific activity) was such as to detect 10-5-10-5g of contaminant. ? 82 4 4 ? ? A ? ? ? ? ? Use of the method to check the quality of degreasing of parts in mass-production lines showed that It should be applied in working out the technology of degreasing processes. EFFECT OF RADIOACTIVE RADIATIONS ON THE SURFACE PROPERTIES OF METALS G. N. Meshcheryakov The so-called bob hardness is specified by the loss on collision with a metal: the surface properties of metals after irradiation were studied using Kusnetsov's bob tester. The work was carried out with polycrystalline zinc at a temperature above the recrystallization temp- erature, and also with Armco iron, aluminum, platinum, beryllium and gold.Co" was used for irradiation, radiation doses of 0.02 r/min/cm2 being used. The bob hardness was found to increase by factors of 1,5-2. The hardening effect saturated at 1 minute of irradiation, some drop in hardness then following on further irradiation, followed later by no great change. The magnitude of the hardening effect was shown not to be connected with the lattice packing density, as is the case with intense neutron irradiation, and the bob hardness rose even in metals (Be), which do not usually react to irradiation, or which regain their initial properties (Zn, Al) even at room temperature. A series of experiments to elucidate the physical basis of the hardening effect was carried out by irradiating in various media (0, A ), by irradiation of deformed specimens, or specimens previously treated with surface- active materials,etc. The hardening may be concluded from this to be of adsorption type and, unlike Rebinder's wedging effect, leads to healing of submicroscopic surface cracks. The healing is due to adsorption potentials arising at the mouths of the cracks and, as a consequence, there are electrostatic bonding forces which prevent removal on collision. Experiments are described dealing with different types of mechanical tests of metals which have undergone adsorptive interactions when irradiated, e.g. from friction by cutting thin layers etc: these experiments show that irradiation withCo" can be used effectively for practical purposes. 83 Odessa Polytechnical Institute 4 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 t I, - STUDY OF THE CA8T FORMATION PROCESSES IN SAND MOLES B. B, Gttlyaey, Yu. F. Borovsky, L. M. Postnov and 0. N. Magnitsky This report deals with the use of radioactive tracers to study the formation of castings when sand molds are used. The effect of the pouring system construction on the incorporation of nonmetallic particles which fall Into the mold with the metal was studied: the most rational construction was selected. The liquid metal-sand mold reaction was studied. It was found that the mold surface was washed off by the liquid metal and that this caused contamination of the castings. The effect of the main technological factors on the rate of this process was studied. It was found that when the pour-off temperature was sufficiently high a solid film first formed on the casting surfaces, but then melted, and the liquid metal was in direct contact with the mold surface for some time, after which the main solidification occurred. The effects due to pour-in temperature, site of run-in and the rate of mold filling on the duration of the liquid-metal/mold surface contact were evaluated. It was shown that the castings could be fed only within the pour-off limits, this lying between She. liquidus and solidus. The effects of melt crystallization conditions on the pour-off limits were determined. ? These results were used to develop measures`aimed at improving the quality of castings, and the basic ways of using radioactive tracers in research on casting processes were indicated. STUDY OF THE MECHANISMS OF THE BASIC PROCESSES IN HOT TINNING A. I. Vitkin Radioactive isotopes of tin and iron were used to study the movements of these metals in a flux technic unit, to elucidate the basic mechanisms in the hot tinning of steel. The basic processes in the flux unit were elucidated. Central Ferrous Metallurgy Research Institute ? USE OF NUCLEAR RADIATIONS FOR MEASUREMENT OF THERMAL PARAMETERS G. G. Iordan and K. S. Furman The technical processes used in current industrial production continuously become more complicated and refined: the rates of operations are raised, the temperature and pressure rise, most frequently reactive and toxic 84 S. .? ? ? a media are involved,etc. This all demands that the control and measuring gear should record and adjust the basic parameters of the processes continuously without being introduced within the units, or without the sensitive elements being in contact or communicating with the controlled media. One way of complying with this requirement is to use the various forms of nuclear radiation. This tendency In control and measurement technic has developed strongly both in the USSR and abroad in recent years. Various control systems using the radiations from radioactive isotopes have been produced. These systems contain four elements: radiation source, detector, electronic transformer head and secondary units. The system composed of the first two elements is termed the pick-up head, and provides an electrical signal functionally related to the controlled parameter. Artificial radioactive isotopes are used as sources ofa,13 ?and y radiations and, via secondary processes, as x?ray and neutron sources. Equipment using nuclear radiations to control the parameters of thermal power sources may be classified as follows: 1) those 2) those a) those 4) those 5) those using changes in relative position of source and detector; using the laws of interaction between x- and 7-rays and matter; using the laws of interaction between - r ay s and matter; using ionization and atomic excitation effects; using the laws of interaction between neutrons and matter. Questions relating to the design of such units are considered: ways in which the use of radioisotopes In the field of thermal power source construction could be developed ,are indicated; constructional schemds for new units for measuring parameters such as the concentration in a liquid, the flux of a gas, moisture and hydrogen contents, composition and temperature. are considered. Recommendations are made for the most rapid solution of problems connected with the wide use of these units. Thermal Power Source Construction Research Institute MEASUREMENT OF RADIOACTIVE RADIATIONS WITH A SCINTILLATION COUNTER A METHOD OF REDUCING THE INSTRUMENTAL ERRORS B. I. Vcrkhovsky, V. A. Sotnikov and V. V. Yakushin Equipment. composed of scintillation counter plus electronic circuitsare described. In one case a special modulator unit produced an intermittent radiation flux through the scintillation phosphor, calibration being from an auxiliary source. The circuit separated and amplified the signal in proportion to the difference of these radiation fluxes. An indicator unit was attached to the output of the signal-difference measuring unit, or else a reversible drive, to the spindle of which was attached a variable-thickness wedge, which equalized the radiation fluxes falling on the phosphor. The errors in measurement with the apparatus, which are due to instability in the gain of the FEU (photomultiplier), are reduced by a factor m, where m is the ratio of flux measured to the difference between the absolute values of the measured and standard fluxes. By using the wedge arrangement changes in the FEU gain only altered the sensitivity of the unit. 85 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003 5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 In another modification of the equipment, twophosphors werp used; on one fell the radiation flux being measured, while the other received the calibration flux. The light fluxes from these phosphors fell on the multiplier photocathode in turn. The relative statistical error of the measurement of radiation flux is defined by the expression 2 8 where n is the number of y -quanta recorded per unit time; r is the time-constant of the synchronous detector. Lebedev Institute of Physics. Academy of Sciences, USSR ANALYTICAL METHODS OF USING IRRADIATION V. A. Korotkova This report gives a short description of an activation analysis method,and of compositional analysis by radiation emitted in the absorption of nuclear particles, e.g. (n, y), (n, a) and (n, p). The general types of analytical Problems which can be solved by these methods are considered. Comparative data on the sensitivities of activation and spectral analysis are given (from literature data). Some possible regions where activation analysis is of definite use are pointed out. Activation analysis is best used in those cases where high accuracy, not available by other methods, is required in determining very small amounts of elements which have very high effective activation cross sections. Lebedev Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, USSR USE OF SCINTILLATION COUNTERS WITH ELECTRONIC MODULATION IN INDUSTRIAL y - RADIATION INDICATORS E. Ya. Ovcbarenko The problem of measuring the levels of various media within definite indicated positions is frequently encountered in the recording and automatic control of industrial processes. The y -rays from radioactive isotopes can be used to good advantage in level indicators by passing them through the space to be examined. All units of this type described in the literature use gas-discharge counters as y -ray detectors. The y- ray efficiency of these is low(-0.157), and so the source activity becomes impracticably great when the source- detector distance is great or when there is much absorption in the walls of the container. We developed a scintillation counter/transistor amplifier unit. The high y-ray efficiency of scintillation counters reduces the required source activity by powers of ten and, by combining these with semiconductor components, convenient operation is provided. The gain was raised by applying low-frequency electronic modulation to the multiplier. Atvne,--t-t - 86 ? -11 ? ? Various methods of electronic modulation were tested. The most convenient and direct was to supply the multiplier with pulsed voltages. Examples of the use made of this unit in level indicators in subterranean bunkers (ore chutes) and in metallurgical electric shaft furnaces are given. "Light-Metal Automation" Design Bureau USE OF RADIOACTIVE RADIATIONS FOR THE CONTACTLESS MEASUREMENT OF THE DISCHARGE AND VELOCITY OF A GAS N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser The methods of measuring gas discharge or speed with radioactive isotopes can be divided into two groups. Amplitude, or relative, methods. When the discharge (speed) alters, the signal amplitude applied to the measuring unit changes. The following methods belong to this group. a) Ion loss method. Two electrodes are placed in the flow, joined in series to a power source and the measuring head. A layer of radioactive material is deposited on one electrode, the radiation from this ionizing the space between the electrodes. The greater the flow speed, the fewer ions reach the electrodes and tilt lower the current in the circuit. b) Ion recombination method An electrode coated with a layer of radioactive material is placed higher up the flow, while the other is below it. The current in the circuit of the second electrode is measured. The lower the flow rate, the more ions recombine during the interelectrode transfer time and the weaker the current. There is a typical dependence of readingsm external factors and the state of the gas medium in all ampl- Atude methods. Use of balanced circuits with the electrodes improves matters somewhat, but complete independ- ence is not attainable. The electrodes must also be electrically in contact with the flow. Time, or absolute, methods. The time taken to transfer some volume of gas through a fixed distance is measured. The readings then do not depend on external factors. The following methods belong to this group. a) Atomic tracer methods, in which a small volume of radioactive gas is injected via a probe at some point in the flow. The transfer time for the labelled region is measured over a fixed distance. The method is not very applicable to automation, requires a continuous flow of radioactive material and contaminates the gas flow. b) Molecular tracer methods. A given area of the pipe is irradiated by a chopped plane beam of radioactive radiation. Ion clusters are produced within the tube and the transfer time for the labelled region is measured over a fixed distance. The source and receiver are completely isolated from the flow. There are no measuring probes within the flow. The measurement can be repeated tens of times a second, which facilitates continuous remote control of the discharge of gas speed by means of very simple regulators. 87 . .4?Ja7..1.m.1 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The measuring heads for the molecular tracer method are described, and results from experimental and theoretical studies of the methods are given. The results show that this method has definite advantages over others. Institute of Automation and Remote Control USSR Acad. ScL AN APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC GAS-FLOW MEASUREMENT USING 0-RAYS G. G. Iordan, IC. S. Furman and T. G. Neiman. In most cases discharge meters based on pressure drop are used to record discharged gases, the drop being produced by constrictions (diaphragms, nozzles etc.) inserted in the pipe. The constrictions cause a pressure drop in the flow, which makes it difficult or sometimes impossible to use these discharge meters at low gas speeds. When abrasive or corrosive gases are to be metered it is undesirable that the constrictions should be in contact with the measured medium (the rapid wear of diaphragm edges produces undesirable errors). In addition, the nonlinear relation between efflux and pressure drop makes the measurements inconvenient and produces difficulties in totalizing effluxes. Thus, it is urgently necessary to seek new and more refined methods of gas efflux metering. One refined way of solving this problem is to use the radiations from radioactive isotopes. An experimental model of a radioactive gas flux meter for general industrial use was produced in 19561 this gives continuous remote readings, recordings and control of the flows of various gases without pressure loss in the flow. The basic concept used was proposed by Shumilovsky and Meltser. The method is based on measuring ion packet transfer times, the ions being produced by radioactive emissions. When the ionsource? receiver distance is constant, the transit time is inversely proportional to the mean gas speed, and thus to the volume flux in a pipe of constant cross 'section. A self-balancing circuit for gas flux metering, having a linear scale and high accuracy of measurement, was developed. An experimental model of such a unit is at present on test under factory conditions. Research Institute for Thermal Engine Construction 88 ? ? ? USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES FOR AN AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF LIQUID FLOWS N. N. Shumilovsky, Yu. V. Gushchin and M. I. Tolokonnikov Existing methods of measuring liquid flows have a number of basic faults: the measuring probes are in direct contact with the medium, the resistance inserted is large; Pitot flow meters cannot give distant readings or recordings, etc. All these shortcomings become particularly important in automatic control of highly corrosive or hazardous liquids, or liquids under high pressure. Methods which do not require that the measuring probes are in direct contact with the medium are of great interest. Those automatic control methods using radioactive isotopes occupy an important place among them. Mechanical modulation of the emission from the radiosotope was used in developing an automatic liquid flow meter: a completely isolated, coated vane rotated in the liquid. The calculations on the choice of radioactive isotope activity, and the experimental studies, showed that it was quite possible to pick up the pulses on the receiving unit and to measure the pulse frequency (liquid flux) and number of pulses (amount of liquid) at different pipe-wall thicknesses. The liquid flux meter was made up of two main units: the pick-up and the measuring head proper. The pick-up was made in two different forms. A Geiger-Muller counter was used as detector in the first form; a scintillation counter was used in the second. The emission from Coe) distributed on the vane was modulated at the rotation frequency. This, picked up by the receiver, was transformed to an electrical signal (voltage pulses of definite frequency), this being fed to the measuring head, which recorded both the instantaneous liquid flux (via meter reading or automatic recorder) as well as the total liquid passed (on a scaler). The test of an experimental unit under production conditions confirmed that it was quite possible to use this method to measure the flux and total flow of liquid in a pipe. Institute of Automation and Remote Control Academy of Sciences, USSR MEASUREMENTS OF THE CONCENTRATIONS OF SOLUTIONS BY MEANS OF 8 - RA YS G. G. Iordan and T. G. Neiman The new methods of determining concentrations, which are based on the laws of 8-ray absorption and scattering in matter, enable one to perform continuous adjustment of technical processes. Concentrations were determined using the 0 -rays from radioactive materials and an experimental type of unit for general industrial use in continuous remote measurement:, recording and control of the composition of a binary liquid mixture was produced, this involving the introduction of no measuring probes into the vessels. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 89 5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The measuring heads for the molecular tracer method are described, and results from experimental and theoretical studies of the methods are given. The results show that this method has definite advantages over others. Institute of Automation and Remote Control USSR Acad. Sci. AN APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC GAS-FLOW MEASUREMENT USING 0-RAYS G. G. Iordan, K'. S. Furman and T. G. Neiman. In most cases discharge meters based on pressure drop are used to record discharged gases, the drop being produced by constrictions (diaphragms, nozzles etc.) inserted in the pipe. The constrictions cause a pressure drop in the flow, which makes it difficult or sometimes impossible to use these discharge meters at low gas speeds. When abrasive or corrosive gases are to be metered it is undesirable that the constrictiaris should be in contact with the measured medium (the rapid wear of diaphragm edges produces undesirable errors). In addition, the nonlinear relation between efflux and pressure drop makes the measurements inconvenient and produces difficulties in totalizing effluxes. Thus, it is urgently necessary to seek new and more refined methods of gas efflux metering. One refined way of zglving this problem is to use the radiations from radioactive isotopes. An experimental model of a radioactive gas fhix meter for general industrial use was produced in 19561 this gives continuous remote readings, recordings and control of the flows of various gases without pressure loss in the flow. The basic concept used was proposed by Shumilovsky and Meltser. The method is based on measuring ion packet transfer times, the ions being produced by radioactive emissions. When the ion source? receiver distance is constant, the transit time is inversely proportional to the mean gas speed, and thus to the volume flux in a pipe of constant cross 'section. A self-balancing circuit for gas flux metering, having a linear scale and high accuracy of measurement, was developed. An experimental model of such a unit is at present on test under factory conditions. 88 Research Institute for Thermal Engine Construction 4 fr? ???? ? USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES FOR AN AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF LIQUID FLOWS N. N. Shumilovsky, Yu. V. Gushchin and M. I. Tolokonnikov Existing methods of measuring liquid flows have a number of basic faults: the measuring probes are in direct contact with the medium, the resistance inserted is large; Pitot flow meters cannot give distant readings or recordings, etc. All these shortcomings become particularly important in automatic control of highly corrosive or hazardous liquids, or liquids under high pressure. Methods which do not require that the measuring probes are in direct contact with the medium are of great interest. Those automatic control methods using radioactive isotopes occupy an important place among them. Mechanical modulation of the emission from the radiosotope was used in developing an automatic liquid flow meter: a completely isolated, coated vane rotated in the liquid. The calculations on the choice of radioactive.isotope activity, and the experimental studies, showed that it was quite possible to pick up the pulses on the receiving unit and to measure the pulse frequency (liquid flux) and number of pulses (amount of liquid) at different pipe-wall thicknesses. The liquid flux meter was made up of two main units: the pick-up and the measuring head proper. The pick-up was made in two different forms. A Geiger-Muller counter was used as detector in the first form; a scintillation counter was used in the second. The emission from Com/ distributed on the vane was modulated at the rotation frequency. This, picked up by he receiver, was transformed to an electrical signali(voltage pulses of definite frequency), this being fed to the measuring head, which recorded both the instantaneous liquid flux (via meter reading or automatic recorder) as well as the total liquid passed (on a scaler). The test of an experimental unit under production conditions confirmed that it was quite possible to use this method to measure the flux and total flow of liquid in a pipe. Institute of Automation and Remote Control Academy of Sciences, USSR MEASUREMENTS OF THE CONCENTRATIONS OF SOLUTIONS BY MEANS OF 8 -RAYS G. G. Iordan and T. G. Neiman The new methods of determining concentrations, which are based on the laws of 8-ray absorption and scattering in matter, enable one to perform continuous adjustment of technical processes. Concentrations were determined using the -rays from radioactive materials and an experimental type of unit for general industrial use in continuous remote measurement;, recording and control of the composition of a binary liquid mixture was produced, this involving the introduction of no measuring probes into the vessels. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 89 The 0-ray back-scatter coefficient is related to the atomic number of the material in the scatterer by the approximate law Zn, where a> '/2R1, where Ni = the number of a-particles, arising in a unit of time per one unit volume of medium i: Ea= energy of a-particle; Rj= range of a-particle in medium i; . ds ? differential element of border surface; a = radius of sphere. In equation( 2) medium > is in sphere, medium > outside it. Since the effective curve of a cylinder is less than that of a sphere of the same radius,the value of the density of the energy flow through the cylindrical surface must be an intermediate value between the values (1) and (2). Taking as the density of the energy flow through the cylindrical surface the mean values of (1) and (2), we obtained the following equation for the mean magnitude of the dose in the cylindrical boundary volume a ( 1 RN ? iv-1) 4(2a ? RI) Pcc, = E .[N 1 --(N R2 .7R7 cn>a>Ri R2 PCCI = E.[Ni +(N. N1)(1? 1,4 jaz + 0,65 ?a2 Rt>a>o where a = radius of cylinder, medium ?cKl? within cylinder, medium ?2? outside it. The values of the mean magnitude of the dose calculated according to (3) and (4) are in good agreement with the experimental findings. Central Roentgen-Radiological Scientific Research Institute 244 4. 4 ? ? CHANGE IN HEPATIC CARBOHYDRATE FUNCTIONS IN POLONIUM DAMAGE V. P. Fedotov It is known that subjection of the organism to ionizing radiation greatly reduces the glycogen content of the liver. At present there are two differing opinions on the mechanism of this disturbance. Some authors hold that with radiation disease the sugar-fixation and glycogen-formation functions of the liver are disturbed; others are inclined to regard glycogen impoverishment of the liver as a result of distrubances in feeding and in the ac- tivity of the gastrointestinal tract. In dogs subjected to angiostomy we succeeded in showing that with acute and subacute course of radiation disease, induced by polonium, there is distinct disturbance in the sugar fixing function of the liver. This dis- turbance was observed both with orally administered glucose and with intravenous injection of glucose. The experiments with intravenous injection of insulin showed that in conditions of acute and subacute radiation disease the liver continuesto react to insulin,but the character of the hypoglycemic curve changes. Primary hyperglycemia occurring with intravenous injection of insulin increases both in magnitude and time. The times of maximum hypoglycemia and return of blood sugar to the original level shift to later stages. The degree of hypoglycemia was practically unchanged. Experiments with intravenous injection of adrenalin established thaewith disease of the organism by polonium the liver responds to injection of adrenalin by a more intense output of sugar into the blood. The re- turn of blood sugar content to the original level occurred somewhat later than normal. The results of our investigations enable one to conclude that with disease of the organism by lethal doses of ionizing radiation the sugar fixing function of the liver is lowered. This finds expression in impaired capac- ity of the liver to take up sugar from the incoming blood and to fix sugar firmly. USSR Academy of Medical Sciences INFLUENCE OF 8-RADIATION (P32) ON GLYCOGEN FUNCTION OF THE LIVER G. Kh Bunyatyan and G. T. Alunts The influence of 8-radiation of P32 on the glycogen function of the liver was studied. The experiments were conducted on 18 rabbits distributed in equal numbers in the control and experimental groups. Determina- tion of glycogen was made according to the method of Gudkremmer and Somodzh. It was found that normally glycogen is unequally distributed in a hepatic lobe. Most of it was found in the terminal parts of the lobe (4.38 g clo) and less in the central part (3:69 g Radioactive phosphorus in the form of NaHP3204 solution was injected subcutaneously at the rate of 20-30 p c per 1 kg body weight. The animals were killed 24 hours after introduction of the isotope. The investigations showed that,after introduction of the P32 solution in the dose indicated, the amount of glycogen in the liver fell 5-10 times (in particular cases 15-20 times) as compared with the control rabbits, reaching 0.1 To. These changes were observed in all parts of the hepatic lobes. It should be noted that under the influence of P32, the difference in the glycogen content in the various parts of the liver disappears. The same amount of stable phosphorus introduced subcutaneously did not have any effect on the glycogenic function of the liver. 245 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 With subcutaneous administration of insulin on the basis of 3 units per 1 kg rabbit body weight and Na2HP3204 solution,the glycogen content of the liver fell much less (3-7 dines) than under the influence of radioactive phosphorus alone. Institute of Physiology of the Armansk USSR Academy of Sciences DESTRUCTION OF THYROID GLAND BY INTERNAL IONIZING RADIATION (RADIOACTIVE IODINE) AND CERTAIN MEANS OF DEFENSE Ya. M. Kabak and M. M. Nikitina This communication continues investigations reported earlier. NaII311without a carrier,was introduced at various doses in single administration under the skin of one - darold rats. In each litter there were six rats. Altogether over 60 litters, i.e., about 360 animals, not counting the mothers, were used. The minimum dose inducing, in the conditions of these experiments, practically complete destruction of the thyroid gland, was roughly,equalto 100 c/I131whichcorrespondsto the findings of Goldberg and Chaikov. Physiological sequelae of such destruction were observed: retardation of growth and bone formation pro- cess, disturbance in development of hairy integument, changes in general appearance, behavior and state of animals, disturbance in heat regulation, etc. All these disturbances are considered as results of destruction of the thyroid gland since even after becoming clearly apparent, it was possible to remove them by substitution therapy with thyroidin (5 mg/100 g animal weight daily). At the conclusion of the experiments,the completeness of destruction of the thyroid gland was controlled by histological examination of the relevant regions of the trachea by the method of serial sections. Additional proof of the athyroid state of the animals was obtained by examination of the cytological structure of the frontal lobe of the pituitary; in the rats subjected to radiothyroidectomy it changed in a characteristic fashion, and in animals receiving thyroid its normal state was restored. Of particular interest are the results of the experiments with "defense" of the thyroid gland against de- struction by radioactive iodine entering the organism. As in the previous investigation on birds, a favorable effect Of stable Iodine salts (iodide) was observed, but a particularly good effect was achieved with use of 2? mercaptoimidazole. In all rats which received adequate dose of this preparation (for example, 4 doses of 0.1 mg for two days) commencing 1-3 hours after entry of IL31 into the organism, the thyroid gland was well preserved and no defects or any changes in its function were later observed. Only on histological examination of the thyroid gland was it possible to detect certain consequences of its partial destruction. M. V. Lomonosov Moscow State University 246 ? INFLUENCE OF COMPLEXONES ON MINERAL EXCHANGE IN THE ORGANISM D. I. Semenov Laboratory investigations (1949-1956) on the influence of a series of complexones On the behavior of radioactive elements (metals) in the organism showed their high efficacy. Ethylene diaminotetraacetate (EDTA), hexametaphosphate (HMP),-poly-and metaphosphates, nitrilo triacetate (NTA), cyclohexane (CH) and uramyl diacetate (UDA) exert a significant influence on the deposition of a number of metals in the organs and tissues and also on the speed of their excretion from the organism. EDTA to a considerable degree accelerates the excretion of a number of emitters (metals) from the organs and tissues at late stages of poisoning. The mechanism of excretion of emitters (metals) from the organism by the complexones consists in formation of highly stable complex compounds highly soluble in the conditions of the organism, easily and speedily filtering through the kidneys. The mechanism of the toxic action of the complexones of the EDTA type consists in binding of biologi- cally important cations. The efficacy of the complexone in the excretion of the various emitters (metals) depends on the constant of displacement of calcium; the stability of the complex in the biological medium, the physicochemical state of the metal in the blood and tissues,and also on the speed of the process of complex formation. The efficacy of the complex compounds in the excretion of the emitters (metals) depends on the constant of the displacement of the metal of the introduced complex by the emitter (metal). The toxicity of the complex compounds depends on their hardiness in the conditions of the organism. Laboratory of Biophysics, Ural Branch of the Academy of Sciences (Sverdlovsk) COMPARATIVE EVALUATION OF AGENTS SPEEDING UP EXCRETION OF RADIOACTIVE STRONTIUM E. I. Safronov Comparative evaluation of agents accelerating excretion of radiostrontium from the organism was made by radiochemical and biological methods. In the preliminary series of radiochemical experiments with static and dynamic ion exchange chromatography, the capacity of organic and inorganic chemical compounds to re- move radiostrontium from cationic resins was compared. Of the 20 tested compounds the most effective in the radiochemical experiments were lithium citrate, potassium iodide, iodhypersol and trilone B. The results of the radiochemical experiments were used in biological experimentstand confirmed and verified in particular cases by radio autographic examination. Chronic series of biological experiments were performed on 630 mice. In these experiments, excretion of radiostrontium from the organism was appreciably accelerated by repeated subcutaneous injections of 0.2 ml daily of 50/0 lithium citrate solution for the first five days of poisoning. Physiological saline accelerated excretion of radiostrontium from the mouse organism to a much smaller degree ;however, it did have a definite medicinal effect, reducing mortality in the mice and the intensity of the clinical picture ofpoisoning by radiostrontium. Potassium iodide did not possess any medicinal advantages over physiological saline. 247 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Analysis of the multistage investigations conducted and the published findings enable us to conclude that physiological saline and potassium iodide along with salts of citric acid and other substances may be re- commended in the treatment of radiostrontium poisoning. Kirov Order of Lenin Military-Medical Academy INFLUENCE OF UNITHIOL ON DISTRIBUTION, ACCUMULATION AND EXCRETION OF RADIOACTIVE ARSENIC IN RABBITS N. I. Lugansky a n d Yu. I. Loboda Dithiol, containing in its molecule active sulfhydryl groups is now being successfully employed as a means of antidote therapy in poisoning by arsenic compounds and certain heavy metals ("thiol poisons"). Of the compounds of this type especially noteworthy is a new national preparation unithiol (2, 3-sodium dimercaptopropansulfonate) put forward by the Ukrainan Chemical Hygiene Scientific-Research Institute (V.E. Petrunkin, V. P. Dvernitsky,A.I. Cherkes and co-workers). The work performed in our laboratory in the last few years (N. I. Lugansky, D. S. Lukontsev) has shown that unithiol is a highly active antidote in poisoning of animals by variousorganic and inorganic arsenic com- pounds (novarsenol, osarsol, calcium arsenite, Paris green, arsenic anhydride, etc.) In the mechanism of the therapeutic action of unithiol in adenic intoxication, its capacity to increase excretion of arsenic from the organism is of definite importance. To make a more thorough study of the therapeutic properties of unithiol and its role in the detoxication processes in the organism .we set out to investigate the influence of the preparation on the distribution and ac- cumulation of arsenic in the organs and tissues, and also to trace the speed of excretion of the poison from the animal organism poisoned by arsenic anhydride. In performing these experiments,the method of radioactive tracers was applied. The isotope of arsenic in the form of arsenic anhydride (AS27603) was employed. The experiments were carried out on 75 rabbits. The findings of our experimental investigations suggest the following conclusions: 1. Unithiol.greatly reduces the content of radioactive arsenic in the organs and tissues of rabbits within the course of only a few hours after introduction of the isotope. 2. With treatment by unithiol,elimination of the radioactive arsenic in the urine considerably increases, particularly in the first few days. 3. The material obtained for study of distribution, accumulation and excretion of radioactive arsenic in animals treated with unithiol confirmed our former data demonstrating that in the mechanism of the medicinal antidote properties of unithiol an important part is played by its capacity to intensify elimination of arsenic from the organism. Ukrainian Scientific Research Chemical-Hygiene Institute 248 ? 4 It ? ? tes1 tt.:7 ? ? ? IV. BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABELED ATOMS AND STUDY OF PHYTOSYNTHESIS AS A PHYSIOLOGICAL PROCESS A. A. Nichiporovich The labeled atom method is being widely employed in the study of the course of photosynthetic trans- formations of carbon,ang especially of the primary and direct products of photosynethesis. In this direction important material has been obtained which has shown the cyclical character of the process and has demonstrated a number of initial and intermediate products. However, these were purely biochemical investigations. Up to now,many questions in this field have remained unclear and controversial (the question of the nature of the primary acceptor or acceptors and the question of the primary product or products, etc.). In this respect much work needs to be done. Several problems of the chemistry of photosynthesis have unfortunately not been treated to any extent. Among these is, for example, the important question of the way in which oxygen is evolved in the photosyn- thetic process. An aspect of the question of no less importance,and in some respec.ts of more importance,is the application of the labeled atom method to the study of photosynthesis as a physiological process,above all from the point of view of the possibility of increasing the productivity of photosynthesis. In this connectionmuch important work has been started or partially completed. Thus,work has begun which has given results on the study of the relations between photosynthesis and respiration. Work has started on the study of the significance of the atomic-cytological structure in photosynthesis. The labeled-atom method is of great assistance in the study of the question of the mechanism of energy accumulation and transfer in the photosynthetic process, in particular as a result of formation of macroergic phosphate bonds. Our conceptions on the diversity of products of synthesis and also on the methods and causes of their formation have now been considerably extended. Work has started on the connections between the special nature of the work of the plant photosynthetic apparatus and a series of physiological processes (nutrition, growth, light conditions, photoperiodic reactions, etc.). Much of this work is now in an embryonic state. However, because of the significance of this question and of the results which may be achieved,this work needs to be extended in every direction. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 249 K. A. Timiryazev Institute of Plant Physiology of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 t I I POLYGLYCERIC ACID IN THE PRIMARY PRODUCT OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS E. A. Biochenko and N. I. Zakharova In studying the products of reduction of C1402 in photosynthesistradioanivity was detected first of all in an oxyacid with a molecular weight of about 1,500. Determinations of the constituent elements and functional groups of this oxyacid showed that the entire carbon was to be found in carboxylic and alcoholic groupings. On decomposition,glycerol derivatives were obtained. In view of the fact that several authors have described phosphoglyceric acid as the primary product,it was interesting for comparison purpose to determine glycerol and phosphorus not hydrolyzed by 1 N MCI in the primary product molecule, to which we gave the designation R1, Glycerol was determined by the periodate method showing that it constituted about 61, by weight of the product. The remaining carbon in the molecule was to be found in the carboxylic groups. Total phosphorus, differentiated inorganic and organic phosphorus, Was determined by the method of Fiske-Subbarow All the phosphorus in 121 was in organic combination. Then it was determined whether the phosphorus was resistant to three-hour hydrolysis with 1 N HC1. Comparison of the amounts of nonhydrolyzable phosphorus and glycerol showed that,had this product consisted of phosphoglyceric acid the amount of phosphorus should have been many times greater. Upon heating with naphthoresorcinol in concentrated sulfuric acid a blue color was obtained charaCteristic of glyceric acids. Thus,the primary product of photosynthesis was a polyglyceric acid. Paper chromatography confirmed the homogeneousnature of the substance,both in two-dimensional and wedge chrbmatograms. Upon boiling with ethyl alcohol for one houndecomposition took place yielding glycerol derivatives with different 12f values,and the residual molecule contained iron. The path of the carbon in photosynthesis starts out in combination between carbon dioxide and the iron containing fraction of the R1 molecule. Already reduction occurs,since in the primary product no more than 507 of the C" is found in the carboxylic groups. The alcohol groups, formed on deoxidation,forming part of the glycerol fraction of the molecule, are then split off from I21. This differs from Calvin's hypothesis, apart. from the nature of the carbon dioxide acceptor, in that he considered the primary product not a result of local reduction but a subsequent stage of phosphotriosis. However, the data on the distribution of C14 in individual atoms of the molecule ,both of the glyceric acids and the hexoscs, contradicts the hypothesis that the monoses orig- inate in the trioses. Discovery of radioactivity in dioxyacetone may be explained by the formation of this sub- stance upon decomposition of12,1. The subsequent transformation of carbon into free sugars occurs through the product On, two thirds of which is composed of uronic type acids and one third of ketose. The transfer of the ketose formed here to the various organic acceptors may, according to the latest work on the transference ef- fect of invertase, lead to formation of many substances including free sugars. V. I. Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry and Analytical Chemistry of the USSR Academy of Sciences STUDY OF THE PROCESS OF RENEWAL OF CHLOROPHYL COMPONENTS WITH THE AID OF LABELED CARBON A. A. Shlyk and T. N. Gednev From the observations reported in the literature, one can deduce almost anything from the correlations logically possible between the biosynthesis of chlorophyl -a and chlorophyl-b.. Since we have shown that complete synthesis of the molecules of the pigment occurs even with its renewal, study of this process has also led to new conclusions on this question. For example,we established in three plants a difference in the 250 ? ? a ? ? specific activities of carbon in chlorophyl-.a and -b, indicating a different speed of incorporation of carbon and assimilable CO2. It is probable that such a difference is due to the nonuniform attenuation of the new molecules in the tissue by the amount of pigments. This difference was maintained for a fairly long period of time ,suggesting that in the plant rapid mutual transformation of the two chlorophyl components does not occur. The significance of chlorophyl -b in photosynthesis cannot be associated with such a mutual transition as has occasionally been claimed. Splitting of the chlorophyl molecules and determination of the radioactivity of its parts showed that components a and b are capable also only of slow phytol change, Chlorophyl-b, possessing a smaller specific activity, cannot be a precursor of chlorophyl-a. The basically uniform distribution of radio- activity throughout the molecules of chlorophyl-a and-b precludes the possibility of independent biosynthesis of the two components of chlorophyl, and shows that they are formed from common precursors. The single chain of biosynthesis either continues up to formation of chlorophyl-a and, from it, chlorophyl-b, or branches out at one of the final stages leading to a parallel emergence of both chlorophyl components. The choice of the most likely of these two possibilities was made on the basis of an experiment in which restoration of the chlorophyl occurred simultaneously with continued storage of the pigment,and the relative specific activity of chlorophyl-a and -b was calculated according to the activity of the simultaneously isolated succinic acid, the chief source of carbon of the phorbin . The value obtained for chlorophyl-b throughout the experiMent was less than the increase in the amount of pigment. This shows that on the path from succinic acid to chlorophyl -b a consider- able decrease in the specific activity of carbon occurs,much greater than occurs on the path to chlorophyl-a. Such an attenuation is difficult to explain on the bases of the hypothesis of parallel emergence of both pigments. If chlorophyl-a arises successively from chlorophyl-a, this attenuation is not only explicable but essential. The transition through chlorophyl-a is,in such a case the main stage at which attenuation of the carbon of chlorophyl-b takes place. Final solution of this complicated question requires further investigations. ? Institute of Biology of the USSR Academy of Sciences INVESTIGATION OF INTERMEDIARY PRODUCTS OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS BY MEANS OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES N. G. Doman With the isotopic method and use of poisoning of enzymatic systems,new data have been obtained con- firming the presence of a stage of unstable foliar binding of CO2 prior to the stage of formation of phosphoglyceric acid, the first stable product in photosynthesis. The phosphoglyceric acid formed may be converted simultaneously in several directions,but it is essen- tially reduced to trioses by incorporation in the carbohydrate photosynthetic cycle, in the course of which a cer- tain amount of phosphoglyceric acid quickly reappears,no longer labeled by the carboxylic carbon,but by the carbon in the a and 8 positions. Study of the course of formation of the early intermediate products of photosynthesis in various plant species in changing conditions demonstrates that although there is uniformity in the basic stages of the path of the carbon in photosynthesis, even at the very commencement the nature of metabolism is specific to the plant and dependent on conditions. Data were obtained showing a certain connection between CO2 assimilation in light ana darkness in the synthesis process of plant substances. The detected intensification of reduction of sulfates in the leaves in the light may be due to direct parti- cipation of organic sulfur compounds in the photosynthetic process. 251 A. N. Bakh Institute of Biochemistry of the USSR Academy of Sciences 1 ?'; Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 USE OF RADIOACTIVE CARBON (C14) IN THE STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF TRACE ELEMENTS ON PHOTOSYNTHESIS AND TRANSLOCATION OF ASSMILATES M. Ya. Shkolnik and A. N. Greshishcheva The question of the influ.Ince of trace elements on photosynthesis and translocation of assmilates is of great interest. Data on this question are few in number and often contradictory. The most definite data are those in relation to the significance of manganese and iron in the process of photosynthesis,and on the positive influence of boron in carbohydrate translocation. The object of our work was to study the influence of boron, manganese, copper, zinc and molybdenum on the intensity of photosynthesis and on the translocation of the assimilates at various times of the day. The experiments were performed in cotton plots. In all the experiments, photosynthesis and translocation of assimilates was studied by means of the radio- active isotope of carbon (C"). As a result of the investigations carried out.the following conclusions may be drawn: In experiments conducted on the cotton plant, copper and manganese had an appreciable positive influence on the intensity of photosynthesis and displayed the capacity of reducing or completely' removing depression of photosynthesis during daylight hours. Zinc and molybdenum, in the majority cfcases,had a positive influence on photosynthesis, chiefly in daylight hours ,which indicates that they are also capable of reducing depression of photosynthesis. The use of boron gave contradictory results. , The question of the influence of Zinc, molybdenum and boron on photosynthesis requires further checking. Boron and manganese accelerated the translocation of the labeled assimilates from the leaves in almost all cases. Zinc and molybdenum, in most cases,had a positive influence on this process. Contradictory results were obtained for copper. Accelerated translocation of the Ca-labeled assimilates was detected under the influence of boron in ex- periments with sugar beet (introduction of boron in the presence of high doses of lime which hampers transloca- tion of assimilates). These data explain one of the reasons for the particular significance of boron in presence of high doses of lime. In these experiments it was established that the optimal dose of lime, unlike a high dose, improves the assimilate translocation. Our findings are in agreement with the findings in the literature on the positive influence of manganese on photosynthesis and of boron on the translocation of assimilates, and shed light on the influence of copper in pho- tosynthesis. They show futhermore, the great significance of manganese in translocation of assimilates. 252 V. L. Komarov Botanical Institute of the USSR Academy of Sciences 4 a 4 4 TRANSLOCATION OF PRODUCTS OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS IN SOYA PLANTS AND QUESTIONS CONNECTED WITH HARVEST YIELD I. F. Belikov Study of the movement and distribution of products of photosynthesis in the soya plant in the vegetative period was necessary to produce a scientific basis for the use of standard seed screening and methods of sowing in soils of different fertility. In the investigations radioactive carbon (C") was employed. Before bean formation, the assimilates from the old leaves of the plant are usually directed towards the growth points of the runners, to the young expanding leaves, stern and root. They were found in the largest quantity in the tissues and organs in which active processes of growth and metabolism were occurring at that period. Radioactive carbon was not found in the leaves and other parts of the plants in which growth was com- plete when the nutrient was administered. When the beans appeared, the flow of plastic substances to the growth points and the young growing leaves ceases. The products of photosynthesis are used locally, i. e., from each leaf they enter the axial bean. The assimilates move from the leaf to the stem, moving upwards and downwards simultaneously,usually five to six times more passing downwards than upwards. In normal conditions of growth and development the bean's requirement of plastic substances is higher than can be produced by the assimilation apparatus of the plant. When a bean falls off.the substance accumulated in the leaf is taken over by beans at neighboring nodes. With the appearance of beans on the plant, a smaller amount of the products of photosynthesis enters the. root system. It must be assumed that the vital activity of the root system is maintained on account of stored substances. Establishment of the characteristic of distribution of the-products of photosynthesis in the plant organism in the period of vegetation, and the soya plant's need of secondary light, established by us earlier, unabled us to explain the cause of the low soya yield in continuous sowings, and to lay down rational standards of seed screening and methods of sowing in soils of different fertility. Far Eastern Branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences USE OF N15 IN STUDY OF THE ROLE OF NITROGEN NUTRITION IN THE HARVEST YIELD V. V. Tserling The object of the investigation was to make clear the times of administration and doses of nitrogen in nitro- gen metabolism,and the role of nitrogen in the formation of the reproductive organs. In order to distinguish the effect of nitrogen introduced-before sowing from the nitrogen introduced after, the technique of marked atoms was used. 253 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - It was found that nitrogen metabolism in plants depends on the original dose of nitrogen and the times and phases of development of the plant. The influence of the different levels of nitrogen intake before sowing on nitrogen metabolism in the first period of development of the plant,and as a result of this,on.the subsequent stages of formation of the reproduc- tive organs was shown. Isotopic analysis made it possible to distinguish more clearly the entry and transformation of the nutrient nitrogen than did quantitative determination of the percentage nitrogen content in the fractions. It was established by the isotopic method that: 1) synthesis and restoration of amino acids precedes synthesis of albumin; 2) in the first hours and days after intake of nutrient this process proceeds with particulai vigor; 3) the greater the hunger of the plant before nutrient administration, the more rapid the new formation of amino acids at the expense of the nutrient nitrogen.; 4) renewal of albumin nitrogen at the expense of labeled amino acids is more vigorous in young (20 day) plants. Use.of N15H4N1403 as a labeled fertilizer made it possible to confirm experimentally the thesis of Acad. D. N. Pryanishinkov. that ammonia is taken up more quickly than are nitrates. Changed nitrogen nutrition in plants most strongly affected the development process of the reproductive organs and grain harvest formation. Spacing of the dose of nitrogen in all cases produced an increase in the harvest,differing according to the variants of the experiments. One and the same dose, but introduced ata more advantageous time,by activating nitrogen metabolism in the young plant, accelerated the formation of panicles, increased the ripening of the inflorescence and the grain harvest. A characteristic of plants with the largest panicles and grain yield was the similarity of the indices of amino acids and albumin synthesis in the phase before and during differentiation of the panicles. By varying dosage and times of administration of nitrogen fertilizer, and thus intensifying nitrogen metab- olism in the plants at a definite phase of their development, one can produce any size and kernel type of pan- icles of millet, and consequently, change the grain harvest. 254 V. V. Dokuchaev Soil Institute, Academy of Sciences of the USSR ? a NEW METHOD OF DIFFERENTIAL STUDY OF LOCALIZATION OF RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCES IN PLANTS BY MEANS OF AUTORADIOGRAPHY WITH USE OF FILTER PAPER LEAF "IMPRINTS" Zh. A. Medvedev Normal autoradiography of plant objects,although plainly showing the localization of radioactive substances, does not,however, clearly reveal to what extent the radioactive substances are concentrated in the various com- pounds (albumins, nucleic acids, lipoids, inorganic substances), since the film is a summation of all the radio- active fractions in the plant tissues. This peculiarity of autoradiography of large objects restricts its use in bio- chemical and physiological investigations connected with analysis of substance transformation by the study of synthesis of various complex compounds. The author devised a method of differentiated leaf autoradiography of particular labeled compounds(albu- mins, nucleic acids, lipoids),and also of separate fractions of cells (vacuole and plasma,solutions cellular struc- tures). The basis of this method is the securing by means of high periodic pressure (150-200 atmos) of "im- pressions" of leaves on filter paper. In obtaining the "impressions",the foliar intracellular contents are pressed in the filter paper with retention of the typical leaf impression, which makes it possible to eliminate from such an imprint, by washing, one or another solullefraction using solutions which fix the albumin and nucleic acid fractions on the filter paper (for example, washing of "imprints" by a solution of trichloroacetic acid), With snb- lequent autoradiography of the "imprints". Conditions have been worked out in which only the vacuole or plas- ma liquor of the leaf is sucked into the filter paper(by gradual increase in pressure on the leaves denatured by freezing) and also conditions enabling one to obtain an "imprint" of the plastids and organoids of leaves after preliminary removal of the liquid fractions (using leaf "imprints" on paper impregnated with trichloroacetic acid). With use of preliminary trichloroanetic acidimpregnation of the paper all the albumins removed from the leaves under pressure are fixed in the surface layer of the paper, which heightens the distinctness of the "imprint" add reduces the radiation self-absorption effect. Preliminary impregnation of the paper by barium or iron salts en- ables one to fix the labeled inorganic compounds of sulfur and phosphorus in the 'imprints." Use of varieties of fine and coarse filter papers enables one to obtain layer "imprints, "the content of the leaves being distributed in 5-10 layers of paper, each layer differing from the other in the morphobiological sense,since the organoids of different dimensions (nucleus, plastids ,granules, intergranular medium) are retained to a different degree by the individual layers of paper. The method devised is suitable for mass analysis and does not require com- plicated equipment. In order to obtain the "imprints",various types of chromatographic paper were tested. The report presents the results of a study with use of the method of autoradiographic " imprints" on locali- zation of albumin and nucleic acid synthesis in the leaves of various strata of kidney beans with root and non- root uptake of es-labeled sulfates, methionine and with radioactive phosphorus. 255 Moscow K. A. Timiryazev Academy of Agriculture '4 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 41. -1;77:447.477:-.4477-74 INTENSITY OF ABSORPTION OF PHOSPHORUS AND ITS TRANSFORMATION INTO VARIOUS ORGANIC FORMS IN NONROOT PLANT NUTRITION V. F. Shcheglova and L. D. Rachkov In investigations on the question of introduction of phosphorus into plants other than through the root, we set our- selves these tasks: establishing the comparative degree of enrichment 01 various cotton plant organs by phosphorus- containing compounds with administration of phosphorus via the root and elsewhere; determining the character of the transformation of the phosphorus enteringiand the specific composition of organic phosphorus compounds in various organs; and establishing the periods of most active intake in relation to the times of nonroot nu- trition. The advantages of non-root intake of phosphorus are speed of entry, distribution to all organs of the plant, and participation in synthesis of organic phosphorus compounds. All these processes are slowed down when phosphorus is fed via the root, a certain equilibrium being achieved only in two to three deka& Subsequently, root feeding ensures a large flow of mineral phosphorus and more active synthesis of organic phosphorus compounds in the plant. In view of the fact that soil phosphorus enters the plant more slowly than in nonroor nutrition ,additional administration of phosphates through the leaf makes it possible to quickly meet the phosphorus requirements of the plant in the necessary period. Combination of basic root and supplementary noncom phosphorus nutrition, by most completely satisfying the phosphorus requirements at the opportune moment, can ensure increased plant productivity. Inorganic phosphorus introduced through the leaf is used by the plant for synthesis of organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds. The data of radiometric analysis show that the fractional composition of phosphorus-containing compounds is specific for the individual organs of the cotton plant. A considerable predominance of inorganic phosphorus fraction in the roots, phosphoric ethers of sugars in the fibers formed, and constant growth of nucleoproteins in the ripening seeds was observed. phosphorus applied to the leaf enters the plant with greatest intensity at earlier phases of development; at commencement of ripening of the cotton plant entry is insignificant. This explains the very weak effect of non- root phosphorus nutrients in late autumn. 256 ...smatowevraarupacp........ Botanical Institute, Tadjik USSR Academy of Sciences r ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? USE OF N15 IN THE STUDY OF THE ROLE OF COPPER IN PLANT ASSIMILATION OF NITROGEN FROM NITRATES AND AMMONIA L. K. Ostrovskaya, B. A. Geller and G. M. Yakovenko Copper deficiency in plants is usually manifest in normal or intensified nitrogen nutrition; with insufficiency of nitrogen, copper deficiency has almost no effect on growth and development. According to several findings in the literazure, an analogous interrelation is observed between nitrogen and iron. This gives grounds for assuming that heavy metals participate in plant biochemical transformations of nitrogen. Comparative biochemical investigations of the composition of plants cultivated lit conditions of normal and deficient copper nutrition show that when copper is deficient, as a rule, the content of total, albumin and nonalbumin, nitrogen increases. This phenomenon may be a natural outcome of the slowing down of growth of the plants, and does not give sufficient material on which to judge the character of the interrelation of copper and nitrogen metabolism. Use of the stable isotope of nitrogen has produced data which may be used to approach the solution of the question of the role of copper in nitrogen transformation and albumin synthesis in plants. Feeding oats with ammonium sulfate containing a stable isotope of nitrogen, and subsequent mass spectro- metric analysis of the isolated nitrogen compounds show that in plants not receiving a sufficient amount of copper a somewhat higher percentage of nitrogen atoms are to be found in soluble fractions(NH3, amides and amino acids). The N15 content of albumins and related compounds is, on the other hand, considerably lowered in cop- per deficiency. Analogous but quantitatively weaker correlations were found for sugar beet. Comparative analysis of sugar beet plants fed by labeled nitrogen in the ammonium and nitrate radicals shows that copper deficiency has no effect on albumin synthesis in nitrate feeding. This fact testifies to the presence of different paths of nitrogen assimilation from ammonia and nitrates. With nutrition by the nitrogen of ammonia, copper deficiency affects albumin synthesis to a larger degree in daylight hours than at night, and reduces the excess percentage of albumin N15 atoms not only in the leaves, but also in the roots. Comparative study of the distribution of N15 in various compounds isolated from sugar beet leaves after feeding with nitrogen-labeled ammonium and nitrate radicals indicates that the intake and consequent transfor- mation of the nitrogen in the nitrate radical is much more intensive than that in the ammonium radical espec- ially in nitrogen assimilation in the light. In the roots of the sugar beet, no essential differences in assimilation of the nitrogen from the nitrate and ammonium radicals were observed. 257 Ukraine Plant Physiology Scientific-Research Institute 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 USE OF RADIOCARBON IN INVESTIGATION OF BIOSYNTHESIS OF TERPENES G. V. Sukhov In order to determine the speed of biosynthesis of monoterpenes and resin acids,use of the kinetic isotope method of metabolism investigation was employed. Introduction of radiocarbon (C14) in the experimental plants was conducted in the process of photosynthesis, for which purpose the crowns of 30 year, 10 meter high pines were confined in polyamide- coatedsectional photo- synthetic chambers, of 60 cubic meter capacity. The total activity of assimilated C1402 in each experiment was 10 pc. The chambers were fitted with ven- tilators for the purpose of forming air currents, thermometers, psychrometers,and counters for constant measure- ment of the concentration of C'02. It was shown that in conditions of light saturation and intensive agitation of air the speed of assimilation of C1402 ?strictly proportional to its available concentration. This technique allows one to study in detail photosynthesis and respiration of ligneous plants in natural vegetation conditions and, with a small refinement of the chamber, rate of transpiration can also be measured. Following introduction of C14 in the experimental trees emples were taken, in the course of 1-2 months, of coniferous needles, bast and wood cellulose from whidh monoterpenes, resin acids and monosaccharides were isolated. Curves of the radioactivity of the isolated substances were plotted against time. Analysis of the curves showed that the mean duration of life of the monoterpene and resin acid molecules isolated from the coniferous needle of the current yea; and the bast and wood cellulose of the branches of the same plant was uniform,being about four days. One quarter of the effective amount of pine soft resin is renewed in one day. It was shown that the speed of renewal of soft resin exceeds the speed of its secretion on tapping 100 times. In one day, half the pine mono- saccharides are restored (mean molecular life span two days). The rate of metabolism of substances formed in the biosynthesis of terpenes from carbohydrates is much greater than the speed of metabolism of both terpenes and monosaccharides. The data obtained give theoretical support to the new technology of intensive tapping and demonstrate the superiority of the kinetic isotopic method of investigation of biosynthesis and metabolism over use of labeled atoms with single measurement of the radioactivity of the investigated substances, a method variant widely employed. With a single determination of isotopic composition (radioactivity) of the substances during the investigation of their biosynthesis, dissimilar conclusions on the composition of their precursors result because of the multi- plicity and reversibility of the paths of biosynthesis and metabolism. The kinetic isotopic method makes it possible to avoid this lack of certainty,and to establish the basic main pathways of biosynthesis, and to measure the speed of transformation of the substances participating in metabolism. Central Scientific Research Institute of Wood-Pulp Chemical Industry 258 - A ? ? ? ? ? ? PARTICIPATION OF PENTOSES AND a-METHYL- d-GLUCOSIDE IN LIGNIN FORMATION Z. N. Kreitsberg and V. N. Sergeeva Study of the biosynthesis of lignin by means of labeled atoms is a method which holds out much promise for the future. Wide use is now being made of this in research practice. In this work, use was made of carbon dioxide with a marked carbon atom and a-methyl?d-glucoside syn- thesized by the authors,as well as pentoses isolated from wood cellulose after intake of carbon dioxide with a labeled carbon atom. Following foliar feeding of the plants with radioactive carbon dioxide, and also introduction into the plant of the supposed precursors of lignin, pentoses and a- methyl- d- glucosidemarked with radioactive carbon we traced the ac- tive carbon introduced in the various parts of the plant and also in the lignin of the trunk wood cellulose. The purpose of the present work was to attempt to define the role of pentoses and a-methyl? d-glucoside in lignin formation. The experiments showed that with introduction of radioactive pentoses in the plant (young poplar) all parts of the plant became radioactive, as was the lignin isolated from the upper stem. With injection of radioactive solution of a-methyl? d-glucoside in the plant, radioactivity was not found in the isolated lignin The wood cellulose contained an insignificant amount of C14. Upon absorption of radioactive carbon dioxide by the plant through its leaves we established the presence of C14 in the separate fragments of the lignin molecule, namely in the aromatic and metaxylene groups in the short side chain. ? ? ? On the basis of the experiments conducted it was established that: 1) pentoses participate in the process of formation of lignin ; 2) the metaxylene group of a-methyl? d-glucoside is not involved in lignin formation; 3) the lignin molecules are formed in one stage,with a definite number of metaxylene groups. Scientific Research Institute on Problems of Forest Economy of the Latvian SSR Academy of Sciences ISOTOPIC EFFECTS IN BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES P. A. Vlasyuk and D. M. Grodzinsky Study of the characteristics of chemical elements isolated from living matter is of particular interest since it is possible that it is precisely in the living protoplasm that conditions are created in which a considerable degree of isotopic differentiation may occur. In addition, the possibility that certain isotopes of elements are of special physiological importance in plant feeding is not to be excluded. Study of this question is of great importance, on the one hand, from the standpoint of geochemistry since the greater part of the elements of the earth's crust is included in living matter and, on the other, for elucidation of the magnitude of isotopic effects in biological processes which is necessary for a proper assessment of results of investigations conducted with the method of labeled atoms. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 259 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 M.; - Acad. V. I. Vernadsky was the first to advance a hypothesis on the possibility of significant differentiation of isotopes in biological processes. At present there is a great deal of information on investigation of isotopic effects dealing with carbon, potassium, hydrogen, calcium, sulfur and nitrogen. Investigations were carried out with elements, both with normal and abnormal isotopic composition. Depending on the experimental conditions, such data show the presence of considerable isotopic effects in a number of cases,although there is much evidence to support relative constancy of isotopic composition of the elements in plants and in nutritive mineral media. The investigations performed to date are far from sufficient to provide precise knowledge on the isotopic effects occurring in the metabolism of living organisms. Nevertheless, on the basis of existing information on the characteristics of the isotopic composition of elements isolated from living matter, it may be assumed that, in relation to normal isotopic composition, considerable isotopic effects are not witnessed,while with abnormal isotopic rnixtures,there may be a significant fractionation of the isotopes in the process of entry and distribution of the element in the plant tissues. Apparently, plants in the process of evolution have adjusted themselves to the normal isotopic composition of the chemical elements. In this connection,in relation to abnormal isotopic compositions in the biological processes, isotopic effects are seen, which give rise to certain changes in the Isotopic composition of the elements in plant tissues. Since, with use of the method of marked atoms, abnormal mixtures of isotopes are employed,the possibility of isotopic effects may give rise to certain difficulties in assessment of experimental results. Where determination of activity is made under stringently uniform conditions of measurement, comparison of the relative activities of various samples may be used to characterize the isotopic effects. Therefore, study of the isotopic effects can conveniently be carried out by using radioactive isotopes. The authors investigated the features of utilization by the plant organism of nutrient elements with abnormal isotopic composition. The abnormal isotopic mixture was produced by addition of artificial radioactive isotopes to the natural composition of the element. In investigations with calcium, to which was added the isotope Calitand with carbon enriched with C14, appreciable isotopic effects were noted in plant assimilation of these elements. In the process of photosynthesis in a closed system, the specific radioactivity of carbon dioxide fell. The capacity of lowering the specific activity of carbon dioxide was particularly high in mature leaves of sugar beet, much less in the seedlings, and not evidenced at all in very young seedlings of the white lupine and corn. In cultivation of summer vetch in a medium containing radioactive isotope Ca 46 , the specific activity of calcium in the plants was 27-3950 lower than in the nutritive medium. Study of the biological selective properties of plants in relation to the isotopes of one element warrants the most careful attention since it reveals new aspects of the processes of metabolism in the organisms and the special state of chemical elements in living matter. The question of the isotopic effects in biological processes cannot be considered as conclusively settled. Further systematic investigations are still necessary. 260 Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Plant Physiology 4 4 ? ? 4 ? ? 4 4 USE OF P32 IN THE STUDY OF NITROPHOSP.HATE NUTRITION IN PLANTS IN THE INITIAL PERIOD OF DEVELOPMENT L. A. Zuev and P. F. Golubeva The radioactive isotope of phosphorus(P32) was used as a tracer in study of nitrophosphate plant nutrition, chiefly in cultured grasses in the initial period of development. Observation was made on the absorption of labeled phosphorus from the nutritive solution by the seedlings in relation to conditions of feeding. In some seedlings, total phosphorus content was determined by the usual chemical method,as was the content of labeled phosphorus. The shoots and roots were analyzed separately, which made it possible to trace the distribution of the phosphorus in the seedling. Isolation and fractionation of phosphorus compounds allowed us to follow phos- phorus metabolism in the shoots and roots. Absorption of phosphorus in the etiolated seedlings of the majority of tested plant; in the presence of nitro- gen of the nutrient medium, started quite early (after several days of germination) to lag behind absorption in the seedlings germinated with non-nitrogenous solutions. In the conditions of normal natural light, a reversal of the picture was observed. Determination of total and labeled phosphorus in the fractions isolated from the shoots of fourteerrday-old ).,inter rye showed that phosphorus is exchanged in the compouvls of all the fractions. A part of the absorbed phosphorus was found in all fractions proportional to the total content of phosphorus absorbed. However, there was a fall in the degree of phosphorus exchange in the nucleoprotein fraction and the acid-soluble organic com- pounds in nitrogen-starved seedlings. To bring out more clearly the dependence of phosphorus absorption and of phosphorus compound metabolism on the degree of nitrogen provision to the seedlings,short duration (7 days) germination of the seedlings in solu- tions of incomplete nutritive mixtures was carried out,enabling one to obtain seedlings with nitrogen and phds- phorus impoverishment. The seedlings,on switching to solutions containing labeled phosphorus,were sharply characterized by their phosphorus absorption. Nitrogen impoverishment sharply reduced absorption of phosphorus. The seedlings, rich in nitrogen, but previously deprived of phosphorus, absorbed the phosphorus with great inten- sity. A direct relationship between intensity of absorption of phosphorus and synthesis of organic phosphorus compounds was observed. M. V. Lomonosov Moscow State University ABSORPTION OF P32 IN WINTER AND SUMMER VARIETIES IN RELATION TO THE STAGES OF ONTOGENESIS AND PLANT HARDINESS TO THE COLD V. N. Razumov and N. D. Feofanova The purpose of the investigation was to attempt, by means of labeled phosphorus,to assess types of agricul- tural plants by their resistance to cold,and also to find an indirect method of assessing winter varieties of grain grasses by the length of the stage of vernalization. The energy of 1332 absorption was determined in ten-day seedlings of a number of farm crops and of their varieties,using the nutrient solution at two different temperatures(+ 180 and +5?), 261 nprlassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Cop Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ Absorption of labeled phosphorus from the solution differed at high (18?) and low( 50) temperatures in various varieties of winter wheat. The greater the resistance to frost of the variety, the higher the level of absorption of phosphorus by the seedlings at a low temperature. In the winter varieties not resistant to frost, a sharp fall in absorption of phosphorus was observed under the influence of reduced temperature. In this respect winter wheat varieties, not resistant to frost, approximated the summer varieties in which the greatest fall in phosphorus absorption at low temperatures was observed. The difference in absorption of phosphorus in the winter varieties Is connected to a larger degree with the resistance of the plant to frost than with the duration of the vernalization stage. Analogous results were obtained in experiments with varietim of vetch, peas and barley. An attempt to apply this method in determining the frost resistance of varieties of clover and alfalfa did not give positive re- sults. The difference observed in phosphorus absorption by the seedlings of winter varieties and a number of crops may be used as an indirect method for detecting frost-resistant varieties. Certain summer crops (corn, lentils, chick-peas, peas) from hilly regions, i. e., varieties more resistant to cold, also are capable of fairly energetic absorption of phosphorus (P32) from the solution at a low temperature. The varieties from the same geographical regions but growing in valleys do not possess such a capacity. The results of our experiments with the change in degree of absorption of P32 in conditions of lowered tem- perature indicate the existence of a general law. Phosphorus absorption is reduced to a lesser degree with reduc- tion in temperature in varieties which originate and are distributed in lower temperature regions (winter varie- ties, varieties from hilly regions). Determinations were made of the energy of absorption of labeled phosphorus in ten-day-old seedlings in wheat of varying winter capacity,cultivated from seeds vernalized to a different extent. The results of the experiments showed that, in seedlings vernalized to a different extent and cultivated at 18?C, at the conclusion of the vernalization stage absorption of P32 fell sharply. This period is characterized by a heavy reduction in respiration energy. Determination of the ratio of the values of absorption of P32 at low( 6?C) and high (18?C) temperature-- 18? shows that in the non-vernalized seedlings, the value of this ratio is high. As vernalization activity is increased, the value falls, and at the end of the stage of vernalization reaches its lowest value. If the time of vernalization is prolonged (beyond the duration of the vernalization stage) the value of absorption remains constant. The facts observed demonstrate significant changes in the course of the physiological processes at the mo- ment of termination of the vernalization stage. It All-Union Institute of Plant Raising ? 1:eNe 4 ? 4 USE OF RADIOACTIVE CARBON IN STUDY OF PHOTOSYNTHESIS IN Juglans SPECIES IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR CULTIVATION IN A NEW HABITAT I. N. Konovalov, E. N. M ikhaleva, F. L. Shchepotyev and A. I. Pobegailo The work was carried out in 1955 in the Kupyansk agroforest nursery in the Kharkov region; the following walnut trees were investigated: J. manshurica Makh., J. regia L., J. nigra L. and J. cinerea L. The experimental plants were characterized by natural habitat and biological peculiarities. The manshurica walnut is prevalent in the mixed forests of the Far East, J. regia L. in the hilly regions of Central Asia, J. cinerea L. and I. nigra L. are found in our region only under cultivation. The more winter-hardy manshurica arid cinerea walnuts grow freely in the central belt of European Soviet Russia. J, regia L. in the absence of acclimitization methods grows freely only in the south of our country. The nigra walnut occupies an intermediary position between these two types of plants. The intensity of photosynthesis was calculated by means of a compound of radioactive carbon(C1402) according to the method devised by 0. V. Zalensky,O. A. Semikhatova and V. L. Voznesensky. In all the Juglans species studied in our work the daily change in photosynthesis was of a uniform character. In the first half of summer it was characteized by two maximum values which in the second half of the summer tended to give a single peak curve. The biological characteristics of the individual species were manifest in differences in intensity of photo- synthesis and in the fact that the maximum values occurred at different hours of the day. The period of the most intensive growth of the plants was accompanied, as a rule, by an increse in the en- ergy of photosynthesis. The regia walnut, the most thermophilic tree of the Juglans species studied by us, was distinguished by a more protracted period of growth, and consequently showed increased assimilation capacity in the second half of summer. The manshurica tree, well adapted to the local habitat,completes its growth pro- cesses more quickly than do the other species,and consequently intensity of photosynthesis declines at an earlier stage. The cinerea tree shows similar behavior to the manshurfca, and the nigra tree to the regia. The tempo of plant growth and the indices of daily and seasonal change in photosynthesis may be of funda- mental importance in evaluating the adaptability of the plants to the habitat. V. L. Komarov Botanical Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences PROCESSES OF EXCHANGE BETWEEN STOCK AND SCION K. S. Garnaga and F. L. Lesik Labeled phosphorus was employed for rapid quantitative estimation of intergrowth of grafts. The work was conducted on intervarietal sunflower grafts, grafts of sunflower on lupine?and on apple tree grafts. The experiments showed that the dynamic aspects of translocation of phosphorus through the site of grafting reflects the character of the intergrowth of the stock and scion union. Ulth intake of phosphorus nutrients,the 263 n T Part Sanitized Copy A oved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - -a-vza-Vc -L intensity of phosphorus exchange between the stock and scion increases in proportion to the intergrowth of the components. Botanical Institute, Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian. ssg METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF COMPATIBILITY OF SCION AND STOCK PLANTS WITH AID OF LABELED ATOMS V. A. Tyrina In fruit trees proper choice of stock is of great importance. A necessary requirement is compatibility of the grafted components. Testing of the stocks as a whole, and determination of compatibility as an essential part of the whole test require many years of work. Reduction in testing tithe would make it possible to solve more rapidly many questions connected with fruit growing. In the search for a more rapid means of determining compatibility, the method of labeled atoms was used. It was assumed that the more compatible the grafted components, the more rapidly and to a greater extent would the labeled phosphorus introduced through the root system of the stock plant be detected in the crown of the grafted tree. The test was performed with two varieties of apple tree, each of them grafted on two stock plants. It was known from previous investigations that of these varieties, "A mursk Harvest " develops best on "Ranet purple" stock, and the second, "Eastern Kitaika",on Siberian apple tree stock. Determination of the amount of labeled phosphorus in the leaves of the trees after intake of nutrient showed that in "Amursk Harvest," grafted onto "Ranet purple," the radioactive phosphorus penetrated from the root system into the aerial parts more quickly and in a larger amount than when the plant was grafted onto the Siberian apple tree. In the aerial parts of "Eastern Kitaika" the labeled phosphorus was detected more quickly and to a greater extent when the plant was grafted onto the Siberian apple tree. Despite the fact that the experiment was on a small scale, there was a' distinct pattern of entry of labeled phosphorus from the stock to the scion. This gives grounds for assuming that ,with suitable elaboration and pre- treatment, the use of labeled atoms can help to speed up determination of the compatibility of grafted compo- nents. Far Eastern Branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences PLANT METABOLISM A. E. Fomin and N. K. Astakhova In experiments on phosphorus and sulfu? metabolism in plants, the method of non-root feeding was chiefly applied. The plants received the radioactive phosphorus or sulfur via the leaves or stem. The amount of radio- active substances in the various experiments was from 5 to 50pc per 1 ml. Analysis was made of the green leaves 264 ^ ? ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? developing anthers, seeds, pollen, root and rhizospheric soil. In spring wheat and corn there is a relationship between the phosphorus metabolism in the shoots with fol- iar feeding and with the presence of reproductive organs? maturing pollen, and seeds in process of formation. Before formation of the spadices, the main shoot of the corn transmits parts of tile phosphorus from its leaves to the side shoot. Transmission of the substances in this period occurs also in a reverse direction, but more weakly. During the latex-wax ripening of the corn translocation of phosphorus is subordinate to formation of repro- ductive organs. In this phase the phosphorus from the leaves moves to the anthers and seeds only within the con- fines of the side shoot or the main shoot. If the pollen has already ripened in the side shoot and it does not have its spadix ,then the phosphorus from its leaves is transported to the spadices of the main shoot. The roots of the main shoot and side shoot participate in the feeding of the whole plant. But the most active removal of nutritive substances from them occurs chiefly in those parts of the plant in which they are formed. Corn side-shoot removal in the natural conditions of the Southeast, for varieties cultivated at present, does not represent a rational method. The reproductive organs forming on any branch of the plant in the buckwheat, apple tree and oak,and the newly developing organs and tissues receive the plastic substances (phosphorus in our investigations) chiefly from those leaves which are to be found on the branch. Each branch of the plant can be fed through the leaves or stem independent of the others. This can be of great importance in cultivating and rearing new varieties of fruit trees along the desired lines. The presence of exchange of substances (phosphorus and sulfur in our investigations) between plants with joint habitat is apparently.widespread in nature. Blue-green algae actively assimilate the products of plant metabolism. The nutritive substances taken from the soil are not fixed in the plant at every period of its life. In the processes of renewal of tile organic com- pounds in the plant some of the substances return through the root to the soil. In the soil these substances enter into new chemical and biochemical (with participation of the microorganisms) transformations. After this they can again be utilized by the plants. Thus, for certain nutrient elements there takes place a turnoverbetween plants and soil. The proportions of such a turnover and its rate of recurrence depend apparently on the activity of the biochemical processes in the plant, the physiological role of the element,and the conditions of cultivation and growth of the plant. Southeast Agricultural Scientific-Research Institute EFFECT OF RADIATION ON OXIDATION?REDUCTION PROCESSES IN THE PLANT ORGANISM M. G. Abutalybov and N. B. Vezirova We made an experimental study of the influence of radioactive isotopes of phosphorus and iron on the growth, development and metabolism of plants (100 p c per one plant). Cotton, corn, tomato and the eggplant were studied. In the report,data are given characterizing the influence of radioactive phosphorus and iron isotopes on the oxidation-reduction processes in various parts of the investigated plants. In the leaves and fruits, a study was made of catalasc activity? peroxidase, polyphenoloxidase? and the total iodine-reducing capacity of these organs was studied. 265 !I 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 I As a result of the investigations conducted, it was found that the radioactive phosphorus and iron isotopes enchance the acceleration of growth and development and increase plant yield. The radioactive isotopes of phosphorus and iron exert a highly positive influence on the increase in catalase activity in the leaves and fruits of tomatoes, eggplants and cotton. Under the influence of radioactive isotopes of phosphorus and iron,a considerable increase in over-all reduc- ing activity in the leaves of the tomato and of the eggplant was observed, as well as increase in the activity of poly- phenoloxidase in the leaves and fruits of tomatoes and eggplants,and increase in the activity of peroxidase. The increase in catalase activity and reduction capacity of the leaves is apparently related to the increase in activity of dehydrase enzymes with low doses of radioactive isotopes. A zerbaidzhan Agricultural Scientific-Research Institute, FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICITY OF PHLOEM AND PHELLODERM IN PLANTS V. 0. Kazaryan The attention of investigators has for a long time been attracted by the presence of chlorophyll in phello- derm cells adjacent to thosphloem in shoots and branches of plants. The essential role of this tissue,despite 0 extensive work,is still not altogether clear. Application of radioactive carbon dioxide and glycine established that the phelloderm cells carry on photo- synthesis, a function of green tissues, with great intensity in normal conditions. Here it is not atmospheric carbon dioxide which serves as the basic source of carbon dioxide for photosyn- thesis in the chlorophyll-bearingphellodermibut the intratissue gas evolved in the intensive respiration of phloem cells. The oxygen thereby evolved is rigorously absorbed by the cells of the cyto-like phloem tubes,ensuring their energetic respirationtas a result of which their normal function of translocation of nutritive plastic substan- ces is performed. The results of experiments with stems of climbing plants provide evidence on the nature of activization of assimilate translocation in the phloem. In these experiments it was established that the speed of translocation of radioactive glycine administered through the lower end sharply differs in the peduncles in conditions of light and dark. In conditions of light the speed of translocation of this substance was four times greater than in the dark. In the normal functioning of the phloem,-in addition to intratissue oxygen, atmospheric pxygen also plays a part, entering through the stem lenticels. This ensures translocation of the assimilates along the stem in night hours, when the photosynthetic activity of the phelloderm has ceased, and also through the root system where green plastids are -completely absent. The chlorophyll-bearingcells of the stem moreover,by assimilating the intratissue acid for synthesis,com- pletely compensate for the loss in plastic substances used by the phloem cells as respiratory material. This is another function, not without importance, of the chlorophyll of plant stem tissues. Formation of chlorophyl in the cells of meristematic tissue of the stems of grain grasses at the commence- ment of ear formation is also bound up with photoreduction of carbon dioxide, as a result of which oxygen, neces- sary for energetic growth and cell division is evolved. Both nonvernalized and short-day plants do not form chlorophyll in the embryonic cells. Also related to this is the normal union of the components of grafts in those cases where corresponding con- ditions of chlorophyll formation are present in the plant stems. In darkness union of the components of herbaceous 266 ? a grafts is always made difficult or is even precluded as was shown by N. V. Tsitsin. Botanical Institute,Armenian SSR Academy of Sciences. ENTRY AND DISTRIBUTION OF P32 AND C14 IN PLANTS IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR ELECTRICAL POLARITY V. A. Opritov Plant electrophysiology has disclosed a number of important characteristics of the metabolic bioelectrical potentials(BEP). Yet the question as to what role these potentials play in the vital activity processes in plants and,in particular, in entry and transport of substances has been practically untouched on experimentally. In the investigations conducted, we started from the hypothesis that one of the sources of energy of the work executed by the plant in the accumulation and transport of substances is the electromotive forces of the cells and tissues. The experiments involved the study of entry and distribution of radioisotopes, P32 and C14, in tomato and wheat in relation to valious influences, with single measurement of the plant electrical polarity. The work was conducted in three successive stages. As a result of the first stage of the investigations, it was established that there exists wide agreement in the effect of heteroauxins on electromotive force and on the entry and distribution of P32 and C14 in tomato plants. This suggested a possible close link between the electrical polarity of cells and tissues and the processes of absorption and transport of substances. The experiments in the second stage of the investigations showed that an indirect change in bioelectrical potential difference in tomato seedlings resulting from treatment of a small section of their apex or base with 5 x 10 CdC12 solution leadingto a significant change in the entry of P32 in the plant. Higher entry of P32 corre- sponds to a more negative potential difference. This last factor may to a certain degree te connected with the electrical properties of the form of phosphorus transported within the plant. Finally, in the third stage of the investigations it was found that a direct influence on the potential differ- ence by means of addition to the stalks of the tomatoes and wheat of fine cotton wool wicks moistened in liquid conductors (0.01 M NaC1 solution in tap water), by causing escape of surface metabolic bioelectrical potentials in the seedlings, at the same time considerably reduces entrance of P32. This strongly suggests that the electo- motive forces must play a definite part in entry and transport of substances in plants. It is assumed that there may be several ways in which plant potential differences participate in entry and transport of substances (ion, adsorption, electrophoresis, electro osmosis, electrical transfer of ions, etc.). Study of all the possible ways of such participation with accurate assessment of energy transformations in the organism is one of the most important tasks in biological physics. 267 N. I. Lobachevsky State University, Gorky Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 11 USE OF ISOTOPES IN STUDY OF FLOWERING AND NECTAR SECRETION IN THE LIME TREE D. V. Girink The lime, the chief nectariferous tree of the Far East , does not blossom and produce nectar annually. In investigation of the question of the periodic blossoming and nectar secretion of limes,we set ourselves the task of elucidating the participation of reserve substances and of fresh assimilates in nectar formation. As a result of the method of ringing lime tree branches,the hypothesis has been advanced that the basic source of material for nectar production in the lime tree is the fresh assimilates produced by the leaves in the process of photosynthesis in the period of blossoming. In order to shed light on this question and also on the question of the entry of the assimilates in fruits situated in the axils of damaged leaves we used C1402. To this end the leaves were kept in an atmosphere of C1402. On the next and following four days, radio- activity was determined in the nectar collected from the blossom of the inflorescence located in the axil of the fed leaf and from the inflorescences located in the axils of the leaves lying above and below. In addition, after blossoming of the limes, CO2 was again given to the other leaves and on the next and following two days fruits from the inflorescences in the axils of the fed leaf were taken,and also from those situated in the axils of the excised leaves. The radioactivity of the fruits was determined. The results of these determinations show that in the process of formation of nectar the lime flowers utilize the fresh products of photosynthesis manufactured by,the leaves in the period of blossoming; the assimilates from the leaf in the main enter the flowers and fruits of the axial inflorescence; the inflorescence situated in the axil of a damaged leaf develops on account of assimilates entering from other leaves; entry of radioactive carbon, assimilated in 30 minute feeding of the leaf with marked carbon dioxide into the nectar of the flowers and lime fruits,lasts for several days. Far Eastern Branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences RESTORATION OF THE AMINO ACID COMPOSITION OF BRAIN ALBUMINS G. E. Vladimirov, G. A. Nechaeva, N. V. Sadikova, V. A. Skvortsevich and A. P. Urinson 1. Using methionine, labeled' with radioactive sulfur, and also gylcine, glutaminic acid and tyrosine, labeled by radioactive carbon, one can characterize the rate of incorporation of labeled amino acids in the brain albumins and thereby characterize the rate of synthesis of albumins in such a specialized functional organ as the brain. 2. Penetration of the labeled glycine in the large cerebral hemispheres proceeds at a slower rate than in midbrain cerebellum and spinal cord. 3. The process of substitution of glycine and the amino acids formed from it occurs more actively in the albumins of the cerebellum and large cerebral hemispheres,and is less intensive in the albumins of the mid- brain and spine. 4. Restoration of amino acid composition occurs in all the basic albumin fractions of the brain, but its speed in the various fractions is not uniform; the most intense restoration occurs in the water-soluble albumins and it is slowest of all in the albumins of the residue not extracted by alkaline solution. 268 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? ? -11 ??? .1 A 5. Using tyrosine marked by radioactive carbon,it proved possible to evaluate the mean duration of re- tention of the integral albumin molecules in brain tissue. 6. Functional state affected the intensity of amino acid metabolism of the brain; with excitation, an insig- nificant increase was found, with narcotic sleep,a distinct fall. Hypothermia had an exceptionally marked ef- fect on amino acid metabolism; fall in the intensity of this metabolism was expressed much more sharply than fall in metabolism of phosphorus compounds. I. P. Pavlov Institute of Physiology. USSR Academy of Sciences EVOLUTION OF THE PROCESS OF OXIDATIVE PHOSPHORYLATION IN THE BRAIN AND FORMATION OF BLOOD-BRAIN BARRIER IN A NUMBER OF VERTEBRATES N. A. Verzhbinskaya In the present work the speed of turnover of ?-? P bonds in the brain of the representatives of all classes of vertebrate animals was studied. The "turnover time" was calculated, i. e., time of a single decomposition and resynthesis of an amount of -P contained in ATP normally present in the brain. ? It was found to be 75-90 min in the brain of a fish, 48 min in the brain of a frog, 16 min in turtles, 12 min in a pigeon, and 8 min in rats. The "speed of turnover" of PATP was 2.3 ?moles of P in one hour per 1 g fish brain, 4.0 ?moles in frog, 14, ?moles in turtles, and 37-56 ?moles. in warm blooded animals. The water vertebrates were sharply divided from land ones in rate of brain respiration in vitro( previous data) and in speed of turnover of -P bonds of ATP in vivo. In a number of vertebrates there is an increase in the P :0 coefficient calculated on the basis of the data of "speed of turnover" of TP in the brain in vivo and the cor- rected data of the earlier work on brain respiration in vertebrates in vitro. Its minute value in the water verte- brates testifies to the absence of coupling of brain respiration with phosphorylation. In land vertebrates, in the metabolism of the intact brain respiration is coupled with phosphorylation to a smaller degree than in the ex- periments in vitro. The low absolute value of OUR -NI:* of the brain and its exceptionally slow increase in time product the idea of exceptionally slow penetration of NF from the plasma into the brain. This conception requires re-examina- tion. In evolution of vertebrates, the "visible" (according to the data of OUR-NFA. of the brain) speed of penetration of P32 from the blood into the brain decreases. In fish it is relatively high and sharply exceeds the speed of inclu- sion of P32 in the labile phosphates of the brain. In land classes the speed of penetration of P32 in the brain is lowered and corresponds to the speed of incorporation of P32 in the labile phosphates of the brain. Hence, one can conclude that the blood-brain barrier is absent in fish and developed in land forms. Another conception is gained in reviewing the speed of increase in time of UR* in the brain. UR-NF" of the brain increases only at the outset of the experiment, 30 rrli,n in cold blood and 10-15 mins in warm blooded animals. During this period, the UR-NF" of the brain reaches the threshold value and does not ex- ceed it during the remainder of the experiment. There are grounds for considering this UR-NF threshold as an equilibrium with the blood plasma. * Abbreviations marked with an asterisk have been transliterated, as it was not found possible to determine their significance from this brief abstract. *F. is in all cases undoubtedly phosphorus or phosphorus compounds. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 269 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Li Asimmarl-- ? ,..... - . The facts described encourage acceptance of the sorption theory of cellular permeability as explaining the mechanism of the funcLions of a blood-brain barrier. From the point of view the sorption theory of cellular permeability the speed of penetration of P32 from the blood to the brain is just as high as in the other tissues and is determined by the speed of the process of phosphorylation in the brain. The point of view elaborated does not imply recognition of the existence of a special structure in the brain performing the function of a barrier. The function of the blood-brain barrier in relation to phosphorus is local- ized in the neurones and oTher cellular elements of the brain which consume phosphates in metabolism. I. P. Pavlov Institute of Physiology of the USSR Academy of Sciences PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF STUDY BY ISOTOPIC TECHNIQUE OF CERTAIN FUNCTIONS OF THE ORGANISM WITH SURGICAL DAMAGE OF THE VARIOUS PARTS OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM E. A. Asratyan, I. K. Zhmakin and G. G. Musalov By means of radioactive isotopes of bromine and calcium new data were obtained on the role of the cere- bral cortex in unconditioned reflex regulation os various functions of the organism,and. the consequences of surgical damage to the spine on the state and activity of the various sections of the central nervous system and the effector organs connected with them. In the first series of experiments in decorticated dogs (unlike normal ones), retardation of absorption of amino acids from the gastrointestinal tract in the first hours after the introduction of the labeled compound was observed. The process of disappearance of the labeled compound from the blood of the decorticated animals also de- veloped more slowly than in the controls. In the second series of experiments it was established that trauma of the spine in dogs leads to extensive functional disturbances in the central nervous system not only below, but also above the site of transverse sec- tion,and also in the organs and tissues innervated by the corresponding sections of the spine. This was expressed in change in the intensity of incorporation of radioactive isotopes of bromine and calcium. I. M. Sechenov Second Moscow State Medical University PATHS OF TRANSMISSION OF CORTICAL INFLUENCES ON THYROID GLAND M. G. Amiragova 1. In investigations on dogs the influence of the functional state of the cerebral cortex on the phases of synthesis and secretion of thyroid gland hormone, and also the paths of transmission of these influences were studied. The functional state of the central nervous system was changed by means of conditioned defense re- 270 ? ? .1 4, kr 41- ? flexes. The activity of the thyroid gland was evaluated by the absorption of radioiodine and secretion into the blood of thc products of the vital activity of the gland. 2. It was established that under the influence of positive conditioned defense reflexes absorption of radio- iodine by the thyroid gland falls and secretion of the products of its vital acitivity is stimulated. Differential inhibition contributes to accumulation of radioiodine in the thyroid gland. 3. To clarify the question as to whether the pituitary is in fact always the sole regulator of the secretory activity of the thyroid gland, investigations were performed with hypophysectomy in dogs. These investigations showed that the cerebral cortex may influence the thyroid gland without the pituitary being involved. 4. Experiments conducted on dogs on the one hand after removal of the suprarenal, and on the other after transverse section of the n. splanchnici major, showed that even in these conditions the cortical impulses reach the thyroid gland. 5. In the light of these investigations it was necessary to re examine the conception held by some authors on transmission of nerve impulses from the central nervous system to the thyroid gland along direct nerve routes. For this purpose,experiments were conducted on dogs without a pituitary and without one suprarenal gland, with transverse section of the n. splanchnici major in the other. In such animals transmission of cortical influences to the thyroid gland vanished completely. 6. In realization of cortical influeifces on the thyroid gland, the presence of either the pituitary or the suprarenals was necessary. Consequently, cortical influences on the activity of the thyroid gland are transmit- ted by the neuro humoral route. Institute of Normal and Pathologicai Physiology COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE SPEED OF INCORPORATION OF P32 IN PHOSPHORUS COMPOUNDS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM E. B. Skvirskaya and T. P. Silich The object of the work was to study metabolism of phosphorus-containing albumins and phospholipids (PL), their link with other substances in the different functional parts of the nervous system and in certain nerve cell structures. At first, the rate of metabolism of a number of phosphorus-containing compounds of the tissues of the grey and white matter of the brain, cerebellum and peripheral nerve (sciatic) of cats was determined. In investigation of the metabolism of phosphorus compounds with the use of radioactive phosphorus(P32), we succeeded in demonstrating thegreater speed of incorporation of P32 in "true" RNA and PL of the cerebral cortex in comparison with white matter and the cerebellum. Incorporation of P32 in RNA of the sciatic nerve was somewhat higher than in the various parts of the central nervous system. Thus, the investigations revealed biochemical features for the various parts of the nervous system closely associated with differences in structure and function. They allow one to conclude that the cerebral cortex? a formation phylogenetically later and functionally more complex? is characterized by a higher content and in- creased level of metabolism of a number of phosphorus compounds, which indicates their important biological role. Subsequently, a study was made of the nucleoproteins and their metabolism in various structural parts of the nervous system. 271 1 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 =wow. With the aid of a phosphorus isotope we succeeded in showing,in addition to differences in content, non- uniform metabolism of the same phosphorus components of the different fractions. The features of metabolism of phosphorus compounds of the various fractions were similar for the different parts of the brain; however, there were quantitative differences. Proceeding from the conceptions of the relationship of structure to function and chemistry,one could assume that the differences established for the fractions( with this means of treatment) depend on the structural part of the nerve cell with which the various nucleoproteins are associated; in particular, that the high activity in RNA metabolism found in the residue is determined by the great speed of incorporation of P32 in nuclear RNA. As as result of the investigation of pure nuclei obtained from the large cerebral hemispheres of cats this hypothesis was confirmed. Thus, comparative investigations carried out with radioactive phosphorus made it possible to show differences in metabolism of the same phosphorus compounds depending on the morphological structures with which they are connected. This,in turn,may indicate their diverse functional significance in the nervous system. Institute of Biochemistry Ukrain. SSR Academy of Sciences. 272 I. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release C. 1. ? cr RATE OF INCORPORATION OF P" IN BRAIN PHOSPHORUS COMPOUNDS AND SPEED OF THEIR RENEWAL IN PARABIOTIC STATE I. A. Medyanik The purpose of the investigation was to ascertain the rate of incorporation of P32 in the brain phosphorus compounds and to establish the speed of their renewal during the development of a parabiotic condition. For this object experiments were conducted on frogs which received P32 intraperiteonally at the rate of 0.5 p c/kg body weight in the form of Na2-1020H solution. At varying time intervals (2, 21/2, 3, 31/2 hours) following admin- istration of P22 a direct 1.5 ma electric current with definite direction (ascending or descending) was passed through the central nervous system of the animals. Current was passed throughout the four hours of the exper- iment. Specific Suspensions of the btain were ground with 10 ml 4rfoYichloroacetic acid solution. After centri- fugation, the amount of phosphorus in the lipid-albumin complexes was determined in the sediment. The cen- trifugate was divided into the inorganic phosphorus and acid solublefractions. The phosphorus content in all three fractions was determined by the method of Fisice and subbaroy. The activity of P32 in imp/min per ml of each fraction was measured by means of a cylindrical counter of the B-2 type. The results of the observations showed that in frogs with weak reflex activity the specific activity of the phosphorus of the inorganic phosphate, the acid-soluble and lipid-albumin fractions was low. In animals with raised reflex activity a high specific activity of the phosphorus of all three fractions was noted. The speed of renewal of phosphorus in the brain phosphorus compounds was higher in animals with increased reflex activity. The relative specific activity of the phosphorus of the acid soluble fraction was 5.2 in these animals, and 4.0 of the lipid-albumin fraction,while the corresponding values in animals with weak reflex activity was 1.5 and 0.3. Thus, the exchangeability of the brain phosphorus compounds was low when the reflex activity of the nervous system was weakened,and rose sharply with intensification of the work of the brain. The results of the second series of experiments showed that two-hour anode polarization of the brain at first (in the first hour) reduces and then (in the second hour) increases the speed of incorporation of P32 in the brain phosphorus compounds. Under the prolonged action on the brain of the cathode of the direct current we observed a sharp increase in the specific activity of the phosphorus of the acid-soluble and lipid-albumin fractions in the first hour of the experimenband a gradual fall to the original values during the second hour. Consequently, the emergence of a parabiotic state in the nerve cells induced by the prolonged action of a direct and alternating current was accompanied by a difference in the rate of P22 incorporation in the brain phos- phorus compounds. The relative specific activity of the phosphorus of the acid-soluble and lipid-albumin fractions changed in accordance with the phase changes in the excitability of the cortical cells (increase, fall) under the influence of a descending direct current on the brain. It rose in the first one and a half hours during which the current was applied and gradually fell to the original values. With a prolonged effect on the brain of the cathode of the direct current, the relative specific activity of the phosphorus of the acid soluble and lipid-albumin fractions in the first half hour during which the current was applied increased sharply, but,during the second hour of the experiment, dropped to or below the original level. The observed regularity in the changes of the speed of renewal of phosphorus in the brain phosphorus com- pounds appeared more rapidly under the action on the brain of the cathode than of the anode of the direct cur- rent. Consequently, the observed increase in excitability of the nerve cells in the first phase of parabiosis is characterized by intense phosphorus compound metabolism in the brain,while its fall in the second phase is associated with decreased metabolism of these compounds in brain tissue. 273 Lvov State University 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 METABOLISM OF PHOSPHORIC ESTERS OF CHOLINE AND ETHANOLAMINE IN THE BRAIN P. A. Kometiani, L. K. Tkeshelashvili and T. A. Ovsyanko The investigation was initiated as a result of discovery of the fact that in the process of synthesis of acetyl- choline in brain preparationsiphosphorylcholine is formed by means of direct phosphorylation of choline. In order to solve the question of the direct utilization of phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine in the synthesis of phospholipids, phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine with labeled phosphorus atoms were synthesized. In experiments on dogs and rabbits 5 hours after suboccipital,and 18 hours after subcutaneous administration of the labeled compounds, the animals were killed, the brain extracted, and the phosphorus com- pounds in it analyzed. The control animals, instead of labeled phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine, received labeled inorganic phosphate. It was found that the sum activity of the phospholipids after administration of the labeled phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine was approximately uniform with the value obtained after administration of labeled inorganic phosphate in analogous conditions. The activity of phospholipidcholine in experiments with adminis- tration of phosphorylcholine and also the activity of phosphatidylethanolamine in experiments with administration of labeled phosphorylethanolamine was always higher than the value obtained in the experiments with labeled inorganic phosphates. Hence, one may conclude that phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine may be utilized in synthesis of the corresponding phospholipids. The possibility of direct utilization of phosphorylcholine and phosphorylethanolamine in the synthesis of phospholipids was checked in experiments with brain homogenates. These experiments gave negative results probably because the optimal conditions of synthesis were not selected. Bearing in mind the fact that acetylcholine greatly enhances incorporation of labeled inorganic phosphate in the phospholipids, experiments were conducted to elucidate the influence of phosphorylcholine on this pro- cess. The findings obtained showed that, on the contrary, phosphorylcholine inhibits incorporation of inorganic phosphate. Institute of Physiology Academy of Sciences,Georgian SSR STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF ADRENALIN ON THE FIXATION OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN THE ANIMAL ORGANISM B. N. Stepanenko and I. Z. Sergienko In several earlier papers it was shown by means of deuterium and then CIA that in hungry animals certain small doses of adrenalin stimulate synthesis of glycogen from molecules with shorter carbon chains than glucose. This synthesis was accompanied by incorporation of CIA02 to a considerable degree. In unraveling the mechanism of this process the following problems were involved: 1) whether there is a link between the increase in CO2 incorporation in gylcogen under the influence of adrenalin and its generally known glycemic effect (introduction of glucose and NaHC"Os in the starving animals was used to obtain a prep- aration of glycogen and glucose marked with CIA at the 3 and 4 positions); 2) the position of the labeled carbon in the glucose molecule when glycogen synthesis is stimulated by adrenalin. 274 _ A ?? ? ? 4 ? ???? Rats, starved for 24 hours, were injected intraperitoneally with NaHC1403(about 20;IC per 100 g body weight). In addition, in one experimental series,simultaneous with the sodium bicarbonate, glucose varying in amount from 200 to 750 mg /100 g body weight was administered to the rats. In the second experimental series, adren- alin and glucose were given together with NaHC"Os(in the same amounts). The glycogen was isolated from the rat liver at the end of three hours. The radiobiochemical yield was estimated on the basis of glycogen output and its specific activity. On administration of increasing doses of glucose ,and also of adrenalin and glucose (i. e., in both variants of the experiment), with a steady increase in glycogen yield, the radiobiochemical output reached the maximum, and then considerably fell. The maximum radiobiochemical output in the experiments with administration of adrenalin and glucose considerably exceeded the maximal output obtained in experiments with any quantity of glucose (without adren- alin). This indicates that stimulation of carbon dioxide fixation by adrenalin cannot be merely attributed to the glycemic effect. Determination of the position of the radioactive atoms in glucose, obtained with the action of adrenalin, performed fundamentally according to Topper and Hastings, and also Koshland and Westheimer, showed that the labeled atom is principally found in the third and fourth positions. The data obtained enabled us to improve on the technique of biosynthesis of 3,4-C" glycogen and crystal- line 3,4-C" glucose by means of the animal organismimaking it possible to obtain a higher radiobiochemical output than with the most widely applied method of Arnshtein and Bentley. Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry USSR Academy of Sciences RATE OF METABOLISM OF GLUTAMINE AMIDO NITROGEN IN MUSCLES AND LIVER D. L. Ferdman and A. I. Silakova The investigations carried out established that within 1 hour 40 min after intravenous injection of large doses of ammonium salts (30-45 mg ammoniacal nitrogen with a content of 9.7 atomic percentage N" per 100 g body weight) in the skeletal muscles, the ammonia content rises by 180/0 and that of glutamine by 39.21/0. Simul- taneously applied mass-spectrometric measurements ? of the distribution of the stable isotope of nitrogen in various nitrogen groups of muscles showed that its concentration is particularly high in the glutamine amido nitrogen group. NI5 enrichment of the nitrogen of this grouping is,on average.of the order of 11.5 times, corres- ponding to 41. 3rg0of the degree of its renewal. Ammoniacal nitrogen at the same time is enriched only 6.2 times, i. e., the degree of its enrichment is only 20.60/0. The data obtained allow one to draw a conclusion on the rate of renewahand consequently on active partic- ipation of the glutamine amido nitrogen in tissue nitrogen metabolism. ?Mass spectometric measurements were conducted by us in the L. V. Pisarzhevsly Institute of Physiological Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the Ukrainian SSR. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50 Yr 2014/01/31 CIA RD 275 1 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - This conclusion was confirmed by data obtained in experiments of short duration(10 min after introduction of the ammonium salt) when the glutamine content was still unchanged, although the degree of its renewal had already reached, on average,19.8%. It was seen that with passage of time concentration of N15 is reduced in the skeletal muscles in the ammon- ium nitrogen and increased in the glutamine and albumin amido nitrogen. These values,10 min after admin- istration of the ammonium saltswere respectively - 3.53, 2.20 and 0.388 atomic percentage of N15 and after 1 hour 40 min respectively- 2.31, 4.20 and 0.466 atomic percentage of Nis. The results obtained demonstrate the participation of the albumin and glutamine amido nitrogen in the processes of ammonia metabolism. Since an appreciable increase in the excess of atomic percentage of N15 in the muscle albumin amido nitrogen occurs only at later time intervals following administration of ammonium salts, it may be taken as an indication of the later , as compared with glutamine amido nitrogen, incorporation of this group in renewal of the ammonium radical.in the muscles. Similar findings were established with introduction of much smaller (3-4 times) amounts of ammonium salts in the organism. Even in these conditions (low ammonium level in the tissues) N15 concentration in the glutamine amido nitrogen was higher (1.30 atomic percentage) than in the ammonium nitrogen (1.12 atomic percentage). It was found that the ammonium radical is particularly concentrated in the liver. Thus, 1 hour 40 min after intramuscular injection of an ammonium salt, 3.9 atomic percentage of Nys was found in the ammonium content of the liver. The content of Nis was twice as high in the glutamine amido group (2.58 atomic percen- tage), and more than 4 times as high in the albumin anlido nitrogen group (0.52 atomic percentage) than in the muscles. It was further established that the regularity of pattern characterizing participation of the glutamine amido nitrogen in tissue nitrogenous substance metabolism on starvation is akin to that in the tissues of control (non- starved) pigeons, but quantitatively much higher. The results of the investigations show that the glutamine amido nitrogen is an active participant in tissue nitrogen metabolism. Institute of Biochemistry Academy of Sciences of the Ukrain. SSR PARTICIPATION OF COENZYME-A DERIVATIVES IN PHOSPHORUS METABOLISM IN THE ANIMA.L LIVER A. V. Kotelnikova When rats are given radiophosphorus, a substance is recoverable from the Ba insoluble salt fraction of the liver by means of paper chromatography, possessing considerable radioactivity and absorbing ultraviolet light but not identical to the components of the adenyl system- ATP, ADP or AMP. The investigation of the eluates of the spots of this substance in ultraviolet light showed that the absorption curve has a maximum at 260 m,1, and is characteristic of adenine or uridine compounds. The reaction with bromine water, specific for uridine derivatives, proved to be negative; therefore, the compound should rather be included among the adeninonucleotids. Hydrolysis of the Ba- insoluble salt fraction from the liver of rats and also the eluates from the spots of the unknown compound, and of the purine and pyrimidine bases confirmed the presence of adenine and the absence of uracil. 276 ???1 :q? ? ? ? Air 4 ? ? The investigated compound gave a positive S-S -group result in the nitroprusside test in the presence of KCN, but did not contain free-SH groups. On the basis of this reaction and also the ultraviolet absorption curve the compound was tentatively classified as a derivative of coenzyme-A. This hypothesis received direct confirmation in experiments with enzymatic acetylation of aminoazobenzol: both the Ba insoluble salts fraction from rat liver, and the cluatc of the spots of the S-S compound display dis- tinct coenzyme-A activity. On the basis of this, the S-S compound is either a S-S coenzyme-A or some other derivative of coenzyme-A. Determination of the specific activity in the spots of ATP, ADP, AMP and the S-S compound from the purified Ba- insoluble salts fraction of rat liver, obtained at short time intervals after administration of radio- phosphorus( 15 -30min.),showed that the S-S compound possessed high specific activity, only slightly below that of ATP and ADP. The high specific activity of the S-S compound points to its active role in the phosphorus residue transfer in thexliver; the role of phosphate carrier has not previously been assigned to coenzyme-A. Iencould have been assumed that the radioactive derivative of coenzyme-A found in the liver may be phos- phorylcoenzyme-A, however, on the basis of the preliminary data, the substance is not phosphorylcoenzyme-A.. Laboratory of Physiological Chemistry USSR Academy of Sciences ROLE OF BROMINE IN THE ANIMAL ORGANISM I. N. Verkhovskaya In the animal organism bromine is found in the ionic form,with the exception of the thyroid gland, where a small part is bound with the albumins. The distribution of freshly administered bromide in the various organs and tissues of the investigated animals (rats, guinea pigs, rabbits and dogs) was specific; usually the majority of the bromine was found in the thyroid gland, in the medullary layer of the kidneys, in the blood,and in the stomach mucosa. Average quantitites were found in nerves, pituitary, liver, spleen, cortical layer of the kidneys,and in the suprarenals. The smallest amount of bromine was in the various sections of the brain and in the muscles. Bromine in the animal organism originates in oral intake. There is no bromine depot. The hypothesis on a connection between the type of nervous system and varying blood bromine content is groundless. Sex or age did not influence human blood bromine content. Distribution and rate of metabolism of bromine in the various sections of the brain( within limits of experi- mental error- 10%) did not change in various functional states of the central nervous system caused by strong physical fatigue, insomnia of varying duration, sleep and strong excitation (induced by Medinal and phenamine) and also by a convulsive state and coma, induced by passage of an electric current through the animal brain. Bromine metabolism in the thyroid gland is specific. With thyrotoxicosis in humans as with hyperthyrosis in guinea pigs, the bromine content in the thyroid gland is somewhat above normal. Under the influence of methyl thiouracil, the total amount of bromine entering the thyroid gland increases. This is connected with hyperplasia of the thyroid gland induced by methyl thiouracil. This is accompanied by Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 277 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 slowing down of bromine incorporation in the albumin fraction of the thyroid gland. Introduction of bromides in the animal organism influences iodine metabolism and produces changes in the morphological and functional state of the thyroid gland. Institute of Biophysics USSR Academy of Sciences CERTAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF ENERGY EXCHANGE IN LEUCOCYTES I. S. Luganova, I. F. Seits and V. I. Teodorovich Literature on the biochemistry of leucocytes is very contradictory. In particular, sufficient light has not so far been shed on the question as to which of the energy-producing processes? respiration or glycolysis? under- lies the functional activity of the white blood cells. Some authors consider that it is respiration, others glycol- ysis. Even less clear is the question of the origin and biological purpose of aerobic glycolysis which is peculiar to certain groups of leucocytes. Yet, study of these features of metabolism in leucocytes may be of important significance for understanding the biology of these cells and their role in various pathological states, above all, in diseases of the blood system. Normal leucocytes and leucocytes from blood of persons suffering from chronic myeloid leucosis, having_ much in common, revealed certain features of metabolism also peculiar to cancerous cells. These features are: 1) the presence of a high aerobic glycolysis(-. 60% of the anaerobic one), i. e., incomplete Pasteur effect; 2) inhibition of cell respiration 300/0) on addition of glucose, i. e., "reversible" Pasteur reaction; 3) complete resynthesis of ATP in anaerobic conditions, at a rate not inferior to the rate in presence of air. The presence of these features of energy exchange,common not only to cancerous cells, but to leucocytes, allows one to conclude that they are not specific for malignancy and that there is no casual relationship with malignant processes. Quantitative determination of 02 absorption, formaticp of lactic acid in aerobic and anaerobic conditions, and comparison of these data with the amount and speed of the metabolic transformation of ATP enabled calcu- lations to be made indicating the leading role of glycolysis in supply of energy to leucocytes. This point of view is strengthened by experiments with "uncoupling" poisons( dinitrophenol, methylene blue, etc.) which disturb respiratory phosphorylation in aerobic cells, but do not affect resynthesis of ATP in the leucocytes. On the other hand, the glycolytic poison monobromoacetate, while not suppressing respiration, produced a sharp fall in the amount of relative specific activity of ATP labile phosphorus. The data obtained point to the absence of a link between the depression of leucocyte respiration and energy balance. This conclusion was confirmed by calculations for all the investigated groups of white blood cells, but was especially demonstrated for blood leucocytes of patients with acute leucosis. In this case, aerobic glycolysis was 90-95% of the anaerobic level. With a transition from anaerobic conditions to aerobic ones, glycolysis, en- suring complete resynthesis of ATP in anaerobic conditions, was reduced as a whole by 5-10%, but very intensive respiration appeared, which sharply increased the total energy output and may have ensured phosphorus esterification, greatly exceeding the maximum possibilities of the glycolytic mechanism. Nevertheless, both the amount and the relative specific activity of ATP phosphorus remained practically unchanged. Apparently,respiration in the leucocytes is essentially associated with some other function not connected with energy. The lymphocytes were subjected to a similar investigation. In these cells aerobic glycolysis and "reversible" Pasteur reaction was not found. However, in this case the 278 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? f'S ? ? ?:,:f-1 complete resynthesis of ATP was ensured in anaerobic conditions just as in aerobic medium. The Leningrad Red Banner of Labor Scientific Research Institute of Blood Transfusion SPEED OF INCORPORATION OF RA DIOMETHIONINE (S35) IN ALBUMINS OF GASTRIC GLAND IN RELATION TO THEIR FUNCTIONAL STATE AND TOPOGRAPHY E. E. Martinson, L. Ya. Tyakhepyld and A.Ya. Lind 1. In experiments on cats with excitation of gastric secretion by food intake,acceleration of albumin "renewal" and synthesis in the glands of all sections of the stomach was seen. 2. ,The results of the experiments showed that the speed of 'renewal" of albumin in the mucous membrane of the various sections of the stomach(pylorus, greater and lesser curve) was different. Incorporation of meth- ionine proceeds with greater speed in the glands of the lesset curve,both with functional rest and with digestive excitation. 3. In absolute value the speed of "renewal' of the albumins of the glandular cells in the pyloric zone was the least; but here, in the period of excitation of secretion, it increased, which obviously reflects intensification in the pylorus of synthesis of albumin-type hormonal products. 4. Increase in the speed of incorporation of methionine in the albumins of the gastric glands was caused by an intensified supply of methionine in the glandular cells as a result of hyperemia in the period of secretion. This is borne out by the results of experiments with histamine which induces strong hyperemia. Gastric secre- tion, induced by histamine, in contrast to excitation by food, was accompanied not by an intensification, but by a distinct fall in the speed of incorporation of methionine in the albumins of the glands in all gastric sec- tions. 5. The results obtained show that the method of investigation of the speed of "renewal" of albumins by means of radiomethionine can reveal very subtle biochemical changes in nutrition of the secretory processes, and also the nature of the influence on them of various factors. The method may be employed with advantage in investigation of the problem of depletion and restoration of physiological functions. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 279 Tartusk State University Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 STUDY OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL REGENERATION OF EPITHELIAL TISSUES BY THE METHOD OF AUTORADIOGRAPHY L. N. Zhinkin 1. The epithelium of the tongue and small intestine in rats and rabbits was investigated. The animals were injected subcutaneously with P32-and S35-labeled methionine. The investigation was conducted by the method of autoradiography on liquid emulsion of the type (Scientific Research Institute for Motion Pictures and Photography). 2. There was variation in the rate of incorporation of S35 in the various layers of the epithelium of the tongue in animals sacrificed two hours after administration of radiomethionine. Most of it was incorporated in the cells of the spinous layer, less by the basal, even less by the squamous layer, and the dead keratinized cells did not incorporate any at all. 3. In animals sacrificed 12, 24 and 4d hours after administration of radiomethionine, cell transfer with incorporated S35 from the squamous to the keratinized layer was observed. The whole of the keratin layer be- came permeated with the radioactive sulfin in 2-3 days. Consequently, renewal of the keratin layer in the epithelium of the tongue occulted in this time span. 4. Most of the P32 was incorPorated in the basal layer of cells and its amount gradually declined in propor- tion to the degree of cell differentiation. This character of distribution of P32 was maintained independent of the length of the period following introduction of P32 in the animal. 5. In the intestinal epithelium both P32 and S35 were uniformly distributed in all cells. Incorporation is related to the accumulation of enzymes in the cells and to the fact that they remain alive until they are cast into the intestinal lumen in the form of mucus. Institute of Experimental Medicine STUDY OF THE ALBUMINS OF A NEW BLOOD SUBSTITUTE - PARENTERIN - IN THE ANIMAL ORGANISM N. G. Belenky, N. N. Krylova and I. L. Chertkov 1. In order to label the albumins of Parenterin, 1131 and methionine labeled by S35 were employed. Incor- poration of radiomethionine in the blood albumins from which Parenterin was prepared was carried out in vitro and in vivo. In the first case, methionine was added to sterile cattle blood serum and incubated at room tempera- ture, after which the serum was dialyzed and Parenterin prepared. Marking of the serum albumins was effected by introduction of methionine in the animal donors (rabbits and bull). The animals were killed by bleeding and Parenterin was prepared from the labeled plasma obtained. 2. Labeling of Parenterin albumins by radioiodine proved to be of little use since 1131, not firmly bound to the denatured albumins, quickly split off from them in the blood stream and appeared in the urine. In experi- ments on dogs and rabbits,within only 6 hours of introduction of Parenterin in the blood only 10-20% of the activity introduced remained; in 24 hours in both species of animals the blood did not contain radioiodine. In a 24-hour urine specimen more than half tile entire activity introduced was found and no albumin was detected in the urine. _ 280 .111 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 3. The better method of obtaining labeled Parenterin proved to be the method of incorporation of radio- methionine in the albumins of animal donors. In these conditions Parenterin was obtained with an albumin con- tent, the radioactivity of which corresponded to 650-900 imp/min per 10 mg. Study of this Parenterin was made in experiments on rabbits and dogs with intravenous administration at a dose of 25-50 mg/kg body weight. 4. The circulation of Parenterin albumins in the organism of the experimental animals was of adequate duration. Six hours after introduction in the blood of rabbits ,about 40% of the original activity was evidenced, in dogs about 25%. In 24 hours in the blood stream of both species of animals ,about 10-1510 of the introduced albumins remained. In acute hemorrhage (experiments on rabbits) administration of Parenterin as a substitute for blood loss caused a steady rise in blood pressure and circulation of Parenterin albumin in the animal organism was wit- nessed in hemorrhagic shock (in experiments with labeled Parenterin) in the same way as in normal animals. 5. Twenty-four hours after administration of Parenterin, the animals were killed and the radioactivity of the albumins in various organs and tissues was studied (liver, kidneys, spleen, lungs, brain, muscle, suprarenals, small and large intestine, etc.). The greatest specific radioactivity was found in albumins of the organs actively engaged in the metabolic process (liver, spleen, suprarenal, kidneys). These results show that the Parenterin albumins are well assimilated animals with parenteral administra- tion, forming part of the albumins in the organs and tissues. 6. Incorporation of radiomethionine in albumins of native serum in vitro did not give positive results. In sterile conditions, the incorporation of radiomethionine was very weak. High radioactivity of serum albumins was found when the serum was extracted in septic conditions. However, sterile Parenterin obtained from such serum proved to be toxic, due to the presence of mixed microfloral toxins. Intravenous injection of this Paren- terin produced in rabbits severe symptoms of poisoning by bacterial toxins. In conditions of toxic shock, the fate of the Parenterin albumins differed from that in notmal animals. In the blood albumins,6 hours after intro- duction radioactivity was not found. The4lbumins quickly disappeared from the bloodstream and were concen- trated in the organs. The highest specific activity was found in lung albumins (about 20 times higher) and the cardiac albumins (3-5 times more) than in the intact animals. In the brain and muscle albumins, radioactivity was not discovered. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of the Meat Industry ANALYSIS OF THE MECHANISM OF ANTIBODY FORMATION A E. Gurvich 1. Antibody formation o.ccurs a short while before the antibodies appear in the blood stream. In the latent period, apparently there is no formation either of antibodies in appreciable amount nor of any albumin or poly- peptide precursor of the antibodies. This is indicated by the low content of C14 in the antibodies on administra- tion of 0-labeled glycine in the latent period,and by the presence of a correlation between the rate of increase in antibody content in the blood stream and the rate of incorporation of 0 in the antibodies. 2. Study of the intensity of inclusion of 0-labeled glycine in antibodies in vitro in sections of various organs and its incorporation in the antibodies of nonspecific y -globulins in vitro, after removal of the gastro- intestinal tract and functional exclusion of the liver, confirmed the theory on the absence of direct participation of the liver and gastrointestinal tract in antibody formation. 281 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 3. Simultaneous study of the change in antibody content by means of the immunochemical method and study of the distribution of labeled antibodies enables one to plot a curve of change in the rate of the new daily formation of antibodies. On repeated immunization, intensive reformation of antibodies continues for about two days. Then a sharp inhibition of this process occurs, and in several days the rate of new formation of anti- bodies drops to 3-550 of the maximal. This process is of a specific character since, in the period of greatly weakened development of one antibody, there may be intensive new formation of another. 4. With repeated immunization by two antigens, in several cases a simultaneous and exceptionally inten- sive increase in the content of the two antibodies and intensive incorporation of C14 in both antibodies was ob- served. Incorporation of C14 in each of the antibodies depends on the rate of new formation of each antibody, but not on its immunological properties. Intensive new formation of one or simultaneously of two antibodies does not inhibit incorporation of Cu glycine in the nonspecific y -globulins. Institute of Biological and Medical Chemistry of the USSR Academy of Medical Sdiences NEW DATA ON ALBUMIN METABOLISM OBTAINED BY THE ISOTOPIC TRACER METHOD A. S. Konikova By means of the method of isotopic tracers a study was made of the influence of chilling, as a factor in reducing vital activity, on the process of albumin formation in an isolated tissue and whole organism. In the work, use was made of the amino acid methionine labeled by sulfur (S36). The degree of its incor- poration in the albumin of the blood vessels of a dog was judged by the intensity of the albumin formation pro- cess. Albumin formation was observed in transplanted parts of the vessels previously subjected to freezing at a temperature of ?.196?, and drying in vacuo. As can be seen from the experimental material, this process of albumin formationoccurred at all investigated periods following grafting (from two to seven months). It was further established that in those cases where the grafted sections of the blood vessels were permeable, in absence of side effects and thrombi, the intensity of albumin synthesis in the transplants practically coincided with the intensity of albumin synthesis in an analogous vessel of the recipient. The findings show that albumin formation is a stable process resistant to low temperatures and drying. Alongside the experiments described, a study was made of the influence of cooling on the process of albu- min formation by investigation of this phenomenon in animals in a state of hypothermia: IT was seen that in hypothermia, induced by a combination of administration of chemical compounds and chilling of the animal organism by' ice to 24?C, a considerable reduction in the intensity of albumin synthesis occurred inalmost all the investigated organs in the skeletal muscles, various parts of the central nervous system, lungs, serum, sex glands, suprarenals, kidneys and spleen. There was practically no fall in albumin synthesis in the liver,and a very insignificant decrease of this process in the cardiac muscle. Proof that the changes in intensity of albumin synthesis in hypothermia are specific,and not caused merely by the changed state of the central nervous system under the influence of the soporofic substances,is provided by investigations on rabbits** which showed that in the state of drug-induced sleep, intensification of albumin *The investigations were carried out by Candidate V. I. Nikulin. ? ?Investigations carried out by A. V. Pogosova. 282 ? ? ? ? ? synthesis from amino acids occurs in the majority of the organs. The data obtained on incorporation of labeled amino acid in albumins in hypothermia gives grounds for considering that the intensity of the process of albumin formation in the various organs and tissues depends not only on the state of the vital activity of the organism as a whole, but on the state of the individual organs. Thus,by the method of isotopic tracers,we succeeded in indicating the variable quantitative nature of the process of albumin formation on chilling,and also the close link between the change in this process and the vital activity of the biological subjects. A. V. VishnevskyInstitute of Surgery, USSR Academy of Medical Sciences USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES IN STUDY AND MECHANISM OF EPILEPTIFORM FITS K. I. Pogodaev 1. Epilepsy is a serious disease both from the practical and theoretical point of view. The most fundamen- tal factor in the picture of this disease is the convulsive fit. It has,however, not been studied adequately. Par- ticularly contentious is the question of the substratum of the basic phase of the convulsive-fit? clonic convul- sions? and the participation of the cerebral cortex in this process. On the question of the substratum of clonic convulsions, there are, as is known, two opinions, one which supports cortical, and the other, subcortical locali- zation of the clonic phase of the epileptiform convulsive fit. 2. To solve the question as to which sections of the brain are responsible for the clonic phase Of excitation, the author used methods of investigation now available in modern functional brain biochemistry, in order to characterize the basic nerve processes? excitation and inhibition. Particularly productive in this field is the method of radioactive tracers. 3. With use of the method of radioactive isotopes, S35(radiomethionine) and P32(phosphate ion), an inves- tigation was made of distribution of these substances and the intensity of albumin and phosphorus metabolism in the cortex, subcortex, cerebellum and the trunk section of the brain of rabbits and rats killed during the clonic phase of the epileptiform electroconvulsive fit. For comparison purposes, analogous investigations in normal animals and in animals killed during the postconvulsion comatous state are reported on. It can be concluded from the data obtained,that during the clonic phase of the fit,in all the investigated sections of the brain incor- poration of methionine and the phosphate ion is accelerated,and phosphorus metabolism and resynthesis of brain tissue albumins is intensified. During the postconvulsion comatous state, which is characterized by protective inhibition, the speed of these proaesses falls, quickly reaching normal,or even falling below it. 4. The increased resynthesis of brain tissue albumins during clonic convulsions is combined with increased albumin decomposition (proteolysis) and accumulation of ammonia, which suggests a predominance of the ex- citatory process in all the investigated sections of the brain (cortex, subcortex, trunk and cerebellum), and con- sequently their participation in the physiological mechanism of formation of the clonic phase of epileptiform electroconvulsive fits. Thus, the material from these investigations points to participation of the brain as a whole, and not of a given isolated section, for example the cortex or the trunk section of the brain,in the clonic phase, as postulated by many investigators. 283 Institute of Higher Nervous Activity of the USSR Academy of Sciences Q acci A d for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 DYNAMIC ASPECTS OF DISTRIBUTION OF RADIOACTIVE PHOSPHORUS IN BLOOD, BILE, EXCREMENTS,AND ENDOCRINE GLANDS IN NORMAL RABBIT WITH USE OF CAFFEINE AND BROMINE A. I. Karaev and A. A. Khudazarov In the present work.a study was made of the dynamic aspects of distribution of radioactive phosphorus in- troduced into the rabbitorganism in the blood, bile, excrement; and various endocrine glands. In these experi- ments the investigations?were performed in three series? in normal animals and in animals following adminis- tration of caffeine or bromine. The radioactive phosphorus (Na2HP3204) was injected subcutaneously in normal rabbits at the rate of 45 ? c per 1 kg animal weight in the first series, and in the second and third series either 20 minutes after subcutaneous injection of 1 ml 10% caffeine sodium benzoate or after intake 'of 1 ml sodium bromide solution per 1 g body weight. As the intensity of the effect of caffeine and bromine changes with passage of tike, phosphorus metabolism was studied at various times after administration of radioactive phosphorus, I. e., within three and 24 hours. The following conclusions may be drawn from the data obtained: 1. Radioactive phosphorus introduced in the organism is eliminated basically by the kidneys (urine) and also by the liver( bile) and intestines (feces). 2. The magnitude of radioactivity in the urine, feces and bile depends on concentration of radioactive phosphorus in the blood. 3. The largest amount of radioactive phosphorus was excreted from the organism in the first three hours, after which elimination of radioactive phosphorus slowed down. 4. Prior administration of caffeine and bromine changed both absorption of the subcutaneously introduced radioactive phosphorus and the process of its elimination through the excretory organs. 5. In normal rabbits the different glands of the endocrine system varied in capacity to absorb the radio- active phosphorus administered. 6. The content of radioactive phosphorus in the various endocrine glands changed with time lapse after ad- ministration. 7. Prior administration of caffeine and bromine changed the dynamic aspects of distribution of radioactive phosphorus in the endocrine glands. 8. Absorption and the dynamicsef distribution and elimination of radioactive phosphorus introduced into the organism depend on the functional state of the central nervous system. 284 Physiology Section of the Academy of Sciences,Azerbaidzhan SSR ? ? ? ? RENEWAL OF PHOSPHORUS IN TISSUES WITH EXPERIMENTAL TUBERCULOSIS AND TREATMENT WITH STREPTOMYCIN AND PHTHIVAZIDE Kh. K. Norman The object of the investigation was to find whether in experimental tuberculosis there is a change in phos- phorus renewal in various tissues,and the effect exerted by streptomycin and Phthivazide therapy. The specific activity of phosphorus in the tissues,on subcutaneous injection of Na2HP32041served asan indication of phosphorus renewal in the tissues. We investigated the blood, lungs, liver, kidneys, spleen, lymphatic nodes, diaphysis of the femuy and also the white and grey matter of the large cerebral hemispheres. The experiments were performed on 154 adult guinea pigs. In order to detect changes in the tuberculous animals,the specific activity of phosphorus in the tissues was determined 1, 3 and 7 days after introduction of radioactivity. Changes were found in specific activity of the phosphorus in the tuberculous animals in all the investigated tissues. They were most marked seven days after introduction of P32. The greatest changes were seen in the bone tissue, where the specific activity of phosphorus 1, 3 and 7 days after introduction of P32 was considerably less than in the healthy animals. In the large cere- bral hemispheres, the specific activity of phosphorus seven days after introduction of P32 was much higher than In healthy animals. With effective streptomycin and Phthivazide therapy of the guinea pigs suffering from tuberculosis, norma- lization of specific adtivity in all the investigated tissues, with the exception of bone tissue, was observed. The greatest effect being seen with use of streptomycin. Institute of Experimental and Clinical Medicine of the Estonian SSR Academy of Sciences CERTAIN ASPECTS OF DOSIMETRY IN BIOLOGICAL EXPERIMENTS E. A. Liberman The report outlines views on the system of dosimetric conceptions from the standpoint of experimental bio- logy. Existing methods of dosimetry are considered from the point of view of the requirements of biological ex- periments ( measureable values and their relation to the characteristics of interaction between radiation and matter). From this point of view sources of radiations and methods of irradiation are considered. 285 Institute of Biophysics, USSR Academy of Sciences Icifi1- Sanitized Cony AoIDrov ? 50 -Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 V. APPLICATION OF ISOTOPES AND RADIATIONS IN ANIMAL REARING AND FISHERY INDUSTRY USE OF y -RADIATION IN LENGTHENING STORAGE TIME OF POTATOES L. V. Metlitsky, B. A. Rubin and V. G. Khruschov On the basis of a number of investigations it has been discovered that y-irradiation of potatoes exerts a powerful retardation effect on sprouting of tubers, making it possible to preserve the potato for one year and more. However, until recently it had not been possible to devise a really efficacious method of irradiation of large quantities of potatoes, due in a large measure to the fact that the physicochemical processes in irradiated tubers had received little study. The present investigations showed that retardation of sprouting of tubers induced by y-rays results from the joint influence of a number of factors: change in state of cellular colloids, alkalization of cellular sap in the meristematic tissues, suppression of nucleic acid synthesis and of the activity of oxidative enzymes (pd- madly in the structures of the protoplasmic elements), slowing down of gas exchange of respiratory tissues. These metabolic changes lead to a certain lowering of resistance to microorganisms in the tubers. In order to avoid this it is necessary to irradiate the potatoes with stringently regulated minimal doses. Dosage depends largely on the method of irradiation employed. The magnitude of the dose may be decreased by increasing the intensity of radiation. One-time radiation has a more powerful retardatory action on sprouting of tubers than does the same amount of radiation in divided doses. In selecting the dose the potato variety and physiological state of the tubers should be taken into account. While for the Lorkh variety a dose of 10,000 r is necessary, for many other varieties it may be reduced to 8,000 r. In irradiating the potato the dose in the fall should be higher than on irradiation at the end of winter. In experiments with the Lorkh variety irradiated with Co e? in the fall at a dose of 10,000 r and radiation intensity of 600 r/min this variety kept well on storage in cellars for one year. Total loss and wastage was 10%. As a result of these investigations a method was worked out for irradiation of potatoes which we re- commend for trial on an industrial scale; the method is based on a combination of a stationary source of radiation with a moving supply of the potatoes for irradiation. The entire irradiation process is carried out in a single, continuous operation. The irradiation method recommended ensures a high degree of efficiency of radiation, storage of irradiated potatoes without the presence of a radiation source in storehouses of current construction, and reliable protection for the personnel against radioactivity. A. N. Balch Institute of Biochemistry, USSR Academy of Sciences; Moscow State University; Institute of Biophysics, USSR Academy of Medical Sciences 286 110 ? ? A ? APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES IN FOOD PRESERVATION N. D. Chernaev Modem means of preserving food products are based on heat sterilization. Food may, as a result of such treatment, be denatured to a considerable extent. In order to avoid such undesirable features in the preservation of food stuffs, workers in the food industry are seeking for new ways of sterilizing products, with- out the inherent defects of heat methods. Such a new method, in principle, is the method of sterilizing products based on use of ionizing radiations. With this method microorganisms can be suppressed without any appreciable increase in the temperature of the products, i.e., cold sterilization occurs. Roentgen, cathode and y-rays are most suitable for this purpose. Various types of electron accelerators served as the source of the first two types of rays. The third type of ray was produced by radioactive isotopes. Radioactive elements artificially produced or obtained frilm reactor wastes are of the greatest practical importance. Those radioactive elements which are ih good supply at an economical price are of special value in industry. This category includes the radioactive wastes of nuclear reactors? fission products of These fission products,such as y-emitters,may be used in various ways depending upon their state and the stage of decay at which they are obtained. Thus, for example, they may be contained in the fuel element at the periphery of cooled-down homogeneous reactors, in burned-up fuel rods and in the wastes, by chemical separation of uranium and plutonium from the treated fuel. The constructions of various projected or existing types of y-emitters in the USSR and abroad for use in the preservation of foodstuffs are described in the report; types of radiation treatment of foodstuffs are enumerated, applicable in a number of technological processes; the influence of radiation doses on the quality of foodstuffs and enzyme inactivation are discussed; the question of the risks to the consumer of irradiated products is considered. The report ends with brief information on the further development of research in this field. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of the Conserve and Vegetable Processing Industry ORGANOLEPTIC AND PHYSICOCHEMICAL CHANGES IN FOODSTUFFS PRESERVED BY y -RAYS B. N. Zelenin and G. L. Pavlova The purpose of the investigation was to study the changes in foodstuffs preserved by y-radiation in re- lation to dose,and also to clarify the length of storage time of the tested samples. The products subjected to y-radiation sterilization were prepared by the usual means and stored in hermetically sealed standard glass or in tin containers. Radiation was conducted within the cavity of a cobalt cylindrical y-radiator. The working dose was of the order of 630 rep/min. The control samples were sterilized in an autoclave. Organoleptic evaluation and analysis of the samples was made both following irradiation and throughout storage. Some of the samples were 287 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 subjected following irradiation to incubation and microbiological control; the bulk of samples, however, were kept under observation? storage times were determined at room temperature. The following was established. 1. The character and degree of change in the physicochemical and organoleptic properties of the food- stuffs with y-irradiation depend on dosage, the properties of the products themselves, and on pre-radiation treatment. 2. Doses of an order of 2,000,000 rep in most cases ensure sterility of preserved foods. These doses, however, lead to undesirable changes in the organoleptic properties of the food products. Doses of 1,000,000 to 1,500,000 rep do not ensure sterility; storage time is reduced to 3-4 months. Changes in the physico- chemical and organoleptic properties are insignificant. Doses of 300,000 to 500,000 rep limit storage time to 1-3 weeks, but have almost no effect on the natura: properties of the food. 3. Foodstuffs such as beef, fish, green peas, apple juice and carrot puree lend themselves best to cold sterilization methods. 4. Less promising are prepared cauliflower, potatoes and carrots soaked in brine. More fundamental changes occur in the organoleptic qualities of these products. 5. In plant oils, doses of 2,000,000 rep produce very slight physicochemical changes. However, organo- leptic changes are already apparent at doses of 1,000,000 rep. In using irradiated oil for roasting these changes disappear Doses of 11,000,000 rep produce changes in the physicochemical constants of the oils; the acid number shows a slight increase, the iodine number and color index decrease, specific gravity and viscosity in- 4.. crease. The character of these changes makes it reasonable to postulate development of polymerization. The observed deodorization and clarification open up new prospetts for the use of ionizing radiation in processing of fats and oils. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of the Conserve and Vegetable Processing Industry IONIZING RADIATIONS AS A MEANS OF CONTROLLING INSECT PESTS IN GRAIN STOCKS A. A. Peredelsky, P. D. Rumantsev, L. Z. Rodionova, A. V. Bibergal and E. S. Pertsovsky 1. Present day science and techniques lead to methods of combating grain insect pests in granaries through the medium of ionizing radiations. 2. The literature on dig action of ionizing radiations on insects ? experiments with grain weevils ? with suitable calculations show that technically, economically and biologically it is advisable, in destruction of pest populations, to use only comparatively small doses (10,000 r) of Roentgen or y -rays, which produce general infertility or fatal damage in the embryonic or post embryonic development of the progeny of the irradiated parents. 3. Furthermore, on irradiation at the given dose extinction of weevils in all stages of development is accelerated. 4. On irradiation the average food consumption of the dying weevil population perceptibly falls, which favors use of the method of ionizing radiations in combating grain stock pests. 288 ? 5. To assist dosage calculation, blue prints of a powerful y-radiation installation suitable for pilot-plant testing of irradiation of consumer grain supplies are being drawn up. 6. Radioactive isotopes of cobalt and cesium and mixtures of nuclear reactor wastes are proposed as sources of radiations. gr Institute of Biophysics of the USSR Academy of Sciences, and the All-Union Scientific Grain Research Institute KILLING AND PRESERVATION OF THE MULBERRY SILKWORM COCOONS BY y -RADIATION T. V. Tsetskhladse, V. A. Barnov, V. E. Chikovani, T. N. Cheidze and L. M. Thelidze 1. The technique of preliminary treatment of cocoons is of fundamental importance for the quality of silk thread. The methods now applied of killing of the chrysalis and drying of the cocoons are labor-consuming and to m certain extent deform the membrane of the cocoons, produce a denatured sericin, impair unraveling ? capacity, reduce the dynamometric properties of the cocoon thread and the yield of raw silk. 2. Investigation of killing the mulberry silkworm chrysalis by y-radiation showed it to be a promising process. 3. The average lethal dose for the spring fattened chrysalis was 200,000 rep, for the summer one 150,000 rep,and for the autumn one 100,000 rep. In a chrysalis receiving 30-40% of the lethal dose within the first days of radiation and later doses of 1,000 rep the stage of metamorphosis was protracted for 10-12 days. 4. The value of the lethal dose depends on the age of the chrysalis; for a one day old chrysallit, 10 to 12,000 rep; for five day old ones, 50,000 rep; and from the eighth day, 100-200,000 rep. 5. Tagging of the irradiated parts showed that the dynamometric properties of the silk thread are im- proved as compared with box-dried cocoons. The raw silk yield was considerably increased. The irradiated cocoons were well preserved under usual storage conditions. Institute of Physics of the Academy of Sciences of the Georgian SSR, and Central Textile Laboratory, Textile Industry Ministry, Georgian SSR. CHANGE IN CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND ORGANOLEPTIC PROPERTIES OF y -IRRADIATED WINE G. I. Beridze and M. V. Kurdgelashvilli 1. Changes in the physical and organoleptic compositions of y -irradiated wine were studied. Cos) was used as the source of radiation. The experiments were performed on samples of European and Kakheti types Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 289 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 of table wines and various desert wines with high and low content of alcohol, acid, tannin and extractive matter. The experimental wines were exposed to varying radiation doses. 2. y -Irradiation of wine led to chemical changes and to alteration in taste of the treated product. The higher the dose of y -rays the more powerful the radiation influence on the chemical and organoleptic pro- perties of the wine. 3. The influence of large y-radiation doses (10,000-50,000 r) on wine produced disturbance in the chemical composition and blend, and also changes in taste. 4. Application of various doses of y -rays in different types of wines caused color change, formation of Madeira tint and appearance of a mousy taste, intensified with increase in dosage. 5. Intensification of the mousy taste and odor of the y -irradiated wine was due to the increased value of the oxidation-reduction potential with increase in dosage of ionizing y -rays. 6. After 2-3 months irradiation, the characteristic properties of the wine were restored; the wine be- came lighter, blended, and valuable taste properties developed. On y -irradiation of the wine in bottles, by reducing the air space, one can minimize these changes and achieve an improvement in quality of production. Institute of Horticulture and Viniculture of the Ministry of Agriculture, Georgian SSR METHODS OF USE OF IONIZING RADIATION IN THE PRODUCTION OF BACTERIAL PREPARATIONS V. L. Troitsi, M. A. Tumanyan, Z. G. Pershina, V. M. Vadimov, D. R. Kaulen, I. M Goncharenko, A. P. Duplischeva, T. S. Sedova and V. G. Khruschov The production of bacterial preparations is a most important branch of the medical industry. The manu- factured preparations, in particular prophylactic vaccines, are used on a mass scale. Sterilization is an essential process in the production of any bacterial preparation. Experimental data were obtained supporting the use of the atomic technique in the production of bacterial preparations. 1. The doses of y-radiation which have a bactericidal effect on the intestinal typhoid group and on spore-bearing soil bacteria were determined. 2. The special morphological features of bacterial growth and multiplication after irradiation with sub bactericidal doses of x-rays and also,the morphological changes in the bacteria killed by x- and y-rays were identified. The investigations were conducted with the method of microphotography and electron microscopy. 3. The possibility of y -radiation sterilization of nutritive media was demonstrated. Radiation by y -rays (1,500,000 r) did not impair the nutritive properties of Gottinger agar for growth of bacteria of the intestinal typhoid group. 4. It is possible to obtain typhoid and dysentery vaccines, killed by y -irradiation. These "radiovaccines," as was shown in experiments on mice, retain their immunogenic properties; the toxicity of these vaccines for mice did not rise. Antigens prepared from bacteria killed as a result of radiation possess well marked immuno- genic properties. 290 411. ? ? ? cc,Sanitized Coov AriDrov Rel ? ? 5. y -Irradiated diptheria and tetanus toxoids (1,500,000 r) maintain their immunological properties. 6. When horse native anti-diptheria immune seramas irradiated with y -rays (1,500,000 r) the antitoxin titer fell by 25-30%, the diapherm ? 3 by 2010. The viscosity of the irradiated sera increased. Electro- phoregrams showed considerable disturbance in the serum globulin fractions. Thus, the following possibilities of use of the atomic technique in the production of bacterial prepara- tions were demonstrated. 1. Preparation of killed corpuscular and chemical vaccines (antigen complexes) by means of y-radiation. 2. COld sterilization of the finished product ? vaccines and toxoids. 3. Cold sterilization of nutritive media. 4. Cold sterilization in detoxication of bacterial production wastes. Institute of Epidemiology and Microbiology, USSR Academy of Medical Sciences ACTION OF IONIZING RADIATION ON THE PROCESSES OF FERTILIZATION AND FISSION IN FISH A. A. Neifakh 1. The object of the first part of the work was to clarify the pattern of interaction between two irradiated sex cells. In other words the investigation was concerned with the specific complication arising on transfer of radiation from the haploid sex cell to the diploid zygote. The ripe sex products of the groundling were irradiated at various x-ray doses (from 100 r to 100,000 ). Artificial fertilization was employed to produce zygotes consisting of irradiated gametes with various dose combinations. The criterion of the radiation effect was the survival rate of the embryos. 2. With irradiation of only one gamete (male or female), the embryonic survival rate was reduced as dosage increased, reaching a minimum at 2000-3000 r. Later the survival rate again increased owing to the "deactivation of the irradiated gamete by means of haploid development on the part of the second, non- irradiated sex cell ( Hertwig effect). 3. With irradiation of both gametes it was found that if the radiation dose to which both gametes are exposed is relatively small (up to 2000 r) the percentage mortality of the progeny is the same as with applica- tion of the dose to one of the gametes, i.e., in this case no interaction between the two sex cells is found. With larger radiation doses the most destructive effect is obtained when both gametes are irradiated by roughly the same doses. This effect is heightened with an increase in dosage. 4. In order to explain the data obtained a hypothesis was advanced on the various types of damage of the gametes and on the relative independence in the zygote of the irradiation gametes. On the basis of the quantitative findings on the irradiation of one gamete the suggested hypothesis enabled us to make a specific theoretical calculation and to plot theoretical curves irradiation both gametes with any combination of doses. The theoretical curves were in sufficiently close agreement with the experimental Mies to substantiate the hypothesis advanced. 5. Change in the radiosensitivity in the process of fertilization and early fission was investigated by means of irradiation of a fertilized spawn at various time intervals after seeding. The experiments showed that the survival rate of the embryo was particularly low when radiation was applied at the end of the first hour after seeding (at a temperature of 13.0 for the groundling and 16'C for a type of sturgeon) and approximately at the first second following fissions. ? 50 -Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 291 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 - ,5?72 6. Comparison of the times of particular radiosensitivitywith times of egg and also with cytological data showed that the most sensitive phase was that of a phase in the nuclear cycle (apparently preparatory to mitosis). Of essential importance is the fact that this phase, corresponding to the first division breakdown, was separated from the division itself by more than one hour and apparently proceeds in the pronucleus before fusion. 7. It may be concluded from the findings obtained in the present work that in the initial period of de- velopment the mechanism of action of ionizing radiation is compatible with the concepts held on the genetic nature of the action of radiation on the nucleus. The change in radiosensitivity is of a nonspecific quantitative nature and is determined by change in the structure of the nucleus. A. N. Severtsov Institute of Animal Morphology, USSR Academy of Sciences RESULTS AND PERSPECTIVES WITH USE OF C14 IN STUDY OF THE CARBON CYCLE IN IMPOUNDS Ya. I. Sorokin 1. The processes associated with the carbon cycle are at the basis of the biological productivity of Impounds. Many links in the carbon cycle in impounds remain unstudied owing to the difficulty of investi- gating them by normal chemical methods. These methods are insufficiently sensitive to detect transformations in the multifarious forms of living and dead organic matter. Nor do they allow one to trace the path of the- organic matter in the carbon cycle. 2. Solution of the basic problems associated with the carbon cycle in hydrobiology is possible only with use of radioactive carbon. Thanks to the special properties of this isotope (soft radiation, length of half-life period) it is very suitable for such investigations. 3. In the Microbiology Laboratory of the USSR AS Institute of Biology of Reservoirs, as a result of three years work, ways of using CI4 to solve a number of important problems of carbon exchange in impounds have been worked out. 4. A method was elaborated for determining, with the aid of CIA, daily productivity of photosynthesis of the phytoplankton under 1 m2 surface not requiring the placing of a phial at each point. Application of such a method considerably simplified the work and in 1955 made it possible to determine the annual photosynthetic production of the Ribinski reservoir, all the sections of which show extensive and varied output. The yield equalled 408,000 t of dry organic matter in one whole impound, or 125 g glucose per m2 area. 5. Determination (with use of C14) of tL chemosynthetic production of organic matter showed that this process in the impounds is closely linked with anaerobic decay of organic matter in muddy deposits, which in certain conditions reaches considerable proportions. Since with chemosynthesis there is accumulation of the bacterial mass serving as food source for the water nonvertebrates, this process is a basic trophic factor. It was established that autotrophic bacteria are eaten and assimilated by water nonvertebrates. 6. By means of Cm a method of study of algae? bacteria feeding of water nonvertebrates was devised, enabling a qualitative estimation of the assimilation of the food matter. Thus,with this method data were obtained on the feeding of daphnia and tendipedidae larvae by labeled bacteria and algae. Institute of Biology of Reservoirs of the USSR Academy of Sciences 292 CP 4 ? 4. USE OF ISOTOPES IN STUDY OF THE ROLE OF MICROORGANISMS IN FORMATION OF SHORSU SULFUR DEPOSITS M. V. Ivanov 1. In study of the role of microorganisms in the turnover of matter in nature, quantitative and qualitative analyses of the microflora of silt, soil or water are normally made. However, such registration of the presence of this or that group of microorganisms reveals nothing about the intensity of the process caused by these micro- organisms in natural conditions. 2. The report gives the results of the first experiments to determine, by means of labeled sulfur, the intensity of sulfur turnover in the Shorsu deposits. 3. On addition of labeled sulfate (Na2S11504) to samples of underground water, labeled hydrogen sulfide appeared only in presence of active desulfurizing bacteria. The daily intensity of formation of hydrogen sul- fide reached 0.078 mg/liter HO. It can therefore be said that hydrogen sulfide in the underground waters of the Shorsu deposits is of biogenous origin and that the high mineralization of underground waters is not an obstacle to development of desulfurizing bacteria. In order to clarify the role of the microorganisms in the oxidation of hydrogen sulfide leading to sulfur formation, labeled sulfide (Na2SI15) was used. 4. The experiments showed that in the presence of microflora (Thiobacteriales bacteria) oxidation of hydrogen sulfide proceeds with appreciably greater intensity than in experiments with formalin-killed micro- flora. It was revealed that as a result of oxidation of hydrogen sulfide molecular sulfur i$ accumulated, the daily production of which reached 60-70 mg/liter. 5. From the data obtained on distribution of desulfurizing and acid bacteria in the Shorsu sulfur deposits and the results of the experiments with isotopes it can be said that the microorganisms take an active part in the formation of the sulfur deposits of the epigenetic type. 6. The experiments conducted with labeled sulfur indicate the great possibilities for use of isotopes for investigating geological activity of microorganisms in natural conditions. Institute of Microbiology, USSR Academy of Sciences STUDY OF THE BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTIVITY OF TANKS BY MEANS OF RADIOISOTOPES V. I. Zhadin, A. G. Rodina and A. S. Troshin Using Ps2 and CaAs in experimental conditions, a study was made of adsorption of phosphorus by various tank bottoms and consumption of phosphorus and calcium by bacteria, phytoplankton, and by the higher water vegetation (elodea), algae overgrowth and zooplankton. A periodic investigation was made of the radioactivity of samples from the bottom, bacteria from the bottom and water samples from the bottom by elutriation and from the water layer by filtration through a No. 2 membrane filter ? phytoplankton (after removal of the zooplankton by pipette), zooplankton recovered (by pipette), plant tissue of elodea and algae overgrowths. The water samples were used before filtration and 293 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 7." Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 after filtration through the No. 2 membrane filter. The radioactivity of the samples was expressed by the number of impulses per minute per unit weight or volume. In the absence of plankton and vegetation the largest amount was adsorbed by the peaty bottom (85,000 imp), much less by a rocky bottom (20,300 imp), clay (13,400 imp) and sand (11,000 imp per 1 g dry weight). Adsorption of phosphorus by clay and sandy bottoms was principally effected by their bacterial flora content. On introduction into the aquarium of a combined mineral fertilizer (N, P, K, Ca) the phosphorus was partially adsorbed by the bottom, but the bulk of it was assimilated by the bacteria and phytoplankton, algae overgrowths and elodea. Following them phosphorus was assimilated in a vast amount of zooplankton. The bacterioplankton showed radioactivity almost equal to that of the phytoplankton (up to 6000 imp per 1 ml of water on the sixth day of the experiment). The algae overgrowths gave at the same time up to 135,000,000 imp and the zooplankton up to 108,000,000 imp per 1 g moist weight. When elodea were present they showed 64,000,000 imp per 1 g moist weight. Radioactive calcium (CaC12) when introduced with the combined fertilizer was accumulated in con- siderable amount by the elodea and zooplankton and a small amount was used by the bacteria or phytoplankton or was adsorbed by the bottom. The radioactivity of the elodea on the third day of the experiment reached 426,000 imp per 1 g moist weight and in the algea overgrowths it varied from 100 - 150,000 imp per 1 g moist weight, in the bacteria and phytoplankton 20-60 imp per 1 ml water, in. zooplankton '77,000 to 303,000 imp per 1 g moist weight, and in the bottom 100-800 imp per 1 g dried weight. The result of the experiments and observations on fish-rearing pools justify the use of fertilizers, which give a significant increase in pond fish production. It is advisable to introduce only solutions of mineral fer- tilizers in the water. The first portions of the fertilizers were introduced in the ponds in early spring (before the development of the higher water vegetation). The higher vegetation growing in the ponds should serve as the organic component of the complex (organomineral) fertilizer. Mineral and organic fertilizers were ? introduced in the ponds periodically throughout the summer according to the degree of their utilization in biological output. Zoological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences TECHNIQUE FOR TAGGING FISH BY RADIOACTIVE CALCIUM N. P. Rudakov A number of scientific organizations have in the last few years been engaged in the task of working out methods for tagging fish by radioactive isotopes. However, although a certain amount of factual material has been assembled in this field, the problems of isotope dosages and the efficacy of tagging of fish of various ages have not been sufficiently elucidated. The object of the investigation was; a) study of the laws governing accumulation- of radioactive calcium in the fish organism,and b) study of radioactive calcium uptake by fish of various ages. The study was carried out on young carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) weighing 0.064 g at 16 days old, 0.496 g at 30 days, and 5.0 g at 64 days. The experiments were performed in aquarium conditions.. The source of radioactivity was a preparation of calcium chloride (Ca45 C12). The following activities were employeck 3.0 p c, 1.0 pc, 300.0 pc and 30.0 pc per liter. For the purpose of tagging, the fish were placed for one hour in solutions at these concentrations and then investigated for radioactive calcium content in their organism. Some of the fish placed in solutions with a specific activity of 1.0 p c per liter were used to determine the optimal concentration of radioactive calcium required for the experimental period. 294 ? ? Determination of the radioactive calcium content in the fish was made in ash suspensions. Total cal- cium was estimated Trilonometrically with use of murexide as indicator. The Ca45 content was determined in the young carp at specific time intervals after tagging (1 min, 1 hour, 3 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours). The radioactive calcium was rapidly absorbed by the young carp of different size and age. A substantial part of it was absorbed by the organs of the fish, while some of it was washed out in the first 24 hours after tagging. Absorption of total calcium by the young carp per 1 g ash (with a high calcium content in the medium) does not depend on the concentration of the initial solutions. As the fish grow the absorption of calcium per unit weight decreases 1.5-2.0 times. The most rapid decrease in the content of radioactive calcium in the fish in solutions of the greatest specific activity was observed in the first 24 hours. Solutions with a specific activity of 1.0 p c per liter may be regarded as the most suitable for the tagging of the young carp. The radioactivity of the fish after the first 2-3 months of breeding was highest with tagging of the largest young, considerably surpassing the activity of the young of smaller dimensions. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Lake and Stream Fish Breeding APPLICATION OF P32 AND Ca45 IN STUDY OF SOME ASPECTS OF PHOSPHORUS AND CALCIUM METABOLISM IN YOUNG CARP AND STURGEON M. P. Bogoyavlenskaya and I. A. Shekhanova 1. Application of P32 and Ca45 with use of a specially constructed chamber made it possible to establish the paths of penetration of phosphorus and calcium ions from the water to the body of fish. The bulk in- filtrates through the surface of the gills and mucuous membrane of the mouth; the least through the integuments of the body surface of the young carp and sturgeon, 2. The phosphorus and calcium ions penetrating from the water are distributed in the very first hour In all organs and tissues of the fish body. The largest amounts of phosphorus and calcium were determined at the site of penetration (in the gills, mucuous membrane of the mouth, intestine and in the skin). The maximum amounts of calcium, unlike phosphorus, were found in the integumentary bones (operculum in the lepidoptera). In the axial skeleton a smaller concentration of calcium was found. 3. The results of analysis showed that phosphorus ions penetrating from the water are essentially accumu- lated in the body of fish in the form of organic phosphorus compounds. 4. With passage of time a redistribution of phosphorus and calcium ions in the fish was observed. 5. In 1-2 days the radioactive calcium was essentially localized in the bone elements. Although phosphorus was redistributed in the fish organism, its total activity in the soft tissues and bone elements did not change. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 295 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 6. With use of radioactive isotope labeling it was necessary to take into account that this was not a mechanical process, but an intrinsic part of the metabolic activity of the investigated fisb. It was specially important in this respect to pay particular attention to the fish requirement of the substance used as tracer and not to unduly exceed the normal content of the substance in the water. Or All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Sea Fish Economy and Oceanography ? 296 4- 1 ? STUDY OF CALCIUM METABOLISM IN HENS BY MEANS OF RADIOACTIVE CALCIUM V. K. Bauman The essential object of the investigations was to study the mechanism of calcification of the hen egg-- shell. With use of differing amounts of calcium in the rationiand on the basis of different yields in the laying hens, phosphorus, calcium,and also the radioactive calcium balance were studied. The method of the experiment was essentially based on the fact that there is selective absorption of rad- iocalcium by bone tissue. On parenteral administration of Ca45 in hens the skeletal calcium was tagged, while the calcium taken by mouth did not contain radioactive isotopes. This made it possible to trace, in shell formation, participa- tion of calcium derived from the two chief sources ?skeleton and digestive tract. Support for the hypothesis that the skeleton is the sole source of calcium in shell formation was found in the fact that in all eggs laid 24 hours after administration of Cad, significant activity (about 40% of the dose) independent of the amount of calcium in the ration, was observed in the shells. The uniform activity observed In the eggshells may be explained by the fact that in their formation calcium is derived from the skeleton in approximately equivalent amounts. The entire calcium in the food ,before being deposited in the shell, enters the skeletal c,alcium depot, from whence its utilization is strictly regulated by the relevant neurcrendocrinal mechanism. In study of skeletal calcium metabolism.convincing proof of its exceptionally high activity in laying birds was obtained. The speed of disappearance of radioactive calcium from the skeleton is in close relation- ship to productivity. In hens laying more than 25 eggs in 2 months only traces of Ca45 were found in the skel- eton, while in the skeletons of hens which did not lay a single egg in this period, more than half the dose of radioactive calcium introduced persisted. The most active metabolism was shown in the porous bone substance filling the bone cavity in hens. The speed of metabolism in this substance was 4-5 times greater than in compact tissue. The degree to which the various bones of the skeleton participate in shell formation Is connected in large measure with their capacity to accumulate active porous matter in the cavities. During egg laying,the breast and pelvic bones and ribs show particularly marked change. The existence in bone tissue of various forms of calcium, with different metabolic speeds, may be pos- tulated on the experimental findings. flrIasified in Part Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 297 Institute of Biology Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 COMPARATIVE STUDY OF COBALT BALANCE IN THE ORGANISM BY MEANS OF Co" AND Co" V. V. Kovalsksky, A. D.Goldlobov, A. A. Chernova Experiments concerned with cobalt balance in sheep showed that assimilation of Co59 (cobalt chloride contained in fodder) reaches on average 82%. In another series of experiments in sheep,assimilation of Co59 reached 70%, in rabbits about 77%, in pigs 75%. In experiments performed on cattle with use of Co" this high assimilation of cobalt was not observed, being only 10-20%. In experiments on rats even lower assimilation of Co" in the 5-7% range was obtained. Such discrepancies in Co" and Co60 balance, reported by various authors with use of different animals, cannot be considered merely fortuitous. Accordingly, it was necessary to perform a comparative study of Co59 and Co" balance in animals. For this purpose experiments were carried out with a single administration of Co" and Co60 in the rabbit organism, a method which ensures that the balances are completely comparable,and excludes possible interference of experimental factors, which may arise even in different animals of the same species. Estimation of both Co" and Co" excreted from the organism was performed on the same samples of feces and urine. Co" was determined chemically by the colorimetric method with nitroso-R-salt. Co" was determined according to number of impulses; the impulses were converted into specific radioactivity on the standard solution. Investigations of cobalt (Co") balance in rabbits showed that there was 87-90% assimilation of the 600y cobalt (approximately) administered in green fodder in a seven-day period. Each of the rabbits was given 35 pc of the radioactive isotope Co". At the same time,a load of mineral cobalt carrier (Co59) ?1500 y was given. The total seven-day ration for each rabbit contained 2100 y of Co59 in the food and as mineral salt supple- ment. Its assimilation, expressed in percentages of the cobalt introduced in the organism, varied from 68 to- 77%, i.e. was somewhat less than assimilation of the food cobalt by rabbits not receiving Co60. Assimilation in these same rabbits of Co" was significantly less. In the seven days of the balance testing period 1.5 to 14.72 p c Co60 still remained in the organism, amounting to 5-42% of the amount of cobalt introduced. The rate of excretion of Co" and Co" during the days of the balance test period furnish interesting in- formation. Maximum excretion of Co60 occurred in three days, that of Co" in four days. These differences are not open to doubt and were repeated in all the experimental animals. The differences in Co59 and Co60 balances were due to the characteristics of metabolism of the small trace amounts of labeled cobalt and the physiological amounts of Co59, and also to the unavoidable differences in the methods of investigating them. On the basis of previous investigations one might have expected that the trace amounts of radiocobalt would be deposited and retained in the orionismro a lesserdegree than was the physiological amount of Co". In determination of the radioactive isotope it was necessary to considerthat part of the introduced substance in the excretions of the organism; in determination of the normal chemical element it was necessary to take account not only of part of the introduced substance, but of a significant amount of the same element which was de- rived from the tissue depots, and not amenable to determination. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Animal Breeding; V. I. Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry and Analytical Chemistry of the USSR Academy of Sciences 298 ? ? ? ? ? USE OF SULFUR IN SYNTHESIS OF HAIR KERATIN A. L. Palucheva The special features of utilization of sulfur in synthesis of hair keratin in ruminants (fine-and coarse- wool sheep and the saiga antelope), in rodents (rabbits) and in carnivores (dogs) were studied. Tests were made with inorganic sulfur compounds (Na2S3504, Na2S35) and organic compounds (methionine, cystine and thi- ocarbamide introduced by mouth in single or double doses 0.5-2.0 mc). Altogether 62 animals were used. Use of inorganic sulfur for hair growth in various animals was distinguished by features which deviate from the accepted classification system based on types of feeding and digestion. A clear relationship between type of hair coat, hair sulfur content and rate of deposit of sulfur in hair was not found. Fine-wool sheep with well developed wool covering and coarse-wool sheep yielding 2-4 times less wool,and also carnivores (dogs) were capable of using inorganic sulfur in the synthesis of cystine for hair keratin. Inorganic sulfur compounds are not used in hair growth in saiga antelope,which are related to sheep, and covered by short hair with a low sulfur content, nor by rabbits which accumulate a large amount of sulfur in the hair. In various animals in the period of moulting sulfur utilization capacity varied. In saigas and rabbits,the processes of keratin synthesis with use only of organic sulfur are intensive in the young newly forming hairs and carry on in old hair still subject to change. In coarse-wool sheep,both organic and inorganic sulfur are used in growing hair (wool). However before moulting large clumps of hair still firmly attached to the skin are completely excluded from the sulfur metabolism. Nor was the labeled sulfur found in all hairs in the moult- ing period in dogs. In bacteria-free newborn lambs and saigas hair keratin synthesis from inorganic sulfur compounds does not occur; this is at variance with the conception that in newborn organisms synthetic ability is in general higher than in adult animals.and indicates the deficiencies in the relevant albumin and sulfur metabolism en- zymes,and also the importance of intestinal microflora in this process. Deposition of sulfur as hair growth proceeds occurs unequally, being dependant on its concentration in the organism. Autoradiographic investigations of hair on an x-ray film and with use of nuclear emulsion show that deposit of sulfur in hair decreases steeply in line with the rapid and sharp fall in the blood sulfur concen- tration after a single administration of S35. There is a perceptible repeat trace of sulfur in growing hair fol- lowing repeated administration of sulfur at several time intervals which makes it possible to utilize radioac- tive sulfur in determination of the rate of hair growth. Hypo- and hyperthyrosis, while influencing the rate of hair growth, does not fundamentally interfere with inorganic sulfur utilization in hair keratin synthesis. 299 All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Animal Breeding Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Ap roved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 USE OF LABELED IODINE IN DETERMINING FUNCTIONAL STATE OF THYROID GLANDS IN SHEEP E. A. Nesterova Enzootic disturbances in metabolism in farm animals due to iodine deficiency, encountered in Siberia, the Far East, Byelorussia and in other places, have not been studied to any extent. Iodine deficiency in the fodder reduces reproductive capacity and animal productivity, and retards development of the young. In re- gions with endemic goiter,table salt enriched with iodine is added to the animal rations. In places where io- dine deficiency is weakly expressed and the animals are not goitrous,practical measures to improve iodine pro- vision for the animals are not taken. For the purpose of diagnosing iodine deficiency in sheep in cases where it is not accompanied by devel- opment of goiter, the method of labeled atoms, ? widely applied in various countries for diagnosis of hypo- and hyperthyrosis in humans ? was employed. The functional activity of the thyroid gland was judged by the rate of absorption of trace amounts of labeled iodine. In the diagnosis of enzootic hypofunction of the thyroid gland discovery of the laws governing the normal changes of its functional state is of basic importance. This work was aimed at establishing these laws. Inspection of the functional activity of the thyroid gland in sheep was performed under the conditions of the physiological stables of the All-Union Institute of Animal Breeding, and in individual collective farms of the Mari SSR where goiter was found among the population. At the same time a study was made of iodine content of fodder and drinking water. The seasonal features of labeled iodine accumulation in the thyroid gland of sheep, connected with varied physiological state of the animals (pregnancy, lactation, etc.) were established. With use of labeled iodine in lactating animals it is necessary to make a simultaneous study of radioiodine accumulation in the thyroid glands of the suckling lambs. The correlation of labeled iodine in the thyroid glands of the mothers and suck- ling lambs changed as lactation proceeded. At the beginning of lactation the mothers show increased iodine demand. The reduced secretion into the blood of the thyroid gland hormone in sheep in the summer may be accompanied by intense absorption of labeled iodine, which makes it impossible to draw conclusions on the functional state of the gland on the basis of only short experiments (about two days). The duration of investi- gation of sheep thyroid gland must not be less than five-six days in order to achieve maximum absorption. All-Union Scientific-Research Institute of Animal Breeding. INFLUENCE OF RADIOACTIVE PHOSPHORUS ON WEIGHT AND ENERGY PROCESSES IN RUMINANTS E. M. Berkovitch 1. The influence of ionizing radiations on metabolic and energy processes have not been studied at all adequately,and the data presented by various authors who have studied this question are of a conflicting na- ture. This may be due to the peculiarities in metabolism of animals of different species. 2. As metabolism in ruminants differs markedly from that in monogastric animals, study of the reactions of ruminants to ionizing radiations, are of great theoretical and practical interest. 300 ob ? ? ? ? ? ? 3. After administering radioactive phosphorus at a dose of 16-180pc per 1 kg live weight in goats and sheep, a gain in weight in 6-15 days was observed,amounting to as much as 2-3 Xt. Later the weight fell to the initial level and ,occasionally,by the 25-30th day following administration of radioactive phosphorus, the weight of the animals was less than the initial weight. 4. Increase in weight occurs essentially as a result of raised exchange of extracellular fluid, the amount of which increases at a quicker rate than does the weight of the animal. The fat content in the organism is thereby often reduced. There is no direct relationship between the dose of the radioactive phosphorus intro- duced and the rate of increase in extracellular fluid exchange. 5. On administration of radioactive phosphorus in the organism of young growing animals no raised ex- change of extracellular fluid was observed, though the weight of the animals increased due to tissue growth. Thus, growth energy is not completely suppressed by radioactivity. However, comparison of the rate of growth of irradiated animals with the controls shows that radioactive phosphorus partially inhibits growth energy. 6. Changes tn the energy processes on administration of radioactive phosphorus are of a &phasic char- acter: in the first 15 days inhibition of the energy processes was observed, seen to be particularly marked when calculated per 1112 body surface and per liter of extracellular fluid, which shows impairment of the func- tional condition of the organism. After 15 days the energy processes start to rise,and at the end of the month often exceed the initial level. 17. Suppression of the energy processes is connected with inhibition of oxygen consumption in the func- tioning protoplasmic mass. 8. After administration of radioactive phosphorus in goats and sheep a decline in the amount of hemo- globin and erythrocytes is seentwith simultaneous increase in color index. Lvov Zoo-Veterinary Institute. STUDY OF PENETRABILITY OF ANIMAL SKIN BY SULFUR PREPARATIONS WITH USE OF 535 A. N. Yunin 1. The efficacy of the campaign against ectoparasites and pest insects in farm animals and the action of various acaricidal and insecticidal preparations on micro- and macroorganisms depends on the capacity of the preparations to penetrate the skin and enter the organism. The objects of the work were: to study the speed of penetration of the sulfur preparations through the skin of sheep and rabbits in relation to the mode of administratiour to make clear the conditions influencing skin penetzability,and also to establish the times and paths of sulfur excretion from the organism. 2. Relatively swift penetration through the rabbits and sheep skin of labeled bisethylxanthogen (e5) in the form of an aqueous potassium soap emulsion was found. The speed of penetration of the preparation was estimated at 10-15 mins. The maximum concentration of es in the blood was observed starting several hours after treatment, up to three days. In the next 10-15 days the radioactivity of the blood did not exceed 5050 above the original level. 3. Alcoholic solutions of bisethylxanthogen penetrated the animal skin in a much shorter time. 5-10 mins after applying the preparation to the skin an appreciable amount of radioactive sulfur was observed in the blood. The maximum concentration was observed in the first three hours, then it fell to a definite level, 301 flrIssifid in Part SanitizedC Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 which level persisted during the 48-hour period of observation. 4. Colloidal sulfur in an oily base penetrates rabbit skin in 10-15 min and sheep skin in 10-20 min. Ra- dioactive sulfur was still found in appreciable quantities in the blood in 15-20 days; later only traces of it were detected. 5. Colloidal sulfur dusts applied to the skin penetrated it slowly in small doses. An appreciable amount of radioactive sulfur in the blood in rabbits appeared within 30-50 mins, in sheep in 40-60 mins. 6. An aqueous solution of sodium sulfidepand also an aqueous suspension of colloidal sulfur did not pen- etrate undamaged skin. 7. The speed of penetration of sulfur through the skin depends on the temperature of the surroundings and the physicochemical properties of the solvent itself (water, alcohol, oil, etc.). Rapidly evaporating solvents (alcohol) at an enviromental temperature of 10 to 20C and relative humidi- ty of 75% persist on the animal skin for up to two hours, and aqueous solvents for up to one day. Oily bases (plant and mineral oils) at a temperature of 10 to 20*C and relative humidity of 75% stay on the skin and hair up to 3-6 days. With a rise in temperature of the surroundings of more than 20 the speed of penetration of the sub- stance through the skin is temporarily increased, and is reduced when the tbmperature falls to between 3 and 0.C. Excretion of the radioactive sulfur in sheep occurs mainly in the urine, feces, and suint in the first and third days after application to the skin. In the urine,the sulfur isotope appeared within the first two hours, and in the feces it was found in 5 hours. The two-day maximum of radioactive sulfur was excreted by the urine- 94%, the feces -6%, and suint-10% on conversion to 1 g dry substance. The duration of sulfur excretion in the urine was 40-42 days, in the feces 30-36 days,and in sweat 20-35 days. Similar results regarding times of excretion were obtained in rabbits. A high sulfur content was observed in sheep skin. This was connected with the expiratory functions of the skin and also with the fact that in part elementary sulfur is involved in the process of synthesis of the wool proteins (keratin). 9. Application of externally applied tracer doses of radioactive sulfur in the study of skin penetrability did not produce visible clinical deviations in the healthy animals, nor noticeable deviations from normal in the blood picture. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Veterinary Health and Ectoparasitology PARTICIPATION OF FODDER CHLOROPHYL IN SYNTHESIS OF HEMOGLOBIN F. V. Zakharova 1. On the basis of experimental data it was established that chlorophyl participates in the regeneration of hemoglobin and enhances the function of the blood-forming organs. The action of chlorophyl on blood for- mation is due to the chemical affinity of chlorophyl and hemoglobin, both being pyrrole derivatives. 302 CCI I Sanitized CODy AIDPr0v d for Rel ? ? ? ? ? =' ? ? ? 2. Experimental application of Citlabelled crystalline chlorophyl helped to explain the mechanism of chlorophyl influence on blood formation. 3. Investigations carried out on rabbits and young bulls showed that on oral administration of labelled chlorophyl radioactivity was found in the blood. The speed of absorption depends on the form of the prepara- tion administered. Absorption of the radioactive substance in the blood runs a different course depending on species, age and individual character of the animals. 4. The degree of utilization of chlorophyl in biosynthesis of hemoglobin was estimated by the incorpora- tion in the hemoglobin of radioactive substance introduced in the organism in the form of C14-labelled crystal- line chlorophyl. The radioactive substance entering the blood was quickly utilized by the organism; in the blood it was found in the hemoglobin of the red cells. The radioactive substance was still present in the hem- in after nine days. 5. The selective capacity of the blood-forming organs for chlorophyl derivatives was established by the content of large amounts of radioactive substance in the bone marrow and liver. In the functional activity of the blood-forming organs the radioactive substance is utilized for formation of the hemoglobin,in the first place from the liver,then from the bone marrow-more rapidly from the bone marrow of the tube bonesiand more slowly from the breastbone. 6. The presence of radioactivity in the heme, liver, and bone marrow of rabbits and bulls shows that chlorophyl actually takes part in animal blood formation, being the plastic material for hemoglobin synthesis, yielding the semifinished products?porphyrins. Because of this property' of chloryphyl it may be considered as one of the factors in feeding, contributing to enhancement of the value of winter fodder rations, thus preventing the development of extrinsic anemia in animals in the winter-spring period. All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Animal Breeding INFLUENCE OF VITAMIN INTAKE ON PHOSPHORUS METABOLISM IN ANIMALS N. I. Ovsyanov Assimilation and speed of metabolism of mineral substances in the animal organism depends on many factors, one of them being vitamin nutrition. In regulation of mineral substances, in particular phosphorus, by the animal organism, it is necessary that the organism be supplied with vitamins. Experiments designed to demonstrate the influence of vitamin C, A and D supply on phosphorus metabo- lism were conducted on young guinea pigs and white rats. The animals were kept for several weeks on diets varying in vitamin C (guinea pigs), A and D (white rats) content and after administration of radioactive phos- phorus in the form of Na2HPO4, a determination was made of distribution and specific activity of phosphorus in the internal organs, in the femural muscles, in the epiphysis and diaphysis of the femur, in the blood, in the stomach contents, and also in the feces and urine. With vitamin C deficient rations in guinea pigs it was noted that there was acceleration of phosphorus uptake in the blood, more rapid excretion in the feces and a perceptible fall in the rate of phosphorus metab- olism in the liver, kidneys, and to a lesser extent,in the spleen. The more rapid rate of excretion of this dc- 'bent in the feces was apparently associated with reduced phosphorus incorporation capacity of the liver, ? 50 Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 303 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 kidneys and spleen. In the first 3 hours after administration of radioactive phosphorus,the intensity of incorporation in the organs, and particularly in the bones of rats not receiving vitamin D, was higher than in rats kept on a full- value diet, despite the higher blood P32 content in the latter. The maximum incorporation of P32 in the tissues of the lungs, spleen, the muscles,and particularly in the bones was observed much earlier in rats not receiving vitamin D. However,on the next and following days phosphorus was less intensely incorporated in the organs and tissues and was more swiftly excreted in rats not receiving vitamin D than by the normally fed animals. Absence of vitamin A in the ration of white rats produced a fall in phosphorus incorporation in the tissues of the heart, liver, spleen, kidneys, and muscles in the first 3 hours after administration. Siberian Veterinary Scientific Research Institute DISTRIBUTION OF PARATYPHOID VACCINES IN ORGANISM I. N. Arkhangelsky and 0. A. Berdink Antigen distribution in the organs and tissues and rapidity of excretion from the organism are of great importance in the problem of pottvaccination immunity. The method of labeled atoms opens up new possibilities in the study of this process, for their use can pro- vide a direct answer to the question of the duration of the labeled antigen in the organism and the pattern of Its distribution. Although the problems of the pathogenesis of brucellosis and distribution in the organism of typhoid fe- ver antigen have to some extent been investigated by means of labeled atoms, no use has been made of iso- topes in study of alum-precipitated paratyphoid vaccines. In the experiments six vaccine variants were prepared from bacteria containing labeled phosphorus?for- mol vaccine, alum-precipitated formol vaccine, broth vaccine, alum precipitated brotn vaccine, semiliquid vaccine and alum-precipitated semiliquid vaccine. The bacteria for these vaccines were incubated on 3% solid agar containing radioactive phosphorus/ then the bacteria were washed off with normal saline and freed from the nutritive medium residues in a centrifuge. The same number of bacteria containing radioactive phosphorus were added to the prepared medium (bouillon, semifluid agar, etc.). Guinea pigs were immunized with each of the variants and were sacrificed 3,5,15 and 21 days after vaccination,and preparations were made from their organs for determination of labeled phosphorus. The experiments showed that in 3-5 days regional lymphatic nodes contained a maximum amount of radioactive phosphorus, and consequently of antigen. The organs rich in reticuloendothelial elements --the liver, spleen, bone marrow ?usually retained antigen in larger quantities than the lungs, heart and kidneys. In the majority of cases the brain in the first 3-5 days after vaccination showed no, or minimal, antigen con- tent. Within 15-21 days the quantity of antigen in the organs of the reticuloendothelial system was at the maximum. The central nervous system at this time, though containing radioactive phosphorus, had a lower content than other tissues. Hence it can be assumed that it is the contact between antigen and reticuloendo- thelial tissue which is of paramount importance in the immunization process. Alum-precipitated antigen was absorbed more slowly than an analogous non-alum preparation, contributing wraTnan 304 ? ? ? ? ? to a prolonged antigen level in the organism. This was particularly evident in vaccines prepared in normal saline (formol vaccines), and to a lesser degree in the broth vaccines and those containing semifluid agar. Uzbekistan Agricultural Institute DIFFUSION IN GUINEA PIG ORGANISM OF ORALLY ADMINISTERED P32-LABELED BCG MYCOBACTERIA N. S. Stolygvo 1. It is useful to employ ultrasonic energy in the preparation for biological experiment of P324abeled Mycobacterium tuberculosis to ensure more thorough removal of the radioactive phosphorus, loosely bound to the bacterial cells, and also in the homogenization of the mycobacterial suspensions. In the present investiga- tion use was made of P32-labeled Mycobacterium tuberculosis in BCG, washed free from the loosely bound P32, and homogenized by 4-minute processing of the suspension by ultrasonics (380 kilohertz at an intensity of 10 watt/cm2) with subsequent centrifugation and replacement of suspending fluid. 2. The object of the investigation was to trace the paths of penetration and diffusion in the organism of the labeled Mycobacterium tuberculosis contained in the BCG strain vaccine introduced by mouth (in line with the method of antituberculosis vaccination proposed by de Assis). The experiments were performed on 40 chloroformed guinea pigs which were investigated 2 and 24 hours after administration of the BCG mycobacter- ia (50 mg bacterial mass in 0.5 ml normal saline). 3. 2 hours after administration of the BCG mycobacteria,radioactivity was noted in the stomach con- tents, duodenum and small intestine and, in half of the animals, In the colon contents. In 24 hours consider- able radioactivity was detected in the colon contents of all animals. Investigation of the washed digestive tract tissues showed that,2 hours after administration of the myco- bacteria,considerable radioactivity was fixed only in the lymphoid system of the intestines (in the Peierovsky's nodules),and was absent from the stomach walls and all sections of the intestines. 4. Some of the BCG mycobacteria administered by mouth quickly penetrated the cervical lymphatic nodes from the pharyngeal lymphoid tissue. In addition,within two hours of administration of the mycobacteria radioactivity was found in the lymph nodes of the mesenterium and in the majority of cases in the tracheo- bronchial nodes. Radioactivity in the lymphatic nodes increased in 24 hours. 5. In healthy guinea pigs receiving a sufficient amount of ascorbic acid, appreciable radioactivity was seen in the blood within only 2 hours and it completely disappeared in 24 hours,but was found in the lympha- tic nodes, in bone marrow and in the internal organs. In guinea pigs with vitamin C deficiency, in all cases, radioactivity was detected in circulating blood only 24 hours after introduction of the mycobacteria. 6. Radioactivity was established soon after administration of the mycobacteria in lung tissue, being al- most always considerably higher in the upper lobes than in the lower ones. 7. In healthy guinea pigs.24 hours after oral administration of labeled BCG mycobacteria, in all cases, appreciable radioactivity was found in the urine, but in vitamin C deficient animals it was not present in the urine or present only in insignificant amounts. The rate of urine excretion of P32 compounds which readily diffuse through the kidneys may in the given experiment be an index of the intensity of the rate of destruction of mycobacteria in the organism, with attendant liberation of P32 from the bacterial cells. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Institute of Microbiology, Latvian SSR Academy of Sciences 305 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ NATURE OF CARBOHYDRATE CONVERSION IN THE CAVITY FLUID OF MULBERRY SILKWORM (BOMBYX MORI) IN THE METAMORPHOSIS PERIOD E. I. Vyskrebentseva In order to clarify the nature of conversion of carbohydrates in the cavity fluid of the mulberry silkworm in the period of metamorphosis,uniformly labeled C14 sucrose, radioactive carbon dioxide (C1402) and also var- ious glycolysis inhibitors (NaF and CH2ICOOH) were employed. It was shown that oxidation of sugar in the cavity fluid produces phosphoric esters and organic acids. The fluoride salt and monoiodoacetic acid inhibit organic acid synthesis by considerably reducing for- mation of pyruvic acid from the introduced sugar, which gives grounds for supposing that pyruvic acid is a pro- duct of glycolysis in the cavity liquid. Analysis of the phosphorus compounds of the acid-soluble fraction showed the absence of phosphoric es- ters of sugars which are intermediate products of glycolysis and the pentose cycle, and the presence of phos- phorylized higher alcohols of unknown structure. Inhibition of synthesis of one of the phosphorylized alcohols, not only by CH2ICOOH,but also by NaF, indicates that formation of it Occurs not in oxidation of the phospho- glycerol aldehyde, but at later stages of glycolysis by means of transfer of hydrogen from the pyruvate, or the acids formed from it, to the corresponding phosphoric esters. The presence of radioactivity in malic, fumaric and succinic acids when labeled sugar is administered in the cavity fluid shows that conversion of pyruvic acid is essentially linked with its role in dicarboxylic acid synthesis by means of carboxylation. Synthesis of tricarboxylic acids, and in particular citkic acid.is insignif- icant. The latter is formed chiefly, not from carbohydrates, but as a result of carboxylation of organic acids, probably decomposition products of fats. This fact strongly suggests that in the cavity fluid anaerobic oxida- tion of carbohydrates is the predominant process. Sucrose introduced in the cavity fluid may be subjected not only to oxidative transformations, but may be used in the synthesis of a complex unidentified high molecular weight phosphorus compound. On suppres- sion of glycolysis this method of transformation predominates. Study of carbohydrate transformation during metamorphosis showed that hystolysis substantially reduces the capacity of the cavity fluid to synthesize phosphoric esters and organic acids from the introduced sugar, while, in the course of hystogenesis and differentiation, this capacity is restored, K. A. Timiryazev Institute of Plant Physiology USSR Academy of Sciences 306 - 3 ? ? ? ? ? VI. AGROCHEMISTRY AND SOIL SCIENCE STUDY OF METHODS OF SUPERPHOSPHATE PLACEMENT WITH VARIOUS AGRICULTURAL CROPS I. V. Gulyakin and P. M. Smirnov In studying methods of superphosphate placement, the radioisotopic method was applied, which allows for a more accurate assessment of the magnitude and rate of plant assimilation of fertilizer and soil phospho- rus. Small scale growth experiments were conducted with corn, potatoes, oats and winter wheat to demon- strate the influence of various methods of introduction of superphosphate and kindred fertilizers and also of soil liming on plant phosphorus assimilation. The investigations showed that the method of introduction of superphosphate,and also joint compost-sup-. erphosphate application( nitrogen fertilizers,and soil liming,exert a considerable influence on plant phosphorus assimilation from fertilizer and soil. ; Comparison of deep and shallow placement of the superphosphate shows that in the first case plants assim- ilate much more phosphorus from the fertilizer and also make more efficient use of the soil phosphorus. With shallow introduction of superphosphate, fairly intensive entry of fertilizer phosphorus in the plant is witnessed only.in the course of the first two weeks after germination, and later sharply falls, while when the superphosphate is located deep in the soil, entry of phosphorus increases in line with plant growth. The highest plant phosphorus assimilation from superphosphate during the entire growth period was achieved by a combination of deep placement of fertilizer in rows in the sowing of oats,or in the holes in planting of potatoes and sowing of corn. With deep placement of superphosphate as basic fertilizer in conjunc- tion with local introduction,greater utilization by the plant of soil phosphorus is observed. With surface intro- duction of superphosphate in spring nutrition of winter wheat, phosphorus utilization by plants was not high and to a large degree depended on the time of introduction of the supplementary fertilizer. On early introduction of superphosphate in the supplementary fertilizer (in frozen soil) plant utilization of the fertilizer phosphorus was two to three times greater than on late supplementary nutrition(before harrowing of the winter crops). Introduction of compost together with superphosphate improved plant utilization both of fertilizer phos- phorus and soil phosphorus. In the experiments with corn, on introduction of a comparatively small amount of compost (3 centner/hectare) together with superphosphate (3 centner/hectare) the compost exerted a positive effect on plant utilization of fertilizer phosphorus. Increase in compost amount to 50 centner/hectare had no greater influence on plant assimilation of superphosphate phosphorus than did the smaller dose of compost (3 centner/hectare). The compost introduced together with the superphosphate in the plant in large amount may in the first period somewhat reduce entry of phosphorus from the superphosphate. Addition to the superphosphate and compost mixture of 5 centner/hectare lime reduced plant utilization of fertilizer phosphorus. However,the negative effect of the lime, when introduced along with superphosphate, on entry of fertilizer phosphorus,was dependant on the quality of the soil. In strongly acid peaty podzolic soil corn,utilization of phosphorus from superphosphate when introduced together with compost and with liming of the soil was much higher in terms of hydrolytic acidity than on intro- duction of superphosphate and compost mixed with 5 centner/hectare lime. In land under potatoes introduction of superphosphate together with nitrogen fertilizers in the first period somewhat reduced the phosphorus entry in the plant from the superphosphate. However,later these fertilizers exerted a positive influence on plant assimilation of phosphorus from the superphosphate. K. A. Timiryazev Moscow Agricultural Academy 307 ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 THE INFLUENCE OF HUMUS AND PEAT MOSS ON THE INTAKE OF PHOSPHORUS AND CALCIUM INTO PLANTS A. V. Peterburgsky In a number of field and vegetation experiments using P32 and Ca45 a study was made of the intake of phosphorus and calcium into the aboveground portion of oat, clover, corn, potato, beet and cabbage plants. Fertilizers containing labeled superphosphate or labeled lime were introduced into the soil in combination with humus, peat moss or compost (in small doses). In two vegetation experiments with oats conducted on acidic, slightly argillaceous soil (pH 4.5), it was noted that mixing NPK (of which the P is labeled superphosphate) with humus ("hothouse earth") is accompanied by a decrease in the intake of P32 in the course of approximately one month, in comparison with the introduc- tion of the mineral fertilizers without humus. The addition of a small dose of lime (in an amount equivalent to 0.1 of the hydrolytic acidity of the soil) to the mixture of NPK and humus increases somewhat the intake of P32 into the oat plant. Lime with NPK (without humus) does not substantially influence P32intake of the plants. Mixing NPK with nonacidic lowland peat moss (pH 6.2) resulted in a lowering of not only the relative but also the absolute P32 content in the yield of oats. Evidently the phosphoric acid anion is bound by both peat moss and humus. On the same soil the restrain- ing influence of humus on phosphorus intake was shown also in an experiment with clover. The yield of oats and clover increased negligibly with the addition of humus. When NPK was mixed with humus and labeled lime, in the first period there was also observed a notable reduction in the intake of Ca45 into oats. The same humus was used in a vegetation experiment with the edible beet plant on acidic, heavily ar- gillaceous soil (pH 4.5). It was ascertained that there was somewhat less P32 in the leaves in the first period than without the addition of humus. This was not noted when NPK was mixed with a small dose of lime. Nei- ther humus nor lime substantially influenced the yield. In a field experiment with corn on acidic (pH 4.5), sandy soil, the above mentioned lowland peat moss,in a dose of 5 tons per hectare, implanted in holes together with superphosphate,increased somewhat the yield of the green mass, but curtailed the intake of P. In a second field experiment with the same plant on acidic, argillaceous soil (pH 4.5), humus deposited In holes in the amount of one ton per hectare strongly increased the yield, particularly of the corn ears. The addition of labeled lime to the humus (in the amount of 0.01 to 0.05 of the hydrolytic acidity of the soil) in- creased its positive effect. The intake of Ca into the aboveground portion in some cases was slightly de- creased in the first period under the influence of the humus, but the absolute content of Ca45 in the yield in- creased. An analogous condition was noted also in a fiela experiment with cabbage on nonacidic, heavily argilla- ceous soil. When humus and labeled superphosphate were deposited in holes, both the yield and the intake of P32 into the plants increased. Two experiments were conducted with the potato on sandy, nonacidic soils. In the first of them humus from a peat moss-phosphorite compost, when deposited in holes together with superphosphate, checked the in- take of P32 into the leaves and slightly increased the yield. In the second experiment a substantial influence of such a compost was not noted, either on the yield or on the absorption of P32. Thus,.in acidic soils organic admixtures not infrequently decrease the absorption by plants of phosphorus and calcium from fertilizers in the beginning of vegetation. In soils with a reactivity close to neutral this is not noted; at times the intake of P32 and Ca into plants is even increased. The K. A. Timiryazev Moscow Agricultural Academy 308 - - - ? ? ? ? ? ? ? -? ? 4 THE INFLUENCE OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS ON THE AVAILABILITY OF PHOSPHORUS TO PLANTS P. A. Dmitrenko and V. S. Shturmova In research employing the method of labeled atoms, a study was made of the influence on the availabili- ty of phosphorus to plants of the nature of the distribution of phosphorus fertilizers in the soil with respect to plant roots,and of concomitant fertilizing, particularly with lime. In experiments dealing with the first question, the task was one of making clear with which size granules of superphosphate do there exist the most favorable conditions for the intake of phosphorus into plants. In field experiments of short duration conducted on a limited scale, a study was made of the intake of marked phosphorus into oat and millet plants in relation to dose and size of granules of superphosphate, which was introduced into the rows; in similar experiments with winter wheat supersphosphate was applied by scatter- ing. By means of observations of the intake of radioactive phosphorus into plants, it was established that the most favorable conditions for feeding plants with phosphorus in the initial period of their growth and develop- ment are created by using superphosphate with granules of minimal size-1 to 2 mm and smaller. With an increase in the size of the granules up to 5 to '7 mm in diameter, the accessibility of phosphorus is reduced to a greater extent than the ;dose of superphosphate was decreased; this is explained by an increase in the "positional" inaccessibility of phosphorus to part of the plants, which in the final analysis results in var- iegation in the development and yield of the plants on a fertilized field. On the basis of experiments conducted, the conclusion suggests itself that it would be expedient to intro- duce certain changes in the existing specifications for granulated superphosphate. In particular, it would be possible to include in the composition of granulated superphosphate a large portion of granules 1 to 2 mm insize and smaller. In vegetation experiments of short duration with the sugar beet, flax, lupine and pea, the use of lime in combination with superphosphate on gray forest soil (in the amount of 5 centners per hectare) lowered the in- take of phosphorus during the first period of development of the plants. Among other crops (hemp, rye, oats, barley, winter wheat, potatoes, sunflower seeds, corn, clover, alfalfa), the use of a like dose of lime did not decrease the intake of phosphorus into the plants. Mixing superphosphate with large doses of lime (4 tons per hectare) led to a notable decrease in intake of phosphorus into the plants of such crops as peas, alfalfa, clover, lupine, flax, corn, sunflower seed and po- tatoes, but did not substantially influence phosphorus intake among hemp, rye, oat and barley plants. In a vegetation experiment using the method of isolated feeding, it was established that the decreased availability of phosphorus to a plant ,when used in combination with lime,is explained by the decreased activi- ty of the phosphorus under the influence of the calcium of the lime. 309 The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Farming of the Academy of Agricultural Sciences of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ???????????=itiGramm. ? THE USE OF P32 IN A STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF THE COMPOSITION OF ORGANO MINERAL MIXTURES AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION IN THE SOIL ON THE PHOSPHORUS FEEDING OF SPRING WHEAT V. M. Motky, V. A. Rabinovich, 0. V. Kurovskaya and K. N. Arkhireeva Along with the widespread use of organomineral fertilizer mixtures, a matter of some importance is the clarification of the role of mixing phosphorus fertilizers with humus and lime in the phosphorus feeding of plants. In experiments conducted in 1955 and 56, it was established that mixing superphosphate with humus cre- ates more favorable conditions for the assimilation of phosphorus by plants, apparently together with a reduc- tion of phosphate retrogradation in the soil. Introduction of lime into a mixture of superphosphate or calcium phosphate with humus results in a reduc- tion in the assimilation of phosphorus by plants; in the case of superphosphate this is evidently explained by the conversion of phosphorus compounds into forms not readily accessible to plants, and in the case of calcium phosphate?by the reduction of its solubility, which is linked with alkalization of the medium. The positive influence on the phosphorus feeding of plants of mixing superphosphate with humus and the negative effect of lime introduced into the fertilizer mixture are manifested in the early periods of growth and remain until the harvest, leading thereby to corresponding changes in the yield. On the basis of these data, the introduction of lime into a fertilizer mixture of superphosphate or phos- phorus meal with humus must be considered inexpedient for well or moderately cultivated soilsiand also for poorly cultivated soils containing a small amount of active aluminum. The plants which are located directly in the row that is fertilized enjoy the most favorable conditions for phosphorus feeding. Plants separated from the fertilization foci by an intermediate row of plants assimilate phosphorus from the fertilizer in extremely small amounts, and the yield of grain from these rows is close to that of the controls. Therefore, that method of applying fertilizers is expedient which guarantees uniform dis- tribution of the fertilizers with respect to each plant (application by row or uniform scattering). The Northwestern Scientific Research Institute of Agriculture A DEMONSTRATION OF THE REUTILIZABILITY OF CALCIUM IN PLANTS USING THE METHOD OF LABELED ATOMS N. P. Krasinsky? , G. V. Barinov, V. E. Kiselev and 0. K. Sevrova Among plant physiologists and agricultural chemists it is a widespread notion that the calcium in plants is not reutilized. This notion, however, is based on data the correctness of which has still not been proved?and requires careful verification with the method of labeled atoms. Until the present time there has been very little research employing Ca 4s which indicates that calcium is capable of being reutilized. We conducted research with Ca45C12 on the question of the reutilizability of calcium in plant organisms. ? deceased 310 ? The factual material assembled, together with a consideration of the data referred to abovo,appearing in the literature, perrriit one to draw the following conclusions. 1. At the present time it can be considered proved by means of the method of labeled atoms that, at least among a number of plants, reutilization of calcium exists. 2. There is a necessity for expanded research employing radioactive isotopes in order to establish the conditions favoring reutilization of calcium among different plants of unequal age and development. 3. A study of the reutilization of calcium has great physiological significance with respect to general principles and also represents a matter of considerable interest to agricultural chemists and agronomists. The Western Siberian Branch of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR THE USE OF P32 IN A STUDY OF THE INTAKE OF THE PHOSPHORUS OF FERTILIZERS INTO PLANTS N. I. Kukharenko The use of labeled phosphorus in field, vegetation and laboratory experiments made it possible to explain a number of factors influencing the intake into plants of phosphorus from fertilizers. The influence of the content of slightly soluble phosphorus compounds in the soil on the entry into plants of phosphorus from superphosphate was detected in vegetation experiments with millet grown on four soils; the more of the slightly soluble compounds of phosphorus in the soil, the less did the phosphorus from su- perphosphate enter the plants, and vice versa. Thus when the phosphorus content of the soil equaled 17 to 21 mg of P205 per 100 g of soil (in a 0.5 N hydrochloric acid extract), only 4 to V* of the general phosphorus content of a plant entered into the plant from superphosphate. When the phosphorus content of the soil was 8 to 9 mg of P205 per 100 g of soil, 55 to 605 entered the plant. In a laboratory experiment a study was made of the influence on the intake of phosphorus into rye sprouts of the time of interaction of monocalcium phosphate labeled with radioactive phosphorus with rich black earth containing a slight amount of humus. With an increase in the time of interaction, the intake of phosphorus in- to plants from monocalcium phosphate decreased. Thus,when monocalcium phosphate was applied 15 days before sowing, 145 of the phosphorus contained in the monocalcium phosphate entered into the plants; when it was applied 15 days later (on the day of sowing), 200/o entered. Under the conditions of the given experiment, the use of labeled phosphorus made it possible to discern negligible changes in the transformation of phosphorus fertilizers in the soil from certain forms into others de- pending upon the duration of interaction with the soil, changes which exert an influence on the intake of phos- phorus from fertilizers into plants, but which cannot be detected by phosphorus determination with F. V. Chit- ikov's method. In a field experiment with millet on subsoiled, black meadow earth, a study was made of the influence of the different distribution of superphosphate (labeled with P32) relative to the seeds in a row. In this connec- tion it was established that the greatest intake of the phosphorus of superphosphate during the early period of growth (on the 2nd and 10th day after the appearance of sprouts) is detected when the fertilizer is deposited to- gether with the seeds. During a later period of plant growth (31 days after the appearance of sprouts), the 311 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 greatest consumption of phosphorus by the plants occurred when superphosphate was introduced into the rows at a depth 10 cm greater than that of the seeds. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Farming THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE INDICATORS IN A STUDY OF FEEDING CONDITIONS AND THE EFFECT OF NUCLEAR RADIATION ON PLANTS P. A. Vlasyuk The method of labeled atoms is used in order to obtain a deeper understanding of the vital processes of plant and animal organisms with the aim of increasing their productivity. In our research,labeled atoms and small doses of radioactive ionizing,radiation were used to study the improvement of feeding conditions and to increase the productivity of agricultural crops. The influence on plants of levels of ionizing radiation close to natural radioactivity is brought about by treating the seeds or fertilizers prior to sowing, by introducing radioactive isotopes into the soil or into peat moss and humus mixtures in pots, and by using them to spray the leaves and flowers of plants. By means of the method of labeled atoms, it was shown that metabolic exchange with the external en- vironment begins in plants immediately after the first appearance of enzymatic processes during the swelling of seeds. Thus,the necessity of introducing phosphorus fertilizers into the rows and drills at the time of sowing seeds and planting seedlings was substantiated; the equal effectiveness of organamineral mixtures and gran- ules was demonstrated, a fact which provides a basis for the wide use of organomineral mixtures in the agri- cultural industry. With respect to the assimilation of phosphorus from different fertilizers, for the first month superphos- phate should be used, then pyrophosphate, and during the last month orthophosphate; a most important propo- sition of Soviet scientists was verified; sugars are formed principally in the leaves, while in the roots of the sugar beet they are deposited as reserves, and therefore the phosphate feeding of plants is highly significant in increasing saccharinity; it was shown that phosphorus is accumulated at points of growth, while calcium is accumulated in older organs, a fact which makes it possible to evolve a rational technique of applying fertili- zers. Manganese promotes the best utilization of sulfur, phosphorus and calcium by plants and a more econo- mic expenditure of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in producing crops and improving the quality of agricultural products; manganese and copper are effective in promoting the transformation of nitrogen into protein, especially on peat soils. Labeled carbon from soil carbonates enters a plant as a result of the alkalin- ity of the environment. It was shown for the first time that a more intensive phosphorus alimentation of plants occurs, not in the course of the vital processes of soil bacteria, but after they have died off; for this reason sorptive forms of nutritive substances are better utilized by a plant than soluble forms. Sulfur and phosphorus metabolism and the formation of different amino acids is notably increased under the influence of manganese. In this regard, the sulfur of inorganic and organic compounds is found to a greater extent in reserve proteins rather than in structural proteins; in connection with this fact, the use of sulfate forms of potassium fertilizers is a reliable means of increasing the productivity of plants. In the roots of the sugar beet, C14 was linked primarily with lysine and oxalic acid. In the leaves it was 312 p. combined primarily in tartaric acid and, considerably more slowly, in fumaric acid. The action of small doses of ionizing radiation, which we consider a factor linking plant organisms phy- logenetically, in the majority of cases resulted in an increased yield and the improved quality of various agri- cultural crops; in this connection the reaction of plant organisms to the radiation of the radioactive isotopes Zn, Co?, Ca45, S35, P32, and CIA, both when seeds were treated with their solutions and when they were inclu- ded in nonroot alimentation, was characterized by a significant increase in productivity and the formation of biological buffer systems from glutathione and ascorbic acid which mitigated the harmful effect of excess ra- dioactive isotopes. A matter warranting attention is the reaction of plants to the joint application of weak solutions of her- bicides and radioactive substances, in which there is observed not the supression of the reactive capacity of weeds, but rather its increase; this increases their susceptibility to damage by smaller doses of herbicides. It is necessary to conduct further research on the influence of ionizing radiation using isotopes with short half-lives with the aim of clarifying the mechanism of their biological action; in this study an exact cal- culation must be made of the conditions of the external environment, which determint the positive or nega- tive effect of nuclear radiation on plants. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Plant Physiology THE TRANSFER OF SUBSTANCES IN PEAT BOG SOIL AND THE INTAKE OF THE P205 OF SUPERPHOSPHATE INTO BARLEY PLANTS T. N. Kulakovskaya Research on questions connected with the transfer of phosphoric acid, which depends on the depth of ground water and the presence of vegetation and rainfall, was conducted on peat bog soil in various stages of cultivation from 1954 to 1956. Experiments were set up in lysimeters containing 0.64 m3 of peat bog soil. Well-cultivated soil was found which had been in agricultural use for more than 25 years; virgin peat bog soil which had not been in agricultural use, but which was drained in 1914, served as poorly cultivated soil. There were no sharp differences in gross content of P205 between the indicated varieties of soil (0.34% P205 in the cultivated soil and 0.310/0 in the virgin soil). The amount of assimilated phosphorus was 30 to 400/0 greater on the cultivated soil than on the virgin soil. As a result of the research conducted it was made clear that the transfer of phosphoric acid in peat bog soils proceeds more vigorously than in mineral soils. On the 30th day after the introduction of fertilizers, phosphorus was detected in the soil at a depth of 50 cm. The phosphoric acid of superphosphate is absorbed to a lesser extent in virgin soil, a fact which explains its greater activity. The intensification of transfer of phosphoric acid contributes to the absence of vegetation. The elimination of rainfall resulted in a reduction of phosphoric acid transfer in the soil. The intake of the phosphoric acid of superphosphate into barley plants was two to three times greater on the poorly cultivated soil than on that tilled for a long time. The laminar distribution of superphosphate in soil caused a better intake of P2O5 into plants toward the 313 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? second half of the period of growth, a fact which, however, did not always result in increased yield on the soil under cultivation for a long time. The distribution of fertilizers in layers in the virgin peat bog soil resulted in their better utilization; this was evident in the increased yield. The White Russian Scientific Research Institute of Amelioration and Water Economy THE INFLUENCE OF METHODS OF PROCESSING SOIL AND FERTILIZERS ON THE INTENSITY OF PHOSPHORUS INTAKE INTO ULYANOVKA WINTER WHEAT PLANTS P. G. Buinova The aim of the work was to study the nature of phosphorus intake into Ulyanovka winter wheat plants with respect to different methods of processing soil and introducing organic and mineral fertilizers. Phosphorus was introduced into the plants through the roots from the soil and through the leaves by spray- ing. The intensity of intake of P32 was judged by the number of impulses recorded in a preparation of the plant. The work was conducted according to the following plan; 1. Plowing with a three-frame plow at a depth of 65 to 70 cm, thus displacing the lower soil levels. 2. Treating the soil by T. S. Maltsev's method. 3. Ordinary plowing of the soil at a depth of 20 cm. The soil treated by all three methods included fertilized and unfertilized portions. The following data were obtained as a result of the research: 1. Phosphorus enters the winter wheat plant significantly more slowly in autumn than in summer. 2. The most rapid intake and transfer of phosphorus was observed among plants grown on the deeply plowed soil fertilized with organic and mineral fertilizers. 3. Relatively slow phosphorus intake was noted among the plants when ordinary plowing was employed, especially in the absence of fertilizers. 4. Over a more protracted period of time, 25 to 28 days, the most phosphorus is accumulated by plants not receiving fertilizers, against a background of ordinary and, especially, deep plowing. A similar regularity was also observed with respect to the intensity of other physiolgical processes occur- ring in the plants (intensity of transpiration and photosynthesis). Uniformity of phosphorus intake and other processes among plants was evidently observed because the plants grown on deeply plowed fields which received fertilizers had all that was necessary for their growth and development and possessed a higher vital impulse, a more intensive metabolism, than the plants grown on soil plowed in the ordinary fashion and which did not receive fertilizers, in which case not only was moisture in- sufficient, but evidently also mineral nutriment. 314 ? 4 ? ? The plants grown on shallowly plowed and unfertilized soil accumulated phosphorus slowly. A higher gross yield was obtained with deep plowing of the soil and the use of fertilizers. Thus,different technical methods of agriculture exert considerable influence on the physiological pro- cesses which make up the essence of plant metabolism. Therefore,the determination of the intensity of physi- ological processes in plants, especially the intensity of the intake, transfer and transformation of substances, is an important and reliable method of evaluating systems of technical agriculture procedures for increasing the yields of agricultural crops. The M. Gorky Kazan Agricultural Institute THE INFLUENCE OF TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS ON THE ASSIMILATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NUTRITIVE ELEMENTS IN PLANTS D. V. Strausberg As a result of experiments conducted on water and soil crops lasting from 2 hours to 50 days, it was estab- lished that the temperature of the soil (and to a much lesser extent the temperature of the air) exerts a signifi- cant influence on the assimilation of nutritive elements by plants when fed through the roots. It was established that the temperature of the air exerts an influence on the assimilation of phosphorus and its transfer within plants when they are not fed through the roots. It was shown that temperature did not influence assimilation of CO2 (determined with C14) by plants, but lowering the temperature of the surrounding air had a negative effect on the outflow of assimilated substances, while lowering the temperature of the root- containing area promoted more vigorous excretion of C14 into the nutritive solution via the root system. Lowering the temperature from 19-21 down to 3-7' impeded most strongly the assimilation of nitrogen by the plants, to a somewhat lesser extent that of phosphorus, then that of calcium and sulfur; potassium was assimilated best of all at the lowered temperature. When the temperature was lowered from 21-19' down to 12-11', nitrogen was assimilated by the plants better than phosphorus. When the temperature of the root containing area was lowered (down to 3 -7') the plants suffered primar- ily from nitrogen deficiency. When the temperature of the root-containing layer was 10-12', sufficiently low to be characteristic of the summer season of certainsections of the extreme North. and in particular the Kola Peninsula, the plants suffered primarily, to all appearances, from a lack of phosphorus. Lowering the temperature of the soil had a different effect on the growth of different plants, their assimi- lation of nutritive elements and on the distribution of the elements between the root system and aboveground organs. Increased concentration of NPK in the cold nutritive solution increased the assimilation of phosphorus by plants. No notable changes in the weight of the dry mass were observed in connection with this procedure. The use of nonroot sources of nutrition at lowered temperatures exerted a positive influence on plant growth and phosphorus accumulation. 315 The Kola Branch of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 migipillres??? *9E1 THE INFLUENCE OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES OF PETROLEUM ORIGIN ON THE INTAKE OF P32 AND Sr" INTO PLANTS D. M. Guseinov and R. E. Eyubov In the task of increasing the productivity of agricultural crops, research on new types of organic fertili- zers and the development of reasonable means of employing them is a matter of great practical and theoreti- cal interest. A great many experiments, laboratory, vegetation and field, have shown that small amounts of organic substances of petroleum origin in combination with mineral fertilizers do increase the productivity of agricul- tural crops. An increase in the growth and development of different,agricultural crops was demonstrated under the influence of the introduction of small amounts of growth-inducing substances (up to 300 g per hectare), which were produced from organic substances of petroleum origin. The positive effect of the substances indicated was principally evident in a strengthening of physiologi- cal and biochemical processes, the stimulation of plant growth and development, changes in microbiological processes in the soil and an increase in assimilated forms of nitrogen and phosphorous from the soil. The method of labeled atoms was employed to study the influence of organic substance 4 of petroleum origin on the intake of mineral substances into plants. Laboratory, vegetation and field experiments showed than an organic substance of petroleum origin in- creases the intake of P52 and Sr9? into a plant. The Institute of Soil Science and Agricultural Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the Azerbaidzhan SSR THE INTAKE OF PHOSPHORUS, SULFUR AND CARBON INTO PLANTS FROM ORGANIC AND MINERAL FORMS OF THEIR COMPOUNDS A. V. Manorik Studies of the peculiarities of the utilization by plants of phosphorus, sulfur and carbon from organic and mineral forms of their compounds were conducted by calculating the accumulation of the radioisotopes of these elements in different plant organs. Along with the organic substances used in the experiment, tyrosine, meth- ionine, cystine and vitamin B1, all containing radioactive sulfur or carbon, vegetable bulk containing radioac- tive phosphorus was used as fertilizer. When s35 was applied to the leaves of buckwheat as sodium sulfate, methionine and vitamin B1, an appre- ciable accumulation of it was noted in the roots. At the same time the intake of S35 from methionine into the roots of the plants three hours after the beginning of the experiment was forty odd times greater than its intake from vitamin B1. When radioactive carbon was applied to the leaves as Na2CO3 and as tyrosine, the radioactiv- ity of the roots was greater among the plants receiving carbon in the mineral form. - 316 ? 1 ? ? ? ? When buckwheat plants which had been cultivated in sand were transplanted into Knop's nutritive mix- ture containing radioactive sulfur in the form of vitamin B1 or methionine as well as carbon in the form of ty- rosine or sodium carbonate, after only 10 minutes there was observed a significant accumulation of these ele- ments in the flowers and leaves of the plants. In the course of an hour the radioactivity of the flowers, which in the beginning had been much higher than that of the leaves, gradually decreased, while the radioactivity of the leaves increased. If in the case of application to the leaves radioactive carbon entered the roots more intensively from the mineral form (sodium carbonate), then in the case of introduction via the roots it entered more intensively from organic substances (tyrosine). The intake of radioactive sulfur into plant leaves from different forms of its compounds depends upon the conditions of illumination (its duration and the nature of the light). At the same time it was noted that the composition of amino acids was more diverse in leaves to which sulfur was applied directly than in those leaves to which sulfur was transferred in the process of metabolism. This is apparently linked with the effect of radiation on the plant leaves. When the leaves were shaded the transfer of sulfur from the site of applica- tion into other leaves was at a minimum; at the same time its transfer into the roots was at a maximum in this instance. The utilization of radioactive phosphorus to study the intake into plants of phosphorus from plant frag- ments was accomplished by obtaining the green mass of winter wheat and subsequently employing it as a fer- tilizer in a vegetation experiment. The P32 which was included in the composition of the vegetable mass used as fertilizer was detected in buckwheat plants during the very first days of growth, although its intake from superphosphate was more intensive. Infusion of the vegetable mass with liquid manure not only did not contri- bute to an increase in intake of P32, but reduced it in comparison with intake from the noninfused vegetable mass. This influence of the infusion of plant fragments on the intensity of the intake of the phosphorus con- tained in them into buckwheat plants was noted also with respect to intake of S35 from the plant fragments. The Ukiainian Scientific Research Institute of Plant Physiology INCREASING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF PHOSPHORUS FERTILIZERS USED WITH COTTON PLANTS IN IRRIGATION AGRICULTURE I. M. Lipkind and Z. G. Kozodaeva Research on sierozem -meadow and meadow soils of the Hissar Valley and on sierozem long under irrigation in the Vakhsh valley was conducted with the aim of showing the effectiveness of phosphorus fertili- zers applied at different stages in the development of the cotton plant. Three ways of using phosphorus ferti- lizers at the time of sowing were tested: 1) application along with the seeds, 2) introduction of fertilizers into the row below the seeds at varying depths and 3) placing fertilizers at the side of the sown row at varying depths. P32 is taken into the cotton plant most intensively when fertilizers are deposited along with the seeds. This method provides the best prospects, but needs to be perfected. When fertilizers are buried in the soil, the most rapid and most intensive intake of P32 into the plants takes place when they are introduced below the seeds at a depth of approximately 5 cm; introduction of phosphorus at the side of the row considerably delays the time of its intake into the plants. The rate of intake into plants of the phosphorus of fertilizers increases in proportion to their growth and development and depends upon the method of introducing the fertilizers. When fertilizing is accomplished during the budding period, keeping the site of introduction of fertilizers close to the row promotes acceleration of the intake of phosphorus into the plant; instead of 23 to 30 days, 317 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 phosphorus enters the plant within 12 to 20 days after its introduction. This can be promoted by narrowing the space between the rows. During the period of maximal utilization of phosphorus by the cotton plant, the period of fruit formation, proper fertilization guarantees the rapid (on the 2nd to 5th day) intake of phosphorus, as a result of maximal development of the root system of the plant,which guarantees contact with the foci of fertilization in the soil. Later introduction of phosphorus fertilizers can be effective if watering of the cotton plant is carried out. The research showed that,with normal watering,the phosphorus of the fertilizers may be partially trans- ferred from the site of its introduction at 10 to 25 cm below the plants, and on the side, 4 to 5 cm from the focus of its distribution. The data presented above verify the existence of favorable conditions for the effectiveness of late feed- ing of the cotton plant with phosphorus fertilizers 'resulting from the new agricultural techniques used in its cultivation. In connection with increasing the rate of intake of the phosphorus of fertilizers into plants, promo- ting its transfer in the soil and augmenting its utilization in proportion to the growth and development of the cotton plant, a new method of employing it is proposed which includes increasing the doses of phosphorus fer- tilizers in feedings taking place from budding to the beginning of ripening of the cotton. When there is a sufficient reserve of active phosphorus present in the soil(more than 30 mg/kg according to Machigin), with this method there is less need to introduce fertilizers during plowing, but the use of small doses of phosphorus during sowing becomes effective. A test of these proposals, worked out on the basis of application of the isotopic method, was conducted in field experiments from 1954 to 1956. The experiments fully vindicated themselves. The principle of employing phorphorusilertilizers has already found application on collective and state farms. The proposal relative to strengthening the doses of phosphorus in feedings taking place in the later stages has entered into the agricultural specifications for cultivating cotton in Tadzhikstan since 1955. The Institute of Soil Science, Amelioration and Irriga- tion of the Academy of Sciences of the Tadzhik SSR AN EVALUATION OF METHODS AND TIMES OF APPLYING NUTRITIVE PHOSPHORUS PREPARATIONS TO COTTON PLANTS L. A. Filippov and N. S. Zhurbina From 1954 to 1956 a study was made of the intake of phosphorus into cotton plants with different meth- ods and times of applying nutritive phosphorus preparations. Granulated superphosphate and phosphoric acid solution prepared with labeled phosphorus were used in the research. The experiments were conducted chiefly under field conditions. The soils employed were chestnut brown, slightly humus and weakly saline. The results of experiments studying the utilization of granulated superphosphate introduced into the rows show that, with an increase in the quota of superphosphate per hectare, the number of plants taking part in the assimilation of phosphorus fertilizers is increased. This relationship was preserved from the sprouting stage to the beginning of budding. Utilization of granulated superphosphate by the cotton plant was increased significantly when it was introduced into the drill together with the seeds. In an experiment conducted in 1956, P32 was detected among 92.5% of the plants 318 ? when superphosphate was introduced into the drill along with the seeds (25 kg per hectare). It was established In laboratory experiments that when the granules are removed from the seeds by 2 cm and more, some plants do not utilize the superphosphate introduced into the rows with the seeds. Phosphoric acid, which is absorbed in great quantities by the germinating seeds and during sprouting, in a reutilization process guarantees for a protracted time an available phosphorus supply to the young plants. Granules implanted at a depth of 10 to 12 cm and those located at the side of the row begin to be utilized by the plants a month after sprouting. Gran- ulated superphosphate implanted in the middle of the area between rows at a depth of 12 to 15 cm begins to be utilized by individual plants at the beginning of budding and, more intensively, at the end of budding and the beginning of blossoming. The intensity of its utilization increases significantly when the granules are brought closer to the row, up to 10 to 12 cm. Utilization of granulated superphosphate introduced during budding into the middle of the area between rows at a depth of 10 to 12 cm depends upon the subsequent watering of the soil. Under arid conditions it is not utilized, while after plentiful rainfall or under irrigation conditions it may be utilized, to a lesser extent, however, in certain cases than when it was introduced following sprouting and kept within 10 to 12 cm of the row. During the years of the research there was observed an intensive assimilation of phosphoric acid solution, applied to the leaves in nonroot feedings. Thus,the most reasonable methods and times of applying nutritive phosphorus preparations to the cotton plant under the conditions of soil and climate prevailing in the southern USSR, those which will guarantee a continual supplementary supply of phosphorus to the plants, are the follow- ing: a) introduction of granulated superphosphate into the rows together with the seeds in the amount of about 50 kg per hectare or into the drills at sowing in the amount of about 25 kg per hectare, b) introduction of gran- ulated superphosphate after sprouting at a depth of 12 to 15 cm and at a distance of 10 to 12 cm from the row, c) nonroot feeding during mass formation of the bolls. The results of this research are quite in agreement with the data of field experiments conducted under these same conditions. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute or Irrigation Farming THE METHOD OF LABELED ATOMS USED IN A STUDY OF MECHANIZED TECHNIQUES OF APPLYING PHOSPHORUS TO THE COTTON PLANT F. I. Reshetnikov With the use of the radioactive isotope of phosphorus, a study was made of the possible methods of mech- anized application of phosphorus to the cotton plant. The work was conducted under field conditions. In the experiments different times and methods of mechanized introduction of phosphorus were imitated. As a result it was established that, from the point of view of the dates of applying phosphorus, the earli- est time would be the use of superphosphate prior to sowing when the soil is plowed. This portion of fertilizer phosphorus, however, begins to be utilized by the cotton plant in the very latest period of its development. The introduction of phosphorus simultaneously with the sowing of seeds can be considered as an extra-early feeding of the cotton plant intended to satisfy the physiological requirements of the young plants from the 10th to the 20th day of growth after the appearance of shoots. The results of radiometric research, however, show that the number of plants which consume fertilizer phosphorus during this period of growth is very negligible. It was established that phosphorus introduced at the same time the seeds are sown begins to be assimilated by the 319 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 principal portion of the plants using it significantly later than 10 to 20 days after sprouting. Fertilizer phosphorus is consumed by a negligible portion of the plants independently of whether it was introduced by a combination seeder during sowing or applied during cultivation. The early dates for introducing phosphorus are determined ultimately by the proximity of the phospho- rus "foci" with respect to the future growing plant. The author considers that the ultimate approximation of the "foci" of fertilizer phosphorus can be attained only by direct contact of the cotton seeds with the super- phosphate, while this in turn is accomplished either by dusting the seeds or by introducing superphosphate into the rows beneath the seeds, and not by introduction prior to sowing or early feedings. Only in this way can one realize effective extra-early feeding of the future cotton plants with phosphorus. It was shown by the method of labeled atoms that the existing method of introducing phosphorus fertili- zer simultaneously with the sowing of seeds and in early feedings (especially its introduction during sowing) is far from perfect; it is,therefore,necessary to find simpler, cheaper, unencumbered methods of sowing cottcn plants and more effective ways to increase the yield of cotton. The Central Asian Scientific Research Institute of Mechanization and Electrification of Irrigation Farming THE INTAKE OF LABELED PHOSPHORUS INTO COTTON PLANTS ACCORDING TO STAGES OF GROWTH WHEN FOCAL INTRODUCTION OF ' GRANULATED SUPERPHOSPHATE IS EMPLOYED E. I. Stolypin The present work is an account of research accomplished in 1956 using superphosphate labeled with P32, the purpose of which was to determine how, in the presence of focal distribution of fertilizer, phosphorus is utilized when the depth at which the fertilizer is laid is changed, as well as the distance from the focus to the hole in which the cotton plant is located, and also to clarify the extent and intensity of the intake of phospho- rus from the fertilizer into the cotton plant during different stages of growth. Experimems were conducted under field conditions on typical sierozem of the type found in alfalfa beds. By sowing at different dates, from April 25 through July 6, plants of different ages were obtained in six rows; at the time radioactive superphosphate was introduced, 1.e.ton July 16, the plants were in different stages of development, from the seed leaf stage to mass blossoming, the stage of fruit formation. Granulated radio- active superphosphate was introduced in foci opposite each cotton plant at the side of the area between the rows and at distances of 5, 10, 18 and 25 cm from the plant; it was deposited at a depth of 7 to 8 cm in the first two instances and at a depth of 13 to 15 cm in the second two. Plant specimens were taken for analysis on five days over the period extending from July 21 through August 11. On the basis of experimental data we arrived at the following conclusions: 1. When the cotton plant possesses seed leaves and three or four true leaves, it does not utilize phespho- rus from foci located at a distance of 10, 18 and 25 cm from the row. During this stage of growth it is nec- essary to guarantee a supply of phosphorus to the plant by introducing it into the rows during sowing. Early fer- tilization during the three-or four-leaf stage, even when fertilizers are introduced right next to the plant, can- not guarantee a good supply of phosphorus to the young plants, because in this case it will not begin to enter the plant immediately, but only after 20 to 25 days, a period coinciding with the onset of budding. 320 = ",?= - - - - - ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? ? rk'PT '64 ? 2. From the budding stage up until fruiting, the cotton plant assimilates well the phosphorus from foci located 18 to 25 cm from the row at a depth of 13 to 15 cm, 10 to 15 days after the introduction of superphos- phate. A closer spacing of fertilizers during this period of growth cannot be considered expedient, because in this case it would not be possible to implant them deeply. Shallowly buried fertilizers (at a depth of 7 to 8 cm), even when brought as close as 5 cm to the row, are utilized to a significantly lesser extent than those lo- cated further from the row, but which are buried more deeply and are located in the zone into which extend the definitive roots. The V. V. ICuibyshev Uzbekistan Agricultural Institute AN APPLICATION OF P32 IN EXPERIMENTS WITH THE FERTILIZATION OF POTATOES AND VEGETABLE CROPS A. I. Onishchenko and A. P. Vaganov By means of the method of labeled atoms, an attempt was made to establish the most effective means of fertilizing the potato plant and a number of vegetable crops. Superphosphate and potassium hydrogen phos- phate labeled by phosphorus were used in the experiments. Radioactive phosphorus was introduced in the amount of 12.5 and 25 pc per plant at different depths (5, 10 and 15 cm) and distances from the row (5, 10, 15 and 35 cm). In experiments with the potato in 1954 and 1955, fertilizers were introduced in spring and summer plantings via ordinary and nonroot feeding. The research was conducted entirely under field condi- tions and on industrial crops. In experiments with the potato conducted in 1954, a dry year,the initial intake of phosphorus was record- ed on the 10th day after the beginning of the experiment. The most intensive phosphorus intake was noted where there was maximal proximity of fertilizers to plants. Fertilizers shallowly buried at a depth of 5 to 10 cm in the middle of the "interrow" in our experiment were scarcely effective, because the dryness of the up- per soil layer impeded utilization of them by the plants. Among the summer plantings of 1954, intake of P32 was recorded on the seventh day, while in the 1955 experiment it was recorded on the fifth. Shallowly buried fertilizer considerably removed from the plant, as was also the case with the spring planting, proved scarcely effective, while bringing the fertilizer closer to the plant proved highly effective with respect to the rate and quantity of phosphorus intake. When nonroot feeding of the potato plant was employed, the rate of phosphorus intake into the plant was much higher than in the case of ordinary fertilization, and in only a day's time phosphorus was detected in the tubers. Upon analysis of tubers it was established that the greatest amount of P32 is accumulated in the apex of the tuber. Intake of phosphorus into the carrot plant was noted on the fifth day after the beginning of the experi- ment,and in the cabbage plant on the second. When the fertilizer was shallowly buried, assimilation of phos- phorus by the cabbage plant was accomplished more rapidly and in greater quantities than when it was more deeply buried; this can be explained by the particular development of the root system of the cabbage plant. Supplying phosphorus fertilizers to the onion plant during the late stages of its development is not effective, since phosphorus intake is not observed in this period. The results of the research conducted lead to the conclusion that, for the purpose of fertilizing the pota- to plant and vegetable crops, among the existing cultivators or "plant-feeders" the KON-2.8 P and the KRN- 2.8 cultivators can be recommended. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Vegetable and Potato Culture; The V. V. Dokuchaev Kharkov Agricultural Institute 321 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 AN APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE PHOSPHORUS IN RESEARCH ON NONROOT FEEDING OF TOMATOES V. A. Golikov When the seedlings are taken from the hotbed and planted in the field, the root system of the tomato plant suffers a significant amount of damage. In the initial period after transplanting, the absorbing surface of the roots of the seedling is of negligible size, and this decreases the assimilation of phosphorus from the soil. In addition, the time of transplanting the seedlings to the field coincides among tomato plants with a critical period with respect to nitrogen and phosphorus feeding. Thereforeiguaranteeing nutritive substances to the plants at this moment is extremely necessary. Vegetation experiments with tomato seedlings showed that there is a definite difference in the time of intake of labeled phosphorus into plants when root and nonroot feedings are employed. While in the case of nonroot alimentation the principal mass of fertilizer phosphorus entered the plants during the first two days af- ter feeding, when root feeding was employed P32 intake was more uniform and extended in time. During the 2 to 21/2 weeks after transplanting the seedlings to their permanent site, the tomatoes in the field utilized in extremely negligible amounts the fertilizers introduced into the hole when they were planted; this was because of the slow rate of growth of the root system. During the same period nonroot feeding under these conditions successfully guaranteed nutritive elements to the plants. It was established in field experiments that in nonroot feeding fertilizer phosphorus is intensively con- veyed to other organs, among which are the roots and fruit. When early feeding of the plants with phosphorus wias employed, about 70% of the total amount of labeled phosphorus was detected in the fruits of the first clus- ter. In the second cluster 23% was detected, and in the third, 10%. When, late phosphorus feeding of the plants was employed, in the fruits of the first cluster there was about 33%, in the second cluster, 53%, and In the third, 140, of the amount of phosphorus which entered the fruits. In this connection it was natural to ex- pect the acceleration of the ripening of the fruits of the first cluster in the case of early nonroot feeding, and hence even more abundant fruiting at the beginning of maturity. Thus,the use of. radioactive phosphorus in research on nonroot feeding of tomato plants enabled us to specify the proper time for nonroot alimentation and to establish the rate of intake of phosphorus into the plants, the path by which it is conveyed ,and its accumulation in the fruit. The Scientific Research Institute of Vegetable Culture PROSPECTS FOR THE USE OF RADIOISOTOPES IN POMOLOGY V. A. Kolesnikov It has been established that assimilation of organic compounds takes place in both roots and leaves. Fruit and berry plants have three basic types of root systems?of seed, stem and root origin?differing in their structure, distribution in the soil and biological properties, a fact which must be considered by the re- searcher. The root systems of fruits crops are composed of roots in horizontal and strictly vertical directions. The first group of roots, depending upon soil zones, species and variety, on the whole are located at a depth of about 30 to 100 cm- and occupy in diameter,from the second year after planting to the end of the life of the 322 ? ve ? 1 -4 ? * plant,an area 1.5 to 2 times as large as that of the top of the tree. The second group of roots, the same fac- tors considered, penetrate to a depth of about 10 cm. In order to study the nutrition of fruit crops using labeled fertilizers, it is necessary to know beforehand the exact distribution of the principal portion of the roots. The fundamental receivers of water and mineral substances are the absorptive root hairs; they are ex- tremely mobile, since they are continually being formed, but within several days they become conducting. The conducting root hairs quickly die and are replaced by new ones. Research will provide more significant results if the dynamics of the growth of the roots and their mass throughout the experiment are known. A definite rhythm has been established in the growth of the aboveground systems of fruit plants. It was shown that the growth of suckers among apple trees lasts for approximately 21/: months in the Moscow dis- trict. When the suckers were irrigated they attained a growth of about 45 cm during this time; when mulch- ing was performed growth reached 25 cm, and with ordinary care, only 15 cm. The longer the sucker, the greater the total surface area of the leaves. In setting up an experiment it is important to consider the time of active growth and the length of the suckers, as well as the surface area of the leaves, Fruit growers and physiologists have established the phenomenon of localization in fruit trees, that is an interconnection of indi- vidual roots with branches and of leaves with nearby flowers and fruits,etc. It has been experimentally estab- lished that, when labeled superphosphate was introduced into bores 30 to 40 cm deep into which water was subsequently added, radiophosphorus was detected in an apple tree (16 years old) on the 4th to the 6th day; when it was introduced into bores without water, and also in the case of application by spade or rake, radio- phosphorus was not detected in the tree until the 14th day. Use of the method of labeled atoms will provide more significant results if more consideration is given to the localization of nutritive elements within the plant, the rhythm in the growth of roots and branches, types of root systems and their distribution in the soil, the age of fruit formations (fruit twigs, rings etc.), the length of suckers,and the surface area of the leaves. The success of the research and the reliability of the conclusions depends in large measure upon the joint effort of physiologists, biochemists and fruit growers. The K. A. Timiryazev Moscow Agricultural Academy THE USE OF P32 IN A STUDY OF METHODS OF FERTILIZING FRUIT TREES E. D. Zelenskaya The radioactive isotope of phosphorus, employed in a study of the dates and methods of introducing phos- phorus fertilizers, showed that when superphosphate was introduced under the fruit trees in the spring the ferti- lizer phosphorus was absorbed by the arboreal plants very slowly and feebly. This was caused by the low reac- tivity of the phosphoric acid and the lack of contact of the fertilizers with the roots of the adult fruit tree! During a dry spring radioactive phosphorus was detected in the tree only 35-40 days following introduction of the fertilizer. Among young trees phosphorus was detected in an appreciable amount after 5 to 6 days. The absorption of phosphorus from the fertilizer by the apple tree continues throughout the entire vegeta- tion period if the fertilizer is introduced into moist soil (with watering). Even in the beginning of October, when the leaves on the trees have started to turn yellow, after 3 days following the introduction of superphos- phate under young apple tees with watering them, P32 wasdetected in their leaves. Most effective 1? the introduction of fertilizer in foci at a depth of 30 to 35 cm. When this method of Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 323 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 introduction is used, phosphorus is detected in the apple tree at the earliest time and in the greatest quantity. During the first half of the summer, a period of active growth, the phosphorus absorbed from the fertilizers is accumulated in the tops of the suckers and in the young leaves. In autumn there is a greater amount of radio- active phosphorus in the lower branches and leaves, during which time there exists a direct proportionality be- tween the phosphorus content of the branches and that of the leaves located on them. By isolated feeding of the individual roots of fruit trees, both in a garden crop of apple seedlings and in an orchard of fruit-bearing trees, it was shown that unilateral focal introduction of fertilizers in an area repre- senting one fourth of the circumference of the trunk guarantees accumulation of phosphorus throughout the top of the fruit tree. Among young apple trees, when part of the root system received isolated feeding, after two weeks follow- ing introduction of fertilizers, the content of the phosphorus isotope on the fertilized side was 50 to 100 times greater than the amount of it in the leaves and branches on the unfertilized side. But after only two months after fertilization,the content of P32 was almost the same in the entire top of the tree. This also verifies the possibility of effective utilization of fertilizer by fruit trees when focal introduction is employed. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Horticulture THE NATURE OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF PHOSPHORUS ENTERING THE APPLE TREE AMONG ITS VARIOUS ORGANS ? N. D. Spivakovsky A knowledge of the regularities in the distribution of nutritive substances, phosphorus in particular, among the various organs of the fruit tree is necessary in order to work out a correct system of feeding and pruning fruit plants. Experiments have shown that there exists among apple trees an autonomic link between individual roots and branches. The distribution of P32 entering a branch among the different organs and sections of the branch is extremely irregular. The seeds of the fruit contain the greatest amount of radioactive phosphorus, then the fruit-bearing rings and their leaves. The rings not bearing fruit, their leaves and the flesh of the fruits were characterized by a smaller phosphorus content. The distribution of radioactivity among homologous organs on a skeletal branch is subject to the rule of age variability discovered by Professor N. P. Krenke. Within the limits of a single sequence of branches, there is observed an ascending activity gradient from the older organs to the younger ones. A high phosphorus content is possessed by young organs which are formed from dormant buds on the older portions of a branch. In passing from a branch of a lower succession to a branch of a higher succession, the activity gradient of homologous organs of the same age is descending. This depends, however, on the relative strength of the branches of these successions. The activity gradient is ascending in the case of a branch of somewhat greater strength from a high succession in comparison with a branch from a lower succession. The successions of these branches apparently switch places. This evidently explains the presence of the maximum phosphorus accumulation by homologous organs of the same age in the second or third succession of branches among fruit-bearing trees. In setting up experiments it is necessary to consider the peculiarities of the intake into fruit plants of nutritional elements as strictly dependent on the method of introducing fertilizers; this holds true also in 324 ? a working out techniques of taking plant samples in order to establish the nature of the distribution of nutritive elements among the different organs and rue portions of the composite top of the fruit tree. The I. V. Muchurin Scientific Research Institute of Pomology THE LINK BETWEEN BRANCH ROOTS AND BRANCHES OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF TREtS AND SHRUBS Yu. A. Belavin The aim of research, conducted in 1956, was to shed light onthe manner in which phosphorus passes from one of the branches of the root system into branches at the tops' of trees and shrubs raised from seed, propagated by grafting,and obtained by planting green slips, i.e., plants having root systems of different origin. The method of marked atoms was employed to solve this problem, and the radioactive isotope of phosphorus, P32, was used as the indicator. The experiments were conducted from May to June of 1956. The plants used in the experiments were the apple tree, mountain ash, and lilac, both the Hungarian and the ordinary variety; grafted plants were used as well as those with their own roots. One of the secondary branches of the root systems of the plants was disengaged from the soil, and through it was introduced the isotope P32; then determination was made of the radioactivity In the leaves of branches at the top of the plant. In the apple, mountain ash, and lilac plants cultivated from seeds and possessing their own roots, all of which had been injected through one secondary root, phosphorus was detected only in certain top branches, located on the same side of the tree or shrub as the root absorbing the fertilizer phosphorus. This indicates the presence of a link between the given root and only certain branches. Radioactivity was detected in all the branches at the tops of the grafted trees and shrubs; this indicates a link between the secondary root of the stock which absorbed radioactive phosphorus and all the branches of the graft. Radioactivity was detected in all of the branches at the tops of the plants raised from green slips which absorbed phosphorus through an adventitious root and of an apple tree raised from seed but absorbing phosphorus through an adventitious root. This indicates a link between adventitious roots of plants and shrubs with all the branches of the crown. An analogous link was established between secondary roots of the stock with all the branches of the graft among grafted plants. The results of the experiments conducted, should they be verified by more ample material, point to the possibility of employing different agricultural techniques in the cultivation of trees and shrubs propogated by different methods. 325 The Moscow Institute of Forest Technology Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ m11.130 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 THE USE OF LABELED PHOSPHORUS IN A STUDY OF NONROOT FEEDING OF FRUIT PLANTS P. K. Ursulenko In a study of nonroot feeding employing the method of labeled atoms, the task proposed was one of shedding light on the nature and conditions of the intake of nutritive elements when fruit plants are treated with fertilizer substances. It was established as a result of the research that when radiophosphorus is applied to leaves it is absorbed through both upper and lower surfaces. The extent of the intake of radiophosphorus through the lower surface of a leaf is significantly greater (by ten or more times) than through the upper surface. An increase of up to 3014 in the productivity of the apple tree was attained in the experiments employing nonroot feeding of fruit plants. This increase in yield resulted from the fact that the photosynthetic energy of the leaves of the apple tree is appreciably augmented under the influence of nonroot feeding. Field and laboratory experiments were conducted with the aim of combining nonroot fertilizers with chemical toxicants. A study was made of the extent of absorption of labeled phosphate when applied to the leaves of an apple tree in the form of superphosphate combined with an emulfion of DDT. The experiments showed that the chemical toxicant does not exert a negative influence on the extent of absOrption of radio- phosphorus by a leaf. Valuable data were obtained by combining nitrogen and potassium fertilizerswithBordeauxmixture. In addition, consistent results were obtained in increasing the productivity of the apple tree with the use of urea and potassium sulfate or potassium nitrate as a nonroot fertilizer. Spraying with superphosphate in combination with Bordeaux mixture, a method recommended in the industry, was scarcely vindicated. The easily soluble salt of superphosphate, calcium phosphate, is converted into the difficultly soluble diphosphate salt or the insoluble salt, calciuni triphosphate, under the influence of the calcium hydroxide of Bordeaux mixture. The question always arises of the reasonableness of carrying out non root feedings through the leaves against a background of abundant soil alimentation. Experiments were conducted using labeled phosphate with the, aim of shedding light on this problem. Ina field experiment of several years duration, in which were studied fertilizer doses of 60,120, 180, and 240 kg/hectare of the fundamental nutritive elements, nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, labeled phosphorus was applied to the leaves of the branches of fruit trees. The data obtained did not show changes in the absorption of radiophosphorus from augmenting the fertilizer dosages, as might have been expected. Consequently, against a background of abundant soil alimentation,. the efficiency of the leaves still remained on an insufficiently high level; their potential energy was not fully realized. This was apparent from the fact that photosynthesis increased appreciably under the influence of non root alimentation. Thus, it is seen that a high level of soil nutrition, although guaranteeing increased efficiency of the leaves, is far from always effecting their maximal photosynthetic activity. The L V. Michurin Scientific Research Institute of Horticulture 326 4 NONROOT ALIMENTATION AND ITS INFLUENCE ON THE INTAKE OP NUTRI- TIVE SUBSTANCES FROM THE SOIL INTO THE TEA PLANT R. Kit. Aidinyan Experiments were conducted under natural conditions on tea plantations of industrial importance at the "Dagomys" state tea farm of the Kras nodar region. The soils of the area were yellow earth, developed on shale and fertilized with superphosphate and ammonium sulfate in accordance with one agricultural standard. Nonroot feeding of one branch of the central formation of the tea plant with nutritive solutions containg the radioactive isotopes P32, S35, and Ca45 showed that phosphorus, sulfur, and calcium are capable of being transferred from one branch of the tea plant into other branches. Transfer of these elements takes place both downward, in the direction of the transpiration flow, and upward, into younger organs. The indicated elements concentrate most of all in the top shoot of the tea plant. On the whole,the transfer of ithese elements in an ascending direction significantly exceeds transfer in a descending direction. It was discovered that, when non root feeding is conducted, phosphorus and sulfur enter into individual strands of the roots of the tea plant, and excretion of the same elements takes place through them into the soil. Excretion of phosphorus and sulfur into the soil by the roots is of a local nature. Nonroot feeding only partially fulfills the plant's requirements for the nutritive substances necessary to it. Under natural conditions the intake of nutritive substances through the leaves is in a certain measure linked with their intake through the roots, stimulating or retarding the latter. Nonroot fertilizing of the tea plant with potassium and boron, each one separately, increases the intake into the plant of nutritive elements found in an absorbed state in soil colloids and in artificially prepared ion- exchange resins. The plant absorbs most the phosphorus and sulfur combined with ion-exchange resins. Intake into the plant of phosphorus stably combined with soil colloids is increased as a result?of nonroot introduction ofpotassium and boron. Spraying the leaves of the tea plant with boron fertilizer increases somewhat the intake of calcium =sorbed both by the colloids and by the cation-exchange resin. Nonroot feeding should be particularly effective on those plantations where the tea plant is grown under soil conditions unfavorable for the activity of the roots, i.e., on soils having compressed alluvial layers, with carbonates present a a slight depth (about 70 to 80 cm), with a neutral reactivity, and on soils affected by processes of strongly pronounced gley formation. The V. V. Dokuchaev Soil Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR THE ADVANCE OF MINERAL SOLUTIONS FROM THE XYLEM INTO THE PHLOEM N. N. Kiselev The aim of the research was an experimental demonstration of the transfer of solutions in a horizontal direction from the xylem into the phloem via the medullary rays. The work was conducted with pruned branches of coniferous species. The branches were kept in solutions of Na2HP3:04 different lengths of time, from 5 to 96 hours. The radioactive phosphorus content of the xylem and phloem was determined. The experiments showed that a solution rising through the xylem is transferred into the phloem. Phosphorus is detected even with brief Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 327 Mr.+. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 exposure. In the case of prolonged exposure up to 50 hours the phosphorus content of the phloem becomes greater than that of the xylem. Consequently, accumulation of phosphorus occurs in the phloem, A study was made by us of the paths through which the phosphorus transfer takes place from the xylem to the phloem. Two directions are possible?the tangential, i.e., through the surrounding region, and the radial. Opposition to the movement of a solution is much less in the first instance than in the second, because of the arrangement of the bordered pits in the tracheids. Passage through the tracheids in a radial direction is practically impossible. When the xylem was notched, in the aim of impeding the movement of phosphorus in a tangential direction. It was observed that phosphorus transfer takes place in a radial direction. In addition, phosphorus transfer was possible only through the medullary rays. The Moscow Institute of Forest Technology THE PHOSPHORUS FEEDING OF ARBOREAL SPECIES D. D. Lavrinenko On comparatively rich soils the greatest intensity of phosphorus absorption from the soil is possessed by the ash, linden, hornbeam, holly maple, oak, and birch. If the intensity of phosphorus absorption by the ash tree is taken as 100%, then, correspondingly, phosphorus absorption by the linden will be, on the average, 90 to 80%, that of the hornbeam-90 to 60%, of the holly maple-70 to 50%, of the oak-50 to 30%, and of the birch- 30 to 20%. The intensity of phosphorus absorption among arboreal species changes substantially at different periods of the growing season. These changes proceed differently among different arboreal species.' In the second half of the growing season the ash, oak, linden, and hornbeam lower intensity of phosphorus absorption to a greater extent than the other species. The presence in checkered cultivations of sections with richer and less rich soils made it possible to trace the change in intensity of the vital activitylof the species being studied. It was established that the oak, linden, and hornbeam do not respond to a worsening of the soil. Intensity of phosphorus absorption is a reliable indicator of the interaction of arboreal species in forest plantations. The ash competes successfully with the majority of the arboreal species which we studied. This was indicated by a more intensive absorption of phosphorus by the ash in mixed cultivations than in a pure crop. The study of the vital activities of arboreal species using the method of labeled atoms substantially reinforces the possibilities of studying their ecological characteristics. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Forestry and Forest Amelioration 328 ? ? , 5S" ? ? ? PHOSPHORUS INTAKE OF YOUNG ARBOREAL PLANTS UNDER CONDITIONS OF DIFFERING NITROGEN-POTASSIUM FEEDING S. I. Slukhai It was shown by research that the intensity of the absorption of phosphorus by :the seedlings of arboreal species depends to a large extent on the type of plant and the special features of its feeding. Certain arboreal species, for example the holly maple, silver maple, hornbeam, amur velvet, elm, and privet absorb phosphorus more energetically than the walnut, hazel nut, eucommia, smoke tree, linden, forest pear, and coniferous species. A high level of nitrogen and potassium feeding of the shoots of arboreal species exerts a negative influence on phosphorus intake. In the second half of the summer a high level of nitrogen-potassium feeding promotes intensive intake of phosphorus into the plant tissues, particularly the leaf system. Against a background of abundant nitrogen feeding, intensive intake of phosphorus into a seedling begins from July and continues until late autumn. Under conditions of moderate nitrogen feeding, intake of phosphorus into a plant falls off toward autumn. This is explained by the differing viability of the leaf systems, which bind the phosphorus taken in. In the first half of the summer, when the roots of the seedlings are weakly develrwed, local introduction of fertilizers, especially into the rows together with the seeds, is extremely significant in improving the alimentation of young plants. In the second half of the summer.processes of introducing fertilizers do not exert such a substantial influence on the utilization of nutritive substances. Phosphorus is not uniformly distributed in arboreal plants. In the top part of the stem phosphorus content is one and a half times greater than in the lower part, where the gradual formation of the xylem is taking place. The Ukrainian Scientific Research Institute of Forestry and Forest Amelioration THE ROLE OF THE MICROORGANISMS IN THE RHIZOSPHERE IN THE ALIMENTATION OF ARBOREAL PLANTS A. I. Akhromeiko and V. A. Shestakova Research conducted in 1955 and 1956 in studying the role of rhizospheric microorganisms in the alimentation of arboreal plants showed that bacteria play a leading role in the exchange of nutritive substances between arboreal plants and the soil. The fundamental aspects of the research conducted come down to the following: 1. A direct connection exists between the development of microorganisms in the rhizosphere and the excretions of the roots. 2. The excretion of even small amounts of phosphorus by ash seedlings exerts a significant positive influence on the development of bacteria in the rhizosphere. 3. The close interdependence between the higher plants and the bacteria in the rhizosphere finds expression in the presence of a daily cycle both in the quantity of root excretions and in the quantity of micro- organisms. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 329 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 4. The development of microorganisms in the rhizosphere is also directly dependent upon the supply of moisture to the soil. 5. The total quantity of microorganisms in the rhizosphere of the oak and holly maple growing on ordinary black earth attained maximal magnitude in May, minimal magnitude in July, and increased again in October; this corresponded with the change in soil moisture content. The drying-off of microorganisms and physiologically active roots in July promotes the very large Increase in the amount of humus and the total amount of nitrogen and phosphorus in the root zone of the soil In comparison with the amounts of these substances in May and October. 6. The bacterization of pine seeds by nitrogen-fixing bacteria had a positive effect on the growth of pine seedlings and promoted an increase in absorption of phosphorus (P32) from labeled superphosphate by the seedlings. The All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Forestry THE ASSIMILATION OF PHOSPHORUS BY THE SEEDLINGS OF ARBOREAL SPECIES A. D. Tarabrin A study was made of the absorption of phosphorus by the seedlings of arboreal species dependent upon various depths at which superphosphate was introduced in the rows during sowing. Phosphorus assimilation was determined by the radioactive phosphorus content of the leaves or needles. Year-old oak, holly maple, and Siberia,n acacia seedlings assimilate phosphorus better when superphosphate is introduced at a depth of 6 to cm than when it is more deeply buried (at 15 to 16 cm). An experiment was set up to clarify the influence of superphosphate introduced into the rows (at a depth of 6 to 7 cm) on the assimilation by seedlings of the phosphorus of basic fertilizer introduced at a depth of 15 to 16 cm. It was established that the introduction of superphosphate into the rows exerts a positive influence on the assimilation by maple seeds of phosphorus from the basic fertilizer. It was shown in an experiment with oak seedlings that the row superphosphate has almost no influence on the assimilation of phosphorus from the basic fertilizer. This is linked with the peculiarities of the construction of the root system of the oak seedlings. By introducing superphosphate into "interrowe 20 cm wide at various depths below two-year old Siberian acacia, pine, common fir, and Siberian larch seedlings. it was established that the Siberian acacia assimilates phosphorus best when superphosphate is introduced at a depth of 6 to 7 cm. Common fir seedlings do not assimilate phosphorus at all, while pine and larch seedlings assimilate it very weakly. In all of the experiments the greatest quantity of phosphorus was assimilated by the seedlings at the end of June and the beginning of July. Experiments were conducted to study the role of the mycorrhiza in the phosphorus alimentation of oak seedlings. Seedlings with and without mycorrhiza were raised by the sandy cultivation method on Pryanishnikov's mixture in glass vessels. Radioactive phosphorus in the form of Na2HP3204 was introduced directly into the vessels, while the measurement of the activity of the leaves was made directly on the living plant. 330 ? ? ? ? ? During three months time all the oak seedlings with mycorrhiza were characterized by more intensive phosphorus absorption than those without mycorrhiza. They were also characterized by better growth. The Moscow Institute of Forest Technology A STUDY OF THE RATE OF THE FLOW OF WATER IN ARBOREAL PLANTS M. V. Zhuravleva For the solution of a number of practical problems connected with forestry, the determination of the rate of water flow among various arboreal species is highly significant. With the help of radioactive isotopes we worked out a new method of determining the rate of water flow. Radioactive P32, /231, Su and heavy water (D20) were utilized. As a result of the research it was established that the rate of transfer of the different radioactive substances and of heavy water in plant tissues is practically the same. Therefore, it can be considered that the transfer of solutions of radioactive substances through a plant occurs witE the flow of water; this provides a basis for judging the rate of water flow according to the rate of transfer of radioactive substances. The use of the method of labeled atoms made it possible to establish the rate of water flow among one- year-old arboreal plants, as well as those several years old, under different environmental conditions. It was shown that the rate of flow depends upon the supply of water to a plant and the extent of development of its leaf mass. When a sufficient water supply exists, the rate of the ascending flow is determined by the intensity of transpiration. It is low (1 to 2 m/min) during the winter quiescent stage and during the summer in cold, rainy weather. Under arid conditions in the absence of available soil moisture, when the water content of the xylem of the trunk is lowered to 36-3'110, the rate of the ascending flow increases significantly and exceeds 18 to 24 m/min. In addition, there is observed a dependence of the rate of flow on the moisture content of the xylem. The rate of water transfer increases sharply from the time of foliation of the shoots. The ascending water flow passes through the sapwood portion of the xylem of the trunks bf plants. 331 The All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Forestry Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 THE APPLICATION OF CERTAIN FORMS OF HEAVY WATER IN SOIL AND I ? PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH Yu. A. P.olyakov and N. S. Germogenova For the last few years, in a laboratory of physical chemistry of the Soil Insitute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, a series of experiments has been conducted during the course of which use was made of various forms of heavy water. In the report presented, data are adduced which concern a method for the quantitative determination of 1)20 and H2011 in soils and plants and the utilization of these compounds and indicators in soil and physiological research. The quantitative determination of D20 and H20" in soils and plants was effected by densimetric and interferometric methods with an accuracy, respectively, of 0.001-0.005 and 0.4-0.2 mole To. The flotation and interferometric methods for the isotopic analysis of water proved to be especially easy when it was necessary to examine systems with small concentration of D20 and H201. However, these methods require not less than 2-3 g of the water specimen for analysis; this is quite difficult to accomplish, for example, in work with sprouts. Therefore, we attempted to work out micromethods with the use of which it would be possible to limit oneself to a few milligrams of water. There is assembled at the present time an instrument operating on the principle of the ordinary macro- flotation apparatus. A few drops of water are sufficient for deuterium (or heavy oxygen) determinations using this instrument. The accuracy of a deuterium determination with the microflotation process does not exceed 1-2 mole To ; this is due to the specific difficulties encountered in purifying and separating the liquid phase from soils and plants. In order to improve the purification and simplify the technique of separating the liquid phase from soils and plants, an instrument has been assembled which makes it possible to separate the liquid phase without changing its isotopic composition and with a very negligible content of contaminants. Utilizing 1)20 and H20" as indicators, we set out to find the quantitative relationship between the intensity of water intake into plants and the concentration of salts in the surrounding solution. The data gleaned from a three-year study of this question show that between the intensity of water intake into plants and the concentration of NaC1 there exists a definite relationship, which, in an initial approximation, may be expressed by an equation of a parabolic curve. It is characteristic that the intake of water into plants does not cease even when the concentration of the surrounding solution attains significant magnitude (1.5 moles/ liter and higher). Heavy water was also used to study the mechanism of the intake of water into plants from soils, the moisture level of which varied from maximal hygroscopic moisture to full capacity inclusively. It turned out that the process of water intake into plants is characterized by a very smooth curve with one definite maximum, corresponding to a moisture level equivalent to the triple maximal hygroscopy (the most vigorous plant develop- ment was observed in this particular phase of the experiment). Of particular interest was the determination of the availability to plants of that form of soil moisture which lies in a range of numerical significance to maximal hygroscopy (and below this value). In order to shed light on this question, a definite amount of soil was reduced to the absolutely dry state; then the soil was placed in an enclosed area and saturated with steam of D20. By regulating the vapor tension of the heavy water it was possible to obtain soils, the moisture of which varied from values close to zero to maximal hygroscopy, inclusively. Analysis of the data derived showed that heavy water is adsorbed by plants even when the initial level of moisture lies below maximal hygroscopicity. 4.0 332 The V. V. Dokuchaev Soil Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR ? ? 4 ? ? ? ? EXAMINATION BY THE ISOTOPIC METHOD OF THE PROCESSES OF TRANSFORMATION, AGING AND CRYSTALLIZATION OF THE COMPOUNDS OF ABSORBED PHOSPHATE IONS IN SOIL, CLAY, AND PEAT MOSS S. N. Ivanov Surface-adsorbed phosphate ions, during the period of their interaction with soil, clay, and peat moss, are transformed into chemical compounds which gradually age and crystallize. Isotopic exchange reactions were employed in order to study the processes of transformation, aging and crystallization of the compounds of absorbed phosphate ions in soil, clay, and peat moss. The initial premise in the study of the given questions is the idea of a change in relative energy or stability of the bohding of the absorbed phosphate ions in relation to the time of their interaction with the sorbent and the degree ofisotopic exchange. In comparing under dynamic conditions the relative combining energy (judged by the kinetics of isotopic exchange) of only the absorbed phosphate ions with the combining energy of the phosphate ions which reacted with sorbent, one can conduct protracted (3 to 4 months) observations of the process of transformation of the surface-adsorbed phosphate ions into chemical compounds and their aging. The extent of isotopic exchange under the static equilibrium conditions of the experiment made it possible to establish, in turn, the process of crystallization of phosphate compounds of the type A1PO4, FePO4, and Ca3(PO4)2 of different composition and basicity, formed as a result of the transformation of surface-adsorbed phosphate ions and their absorption according to chemical type. The process of transformation of surface-adsorbed phosphate ions into chemical compounds in soils depends upon their origin. According to rate and extent of the process of transformation of the compounds of absorbed phosphate ions in soils and kaolin, these can be arranged in the following order: red earth> sod- podsol soil > kaolin> black earth. Expressed quantitatively, the process of transformation of surface-adsorbed phosphate ions into chemical compounds after 80 to 90 days in red earth and sod-podsol soil leads to a reduction to one half of their quantity; this process takes place to a small extent in kaolin and is completely negligible in black earth. The above indicated transformation in lowland turf depends chiefly on its content of absorbed calcium (and magnesium), sesquioxides of iron and aluminum and their mutual relationship. The quantitative regularities of the process of transformation were established as dependent upon the ? ranoCa0? of the contents of the turf. R203 The process of aging for 80 to 90 days of the formed chemical compounds, phosphates of different basicity and composition, in the presence of the absorption of phosphate ions and as a result of the transformation of surface-adsorbed phosphate ions, both in soils and kaolin,as well as in lowland turfs, did not cause their crystallization. 333 The White Russian Scientific Research Institute of Agriculture Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ??????,1?111, A STUDY OF THE SORPTION CAPACITY OF ACIDIC SOILS S. G. Rydky and K. B. Orlova The sorption capacity of acidic soils was determined by us following neutralization of the soils with calcium carbonate in the presence of 0.1-0.05 N solution of calcium chloride. Neutralization of soil acidity proceeds rapidly under these conditions. Shaking for a half an hce.1 is sufficient. The subsequent determination of absorption capacity is carried out in a manner analogous to that performed when soils are saturated with metallic cations. For this purpose a solution of calcium chloride containing the radioactive isotope Ca45 is added to the soil suspension. After the soli is shaken with the radioisotope for a half an hour, the radioactivity of the equilibrium solution is determined. The absorption capacity of the soil is calculated by the diminution of Ca46 in the solution. The absorption capacity determined in this way is taken from the sum total of exchange cations and the easily neutralized (exchange) acidity. The difference between the absorption capacity and the sum total of exchange bases represents the exchange acidity, the determination of which can be utilized as a soil characteristic for liming purposes. In determining the capacity, we did not take into account the presence of magnesium in the absorbed state. Experiments conducted by us showed that a magnesium content of up to 20% of the sum total of exchange bases does not noticeably influence the accuracy of the determination of absorption capacity. The M. V. Lononosov Moscow State University AN EXPERIMENTAL APPLICATION OF THE RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES OF COBALT AND IODINE IN SOIL AMELIORATION RESEARCH V. A. Eme0,11yanov In 1956 use was made of Co" in order to determine the volumetric weight of soils and the dynamics of soil moisture by radioscopy,and of 1131 in order to study the actual rate of flow of ground waters, the coefficient of filtration,and the intensity of the capillary rise of soil moisture by the method of labeled atoms. The essence of the method of radioscopy by y -rays consisted in the fact that the absorption of y-rays by a substance confirms to an exponential relationship expressed in the formula I=I0 e I x, where x (the thickness of the I?le 4 layer of the substance) equals log g 0.434. The radioscopy of the soil was accomplished vertically and horizontally. The results of the determination of the reserves of soil moisture by the method of radioscopy with y-rays and of the volumetric weight with horizontal radioscopy agreed well with the data of thermostatic dessication of soil specimens. The radioisotope 1131, utilized as KI'', according to the data of laboratory and field experiments, is absorbed to an insignificant extent by argillaceous soils and peat. In the study of the actual rates of flow of ground waters, radioactive iodine was introduced into the ground waters through a bore or a slit,in an amount of about 10 mc. In order to determine the rate of flow according to its direction, an alignment of bores was laid, and the radioactivity in samples of their water was determined. 334 ? ? ? ? ? ? According to the readings of the radiometer, the distance traveled by the labeled ground water was established. The rate of the ground water flow in peat and sandy soil, determined by the method of labeled atoms, was from 3 to 9 cm/day. The coefficient of filtration was determined by introducing a solution of radioactive iodine into a central bore at the rate of 2 mc per 10 liters of bore water and pumping out the water from the peripheral bores with a sludge pump. The pumping was continued until radioactivity appeared in the water that was pumped out. The coefficient of filtration of peat soils in our experiments varied from 0.11 to 0.80 m/day. The intensity of water transfer in the zone of the capillary border was observed by the transfer of the labeled radioiodine of the water through the wall of the bore,and amounted to 50-60 cm from the surface of the ground water after 10 - 11 days. The results of the research conducted permit recommendation of the introduction of the method of radioactive isotopes and radiation into the practice of amelioration research. The All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Hydrotechnology and Amelioration MEASUREMENT OF SOIL MOISTURE EVAPORATION AND THE WATER RESERVE IN SNOW WITH THE HELP OF y -RAYS A. I. Danilin The existing method of measuring soil moisture by the weighing and dessication of soil samples removed with a boring bit is complex and requires the expenditure of a great deal of effort. It does not permit the continuous recording of changes in soil moisture. Methods of measurement based on the utilization of various physical and chemical soil characteristics have not been put to wide use because of a number of flaws inherent in these methods. Since 1953,extensive laboratory and field experiments have been conducted on the measurement of soil moisture using y -rays emitted by Co60 . The determination of soil moisture utilizing y -rays is based on measuring the extent to which the y-rays are attenuated by the fixed soil layer. If the moisture content of the soil layer irradiated by these rays does not change, then their attenuation will be fixed. Increasing the moisture content of the soil increased the extent of attenuation of the y-rays. The technique worked out of measuring soil moisture is two fold?measurement of the extent of attenuation of the vertical and horizontal y -ray beams. During passage through the soil of the vertical y -ray beam, moisture can be determined in soil layers of 0-20, 0-30, 0-40, and 0-50 cm. Measurement of the extent of attenuation of the horizontal y -ray beam passing through stable soil layers 40-50 cm thick provides data on soil moisture at any level down to a depth of 150-200 cm and more. Measurement by y -rays has the advantage that moisture is determined not in a single spot, but in a layer, and directly in millimeters of depth of the moisture reserve. The method makes it possible, should the need arise, to trace continuously the change in soil moisture content. The results of 703 field measurements of soil moisture, carried out on the "Gigant" state farm below Moscow and in the Valdai region, using y -rays and the thermostat-gravimetric method show that the y -ray method is not inferior in accuracy to the 335 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 thermostat-gravimetric method and significantly alleviates the difficulties of those making the moisture observations. In order to measure the water reserve in the fallen snow by means of y -rays, a field snow gauge was designed, composed of a snow gauge rod, at the lower end of which was placed a vial of Co? in a steel cap, while at the upper end there was a y -quanta meter combined with a portable conversion instrument. Preliminary testing of the snow gauge shows that the accuracy of its measurement of the water equivalent of snow is not lower than that obtained by measurement with a gravimetric snow gauge. With the use of the y -rays of Cs137,it is possible to measure evaporation from the surface of the soil with an accuracy of 0.5-1.0 mm without weighing soil samples. Laboratory experiments which included about 100 determinations verify these considerations. The measurement of soil moisture, water reserves in the snow, and evaporation from the surface of the soil was accomplished with the help of meters of the STS-8 and STS-6 type, portable conversion apparatuses, and a gauge of the speed of computation. The Scientific Research Institute of Hydrometeor- ological Instrumentation A STUDY OF THE BIOLOGICAL FIXATION OF ATOMOSPHERIC NITROGEN IN THE TUBERCLES OF LEGUMINOUS PLANTS UTILIZING THE ISOTOPE N15 F. V. Turchin, Z. N. Berseneva, E. G. Plyshevskaya, and V. V. Zertsalov In the research conducted, a study was made of the biological fixation of nitrogen in the tubercles of of alfalfa, pea, and clover plants when exposed to an atmosphere rich in the isotope N15. In a number of experiments nitrogen fixation was also studied in isolated alfalfa tubercles. In the course of the research, a method was worked out for the preparative separation of the bacteria from the tubercles: this made possible a detailed study of the distribution of labeled nitrogen both in individual fractions and organs of the above plant; as well as in the tubercle bacteria. As a result of the research carried out, the following fundamental principles were established.: 1. When leguminous plants are exposed to an atomosphere of N15, the fixed labeled nitrogen is at first detected in large quantities only in the cell fluid of the tubercle tissue, whence it then gradually flows out into the other plant organs. When the plants are exposed to the N15 atomosphere, for 6-24 hours labeled nitrogen is totally absent in the tubercle bacteria or can be detected in extremely negligible amounts, usually not exceeding the limits of possible experimental error. Whence it follows that fixation of atmospheric nitrogen is accomplished not in the tubercle bacteria, but in the tubercle tissue, which represents degenerate tissue of the above plants. The role of the tubercle bacteria, to all appearances, consists in the fact that they induce formation of this specific tubercle tissue. 2. When the plants are exposed for a longer period of time to the N15 atmosphere (48-90 hours), labeled nitrogen is also detected in the composition of the nitrogen fractions of the bacteria, but its concentration in this case is always significantly lower than in the cell fluid of the tubercles or in the composition of the nitrogen fractions of all the other organs of the plants. This indicates that the fixed labeled nitrogen gets into the bacteria from the tissues of the above plants, which thus constitute the source of nitrogen nutrition for the bacteria. ? 336 ? 3. Maximal concentration of the isotope N15 with any periods of exposure of the leguminous plants to the labeled nitrogen atomosphere was detected in the amide group of the asparagine contained in the cell fluid of the tubercles. Since asparagine is formed by the reaction of ammonia with aspartic acid, it follows that one of the primary products, if not the first product, of the biological fixation of nitrogen in the tubercles of legumes is ammonia. 4. The fixation of nitrogen in tubercles isolated from plants takes place with significantly less intensity than in nonisolated tubercles, and only during the first hours after separation of tubercles from the above plant. 5. The nitrogen undergoing fixation in a tubercle continually flows out into the aboveground organs of the plants. Simultaneously with the efflux from the tubercles of the newly fixed nitrogen, there occurs also a steady influx into the tubercles of nitrogen compounds from the aboveground organs of the plants, where,on the whole, the necessary acceptors for combining the primary products of the biological fixation of atmospheric nitrogen in the tubercles are formed. The Scientific Institute of Fertilizers, Insecticides, and Fungicides THE INFLUENCE OF ATMOSPHERIC ELECTRICITY ON THE ASSIMILATION BY PLANTS OF THE gLEMENTS OF MINERAL NUTRITION ? Z. I. Zhurbitsky The use of labeled atoms in order to calculated the nutritive substances assimilated by plants over short intervals of time made it possible to establish the influence of the electric field of the atmosphere on the intake into plants of cations and anions from a nutritive solution. In order to clarify the influence of the charge of an electric field on the assimilation of individual ions by plants, experiments were conducted in an artificial medium when a known charge was imparted to a metallic grid located directly above the plants, and the nutritive solution was grounded. In the experiment with oat plants, when a negative charge of 2000 v was imparted to the grid, 7870 of the P32 and 550/0 of the Ca45 entered the aboveground plant mass, as compared with the amounts of these substances entering the control plants, not subjected to the action of the charge. Thus, a negative charge on the grid in- hibited the intake of the similarly charged phosphorus ions and strongly accelerated the intake of the oppositely charged calcium ions. A positive charge showed the opposite effect. When a positive charge of 500 v was imparted to the grid, 13370 of the P32, and 7370 of the Ca45 entered the aboveground mass of the oat plant, as compared with that entering the controls. Analogous results were obtained in a number of experiments with other crops. Experiments were conducted in the open air in such a way that the control plants were isolated from atmospheric charges by a grounded grid, while the nutritive solution of the experimental plants was grounded. Experiments conducted simultaneously with solutions containing P32 and Ca45 showed that under the influence of the electric field of the atmosphere 22070 of the phosphorus and 5370 of the calcium entered the aboveground organs of the oat plant, as compared with that entering the control plants. Thus, the electric field of the atmosphere, having a positive charge, stimulated intake of the negatively charged ions and inhibited intake of the positively charged ions. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 337 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 It; The calculation of the influence of atmospheric electricity on plants makes it possible to explain a number of problems related to the mineral nutrition of plants, which hitherto have not been satisfactorily explained. 1. The entry into plants of equivalent amounts of anions and cations is not compulsory, inasmuch as there is a source of energy which secures the predominant entry of ions of one charge or the other. 2. The atmosphere, as a rule, has a positive charge with respect to the earth, and it increases with altitude; therefore, the influence of this charge is stronger on plants which have some form of antenna and attain greater height grasses, for example) as compared with plants whose leaf apparatus is located close to the ground (for example, plants with edible roots). To a known extent one can explain by this circumstance the different proportions of anions and cations in the composition of plants with different configurations. 3. The rapid rate of transfer of nutritive elements throughout plants, which was established in experiments with labeled atoms, becomes fully explainable, inasmuch as the phenomenon of the migration of ions under the influence of the electric potential gradient transpires with great rapidity; this should be inherent in plants, since they are permanently under the influence of an electric field. The phenomenon of the separation by the root system of the various ions and compounds in the soil can also be?explained by the influence of the charge of the electric field of the atmosphere, inasmuch as different charges can exist simultaneously in the atmosphere and since, as the most recent experiments have shown, the magnitude of the charge and even the sign of the electric field of the atmosphere are subject to significant fluctuation within short intervals of time (within an hour), The V. V. Dokuchaev Soil Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR THE. USE OF P32 TO STUDY THE PHOSPHATE NUTRITION OF PLANTS AND THE ROLE OF MICROORGANISMS IN THIS PROCESS V. V. Kotelev and A. N. Piskarev The question of the phosphate nutrition of plants, particularly on the carbonate soils of Moldavia, which contain a great deal of free carbonates, is an extremely essential one. In order to shed light on the role of superphosphate and microorganisms in the phosphate nutrition of plants, vegetation and field experiments were set up on both the carbonate and noncarbonate black soils of Moldavia using labeled superphosphate, humus and bacterized seeds. The following data were obtained in the vegetation experiment: 1. The utilization of fertilizer phosphorus depended upon the properties of the soil. The intake of phosphates from the soilinto the plants increased on noncarbonate soil, while on carbonate soil that of fertilizer phosphates increased. 2. Increased intake of phosphorus from the soil on noncarbonate black earth corresponded to an increase in the amount of bacteria in it, which decomposed the difficultly accessible organic and inorganic phosphorus compounds. 338 ? 4 v ? ? 0 3. The addition of humus to superphosphate on noncarbonate black earth increases the content of acid- soluble phosphatide and protein phosphorus in a plant and promotes the activity of the microorganisms in the soil. The following facts were established in the field experiment: 1. Intake of labeled phosphorus began from the time of germination of the seeds. The addition of humus to the superphosphate retarded for a certain time the phosphate intake of the plants. 2. Bacterization of a mixture of superphosphate and humus by nitrogen-fixing bacteria promoted an increase in the mobilization of fertilizer phosphorus and also increased the quantity of nitrogen-fixing bacteria in the soil. 3. Introduction of phosphorus fertilizers during sowing significantly increased the utilization of soil phosphates by corn. 4. Bacterization of humus with nitrogen-fixing 'bacteria improved the utilization of the phosphorus taken into a plant and increased the protein and phosphorus content of the grain. The Soil Institute of the Moldavian Branch of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR TRANSFER OF PHOSPHORUS FROM PLANTS INTO THE SOIL D. M. Kheifets For the last few years in the laboratory of agricultural chemistry of the Soil Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, experiments have been conducted with the aim of studying and characterizing soil located at various distances from the roots of plants with respect to its supply of the elements of plant nutrition. For this purpose observations were made under field conditions of the distribution of phosphorus among the aboveground portions of several plants, their root systems, and the soil, using the method of labeled atoms. When the leaves of spring wheat, corn, and sugar beet plants were subjected to nonroot treatment with labeled phosphorus, phosphorus was detected throughout the entire growing season in the roots of the plants and in the root area of the soil. This fact indicates the presence in plants of a process of phosphorus transfer, not only from the soil through the Mots to the leaves, but also from the leaves through the roots to the soil. In addition, many times more phosphorus was detected in the soil of the root area than in soil outside of the root area. The portion of labeled phosphorus eliminated by the plant which remained in the soil of the root area comprised among corn plants at different stages of growth from 10 to 2010, and among the sugar beet almost 30/0 of the labeled phosphorus which was found at any given stage of vegetation in the plant and the soil beneath it. The transfer of phosphorus in two opposite directions in a soil-plant system leads to accumulation of assimilated phosphates in the soil. 339 The V. V. Dokuchaev Soil Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR ?Mcbeiren o acci A prov d for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 THE QUESTION OF THE ROLE OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY ROOTS IN THE NUTRITION OF THE CORN PLANT I. V. Mosolov and A. V. Partova With the aim of shedding light on the significance of the primary and secondary roots in supplying plants with nutritive substances, we conducted experiments with corn. By using radioactive phosphorus, the accumulation of phosphorus by the different roots was traced. An experiment was conducted by means of the isolated feeding of primary and secondary roots raised on Knop's mixture in water cultures. Radioactive phosphorus was introduced into the nutritive mixture, into the outer vessel, in a dose of 21.4lic per vessel. A determination of the phosphorus content was performed on the corn leaves (on a weighed portion of ash). The results of the 1112 determination showed that the exclusion of the primary or secondary root system from the nutritive medium leads to a sharp decrease in the phosphorus intake lf a plant. This can be judged both by the intensity of radioactive phosphorus intake of a plant and by the total percentage content of P206 in the corn leaves and stalks. As a result of retarded salt intake, the growth of the corn was checked. In the period of intensive' growth of the corn, the primary and secondary roots possessed almost equal capacities for absorbing phosphorus from the nutritive solution. Secondary roots (and also aerial roots) without fine roothairs sharply decreased in ability to absorb phosphorus. The intensity of phosphorus absorption by primary and secondary corn roots during the blossoming stage was quite different, although the plants were in identical stages of development. The secondary roots absorbed phosphorus in greater quantities than the primary roots. As is well known, the primary root system of the corn plant to a significant extent loses its ability to absorb nutritive substances from the external environment toward the blossoming stage. On the other hand, the secondary roots, in the presence of favorable external conditions, attain their maximum development about this time. Therefore, the alL-nentation of the corn plant during the blossoming period takes place, for the most part, via the secondary root system. It was noted that phosphorus intake through the secondary roots proved to be four times greater than through the primary roots. Removal of the roots of the corn plant during the period of its intensive growth led to a cessation of growth of the vegetative mass, but did not tell on its development. The corn plant without a root system put out a plume on a par with the control plants. The checking of the growth of the corn plant was apparently caused by the absence of those organic substances which are synthesized directly in the roots. Consequently, the role of the root system consists not only in supplying mineral salts and water, but also In the synthesis of organic compounds necessary for normal plant growth. The All-Union Scientific Research Institute of Fertilizers and Agronomy 340 ? ? ? ? ? A ? TABLE C? CONTENTS I. General Meeting of the Sections Radiobiology Medical Radiology Biochemistry and Physiology Applications of Isotopes and Radiations in Animal Rearing and Fishery Industry Agrochemistry and Soil Science IV. V. VI. Page 3 13 46 95 132 341 153 ^ Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release . 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR DIVISION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES MINISTRY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY USSR ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS FIRST ALL -UNION CONFERENCE ON RADIATION CHEMISTRY March 25-April 2, 1957 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, USSR PRESS Moscow, 1957 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release . 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Chairman of the Organizing Committee of the First All-Union Conference on Radiation Chemistry Assoc. Member Acad. Sci. USSR S. S. MEDVEDEV 344 fr 3 ELECTRONIC PARAMAGNETIC RESONANCE OF RADICALS OBTAINED FROM H20 AND H202 S. D. K aitmazov, A. M. Prokhorov, and A. B. Tsentsiper The phenomenon of electronic paramagnetic resonance was applied to the study of radicals obtained from H20 and H. Comparison was made between results obtained for radicals prepared by various methods, namely: a) by a glow discharge; b) by ultraviolet irradiation; C) by y-irradiation. ? P. N. Lebedev Physical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR INITIAL STAGES OF RADIATION-INDUCED REACTIONS IN GASES N. N. Tunitsky and S. E. Kupriyanov 1. The presence of metastable ions having a half-life of about 10-1 second has been established in the mass spectra of various large molecules, but the existing mass-spectroscopic methods do not permit the in- vestigation of the kinetics of dissociation processes occurring during a period appreciably shorter than 10-1 second. A theoretical examination of the dissociation processes of complex molecules, which was carried out for the first time by Eyring and co-workers, shows, however, that most of the dissociation processes of activated molecular ions occur within a period of not less than 10-7 second. 2. In the case of large molecules, the dissociation period is probably greater than the time between two collisions in the gas (except when the pressure is very low). The primary process of the radiation-induced reaction must then be considered to be a reaction occurring at a collision between an activated molecular ion or molecule and a normal molecule. In the case of molecules consisting of a small number of atoms, dissociation is rapid. The primary process may then be reaction between a fragmentary ion (radical) and a molecule. 3. The investigation of the mass spectra of molecules enables us to reach definite conclusions about the dissociation processes of activated particles. Comparison of the mass spectra of ordinary octane and of octane- d2, together with other facts, gives every reason to consider that fragmentary ions may be formed to some ex- tent with a rearrangement of chemical bonds. 345 .11111111111111?11?.... flrIasified in Part Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 It was shown that it is highly probable that halogen is split off in the ionization of halogen derivatives of hydrocarbons, 4. As would be expected, the energy of the ionizing electrons has a considerable effect on the character of the mass spectra. It was shown that, when 100 ev electrons were used, the mass spectrum revealed a greater amount of fragmentary ions than in the case of electrons of low (30 ev) and of high (1000 ev) energies. 5. On the basis of the energy relations of the mass spectra and of experiments with "fractional" peaks it was concluded that the activation energy of the ions rises up to a certain limit as the energy of the electrons increases. 6. The mass-spectrometric method enables us to follow the initial stages of radiation-induced reactions. In the ionization of methane at low pressure with low-energy electrons we have detected ions of heavier hydrocarbons of the C?C type. L. Ya. Karpov PhysicochemiCal Institute of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry of the USSR KINETICS AND MECHANISM OF THE OXIDATION OF NITROGEN UNDER ELECTRON IMPACT M. T. Dmitriev and S. YA. Pshezhetsky 1. The oxidation of nitrogen under the action of ionizing radiations is one of the possible effective methods of utilizing atomic energy for bringing about chemical processes. This fact, as well as the effect of this reaction on the working of nuclear reactors, demands thorough study. Moreover, the simplicity of the original molecules makes it possible to study the relation between the primary processes in the interaction of radiation with the molecules and the mechanism and kinetics of the subsequent chemical reactions ? a fundamental problem in the theory of radiation chemistry. 2. We have previously elucidated some of the reaction laws for the oxidation of nitrogen at low pressures under the action of slow electrons. It was shown that the reaction is of second order and that the rate constant is proportional to the ionization function of nitrogen. The present paper gives the results of an investigation of kinetic and other laws of this reaction proceeding under the action of 200 key electrons; it gives also re- sults of some measurements in an electric discharge, which were carried out with the object of further studying the reaction mechanism for electron impact. 3. The kinetics of reaction under the action of fast electrons at atmospheric pressure was investigated. The mole fraction of oxygen in the gas mixture had the values 0.2, 0.5, and 0.8. Under these conditions the reaction rate was again in accord with a second-order equation. The rate con- stant for the reaction was proportional to the electron current and also to the relative thickness of the gas layer. The activation energy for the reaction (measured at low pressures) was about 7 kcal/mole. 4. The energy efficiency of the reaction depends on the composition of the gas mixture. At a mole fraction of oxygen of 0.5 it is about 2 molecules per 100 ev; in air it is about 1.3 molecules per 100 ev. These values are close to the yield of oxides of nitrogen previously found in our laboratory for the irradiation of liquid nitrogen-oxygen mixtures with fast electrons (1.5 molecules per 100 ev), but are less than the yield that we found for reaction in the gas phase at low pressures under the action of slow electrons (5-6 molecules per 100 ev). 346 -0 1 5. It was previously shown that oxidation of nitrogen arises as a result of the ionization of molecular nitrogen by electron Impact. For the further elucidation of the part played by various ions in this process, some measurements were made in an electric discharge, in which the reaction rate again follows a second-order equation. Measurements were made in which positive or negative ions were withdrawn from the sphere of reaction onto a probe. It was shown that the removal of positive ions retards reaction, whereas the removal of nega- tive particles accelerates reaction. The quantitative relationships observed confirm the leading part taken by the process of nitrogen ionization in the oxidation reaction. 6. The results obtained on the effect of negative particles on the reaction indicate that in reaction at atmospheric pressure a very unfavorable part is played by recombination processes occurring between oppositely charged ions. An expression is given for the dependence of the reaction-rate constant on the coefficient of re- combination of ions. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR. CHEMICAL ACTION OF C06? y -RADIATION ON SOLID CRYSTALLINE SALTS OF IONIC STRUCTURE (KNO3, KC103, KC104) A. S. Baberkin This work was carried out with the object of determining the chemical effect of y -radiation on solid crystalline salts of ionic structure (KNO3, KC103, KC104) at low dosages (up to 10 million roentgens per gram of salt) and of determining also the effect of the temperature at which the irradiated salts are heated on the yields of radiolysis products. The effect of various ionizing radiations in doses about one hundred times as great as those used in the present work has been studied for these salts by some foreign authors. In the present work we have shown that solid potassium nitrate is decomposed under irradiation, with forma- tion of nitrite and gaseous oxygen. At room temperature the yield of nitrite attains a value of about 0.8 molecule per 100 ev. Under these conditions most of the gas remains trapped in some form or other within the crystals. In samples heated at 127' the yield of nitrite obtained when the irradiated salt is dissolved in water is reduced to 0.6 molecule per 100 ev. The yield of oxygen is increased very slightly. The most favorable effect on the removal of gas trapped within the crystals is observed when the irradiated salt isheated at 150' (above 129', the crystal-transi tion point for potassium nitrate). In samples heated at this temperature the yield of nitrite obtained when a sample of the salt is dissolved in water falls further to 0.4 molecule per 100 ev, but the yield of gas rises to 0,2 molecule per 100 ev. The occurrence of the reverse transition of nitrite into nitrate during the heating of the irradiated salt in- dicates the existence of intermediate transformation products of potassium nitrate, NO2 or NO3 radicals, and 0 atoms. The transformation products of solid potassium chlorate are chloride, oxygen, and chlorite. It was shown that heating the irradiated salt at 200' has little effect on the process of escape of gas from the crystals. In samples heated at 200',the yield of chlorite falls to 0.8 molecule per 100 ev (in unheated samples the yield is 1.2 molecules per 100 ev). The reduction in the yield of chlorite is associated with its conversion into chloride and oxygen. In the course of irradiation the salt becomes colored, probably owing to the formation of free radicals and color centers. It is considered that radiation-induced transformation of potassium chlorate, which has a radical mechanism, includes two possible ways of decomposition of the intermediate C103 radicals; to chlorite and to chloride. 347 nprlassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Under the action of y-radiation, solid potassium perchlorate is reduced to chlorate. Complete removal of gas formed in the crystals during irradiation is achieved by heating the irradiated salt in a vacuum at a temperature above the crystal-transition point (299? for KC10). The original chlorate yield of 1.1 molecules per 100 ev is lowered to 0.7 in samples heated above the transition point. The part of the chlorate that has disappeared is to be found in the form of chloride and oxygen. In the course of irradiation the salt becomes colored. It is considered that the primary products formed by the Irradiation have radical character and are decomposed to an increasing extent as the temperature at which the salt is heated is raised. L. Ya Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR EFFECT OF KC1 AND KBr CONCENTRATION ON THE YIELD OF MOLECULAR RADIOLYSIS PRODUCTS IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS SI. A. Brusentseva and P. I. Dolin With the object of determining the mechanism of the formation of molecular products in the radiolysis of water, an investigation was made into the dependence of the yields of H2 and H202 on the solute concen- tration in KBr and KCI solutions saturated with helium and nitrogen. In KBr solutions the accumulation of molecular bromine was also investigated. The solutions were irradiated with x -rays and Co" 7-rays. It was found that the H2 yield does not remain constant when the concentration of the solution is in- creased. At first it increases, then remains constant over a certain range of concentrations, and,with further Increase in concentration, it again rises with simultaneous rise in the yield of free bromine. However, the yield of molecular hydrogen attributable to the reaction 1-120,-*-4.1/2 H2 + 1/2 H202, falls. Formation of H202 proceeds with constant yield over the whole range of concentrations. Increase in GH in dilute solutions indicates that Br ionshave a protective effect with respect to H2, being able to react with, radicals distil buted in the mass of the solution. When most of these radicals are consumed in reaction with Br-ions, the H2 yield ceases to depend on concentration. The lowering of the H2 yiell in concentrated KBr solutions can be explained only on the assumption that Br-ions react with free OH radicals and free Br with H atoms present in places of high ionization density (in dilute solutions these are consumed by conversion into molecular products). These results, therefore, confirm the radical mechanism of the formation of the molecular products of the radiolysis of water. The constant yield of 11202 over the whole range of KBr concentrations may be associated with the catalytic decomposition of 11202 in KBr solutions. Molecular bromine is detected only from concentrations of 0.1 M upwards. This result confirms the view that in dilute solution the formation of atomic bromine by the reaction Br- + OH?+ Br + OH - is compensated by the reaction Br + H -'Hr + 11+, as a result of which molecular bromine does not accumulate in the solution. In more concentrated solutions, GBr2 increases with increase in the electron fraction of Br-ions. When the yield is related to the energy absorbed by Br-ions, Ggr2 remains constant from concentrations of about 2 M upwards. This form of relationship indicates that, in concentrated KBr solutions, molecular bromine is formed as a result of the direct action of radiation on Br-ions. Unlike KBr solutions, KC1 solutions show separation of H2 at concentrations of about 0.1 M upwards. This result, and also other features of radiation-induced transformations in chloride solutions, indicates that some difficulty is met in the interaction between an OH radical and a cilon. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR 348 ? ? ? ? ? 1 4 RADIATION-INDUCED REACTIONS IN NITRATE SOLUTIONS N. A. Bakh, V. I. Medvedovsky, A. A. Revina, and V. D. Bityukov I. It is known that, under the action of ionizing radiations, nitrite, hydrogen peroxide, and oxygen are formed in aqueous nitrate solutions; products of the reduction of NO3- to beyond the NO stage have not been detected. In order to elucidate the mechanism of the processes occurring in the system it is necessary to know the initial yields of the products and the effect of the concentration of the solution and the dosage on the relative amounts of products. Useful information is provided by observations on the changes of potential of electrodes present in the solution during the irradiation. The results now under consideration refer to the action of x?rays and to solutions saturated with nitrogen. 2. Determinations carried out on irradiated NaNO3 solutions of increasing concentration showed that the yield of molecular hydrogen does not remain constant, but falls from GH2 = 0.5 molecule per 100 ev at 0.1 M to GH2 = 0.05 molecule per 100 ev at 5.5 M. This indicates that molecular hydrogen is formed from atomic hydrogen and not by an independent mechanism. 3. For the determination of the initial yields of H202 and 02, for which the data in the literature are unreliable, we developed a special apparatus Which permitted simultaneous polarographic measurement of H202 and 02 concentrations during irradiation for concentrations of 10-9 mole / cc upwards and dosages ranging from 3.1011 ev/cc upwards. In 1 M NaNO3 at pH 6.5 at a dosage of 10 ev/cc.sec, initial yields of GH202 = 2.6 molecules per 100 ev, G02 = 0.2 molecule per 100 ev, and GN02 = 3 ions per 100 ev were obtained. With further irradiation Go2 increases, evidently owing to the decomposition of H202. With increase in dosage intensity, the yields of H202 and NO2- fall. Both the radiational and nonradiational reactions in which 11202 and NO2- are concerned affect the yields of these species. 4. The potentials of electrodes immersed in nitrate solutions reflect changes in the oxidation-reduction state of the solutions during irradiation. On the potential determined by the relative amounts of HNO3 and HNO2 is superimposed an effect present during irradiation, which in the case of a Pt electrode is associated with short-lived reducing radioloysis components of the irradiated solution and, in the case of an Au electrode, with short-lived oxidizing radiolysis components. When irradiation is stopped, these effects disappear and the potentials of both of these electrodes in1MHNO3 correspond to the equilibrium potential of the HNOg-HNO3 system. The effect observed at a Pt electrode becomes more marked as the NO3- concentration is reduced and the dosage intensity is increa?ed.in 1h4 NO3- it disappears when the dosage is decreased from 2.1011 to 1019 ev/ cc ? sec. 5. The closeness of the initial yields of NO2 and 11202, the simultaneous increase in these yields with diminution of the H2 yield and disappearance of the hydrogen effect at a platinum electrode when the ratio [NO3-)/ (H) increases ([H] being determined by the dosage intensity), and the very low initial yield of 02 all indicate that the main reactions in1MNaNO3 are reduction of the NO3- ion by atomic hydrogen and formation of hydrogen peroxide - which later decomposes with evolution of 02 - from OH radicals. According to the electron fractions of NO3-, 5.5%, of the energy of fast electrons absorbed by 1 M NaNO3 solution are consumed in the direct interaction of the radiation with NO3- and may result in the formation of NO2- with separation of an equivalent amount of 02, independently of the formation and decomposition of H202. According to this mechanism, the yield of nitrite cannot exceed double the initial yield of 02 in the irradiated system. 349 Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR ? nprlassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-61043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part- Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 SOME DATA ON THE ACTION OF IONIZING RADIATIONS ON CONCENTRATED AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF INORGANIC SALTS A. M. Kabakehl, V. M. Erokhin, and V. A. Gramolin With the object of determining the main peculiarities of behavior in concentrated, as compared with dilute, aqueous solutions of inorganic salts treated with ionizing radiations, several series of experiments were carried out with nitrate and chloride solutions of concentration varying from 0.01 M to almost saturated. The solutions were irradiated with Cow y-rays, 1332B-rays, Pu239 a-rays, and products of the nuclear reaction Bzo (n, Le. Irradiation of solutions of lithium, sodium, potassium,ammonium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, lead, aluminum, and thorium nitrates showed that the yield of the main product of the radiation-induced reaction? the nitrite ion?is, within the limits of experimental error (+ 10/0), independent of the nature of the cation, being dependent mainly on the nitrate concentration. However, in highly concentrated nitrate, and also chloride, solutions in which the cations are highly hydrated (e. g. Lil), the yield of nitrite ion or of free chlorine is appreciably reduced and becomes approximately the same as in the solid salt. This is probably associated with the fact that, as O. Ya. Samoilov and A. F. Kapustinsky suppose, very concentrated solutions of such salts have structures analogous to those of the corresponding crystalline hydrates. In our experiments, with increase in the concentration of the salt, the yield of nitrite ion increased appreciably. For y-rays it was 2.5 ions per 100 ev in 0.1 M solution and 4.5 ions per 100 ev in 2 M solution. Such high yields cannot be explained solely by the action of the radiolysis products of water, H and OH. On the basis of the results of our experiments with nitrate and chloride solutions irradiated at various ionization densities, it may be supposed that nitrite ions in concentrated nitrate solutions and free chlorine in concentrated chloride solutions are formed both by the action of the radiolysis products of water and by other processes. The yields of products of radiation-induced reactions in these processes are independent of the kind of radiation and depend mainly on the concentration of the salt. If we suppose that the yields of the radiolysis products of water do not change substantially with increase in the concentration of the salt, then it is most probable that the increase in the yields of the main products of the radiation-induced reactions (nitrite ions in nitrate solutions and free chlorine in chloride solutions) is associated with the "direct" action of radiation on the solute. The mechanism of direct action on the nitrate ion can be represented as follows: NO3-evv-9 NO3 + e NO2 NO2 + 0 and further: r 2NO2 + H20 2H+ + NO3- + NO 2- 0 + 0 ?4O It IS most probable that the electron ejected will be captured by a water molecule; H2O + e H20"--10 H + 0H The H atoms formed will react with nitrate ions and increase the observed yield of NO2-. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR 350 ? ? ? 414 Dar!. - arIIfI7d Cony ADDrOVed for Release 50-Yr ,m?????,.. 11F. FORMATION AND TRANSFORMATION OF IRON COMPOUNDS IN THE RADIOLYSIS OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS A. I. Chernova, V. D. Orekhov, and M. A. Proskurnin The study of the behavior of ferrous iron under radiolysis conditions is of considerable interest, for it is known that ferrous ions play a sensitizing role in oxidation reactions of aqueous solutions of organic sub- stances. According to some authors (Dewhurst, Vermeil, and others), in sensitization processes of this sort iron is to be assigned the passive part of an acceptor of hydrogen peroxide (or organic peroxides) formed in the course of the oxidation of the organic substance. The authors of the present paper consider that it would be more correct to assign a primary role to ferrous ions and assume that, under the irradiation, unstable oxygen compounds arc formed which take part in the transfer of the oxidizing component in oxidative radiolysis. It was in fact found that, in the irradiation of highly acid solutions of Mohr's salt, only part (about 16 equivalents per 100 ev) of the iron is oxidized to the ferric state; most of it (about 48 equivalents) is converted into another form, which is not determinable analytically either as ferric or as ferrous iron. In agreement with earlier4suggestions (Cahill, Bray, Mansho, and others), it was suggested that in such processes a peroxide complex of iron is formed in which the iron has a higher valency, for example four. It was suggested that, in the formation of the iron-peroxide compound, an active part is taken by a' ferrous iron oxygen complex which forms when solutions of Mohr's salt stand in the air, e.g. in accordance with the Georges-Philippe scheme: Fez+ + 02 Fez+ ?02. The formation of such a compound is confirmed by considerable increase in ultraviolet absorption at 250-mi in Mohr's solution that has stood in the air. The ferrous iron oxygen complex is converted by irradiation in acid solution 1 N into a peroxide complex: Fez+ '02 + H Fe3?00H. This complex is unstable and slowly decomposes in two ways: Fe 3+ +? 00H Fe34.00H Fe2+ +? 02 + H+ Decomposition of the iron peroxide compound in these ways results in the oxidation either of the ferrous ions themselves or of other substances present in the solution. The direct transformation of quadrivalent iron into the trivalent condition may be effected by carrying out the radiolytic oxidation of ferrous iron in 4 N H2SO4 at an elevated temperature (about 80?). The same effect is achieved by the introduction of oxygen carriers, such as Ce31-ions, into the irradiated solution. By the introduction of Ce3 , I-, and Br-ions into irradiated solutions of Mohr's salt in 4 N H2SO4, we succeeded in detecting a postradiational effect consisting in the oxidation of additional amounts of ferrous ions in the decomposition of the iron peroxide compound formed during irradiation. In certain individual cases it was found possible to raise the yield of completely oxidized iron ions (generally 60 equivalents per 100 ev) to 90 equivalents per 100 ev. It was shown that the complex formed was able to oxidize organic compounds (e.g. formic acid), and it was suggested that the carrier of the oxidative component under the conditions of many processes in which iron takes part? both in radiation chemistry and in homogeneous catalysis? is a peroxide complex of iron of this sort. We may be sure that the study of peroxide compounds of iron will be found useful in all cases when iron is encountered as an oxygen carrier in radiation chemistry, homogeneous catalysis, and biological systems. 01/31 ? CIA RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 351 L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ( 1 ACTION OF ACCELERATED ELECTRONS ON KMn04 SOLUTIONS B. A. Gvozdev and V. N. Shubin There is very little information in the literature on the action of ionizing radiation on KMn04 solutions. This paper describes an investigation of the reduction of potassium permanganate solutions under the action of a beam of accelerated electrons.. 1. Reaction yields were determined for the reduction of KMn04 in the concentration range from 10-2 to 3'10-1 M for various values of the initial pH of the solution. 2. The effect of the acidity of the solution on the rate of the reduction reaction was determined in the pH range 0.4-12. There is a maximum yield at pH 2.05. 3. It was shown that the yield is independent of the mean dosage intensity in the range 1012-1020 ev/ sec. 4. A possible mechanism was proposed for the reduction of potassium permanganate in aqueous solution under the action of radiation. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR ACTION OF y- RADIATION ON COLLOIDAL SOLUTIONS OF COBALT, NICKEL, SILVER, AND GOLD SULFIDES E. M. Nanobashvili and L. P. Beruchashvili 1. Under the action of Co62 y-radiation sols of cobalt, nickel, silver and gold sulfides undergo far- reaching changes until complete solution or coagulation occurs. 2. The loss of stability of sols of cobalt, nickel, silver, and gold sulfides under the action of radiation is due to secondary reactions between the sol-stabilizing HS- and S2- ions and OH radicals or hydrogen peroxide molecules formed in the intermicellar liquid of the irradiated sols. 3. The gels formed from CoS and AgIS under the action of radiation differ greatly in structure from the gels formed by the action of electrolytes. 4. The passage of colloidal golutions of metal sulfides into true solution under the action of radiation may find practical application in the technology of enriching sulfide ores containing rare elements in a diffusely scattered form. P. G. Melikishvili Institute of Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the Georgian SSR, Tbilisi 352 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? a SIMULTANEOUS POLAROGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF H202 AND 02 IN NITRATE SOLUTION DURING THEIR IRRADIATION V. I. Medvedovsky 1. The previously used procedure, whereby hydrogen peroxide and oxygen are determined after the irradiation, gives incorrect values for their initial yields because they react with other radiolysis products or undergo catalytic decomposition. 2. A procedure is developed for the simultaneous polarographic determination of hydrogen peroxide and oxygen during the irradiation. The method is based on the use of two dropping mercury electrodes in one cell containing a common anode. With the aid of two independent electric circuits and a photoregistering system, the two simultaneous radiation-induced processes are recorded on one diagram. 3. From the resulting curves initial yields of hydrogen peroxide and molecular oxygen are found for various dosage intensities. It is shown that at low dosage the yield of molecular oxygen is of the order of one- tenth of the yield of hydrogen peroxide. Increase in dosage intensity results in reduction in the yield of hydrogen peroxide with simultaneous increase in the yield of molecular oxygen. On the basis of the results, inferences are made concerning the most probable mechanism of the formation of hydrogen peroxide and molecular oxygen in 1M NaNO2. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR KINETICS OF THE DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROGEN PEROXIDE UNDER THE ACTION OF 7-RADIATION V. Ya. Chernykh, S. Ya. Pshezhetsky, and G. S. Tyurikov 1. The kinetics of the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide in aqueous solutions under the action of ionizing radiations have been investigated by various workers. However, the resulting data on the dependence of reaction rate on H202 concentration and irradiation intensity, and on reaction yields as related to absorbed radiation energy are in many ways contradictory, which is probably largely attributable to the fact that the measurements were carried out in limited concentration ranges in dilute solutions. 2. We investigated the kinetics of the decomposition of H202 in aqueous solutions over a wide concen- tration range ? from 2 to 92 mole To of H202 ?reaction being promoted by y-radiation. We studied also some of the kinetic laws of the thermal and photochemical reactions in the same concentration range. The intensity of the y-radiation was varied from 0.26.1012 to 1.844012 es,/ litensec; the temperature was varied from ?30? to 50?. 3. It was shown that the rate of the radiational reaction, expressed as a function of the H202 concen- tration, passes through a maximum, which occurs at about 35-40 mole% of H202. The reaction rate is proportional to the square root of the radiation intensity at all concentrations investigated. The dependence of the reaction rate on temperature was investigated at 50, 30, 10, 1, -4, -11, and -21. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003 5 353 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 t For all solutions there is a linear relationship between the logarithm of the reaction rate and the reciprocal of the temperature. The straight line has a break at about 10?. In the temperature range from ?21? to 10? the mean activation energy is 6.5+ 1.0 kcal/mole; above 10* the mean activation energy is 2.8 + 1.0 kcal/mole. This is caused by superposition on the rate of the diffusion reaction. 4. Reaction yields, expressed with respect to absorbed y-radiation energy, depend on concentration and temperature and lie between the limits of 21 (at -4?) and 230 (at 50?) molecules of decomposed peroxide per 100 ev. Such yields are characteristic of a chain process. 5. Thermal reaction rates were measured in the same concentration range at 10, 30, and 50?. The relation of reaction rate to H202 concentration has the same character as for the action of y-radiation. In absolute value the rate of thermal decomposition at 30-50? is approximately one-tenth of the rate of radiational decomposition. The mean activation energy of the thermal reaction is 12.6 + 1,5 kcal/mole, 6. The concentrational dependence of the rate of reaction in presence of ultraviolet radiation was investigated over the same range of H202 concentrations. The character of the relationship is the same as in the previous cases. The straight line, log W against 1/T, has a break in the region of 10?. In the range 1-10' the activation energy is 7.3 kcal/mole, and in the range 10-50? it is 4.0.+ 1.0 kcal/ mole. This effect is again due to the superposition of diffusion. 7. The identical characters of the relationships of reaction rate to coneentration,inoespective of the way in which reaction is initiated (by radiation, photochemically or thermally) and the closeness of the values of the activation energy in radiational and photochemical decomposition indicate that the basic mechanism of the reaction does not depend on the character of the initiation. This is due to the fact that decomposition of hydrogen peroxide is a chain process. 8, The relation between rate of decomposition of H202 and concentration is analogous to the relation between the specific conductivity of peroxide solutions and concentration. This symbatic relationship indicates that ions play an important part in the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. 9. The kinetic laws established for radiational decomposition can be explained with the aid of the concept of the dissociation of the H02 radical into H+ and 02-ions, which has been used previously in work on the photodecomposition of H202. The rate equation for the reaction derived on this basis provides a satisfactory description a the experimental data on radiational, photochemical, and thermal decomposition. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR RADIATION-INDUCED OXIDATION OF SOLUTIONS OF QUADRIVALENT URANIUM V. G. Firsov and B. V. Ershler 1. An investigation was made into the oxidation of aqueous solutions of quadrivilent uranium under the action of y-radiation from a cobalt source. The investigation covered a wide range of concentrations both of quadrivalent and also of hexavalent uranium, and other conditions were also varied over a wide range. 2. It was shown that the following reactions occur in the radiation-induced oxidation of quadrivalent uranium; 354 ? 4 4 ? ? a) reaction of U (IV) with the OH radical; b) reaction of U (IV) with H202; c) reaction of U (VI) with the H atom; d) reaction of combination of radicals with one another. 3. The most favorable conditions for these various reactions were discussed. 4. The kinetics of the various reactions were compared, and the directions in which these investigations can be further developed and extended to other, analogous systems were indicated. Heat Technology Laboratory of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR MECHANISM OF THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A STATIONARY POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE IN THE SYSTEM Pt / AQUEOUS SOLUTION / Au UNDER THE ACTION OF y-RADIATION Ts. I. Zalkind, V. I. Veselovsky, and G. Z. Gochaliev 1. The study of the action of nuclear radiations on electrochemical systems undoubtedly presents scien- tific and practical interest. It enables us not only to make a deeper investigation of electrochemical and radiation-induced processes, but also to approach the solution of problems concerning the transformation of the energy of nuclear radiations into electrical energy. 2. As a result of an investigation into the action of y-radiation on the system Pt / aqueous solution of acid or alkali not containing oxygen / Au, it was shown that in the irradiation of this system a stationary potential difference of about 0.9 v is established between the platinum and gold electrodes. The potential of the platinum electrode takes up a value close to that of the reversible hydrogen electrode and the potcotial of the gold electrode is more positive by about 0.95 v. 3. The time-dependence of the potentials of the platinum and gold electrodes and of the depolarization currents at constant potential in the course of irradiation,and after irra.diation,was investigated. It was shown that the electrocheMically active components of the solution are mainly the short-lived radiolysis products ? hydrogen atoms and hydroxyl radicals responsible for processes proceeding respectively at the platinum and at the gold electrode. Results obtained when the solutions were saturated with oxygen in order to bind H atoms and with addition of oxalic acid, which reacts with OH radicals, confirm this conclusion. 4. The results enable us to conclude that the stationary potential difference established between the Pt and Au electrodes is associated with a difference in the electrochemical properties of these electrodes. On the basis of an analysis of polarization curves determined with still and rotating electrodes during irradiation it was established that, under given irradiation conditions (dosage 2?10L5 ev/ cc), the limiting stage of processes occurring at the platinum electrode is the diffusion of hydrogen to the electrode, whereas at the gold electrode the limiting stage is the electrochemical discharge of hydroxyl radicals. 5. The electrochemical system Pt / aqueous solution / Au under y-radiation can be regarded as a very simple radiational galvanic element operating on the basis of the electrochemical reaction of the formation of water from the radiolysis products formed by the action of y-radiation on aqueous solutions. 355 L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 RADIATIONAL-ELECTROCHEMICAL PROCESSES IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF URANIUM SALTS N. B. Miller, Ts. I. Zalkind, and V. I. Veselovsky It may be expected that, when radioactive radiations act on aqueous solutions of uranium salts, changes will occur in the electrochemical parameters of the system as a result of the shift in oxidation-reduction equilibria due to reaction between primary radiolysis products (H atoms, hydroxyl radicals) and the solute. Electrochemically active oxidizing and reducing components will appear in the solution and will act on the electrodes, where they will bring about electrochemical processes corresponding to the changed parameters of the system. Investigation of radiational-electrochemical processes in solutions of uranyl salts is of considerable interest, since their realization can occur under suitable conditions (neutron field) as a result of the liberation of energy by fission of the uranium. 1. An investigation was made into the action of radioactive radiations (of radon and of Con) on uranyl sulfate and perchlorate solutions and into the action of y-radiation (Cog) on solutions of UM and urv in hydrochloric acid. It was shown that, when radioactive radiations act on salts of hexavalent uranium, uranyl ions are reduced to quinquevalent uranium ions, and as these accumulate, reactions in which these ions undergo disproportionation and oxidation by radiolysis products become important. After prolonged action of Rn radiation, the main radiolysis products are hydrogen peroxide or? in solutions of low acidity (0.1 N)? a uranium peroxide compound which appears as a precipitate. As a result of the facile oxidation-reduction transformations in the UVI/ UV system, increase in uranyl ion concentration in the solution leads to reduction in the amount of hydrogen peroxide or uranium peroxide compounds formed and to reduction in the yield in the oxidation of quadrivalent uranium. When radiation acts on um/ ulv and U'/ U'1, there is a shift of equilibrium in the system with formation Of the more highly oxidized form. 2. An analogous investigation of the effect of optical irradiation showed that the products of the photo- chemical reaction are quinque- and quadrivalent uranium salts formed by the reduction of uranyl ions, and also oxidation products, which may be hydrogen peroxide and uranium peroxide compounds. The concen- tration of these products depends on the relative rates of the coupled oxidation-reduction reactions occurring in the solution. In their turn, the reaction rates depend on the acidity of the solution, the nature of the anion, and the presence in the solution of oxygen or of organic additives. Optical irradiation of uranium (UM) chloride solutions accelerates oxidation to the quadrivalent state. 3. It was shown that y-irradiation (Co") of uranyl perchlorate and sulfate solutions results in the establishment of a stationary potential, in the neighborhood of the hydrogen zero, on a Pt electrode as a result of the formation of quinquevalent uranium in nonequilibrium concentrations. The value of the stationary potential depends on the acidity of the solution and the nature of the anion. Under certain conditions a stationary potential is established at a gold electrode on account of the consumption of oxidizing radiolysis components of aqueous uranyl salt solutions; this potential has the value of 1.1 against a hydrogen electrode in the same solution. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR 356 ? ? ? ? ? o ? ? ? ? ? RADIATIONAL-GALVANIC ELEMENT BASED ON THE OXIDATION-REDUCTION REACTION Fe2+-4 Fes+ P. I. Dolin and V. I. Duzhenkov The possibility of using the oxidizing and reducing products of the radiolysis of water in radiational- electrochemical reactions was first pointed out by V. L Veselovsky. In the system we have examined, the oxidizing radiolysis products of water, OH and H202, were applied in the oxidation of Fe2+ to Fes+, and the reducing products H and H2 were liberated in the form of molecular hydrogen. The electrochemical system consisted of two half-elements; an electrode in the oxidation-reduction 3? system Fe/ Fe2+ in 3 N H2SO4 and an electrode in 3 N H2SQL working as a hydrogen electrode. The electrodes were of platinum. The half-elements were separated by a diaphragm. The consumption of Fes+ in the electrode reaction Fe s+ + e = Fe2+ at the positive electrode and of H2 in the reaction H2 = 2H 1- 2e at the negative electrode was balanced in presence of y-radiation mainly by the following radiational reactions; Fe2+ + OH = FJ1- + 0H- H + H = H2 For the stationary working of the element it is essential to have a diaphragm that passes II+ ions, but stops iron ions. The curves for the time-dependence of the current and potential of the element show an increase in EMF at the beginning of the irradiation until a stationary value is attained. The coefficient of utilization of radiation energy in this system, which, as compared with others, gives a fairly high yield (8 molecules per 100 ev), is about 650. In order tof increase this coefficient it is necessary to find a way of raising the yield in the reaction of oxidation of Fe2 to Fell. in a solution saturated with hydrogen. In the meantime, the element described can be regarded only as an attempt to prove the possibility in principle of applying radiation-induced reactions in aqueous solutions to the transformation of radiation energy into electrical energy. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR CORROSION BEHAVIOR OF METALS IN y-IRRADIATED H2SO4 SOLUTIONS Ya. M. Kolotyrkin, N. Ya. Bune, and G. S. Tyurikov 1. In accordance with its polarization region, a metal can be in one of three possible states; active, passive, and ultrapassive. However, irrespective of its state, the rate of dissolution of?the metal in a solution of given composition is a simple function of the potential. 2. The change in the rate of corrosion of a metal under y-irradiation is associated with the change in potential to be observed. Kndwing the relation of the rate of dissolution to the potential, we may estimate? without making any direct measurements? the rate of corrosion of the metal in the irradiated solution from the value of its stationary potential. 357 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 taalfEZ-. 3. The potential of a metal in an irradiated solution is determined by the kinetics of the oxidation- reduction reactions of the radiolysis components of water (11 and OH) or the products of their recombination (H2, 02, and 11202) at a metallic surface (cf. the usual irreversible oxidation-reduction systems). In accordance with the laws of electrochemical kinetics, the stationary potential of a noble metal in an irradiated solution not containing extraneous oxidizing or reducing agents should depend not only on the character of the reactions indicated and on the composition of the solution, but also on the nature of the metal. For an electronegative metal the value of the stationary potential in such solutions depends also on the rate of its dissolution. 4. The character of the effect of y-radiations on the corrosion behavior of a metal is greatly dependent on its ability to undergo passivation. For metals that can be readily rendered passive,the oxidizing radiolysis component is very effective, its action being equivalent to that of an anodic current. If the rate of reduction of the oxidizing component exceeds the current density necessary for the passivation of the electrode, then the metal may be changed from the active to the passive state under the action of the radiation, a change that should be accompanied by reduction in the rate of corrosion. Similar effects are observed for certain iron alloys. If the rate of reduction of the oxidizing component does not exceed the passivation current, as is found in the case of nickel, irradiation causes an increase in the rate of dissolution and is not accompanied by an appreciable change of potential. 5. When ions of variable valence are present in the solution, the effectiveness of the oxidizing component of radiolysis may be increased and the transition of the metal from the active to the passive condition may be accelerated. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR EFFECT OF ACCELERATED ELECTRONS ON THE CORROSION OF IRON, STAINLESS STEEL, AND ALUMINUM IN SODIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS M. N. Fokin, T. V. Matveeva, N. D. Tomashov, A. V. Byalobzhesky4 V. D. Valkov 1. An examination was made of various aspects of the effect of accelerated electrons on corrosion and electrochemical behavior in the system metal / natural oxide film / electrolyte. It was established that an important factor in these processes is the action ? previously not taken into account ?of electrons on the electrode, the originally fast electrons being slowed down to thermal speeds by passage through the system metal/solution, when they are able to polarize the irradiated electrode anodically or cathodically. The results are given of corrosion and electrochemical investigations on Armco iron, 1Kh18N9T and aluminum in a flowing 0.5 M NaC1 solution irradiated with accelerated electrons at a dosage intensity in the electrolyte layer adjacent to the metal of 6.6.109 ev/cc?sec. The samples became anodically polarized as a result of the electronic irradiation. 2. It was shown that the anodically polarizing action of electron beams on the corrosion of 1Kh18N9T steel in a NaC 1 solutions predominates over other radiation effects, but is not the only one. 3. Distinct differences were noted in the corrosion behavior of irradiated samples of aluminum accord- ing to whether they ax as an anode, as a cathode, or are unpolarized. It was found that on unpolarized aluminum there was formed a protective oxide film that is to be associated with the action of powerful oxidants ? the radiolysis products of water. 358 4. It was shown that there is an appreciable increase in the rate of corrosion of samples of iron irradiated in sodium chloride solutions of various concentrations, which is to be explained mainly as the result of the facilitation of the cathode process together with the depolarizing action of short-lived radiolysis products of water. 5. It was shown that with increase in the irradiation intensity beyond a certain definite value, the rate of corrosion ofiKhl8N9Tsteel in 0.5 M NaCl increases more rapidly than the electronic current density. This is to be explained by the interaction of two processes: a) formation of supplementary local anodes on the sample in association with change in the electrode surface during its absorption of the energy of the electronic irradiation, and b) healing of disrupted patches of the surface by the frontal mechanism (growth of a protective film). 6. It was shown that the corrosion effects observed in these experiments did not result from the thermal effect of the radiation. 7. Investigations were made into several ways of protecting 1Kh18N9T steels irradiated with fast electrons in 0.5 M NaCl from corrosion,and it was shown that it is possible to use the methods of a) cathodic protection and the protector-block method, and b) introduction into the electrolyte of reducing agents that are oxidized at more highly negative potentials than the potential for the anodic destruction of the passive state of the steel. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR CHANGE IN THE ELECTROCHEMICAL ACTIVITY OF METALS UNDER THE ACTION OF RADIATION I. L. Rozenfeld and E. K. Oshe 1. In the irradiation of galvanic elements (Zr-Al, Zr-Fe, Fe-AI) in a moving electrolyte (3 4/0 NaC1) by a beam of fast (0.8 Mev) electrons at an intensity of 15 ? a per sq. cm, a sharp rise in the current of the element is observed. When irradiation is discontinued, the current falls sharply to its initial value. Experi- ments in which only the anode or cathode was irradiated showed that an incream in current is observed only when the cathode is irradiated, the effect not being observed when only the anode is irradiated. Under irradiation, the anodes underwent considerably more destruction than they did under the same conditions but in absence of radiation. 2. The observed effect cannot be explained by the factors previously considered to be the math causes of the acceleration of electrode reactions by radiation (rise in temperature due to absorption of radiation energy, formation of radiolysis products, anodic polarization due to charged particles). 3. The change in the electrochemical activity of metals under irradiation is to be associated with the accompanying changes in the physical properties of oxide films on metals, which are regarded as semi- conductors. if we take account of the fact that the current of the elements is determined by the rate of the cathode reaction of reduction of oxygen, and assume that the latter is limited by the high resistance of the semiconducting film on the cathode, then radiation capable of causing "radiational conductivity" in this film should accelerate the cathode reaction and lead to a sharp increase in the current of the element. On the basis of this proposed mechanism, irradiation of the anode cannot lead to increase in the current of the element, which is confirmed by experiment. 359 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 4. The relation of the current of the element to the radiation intensity was studied theoretically and experimentally. From the theoretical examination, which was based on concepts of the photoconductivity of semiconductors, the following relationship was derived: = +Ayr in which JI? is the current of the element in absence of radiation; I is the radiation intensity; and A is the constant for the given galvanic element. The calculations made agreed satisfactorily with the experimental results. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR RADIATIONAL SENSITIZATION BY MEANS OF OXIDE SEMICONDUCTORS IN RE- ACTIONS OF FORMATION AND DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROGEN PEROXIDE IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS UNDER THE ACTION OF y-RADIATION D. M. Shub, G. S. Tyurikov, and V. I. Veselovsky The ability of oxide semiconductors to sensitize chemical reactions in presence of radiation may be of great importance for the development of effective means of utilizing the energy of nuclear radiation for chemical purposes. In this connection we carried out an investigation of the heterogeneous reaction of forming hydrogen peroxide in aqueous suspensions of a semiconductor (ZnO, A1203) under the action of Co e4 y-radiation in presence of oxygen. We studied also the effect of suspensions of oxide semiconductors on the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide in aqueous solutions of various concentrations in the temperature range 8-45?. In presence of the suspensfon, increase in the rate of accumulation of hydrogen peroxide was observed in the one case, and decrease in the rate of decomposition was observed in the other. Simultaneously we investigated the laws governing the action on these systems of optical radiation that is absorbed by the oxide semiconductor. We again observed similar reactions of formation and decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, these being brought about by the transfer of the electronic-excitation energy of the semiconductor to components of the reaction medium. The experimental results permit us to conclude that, as in photosensitized reactions in which energy of optical frequencies absorbed by the semiconductor lead to photoelectrochemical reactions, in the reactions studied radiational heterogeneous sensitization occurs and brings about analogous reactions. In the field of ionizing radiations, oxide semiconductors are most effective in transforming absorbed quanta of high energy into the energy of electronic excitation, i.e. several electron volts, sufficient for transfer of an electron into the conductivity zone. As a result, the radiation-induced reactions under consideration are brought about very effectively in the reaction zone, i.e. the semiconductor-solution interface. For this treatment great importance must be attached to comparison of the sensitizing activity of semi- conductors with their fluorescence properties, particularly with the quenching of fluorescence by individual components of the reaction medium (02 and H202). The existence of a definite relationship between these properties,or of a parallelism in their variation may be regarded as evidence of the correctness of the views that we have expressed to the effect that these radiation-induced reactions that are promoted by oxide 360 ? ? ? ? ? ? 4 semiconductors are dependent on transfer of electronic-excitation energy of the semiconductors to components of the reactive medium. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR OXIDATION OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF BENZENE UNDER THE ACTION OF HIGH-POWER 7-RADIATION E. V. Barelko, L. I. Kartasheva, P. D. Novikov, and M. A. Proskurnin It was shown that ferrous ions have a sensitizing action for the oxidation of benzene and other aromatic compounds. At an irradiation intensity of 20-50 roentgens per second, sensitization in this way made it possible to triple the yield of phenol, as compared with the yield in the usual process. Apart from the increase in the yield of phenol, the introduction of an iron salt completely prevents the formation of stable emulsions, which in Weiss's opinion,are formed by biphenyl. The prevention of biphenyl formation constitutes a substantial practical improvement in the process. However, this effect remains incomprehensible from the point of view of previous concepts of the mechanism of the reaction. Experiments with larger apparatus enabled us to obtain sufficient material for investigation, and analysis showed that the product described by several authors as biphenyl is a more complex hydroxy derivative of this compound. This is in accord with primary formation of C6H6OH and C6H6H and subsequent reaction between these or polymerization with benzene molecules. Weiss's scheme does not provide an explanation of the absence of biphenyl among the reaction products, the primary intermediary being regarded as the phenyl radical (C6H6). It was somewhat unexpected to find that a comparatively small increase in the dosage intensity (by a factor of 5-7 to about 200 roentgens per second) brings about a substantial change in the course of the process. It was shown that, although there is an over-all increase in the yield of oxidation products, at higher irradiation intensities The yield of phenol falls and oxidation proceeds further. We investigated methods of interfering in the course of the process with the object of increasing yields and directing the process in the required direction, and these may be useful for the development of a technical scheme for the utilization of nuclear radiations. In order to determine the nature of the sensitizing action of ferrous ions in the radiolytic oxidation of benzene in water, we carried out experiments on the photochemical oxidation of benzene under analogous conditions. These showed that benzene is oxidized in presence of water with formation of phenol and demon- strated the sensitization of photochemical reactions by ferrous ions. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 361 L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 4. The relation of the current of the element to the radiation intensity was studied theoretically and experimentally. From the theoretical examination, which was based on concepts of the photoconductivity of semiconductors, the following relationship was derived: Jk = AlfT in which g is the current of the element in absence of radiation; I is the radiation intensity; and A is the constant for the given galvanic element. The calculations made agreed satisfactorily with the experimental results. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR RADIATIONAL SENSITIZATION BY MEANS OF OXIDE SEMICONDUCTORS IN RE- ACTIONS OF FORMATION AND DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROGEN PEROXIDE IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS UNDER THE ACTION OF y-RADIATION D. M. Shub, G. S. Tyurikov, and V. I. Veselovsky The ability of oxide semiconductors to sensitize chemical reactions in presence of radiation may be of great importance for the development of effective means of utilizing the energy of nuclear radiation for chemical purposes. In this connection we carried out an investigation of the heterogeneous reaction of forming hydrogen peroxide in aqueous suspensions of a semiconductor (ZnO, A1203) under the action of Co" y-radiation in presence of oxygen. We studied also the effect of suspensions of oxide semiconductors on the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide in aqueous colutions of various concentrations in the temperature range 8-45?. In presence of the suspension, increase in the rate of accumulation of hydrogen peroxide was observed in the one case, and decrease in the rate of decomposition was observed in the other. Simultaneously we investigated the laws governing the action on these systems of optical radiation that is absorbed by the oxide semiconductor. We again observed similar reactions of formation and decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, these being brought about by the transfer of the electronic-excitation energy of the semiconductor to components of the reaction medium. The experimental results permit us to conclude that, as in photosensitized reactions in which energy of optical frequencies absorbed by the semiconductor lead to photoelectrochemical reactions, in the reactions studied radiational heterogeneous sensitization occurs and brings about analogous reactions. In the field of ionizing radiations, oxide semiconductors are most effective in transforming absorbed quanta of high energy into the energy of electronic excitation, i.e. several electron volts, sufficient for transfer of an electron into the conductivity zone. As a result, the radiation-induced reactions under consideration are brought about very effectively in the reaction zone, i.e. the semiconductor-solution interface. For this treatment great importance must be attached to comparison of the sensitizing activity of semi- conductors with their fluorescence properties, particularly with the quenching of fluorescence by individual components of the reaction medium (02 and H202). The existence of a definite relationship between these properties,or of a parallelism in their variation may be regarded as evidence of the correctness of the views that we have expressed to the effect that these radiation-induced reactions that are promoted by oxide 360 - a ? ? ? 4. semiconductors are dependent on transfer of electronic-excitation energy of the semiconductors to components of the reactive medium. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR OXIDATION OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF BENZENE UNDER THE ACTION OF HIGH-POWER y-RADIATION E. V. Barelko, L. I. Kartasheva, P. D. Novikov, and M. A. Proskurnin It was shown that ferrous ions have a sensitizing action for the oxidatiorrof benzene and other aromatic compounds. At an irradiation intensity of 20-50 roentgens per second, sensitization in this way made it possible to triple the yield of phenol, as compared with the yield in the usual process. Apart from the increase in the yield of phenol, the introduction of an iron salt completely prevents the formation of stable emulsions, which, in Weiss's opinion,are formed by biphenyl. The prevention of biphenyl formation constitutes a substantial practical improvement in the process. However, this effect remains incomprehensible from the point of view of previous concepts of the mechanism of the reaction. Experiments with larger apparatus enabled us to obtain sufficient material for investigation, and analysis showed that the product described by several authors as biphenyl is a more complex hydroxy derivative of this compound. This is in accord with primary formation of C6H6OH and C6H6H and subsequent reaction between these or polymerization with benzene molecules. Weiss's scheme does not provide an explanation of the absence of biphenyl among the reaction products, the primary intermediary being regarded as the phenyl radical (C6I-16). It was somewhat unexpected to find that a comparatively small increase in the dosage intensity (by a factor of 5-7 to about 200 roentgens per second) brings about a substantial change in the course of the process. It was shown that, although there is an over-all increase in the yield of oxidation products, at higher irradiation intensities .the yield of phenol falls and oxidation proceeds further. We investigated methods of interfering in the course of the process with the object of increasing yields and directing the process in the required direction, and these may be useful for the development of a technical scheme for the utilization of nuclear radiations. In order to determine the nature of the sensitizing action of ferrous ions in the radiolytic oxidation of benzene in water, we carried out experiments on the photochemical oxidation of benzene under analogous conditions. These showed that benzene is oxidized in presence of water with formation of phenol and demon- strated the sensitization of photochemical reactions by ferrous ions. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 361 L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ACTION OF X-RAYS ON DILUTE AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF SOME ORGANIC SUBSTANCES V. I. Duzhenkov and P. I. Dolin In order to determine the reactivities of certain organic substances toward H, OH, and H02 radicals, an Investigation was made into the effect of additions of various organic compounds on the yield of the molecular radiolysis products of water in solutions varying in acidity. The introduction of organic additives results in an increase in GH2 and GiiO2. an effect that is more notable in acid solutions ( 0.1 M H2SO4) than in alkaline solutions. The increase in GH2 and GH202 on addition of certain organic substances is due to the more effective interaction of the radical radiolysis products (OH and H) with the organic additive than with the molecular radiolysis products. This results in the suppression of reverse reactions and so to increase in the yields of H2 and H202. Different organic additions produce different effects owing to the differing reactivities of these subFinnces towatd OH, and H, and H02 radicals. It was found that there is a lowering effect on the limiting pressure of H2 in solutions saturated with 02 when certain organic substances are added, the effect being dependent on the nature and concentration of the organic addition. It is characteristic that the greatest lowering of limiting pressure occurs in solutions of substances that increase GH2 and GH e -2 It was shown that the lowering of limiting pressure and the increase in the initial yield of H2, due to the addition of organic substances to aqueous solutions,are in accord with the ability of the organic substances themselves to undergo oxidative radiolysis in the pure state. On the basis of our results, the organic substances investigated can be placed in the following order with respect to increase in the effectiveness of their interaction with the radiolysis products of water: benzene, acetic acid, heptane, acetone, ethanol, hexanoic acid, and hexyl alcohol. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR LINKED OXIDATION-REDUCTION PROCESSES IN THE RADIOLYSIS OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS V. D. Orekov, M. A. Proskurnin, V. A. Sharpaty, and A. A. Zansokhova The System Leuco Compound of Dye? Sodium Nitrate The conversion of leuco compounds of dyes into the colored (quinonoid) forms on radiolysis in aqueous solutions proceeds in two stages (the intermediate oxidation product is a semiquinone, which, on accumulating in the solution may be reduced back by H atoms formed by the radiolysis of water). The initial yield in the process of oxidizing the leuco compound of a dye in aqueous solution is much lower than the yield of the radiolysis products of water, OH radicals and H atoms. For example, in the oxidation of Indigosol A, the leuco compound of a dye, dissolved in water, at pH 3,the yield is about 0.5 molecule per 100 ev. Introduction into the solution of an acceptor substance for the radiolysis products of water, which have reducing properties, results in a sharp rise in the yield in the oxidation reaction of the 362 t, 4 ? ? ? ? leuco compound. Dissolved 02 (air) can serve as one such acceptor, and in its presence the initial yield of the process is 1.4 molecules per 100 ev. The nitrate ion is still more highly effective. At appreciable nitrate concentrations(10-2M to1M) the yield in the oxidation of the leuco compound increases to 5 molecules per 100 ev (in absence of air). This behavior is probably associated with the participation of activated water molecules (up to 12 molecules per 100 ev) in secondary processes. The same linked processes carried out in presence of air are complicated by oxidation processes in which molecular 02 takes part, the carrier for this being probably products of the reduction of nitrite formed in the radiolysis. Analogous processes are observed in leuco compounds of other dyes of the same type (Bromoindigosol, Indigosol red brown, etc.). The System Sodium Nitrate?Glycerol An investigation was carried out into the conditions for the sensitization of the radiolytic transformation of sodium nitrate at various concentrations in alkaline solution ( in which the rate of oxidation of nitrite formed during irradiation is reduced to a minimum). The yield in the transformation of nitrate depends greatly on the nature of the dissolved gas (for example, molecular oxygen has an inhibiting effect on'the reduction of nitrate). An investigation was made into the temperature-dependence of the radiolytic transformation of sodium nitrate in the temperature range 20-90? in presence and in absence of glycerol, which sensitizes the reduction of the nitrate ion (the sensitizing effect of glycerol is notable at concentrations of greater than 5.10" M). In the irradiation of a solution of NaNO3(1M)and KOHOM), rise in temperature from 20 to 40* causes an increase in yield of nitrite ion from 3 tp 6.5 equivalents per 100 ev, and at 80-90? the sodium nitrite yield is 8 equivalents per 100 ev. Under these conditions of irradiaticn the introduction of glycerol in the temperature range 25-35' results in a considerable fall in the nitrite yield (to 1 equivalent per 100 ev), and at temperatures above 35?, to a rapid rise (to 10.5 equivalents per 100 ev). In the irradiation of solutions saturated with nitrogen the yield of NO2" is independent of the temperature of the solution. Our results are of interest as an example of the sensitization of nonchain radiation-induced process in aqueous solutions, and they illustrate the hypothesis previously advanced by the authors concerning the possibility of bringing all radiolyzed water molecules into reaction under certain conditions. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR INVESTIGATION OF THE FADING OF AN AQUEOUS SOLUTION OF METHYLENE BLUE UNDER THE ACTION OF X-RAYS Ya. L. Shekhtman and T. G. Ratner 1. With the object of studying the kinetics of the fading of Methylene blue in aqueous solution under the action of ionizing radiations, we investigated the relation of the fading of an aqueous solution of Methylene blue to the acidity of the solution within the concentration range of 40-1000 micromoles per liter. 2. It was shown that fading depends on the pH of the solution and has a minimum at pH 4. In weakly acid solutions (pH 5.5) in presence of oxygen, fading proceeds irreversibly in accordance with an exponential law and Is dependent on the initial concentration of the solution. Between the 3710 dose, i.e. the dose necessary for the destruction of 63go of the original dye molecules, and the initial dye concentration Co there is a linear relationship: Co/Do = K 363 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 In accordance with these results and the analytically derived reaction equation it may be supposed that fading products of the dye react with active radicals formed in the water, these fading products having the same "affinity" for radicals as the original dye molecules have. The yield obtained in the reaction does not depend on concentration. 3. In acid solutions (pH 1.0) there is no linear relation between Co and Do; the ratio Co/ Do and the yield in the reaction increase with increase in concentration. 4. We used an aqueous solution of Methylene blue as an indicator in the investigation of the "affinity" to active radicals shown by certain organic compounds; urea, thiourea, cysteine, cystine, and glucose. The ?protection? coefficients calculated from the results are in accord with Dale's results, which are obtained with carboxypeptidase as indicator. This method can be used in the food industry in radiational sterilization of food products. Institute of Biological Physics of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR SYNTHESIS AND TRANSFORMATIONS OF LEUCO COMPOUNDS OF DYES UNDER THE ACTION OF Co" y- RADIATION I. V. Vereshchinsky, L. T. Karpushkin, and #V. N. Shcheglov 1. The decolorization of dye solutions under the action of ionizing radiations has been investigated by several authors. In the present work an investigation was made into the conditions for the formation of the colored forms of dyes from the corresponding leuco compounds under the action of Co? y-radiation. 2. Leuco compounds of various triarylmethane dyes were synthesized (Malachite green, Brilliant green, Crystal violet, Methyl violet, Basic blue K). When methanol solutions of the leuco compounds are irradiated with 7-rays, the corresponding dyes are formed. Reaction requires the presence of molecular oxygen in the system. 3. When y-radiation acts on a mixture of ethanolic solutions of 1- naphthol and p-phenylenediamine in presence of molecular oxygen, the synthesis occurs of the dye Indophenol blue. In absence of molecular oxygen the leuco form is formed, and this is converted into the dye during subsequent contact with molecular oxygen. 4. The possible mechanism of the radiation-induced reactions occurring is discussed. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR 364 4; a a .4 ? ? EFFECT OF IRRADIATION OF PROTEIN SOLUTIONS WITH X-RAYS IN AIR AND IN A VACUUM T. E. Pavlovskaya and A. G. Pasynsky In our previous investigations (Colloid J. 14, 239, 1952; 17, 305, 1955), by the methods of infrared and ultraviolet spectrophotometry (particularly ultraviolet), it was shown that the changes in absorption due to the action of the ionizing radiations, which are attributed in the literature (Barron and others) entirely to chemical changes undergone by the protein during irradiation, are in large measure due to Rayleigh scattering by aggre- gated protein particles; only a residual effect in the change in true absorption (after subtraction of the Rayleigh correction, which attains 20-4010 of the total effect)should be attributed to chemical changes brought about by irradiation in the chromophoric groups of the protein. In the present investigation we have developed a method of eliminating the effect of scattering in the measurement of absorption spectra by comparison with "standard" suspensions (quartz in glycerol, palmitic acid in water, etc.). A comparison is made of the changes in the true absorption of protein solutions when irradiated with x-rays in the air and in a vacum (doses of up to 500,000 roentgens). The changes in the true absorption of protein solutions, when irradiated in a vacuum, are determined by the action of H and OH radicals and hydrogen peroxide. Introduction into these solutions of sodium octanoate or cysteine, which react with the oxidizing component of irradiated water, enables uf to eliminate the effect of OH radicals and hydrogen peroxide on the chromophoric groupe of the protein. When this is done, the change in the true absorption of the protein during irradiation is reduced by 55-501.. In this way we may determine approximately by difference the relative content of H radicals for irradiation in a vacuum. A. N. Balch Institute of Biochemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR ACTION OF Co60 y-RADIA TION ON PROTEINS AND AMINO ACIDS M. A. Khenokh and E. M. Lapinskaya This paper gives results on the action of y-radiation on proteins and amino acids. Cog? (about 2 curies) was used as source of radiation. The findings are as follows. 1. In 0.50/0 solutions of albumin, casein, and gelatin, y-radiation (dose 7.5-1016 ev/ cc) causes an in- crease in ultraviolet absorption in the region 230-300 mu. No new maxima appear. 2. Irradiation of a 5.kgelatin gel (dose about 11.5.1016 ev/ cc) results in its conversion into a form that is insoluble in water at 50-60?. y-Radiation reduces the ability of gelatin to swell and causes a gel to become capable to only limited swelling even at elevated temperature, which is probably to be explained by the formation of cross links during irradiation. 3. In amino acid solutions, oxidative processes occurring under the action of y-radiation cause deamination with liberation of ammonia and rupture of C?C bonds in carbon chains with formation.of formaldehyde (dose about 11-1016 ev/ cc). 4. It was established with the aid of paper chromatography that, when irradiated, amino acids are decomposed with formation of amino acids having a shorter chain. Analogous results were obtained by the action of Fentont reagent on amino acids. 365 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 5. Under the action of y-radiation at a dosage of 0.6.10?? 1.0.1020 ev/cc, solutions of the aliphatic amino acids, glycine, alanine, leucine, and histidine show an increase in optical density. In cystine solutions irradiated at a dosage of 9.5.1019? 21.3.1019 ev/cc, the absorption in the ultraviolet region is reduced. 6. In solutions of the aromatic amino acids phenylalanine and tyrosine, the action of y-radiation at a dose of 1.8.1019? 4.8.1019 ev/ cc results in increased absorption in the ultraviolet region, but no new absorption maxima are formed. In tryptophan solutions irradiation results in a reduction in absorption (2.84019-- 8.04019 ev/ cc). Oxidative reactions due to the action of y-radiation (1.84019-5.44019 ev/cc) cause hydroxylation of the six-membered ring of phenylalanine with formation of phenols. 7. Irradiation of aqueous solutions of benzene results in increase in optical density in the region 230-260 mp. New sharp absorption bands at 260 and 2'76 my are found in the absorption spectrum of irradiated benzene solution, thus indicating the formation of phenol. It was shown also that a new absorption region (305-370 my with maximum at 348 my) makes its appearance. The action of y-radiation on aqueous solutions of benzene results in the rupture of C-C bonds in the benzene ring with formation of formaldehyde. 8. The y-irradiation of aqueous solutions of toluene at a dosage of 1.46-1019-2.56.1019 ev/cc causes the formation of a new absorption region (340-370 mp with a maximum at 355 my). The absorption in the region 230-280 my is preserved. The results of spectrum analysis on irradiated phenol solutions show that y-radiation (dose 4.92.1019- 8.99.1019 ev/ cc) has no appreciable effect on the absorption spectrum of these solutions. Comparison of the effect of y-radiation on the spectra of aqueous solutions of benzene, toluene, and phenol showed that the phenol spectrum is the most stable to the action of ionizing radiation. 9. Experiments on the effect of free radicals (Fenton's reagent) on benzene solutions showed that changes occur in the benzene spectrum (in the region 230-280 my) which are analogous to those produced by y-rays. P. F. Lesgart State Natural Science Institute, Leningrad EFFECT OF IONIZING RADIATIONS ON ANIMAL FATS B. N. Tarusov 1. A study was made of the kinetics of changes in physicochemical properties (viscosity, spectral character istics, peroxide numbers, etc.) and in toxic properties of fats isolated from the livers of mammals and fish and then irradiated with x- and y-rays. 2. In fats irradiated in presence of oxygen, active products are formed and postradiational reactions occur which proceed by a branched-chain mechanism with formation of toxic products. 3. Sterols are natural inhibitors for this reaction. The development of the oxidative chain reaction is ensured by a parallel reaction which destroys the inhibitor and also proceeds by a chain mechanism. 4. In presence of water there is a considerable acceleration of reaction and a high yield of highly toxic unsaturated acids is obtained. The accumulation of unsaturated acids in the postradiational reaction shows no parallelism with the formation and accumulation of peroxide compounds. 5. A study was made of the dependence of reaction rate on dose, terrperature, oxygen content, and amount of water. 6. On the basis of a comparison of these results with results obtained on living organisms, it is suggested that analogous reactions, accompanied by the formation of highly toxic unsaturated fatty acids, occur in the fatty phases of organisms. M. V. Lomonosov State University, Moscow 366 4 ? 1 4 ? EFFECT OF THE 7-RADIATION OF RADIOACTIVE COBALT ON THE ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF CARBOHYDRATES M. A. Khenokh This paper gives data on the effect of -radiation on carbohydrate solutions. The source of radiation was Co64 (about 2 curies). The findings are as follows. 1. The ultraviolet absorption of starch solutions increases as the dosage increases from 1.7?10" to 8.8.1019 ev/cc. At the same time, an absorption maximum is formed at 264.5-265 nil and a minimum at 240 my. 2. In inulin solutions at dosages of 0.724019-104019 ev/cc, the absorption maximum lies at 271 my and the minimum at 240 m.y. Increase of dosage causes a displacement of Xmax and Xmin in the direction of the shorter waves and the establishment of a stable maximum at 265 my with a minimum at 230-232 mp. According to data in the literature, this corresponds to the absorption spectrum of dihydroxyacetone. 3. In glucose solutions at dosages of 2.4.1019? 24.1019 ev/ cc, products are formed with an absorption maximum at 258-260 m y and a minimum at 232 my. In fructose solutions at dosages of 1.74019-4.34019 ev/cc, the maximum and minimum are at 264-265 my and 232-230 my, respectively. 4. In solutions of carbohydrates named in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3, and also in solutions of other sugars, oxidative processes occurring under the action of y-rays cause rupture of C?C bonds in the carbohydrate chains with formation of formaldehyde. 5. In maltose solutions at dosages of 1.84019--5.4.1019 Xmax lies at 262 my and Xmin at 252 my. In lactose solutions the corresponding wavelengths are 264-265 my and 240 my. 6. Irradiation of sucrose and raffinose solutions (0.85.1019? 3.80-1019 ev/ cc) causes the appearance of a maximum at 265-264 my and of a minimum at 231 my. 7. Qualitative and quantitative chromatographic analysis on paper showed that in y-irradiated sucrose and raffinose solutions hydrolysis occurs with rupture of the 1,2-bond in sucrose and the 1,6-bond in raffinose. In the radiolysis of sucrose solutions the fructose yield was 1.48 molecules per 100 ev, and in the radiolysis of raffinose solutions it was 0.36 molecule per 100 ev. 8. Irradiation of mannitol solutions resulted in the appearance of an absorption maximum at 265 my and a minimum at 230 my. In the irradiated solutions fructose is formed in a yield of 0.5 molecule per 100 ev. Under the action of y-radiation, carbohydrates not only undergo decomposition, but also undergo simultaneous transformations in which the original number of carbon atoms in the molecule is preserved. 9. The results of this work may be of practical interest in connection with attempts to make use of ionizing radiation for the destruction of macromolecular carbohydrates and also for sterilization, for example in the food and pharmaceutical industries. 367 P. F. Lesgart State Natural Science Institute, Leningrad Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 5. Under the action of y-radiation at a dosage of 0.6.1019? 1.0.102? el/ice, solutions of the aliphatic amino acids, glycine, alanine, leucine, and histidine show an increase in optical density. In cystine solutions irradiated at a dosage of 9.5.1019? 21.3.10" ev/cc, the absorption in the ultraviolet region is reduced. 6. In solutions of the aromatic amino acids phenylalanine and tyrosine, the action of y-radiation at a dose of 1.8.1019? 4.8.1019 ev/ cc results in increased absorption in the ultraviolet region, but no new absorption maxima are formed. In tryptophan solutions irradiation results in a reduction in absorption (2.8'1019? 8.0.1019 ev/ cc). Oxidative reactions due to the action of y-radiation (1.8.1019-5.44019 ev/ cc) cause hydroxylation of the six-membered ring of phenylalanine with formation of phenols. 7. Irradiation of aqueous solutions of benzene results in increase in optical density in the region 230-260 mg. New sharp absorption bands at 260 and 276 mg are found in the absorption spectrum of irradiated benzene solution, thus indicating the formation of phenol. It was shown also that a new absorption region (305-370 mg with maximum at 348 mg) makes its appearance. The action of y-radiation on aqueous solutions of benzene results in the rupture of C-C bonds in the benzene ring with formation of formaldehyde. 8. The y-irradiation of aqueous solutions of toluene at a dosage of 1.46.1019-2.56.1019 ev/cc causes the formation of a new absorption region (340-370 mg with a maximum at 355 mg). The absorption in the region 230-280 mg is preserved. The results of spectrum analysis on irradiated phenol solutions show that y-radiation (dose 4.92.1019- 8.99.1019 ev/ cc) has no appreciable effect on the absorption spectrum of these solutions. Comparison of the effect of y-radiation on the spectra of aqueous solutions of benzene, toluene, and phenol showed that the phenol spectrum is the most stable to the action of ionizing radiation. 9. Experiments on the effect of free radicals (Fenton's reagent) on benzene solutions showed that changes occur in the benzene spectrum (in the region 230-280 mg) which are analogous to those produced by 7-rays. P. F. Lesgart State Natural Science Institute, Leningrad EFFECT OF IONIZING RADIATIONS ON ANIMAL FATS B. N. Tarusov 1. A study was made of the kinetics of changes in physicochemical properties (viscosity, spectral character istics, peroxide numbers, etc.) and in toxic properties of fats isolated from the livers of mammals and fish and then irradiated with x- and y-rays. 2. In fats irradiated in presence of oxygen, active products are formed and postradiational reactions occur which proceed by a branched-chain mechanism with formation of toxic products. 3. Sterols are natural inhibitors for this reaction. The development of the oxidative chain reaction is ensured by a parallel reaction which destroys the inhibitor and also proceeds by a chain mechanism. 4. In presence of water there is a considerable acceleration of reaction and a high yield of highly toxic unsaturated acids is obtained. The accumulation of unsaturated acids in the postradiational reaction shows no parallelism with the formation and accumulation of peroxide compounds. 5. A study was made of the dependence of reaction rate on dose, terrperature, oxygen content, and amount of water. 6. On the basis of a comparison of these results with results obtained on living organisms, it is suggested that analogous reactions, accompanied by the formation of highly toxic unsaturated fatty acids, occur in the fatty phases of organisms. M. V. Lomonosov State University, Moscow 366 ? . 4 ? ? EFFECT OF THE 7-RADIATION OF RADIOACTIVE COBALT ON THE ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF CARBOHYDRATES M. A. Khenokh This paper gives data on the effect of y -radiation on carbohydrate solutions. The source of radiation was Cos? (about 2 curies). The findings are as follows. 1. The ultraviolet absorption of starch solutions increases as the dosage increases from 1.7'1019 to 8.8'1019 ev/cc. At the same time, an absorption maximum is formed at 264.5-265 rro and a minimum at 240 mg. 2. In inulin solutions at dosages of 0.72.1019-10.1019 ev/cc, the absorption maximum lies at 271 mg and the minimum at 240 m.g. Increase of dosage causes a displacement of Amax and Amin in the direction of the shorter waves and the establishment of a stable maximum at 265 mg with a minimum at 230-232 mg. According to data in the literature, this corresponds to the absorption spectrum of dihydroxyacetone. 3. In glucose solutions at dosages of 2.4.1019? 244019 ev/ cc, products are formed with an absorption maximum at 258-260 m g and a minimum at 232 mg. In fructose solutions at dosages of 1.7.1019-4.3.1019 ev/ cc, the maximum and minimum are at 264-265 mg and 232-230 mg, respectively. 4. In solutions of carbohydrates named in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3, and also in solutions of other sugars, oxidative processes occurring under the action of 7-rays cause rupture of C?C bonds in the carbohydrate chains with formation of formaldehyde. 5. In maltose solutions at dosages of 1.84019-5.4.1019 ev/cc, Amax lies at 262 mg and Amin at 252 mil. In lactose solutions the corresponding wavelengths are 264-265 mil and 240 mg. 6. Irradiation of sucrose and raffinose solutions (0.85.1019? 3.80.1019 ev/ cc) causes the appearance of a maximum at 265-264 mg and of a minimum at 231 mg. 7. Qualitative and quantitative chromatographic analysis on paper showed that in y-irradiated sucrose and raffinose solutions hydrolysis occurs with rupture of the 1,2-bond in sucrose and the 1, 6-bond in raffinose. In the radiolysis of sucrose solutions the fructose yield was 1.48 molecules per 100 ev, and in the radiolysis of raffinose solutions it was 0.36 molecule per 100 ev. 8. Irradiation of mannitol solutions resulted in the appearance of an absorption maximum at 265 mg and a minimum at 230 mg. In the irradiated solutions fructose is formed in a yield of 0.5 molecule per 100 ev. Under the action of y-radiation, carbohydrates not only undergo decomposition, but also undergo simultaneous transformations in which the original number of carbon atoms in the molecule is preserved. 9. The results of this work may be of practical interest in connection with attempts to make use of ionizing radiation for the destruction of macromolecular carbohydrates and also for sterilization, for example in the food and pharmaceutical industries. 367 P. F. Lesgart State Natural Science Institute. Leningrad Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 At; INF Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 EFFECT OF y-RADIATION ON THE ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF NUCLEIC ACIDS AND OF PYRIMIDINE AND PURINE BASES T. N. Rysina 6. 1. The problem of the action of ionizing radiation on nucleic acids and allied compounds attracts much attention from investigators in connection with the considerable sensitivity of these compounds toward radiation and their direct participation in fundamental biological processes. 2. A study was made of the ultraviolet absorption spectra of solutions (of various concentrations) of purine and pyrimidine bases of biological importance, and also of adenosinetriphosphoric, deoxyribonucleic, and ribonucleic acids, after y-irradiation.in doses of 1,000 to 20,000 roentgens. 3. The ultraviolet absorption spectra of most of the solutions investigated were altered by y-irradiation. The optical density at the absorption maximum was reduced in proportion to the dose. 4. The results indicated that pyrimidines are more sensitive to radiation than the purines. The changes effected in the absorption spectra of nucleic acids are less than those for the pyrimidine bases, but greater than those for the purines. Differences in the4ensitivity to radiation of individual pyrimidines and iturines were noted. The paper discusses the causes of the different radiational sensitivities of the compounds investigated. 5. This work enables us to conclude that the effect of ionizing radiations on nitrogenous bases is an indirect one. Academy of Medical Sciences of the USSR SIGNIFICANCE OF THE IONIZATION OF IRON-CONTAINING COMPOUNDS DURING THE IRRADIATION OF AN ORGANISM WITH X-RAYS S. E. Manoilov The topics discussed in the paper are concerned with the possibility of the direct ionization by x-rays of metal-containing substances, particularly the iron compounds that form components of enzymes which bring about biological oxidation in living organisms. On the basis of results obtained experimentally both in -vivo and in vitro, it is concluded that, during treatment with ionizing radiations, there is a specific attack on iron-containing compounds of great importance for the life processes of the organism. Central Radiological Research Institute, Leningrad 368 ? ? ? ISOMERIZATION OF XYLENES UNDER THE ACTION OF y-RADIATION A. I. Gelbshtein, M. I. Temkin, G. G. Shcheglova, T. V. Ilyukhina, and M. A. Proskurnin Under the action of ionizing radiation, hydrocarbon. molecules lose electrons with the creation of electronic configurations which, according to Whitmore and Dewar, make it possible for molecular arrange- ments to occur. In particular, loss of an electron by a xylene molecule should lead to the formation of a carbonim ion capable of undergoing isomerization. On the basis of these considerations we c aried out experiments in which pure o-, m-, and p-xylenes were subjected to the action of y-radiation a room temperature. The irradiated samples were analyzed with the aid of ultraviolet absorption spectra. Under the action of y- radiation, each of the three xylenes is isomerized into thd other two. The lowest yield of isomers is given by o-xylene (2 molecules per 100 ev), and the highest by p-xylene (6 molecules per 100 ev). The number of acts of reaction occurring for each act of ionization is two in the case of the isomer- ization of p-xylene. This can be explained by the transfer of an electron from one molecule to another or by the participation of activated molecules in the reaction. Addition of 0.2 mole le of the electron acceptor CBr4 has no effect on the yield of products. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR TRANSFORMATIONS OF GASEOUS SATURATED HYDROCARBONS AND ETHYLENE UNDER THE ACTION OF FAST ELECTRONS ? B. M. Mikhailov, M. V. Tarasova, V. G. Kiselev, and V. S. Bogdanov L Saturated Hydrocarbons 1. A study was made of the effect of 90-key electrons on gaseous aliphatic hydrocarbons (methane, ethane, propane, and butane). The effects of the pressure of the irradiated gas and the duration of irradiation on the radiolysis of the hydrocarbons were determined. 2. The main reaction in the radiation-induced transformations of these hydrocarbons is dehydro- condensation. Methane undergoes 500/0 conversion into liquid saturated hydrocarbons, and ethane, propane, and butane are similarly transformed to the extent of 70-90010. A characteristic of the radiolysis of these hydrocarbons is the insignificant extent to which the lower gaseous unsaturated hydrocarbons are formed. 3. The stabilities of methane and propane toward radiolysis are approximately the same; as we pass to propane and butane the stability increases. 4. The amount of hydrocarbon transformed increases with increase in dosage intensity, pressure of irradiated gas, and duration of irradiation. U. Ethylene 1. An investigation was made into the transformations of ethylene under the action of a beam of fast electrons. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 369 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The effects on the course of reaction of duration of irradiation, pressure, and dilution of the original ethylene with nitrogen were determined. 2. It was found that the radiolysis of ethylene gives mainly butane, acetylene, and liquid products. 3. Apart from butane and acetylene, the gaseous reaction products contain very small amounts of hydrogen, methane, ethane, and butenes, and also traces of propane and propene. 4. The liquid products boiling below 130' consist of hexanes, hexenes, octanes, and octenes. The higher fractions contain appreciable amounts of aromatic and unsaturated hydrocarbons. 5. The reaction has a G-value of 16 molecules per 100 ev. 6. It was found that, under the same irradiation conditions, rarefaction of the ethylene, while not appreciably affecting the composition of the product, somewhat increases the extent to which the ethylene is decomposed. 7. Dilution with nitrogen considerably increases the extent to which the ethylene is decomposed, and it simultaneously lowers the G-value. 8. A reaction mechanism, which explains the formation of molecules having even numbers of carbon atoms, is proposed. Institute of Organic Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR SOME PROBLEMS IN THE RADIATION CHEMISTRY OF MIXTURES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES Kh. S. Bagdasaryan,T. S. Nikitina, and V. A. Krongauz 1, In the radiolysis of mixtures of organic substances the yield of radicals often differs from the value corresponding to the "rule of mixtures." In other words, in the general case the formation of radicals from each component of the mixture cannot be regarded as independent processes. 2. Departures from the rule of mixtures for the yield of radicals were detected with the aid of diphenylpicrylhydrazyl (DPPH) in the radiolysis of mixtures of benzene and vinyl acetate. 3. In the radiation-induced polymerization of methyl methacrylate in ethyl acetate solution, the rate of initiation is constant and is independent of the concentration of methyl methacrylate in the mixture. These results can be explained by the formation of primary radicals during radiolysis from both components of the mixture in accordance with the rule of mixtures. 4. In the radiation-induced polymerization of methyl methacrylate or styrene in mixtures with carbon tetrachloride, the rate of polymerization passes through a maximum at low contents of carbon tetrachloride, which indicates a positive departure of the yield from the rule of mixtures. 5. The rate of the chain reaction proceeding under the action of y-rays or light and leading to the formation of the addition product of carbon tetrachloride and butyl vinyl ether passes through a maximum when the carbon tetrachloride content of the mixture is 65%. 6. The G-value for the decomposition of benzoyl peroxide in benzene solution is very great. In 0.01 M solution G = 1760 (calculated on the enegy absorbed by the benzoyl peroxide). This result is in accord with data obtained with the aid of DPPII on the yield of radicals in this system. When additions of phenanthrene, anthracene, and benzoic anhydride are made, the rate of decomposition of the peroxide dirninishes. The 370 ? 4 ? .? ? ? ? _ results indicate transfer of energy from activated benzene molecules to benzoyl peroxide molecules with the result that the latter decompose. 7. Taken together, the results obtained by the radiolysis of solutions of benzoyl peroxide in ethyl acetate and cyclohexane indicate the absence of an effect of energy transfer from solvent molecules to benzoyl peroxide molecules. The high yield found for the decomposition of the peroxide in these solvents is due to a chain reaction. 8. The G-value for the decomposition of a 0.1 M solution of tert-butyl peroxide in benzene is 17 (calculated s5 latrsetdem.on the energy absorbed by the peroxide). It iwas concluded that there is no energy-transfer effect in this 9. At 30' the rate of the radiation-induced polymerization of styrene is increased three-fold in presence of 0.01 mole per liter of benzoyl peroxide. Addition of 2,2'-azobis[2-methylpropionitrile] to the styrene has no effect on the rate of polymerization. 10. The results enable us to make the general conclusion that the efficiency of the transfer of activation energy in mixtures is great only when both components are aromatic compounds. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR ACTION OF y-RADIATION ON MIXTURES OF BENZENE AND CARBON TETRACHLORIDE 'WITH FLUORINE-CONTAINING SUBSTANCES A. V. Zimin, S. V. Churmanteev, and A. D. Verina 1. There are no data in the literature on the action of y-radiation on mixtures of benzene and CCI4 with fluorine-containing substances. There are papers by A. V. Zimin, S. V. Chunnanteev, and A. D. Verina (Collection of Papers on Radiation Chemistry, Acad. Sci. USSR Press, 1955, p. 249) and by A. V. Zimin and A. D. Verina (Collection of Papers on Radiation Chemistry, 1957) in which the effect of y-radiation on a " mixture of benzene and CC1 4 is studied. 2. in these investigations it was established that treatment of a mixture of benzene and CC14 with y-radiation leads to the formation of HC1, products of the chlorination of benzene (of the benzotrichloride type) and other nonvolatile products. The yield of volatile chlorination products of benzene did not exceed about 1 molecule per 100 ev. 3. In the present investigation we studied the effect of y-radiation on mixtures of CC14 with KF, ZnF2, and SbF3 and on mixtures of benzene with C2F3C1 3 and C3F6. 4. In the irradiation of mixtures of CC! 4 with KF, ZnF2, and SbF3, we observed a loss of fluorine from these fluorides. 5. The least loss of fluorine was observed in KF (about 3%) and the most in SbF3 (about 60%). For ZnF2 the loss was about 35%. 6. After irradiation of a heterogeneous mixture of CC1 4 with ZnF2 or SbF3, the latter were found to contain chloride ions, the yield of which was about 3.5 Cl" ions per 100 ev; correspondingly, in doubly recondensed CC14 we detected bound chlorine in a yield of about 3 atoms per 100 ev. 7. In the mass-spectrometric analysis of doubly recondensed Cd 1 4 we detected an appreciable amount of mass 102, which corresponds to the CFC1t ion, which was probably formed by the electron bombardment of a CFC1 3 molecule. According to the results of N. N. Tunitsky, S. E. Kupriyanov, and M. V. Tikhomirov 371 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 (Collection of Papers on Radiation Chemistry, Acad. Sci. USSR Press, 1955, p.223), the occurrence of such ionization accompanied by the dissociation of CFC13 molecules is possible. 8. After treatment of mixtures of benzene with C2F3C13 and with C3F6 with y-radiation, nonvolatile residues were found. 9. In the case of the irradiation of a mixture of benzene and C2F3C13, the chlorine and fluorine contents of the nonvolatile residue were not equivalent. From the total halogen content of the nonvolatile residue it may be inferred that, in reacting with a C2F3C13 molecule, the benzene molecule gives a halogenated product of benzene of the type C6H6C3F2CL3. 10. In the case of the irradiation of a mixture of benzene and C3F6 at a molar ratio of 1 : 1, the main radiolysis products are biphenyl and hydrogenated products from C3Fe, whereas at a molar ratio of 1 100 there is no appreciable amount of biphenyl and there is a nonvolatile viscous residue of fluorine content about 34.6 oh which corresponds closely to molecules of the type (C6H6)2C3F6. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR PROSPECT OF PREPARING HEXACHLORAN BY THE ACTION OF RADIATION P. V. Zimakov, E. V. Volkova, and L. A. Krasnousov 1. Hexachloran is a very important toxic preparation. The industrial method of preparing this compound (photochemical chlorination of benzene) gives a product having a low content (8-12%) of the main toxic constituent, the 7-isomer. The process is associated with fire and explosion hazards. 2. The data in the literature on the chlorination of aromatic hydrocarbons under the action of ionizing radiations indicates the powerful initiating action of Co60 y-radiation in this reaction, the yield of chlorination products being greatly increased (up to 85,000 molecules per 100 ev of absorbed energy, as compared with 1000 for ultraviolet radiation). There are references also to the increase of the content of the 7-isomer of 1,2,3,4,5,6- hexachlorocyclohexane (HCCH) to 32% in the chlorination of benzene under pressure in presence of y-radiation. 3. The object of our investigation was the development of a method for the preparation of HCCH by the action of radiation. It was found that in the chlorination of benzene under the action of Co" radiation at low temperature (from ? 80 to ? 40?), hexachloran having an increased content of 7-isomer was formed (15-17%, instead of 10-12% in photochemical chlorination). The amount of HCCH formed is proportional to the energy absorbed. With rise in temperature to ?34? a sharp increase in reaction rate was observed. In the chlorination of benzene under the action of 8- and y-radiations from a fragment source, analogous results were obtained. 4. Results are given for the chlorination of benzene with gaseous chlorine in the temperature range + 20 to + 60' and for the relation of reaction rate and content of various isomers to the dose of absorbed energy, the temperature, and the concentration of chlorine in benzene. 5. The prospects of manufacturing hexachloran by the radiation method are discussed. Research Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR 3'72 - 41 ? ? ? DETERMINATION OF THE INDIVIDUAL PRODUCTS OF THE RADIATIONAL OXIDATION OF HEPTANE AND 2,2,4-TRIMETHYLPENTANE V. V. Saraeva, N. A. Bakh, L. V. 'Rybin, and V. A. Larin In previously published papers it was shown that, in the oxidation of hydrocarbons with molecular oxygen under the action of radiation at comparatively low temperatures, peroxide compounds, carbonyl compounds, and acids are formed. In the present paper we present results on the formation of alcohols and on the identi- fication of individual carbonyl compounds and acids formed in heptane and 2,2,4-trimethylpentane in the region of direct proportionality between their concentrations and absorbed energy. Identification was effected by partition chromatography. The G-value of the reaction for each compound identified was determined. 2. It was shown that in heptane both aldehydes and ketones were formed and that 700, of the total amount of carbonyl compounds was 2-hexanone. Only ketones were detected in 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, and 70% of the total amount consisted of 2-methyl-3-hexanone. The bulk of the acids formed in heptane and 2,2,4- trimethylpentane contained 3-7 carbon atoms. Acetic and formic acids were formed in small amounts. 3. Comparison of the results with the mass spectra of heptane and 2,2,4-trimethylpentane indicates that, in the processes of radiational formation of carbonyl compounds in the liquid phase, no appreciable role is played by radicals, the formation of wItich is associated with the ianizational decomposition of molecules during electronic bombardment in discharged vapors. The results are interpreted with the aid of concepts concerning the occurrence of nonchain radiational reactions. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR and M. V. Lomonosov State University, Moscow OXIDATION OF METHANE WITH OXYGEN UNDER THE ACTION OF FAST ELECTRONS B. M. Mikhailov, M. E. Kuimova, and V. S. Bogdanov 1. The oxidation of methane with oxygen under the action of 120-key electrons was investigated. A study was made of the effects of the composition of the original methane-oxygen mixture, the pressure, the temperature, and the duration of irradiation. The relative amounts of methane and oxygen in the mixtures were: 1: 1, 4: 1, and 9: 1, the pressure were varied from 760 to 190 mm, and the duration of irradiation from 15 to 60 minutes. 2. Of the methane that reacted, 50% was converted into liquids and 50% was converted into gases. The reaction products consisted of H20, HCOOH, H2, CO, CO2, alcohol, peroxides, and traces of CH30. The main carbon-containing product of the oxidation of methane was formic acid. 3. Increase in pressure and increase in the methane content of the original mixture (from 50 to 80%) result in increase in the rate of the oxidation reaction. 4. With increase in the duration of irradiation of a methane-oxygen mixture, the relative amounts of the reaction products change only slightly and their composition remains constant. 373 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 5. The yield of the oxidation reaction was determined; it is 6 methane molecules and 7 oxygen molecules per 100 ev. Institute of Organic Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR OXIDATION OF HEXADECANE UNDER THE ACTION OF y-RADIATION Yu. I,. Khmelnitsky, M. A. Proskurnin, E. V. Barelko, I. I. Melekhonova, and A. T. Slepneva 1. The initiation of oxidative chain reactions is one of the methods of utilizing ionizing radiations in chemistry and chemical technology. A process of this sort that is of great interest and practical importance is the oxidation of paraffins. 2. An investigation was made into the oxidation of paraffins of high molecular weight initiated with Co" y-radiation at various dosage intensities, the case of hexadecane being taken for study. 3. Experiments were carried out on the stability of hexadecane under Co" y-radiation in a vacuum. 4. A study of the temperature-dependence of the radiation-induced oxidation reaction based on the for- mation of nonvolatile carboxylic acids showed that, with rise in temperature above 120?, the reaction rate increases appreciably. When irradiation is prolonged beyond a certain limit that is specific for each given temperature, it no longer has an appreciable effect on reaction rate. This result is in accord with the results of N. M. Emanuel's experiments (J. Phys. Chem. 30, 4, 847, 1956, and other papers) on the effect of initiating additions on the rate of oxidation of paraffins in its initial stage. 5. On 'the basis of the regularities observed, a series of experiments was carried out on the conditions for the oxidation of technical paraffin. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR and All-Union Research Institute for the Petroleum Industry EFFECT OF IONIZATION DENSITY ON THE RADIOLYSIS OF HYDROCARBONS I. V. Verishchinsky and N. A. Bakh 1. In order to make a comparison with previous results on the radiation-induced oxidation of hydro- carbons under the action of x-rays and fast electrons, in the present investigation we have studied the effect of the radiation of a deuteron nuclear reactor on liquid benzene and cyclohexane in presence and absence of molecular oxygen. 374 ? 4 4 ? r, ? ? 2. In the liquid phase, among the products of the radiational oxidation of benzene, phenol, aldehydes, and small amounts of peroxides were detected. Among the oxidation products of cyclohexane, hydroperoxides. disubstituted peroxides, cyclohexanone, and acids were found. 3. In the gaseous products of the radiolysis of benzene under low pressure, hydrogen and acetylene were found. The G-value of the reaction with respect to the polymerization product formed was about ten times as high as the yield of gaseous products. In the radiolysis of cyclohexane under low pressure, hydrogen and a polymerization product were again formed. The number of hydrogen molecules liberated was equal to the number of cyclohexane molecules converted into polymer. 4. The yield of molecular hydrogen liberated in the radiolysis of benzene rose substantially in presence of molecular oxygen. In the case of cyclohexane, the presence of oxygen had no effect on the yield of hydrogen. 5. Comparison of the G-values of the reaction for products obtained with radiation at different ionization densities enables us to make a demarcation in the mechanism by which the products are formed, distinguishing reaction between radicals from reaction between radicals and molecules. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR FORMATION OF CROSS LINKS IN THE IRRADIATION OF POLYETHYLENE WITH IONIZING RADIATIONS A. N. Pravednikov and S. S. Medvedev 1. The number of cross links formed in the irradiation of polyethylene with ionizing radiations is pro- portional to the dose and is independent of the radiation intensity. When we take into account that a stationary concentration of free radicals and double bonds is generally not attained during irradiation because of the high viscosity of the medium, this relationship indicates that each cross link is formed as the result of the absorption of one quantum of energy, which activates two neighboring polymer molecules. Cross linking due to the recombination of two polymeric radicals formed by the rupture of two C?H bonds under the action of radiation isnot very probable owing to the comparatively great distances between these radicals and the low mobility of the chains. 2. The activation energy for cross-linking processes at above 200?K is 0.5-1 kcal/mole; at lower temperatures the activation energy is zero. In other words, below 200?K cross linking proceeds as a result of processes, the rates of which are independent of the temperature of the sample; at higher temperatures further processes are superimposed on these processes, and these also result in the cross linking of polymeric molecules; these further processes increase somewhat in rate as the temperature rises. 3. For an understanding of the mechanism of the processes leading to the formation of cross links, it is necessary to examine the reactions proceeding with the participation of atomic hydrogen in the polyethylene during irradiation. Clearly, in the system under consideration, atomic hydrogen may react either with the free radicals formed during irradiation: ?CH2?CH2? CH2-- - CH2? ? CH2 ---FH/N 4CH2? CH = CH ? +Hz 375 (1) Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ or with double bonds: Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? CH2 ? CH = CH ? + H -9- ? CH2 ? Ck ? CH2 ? or, finally, it may tear an H atom from a polyethylene molecule: ?CH2?CH2?CH2-- H?>? CH2?CH ? CH2--FH2 (2) (3) It may be shown that the rate of the last reaction is considerably greater than those of the first two reactions. All these reactions (particularly Reaction 3), owing to the comparatively low rates of diffusion of gases in polyethylene, proceed mainly in the immediate vicinity of the place where the atomic hydfogen is formed (and therefore of the position of the primary radical), which will be encouraged also by the enhanced energy of H atoms formed by rupture of C?H bonds under the action of radiation. Recombination of the primary radical and the nearby radical formed by Reaction 2 (or 3) leads to the formation of cross links. The scheme that we haye examined leads to the experimentally observed kinetic laws and, in particular, to the observed relation between activation energy and temperature of the sample (the increase in the rate of cross linking probably occurs at temperaturs close to the vitrification temperature of the polymer). L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry of the USSR ?PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS IN POLYMERS DUE TO THE ACTION OF NUCLEAR RADIATIONS B. I. Zverev, V. L. Karpov, and S. S. Leshchenko 1. Irreversible change to a state of disorder in crystalline polymers as a result of the action of nuclear radiations is associated with change in molecular structure. 2. Crystalline polymers differing in chemical nature require differing amounts of absorbed energy to effect the order-disorder transition. These differences can be utilized for the comparative characterization of the lattices of polymeric crystals. 3. The method of radial-distribution curves prepared from the electron-diffraction diagrams of polymers rendered amorphous by irradiation enables us to determine some of the peculiarities of the structure of the systems formed. 4. The changes due to irradiation in the phase state of crystalline polymers are connected with changes in a whole complex of the properties of the polymers. L. Ya. Karpov Pbysicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR 376 ? 4 ? ? ? LAWS OF THE RADIATIONAL DESTRUCTION OF VITREOUS POLYMERS B. L. Tsetlin, N. G. Zaitseva, V. M. Korbut, and V. A. Kargin The process of radiational destruction of vitreous polymers is determined both by structural changes that are general for polymers subjected to the action of radiation and also by some peculiar phenomena associated with gas formation in the mass of a vitreous material. The over-all directicn of the change in the molecular structure of a polymer is determined by the relative rates of the simultaneous processes of cross-linking and destruction. Investigation of the effect of irradiation on the thermodynamic characteristics of various polymeric materials, mainly polymers of methacrylic esters, shows that destructive processes are greatly accelerated by the presence of a quaternary carbon atom in the polymer chain; destruction is accelerated also by the introduction of substances of low molecular weight (plasticizers). Radiational-vulcanization processes are intensified by increase in the size of side chains. The presence of aromatic groups in the polymer stabilizes it with respect to the action of radiation. Gas formation plays an important part in the radiational destruction of vitreous polymers. It brings about a complex strained condition, which is associated with shrinkage phenomena and also with the formation of supersaturated solutions. As a result of contractive internal strains, samples may form cracks, which often appear a long time after irradiation. The formation of supersaturated solutions is manifested by the appearance of gas bubbles and swellings in the samples. An examination of the relative rates at which the mechanical-strength properties of various polymeric glasses fall during irradiation shows that both the over-all rate of the rvliation-induced changes and also the relaxation properties of the material play important parts in this phepomenon. In the irradiation of polymeric glasses with fast electrons, in several cases a peculiar phenomenon is observed: the formation of a tree-like system of internal cracks. From our investigation of this phenomenon_ we concluded that it is associated with the general processes occurring in the radiation-induced decomposition of polymers; the mechanism of this kind of crack formation appears to consist in the absorption of similarly charged decomposition products of low molecular weight on micro defects, resulting in the further development of these micro defects owing to the electrostatic interaction between these products. Our investigation of the effect of temperature on the radiation-induced destruction of polymethyl methacrylate shows that this process is irreversible. This is confirmed also by the lack of dependence of the rate of destruction of polymethyl methacrylate on the ratio between dosage intensity and duration of irradiation. In the paper, use is made of experimental data reported in the article by B. L. Tsetlin, N. G. Zaitseva, V. M. Korbut, and V. A. Kargin entitled "Effect of High Energy Radiation on Polymeric Glasses" which has been submitted for publication in the Collection of Papers on Radiation Chemistry (1957), and also in the report by B. L. Tsetlin, N. G. Zaitseva, and V. A. Kargin, which has been submitted for publication in the Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 377 Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR .? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 PROCESSES OF GAS LIBERATION IN POLYMERS UNDER THE ACTION OF NUCLEAR RADIATIONS I. Ya. Petrov and V. L. Karpov 1. Investigation of processes of gas liberation (the yield and composition of the gaseous products) during the irradiation of polymers aids in the characterization of the chemical reactions that are occurring in the polymer molecules. 2. The yields and compositions of the gaseous fractions formed during irradiation are primarily determined by the molecular structure of the polymer and the conditions of irradiation (intensity, dose, temperature, etc.). 3. Processes of gas liberation are related to the relative stability of the polymer to the action of radiation. Results of the investigation of gas liberation may be used for characterizing stability to radiation. 4. The possibility of controlling gas-liberation processes and stability to radiation of polymers by modification of molecular structure, is discussed. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR ROLE OF GAS FORMATION IN THE DESTRUCTION OF POLYMERS UNDER THE ACTION OF RADIATION A. B. Taubman and L. P. Yanova f I. Investigation of the effect of accelerated electrons on gas formation in polymers, and alio on their diffusional permeabilities and mechanical properties, sholls that the character of their destruction depends on the correspondence between two concurrent processes with respect to their intensities. These processes are 1) destruction of macromolecules or the tearing-off of side groups, which is accompanied by the formation of gaseous decomposition products of low molecular weight, and 2) cross-linking between individual units of the polymer chains with formation of a three-dimensional network. 2. In polymers in which irradiation causes rapid destruction (polytetrafluoroethylene, polymethyl methacrylate), the destruction process is determined not only by the depolymerization of chains, bit also by gas formation, which results in the formation of additional internal stresses and so causes increased brittleness. 3. When polytetrafluoroethylene, polymethyl methacrylate. and polyethylene are subjected simultaneously to irradiation and elevated semperarure, gas formation is only slightly intensified; but when the polymer passes Into a molten condition, the intensity of gas formation rises suddenly over a short temperature range. It follows from this that the processes of destruction and removal of side groups of macromolecules are reversible and that, in the fusion of polymers, equilibrium in the process destruction-1r-- recombination of free radicals is displaced to the left as a result of increase in the rate of diffusion of gas molecules in the mass of the polymer and the consequent facilitation of the formation of a new gas phase in the form of bubbles. 4. The gas-permeability of polymers and the way in which it changes under the action of radiation affect the destruction processes. High original gas-permeability which is increased during irradiation is favorable to the preservation of the original mechanical properties of the polymer, and vice versa. Hence, the sensitivity to radiation of polymers that have received a powerful destructive treatment is increased if they have low gas- permeability, which limits the possibility of the removal of the gases formed from the mass of the sample. The important factor in these considerations is not the absolute amount of gas formed, but the ratio of the rates of its formation and separation. 378 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? When it is difficult for the gas to get away, even for feeble gas formation,the polymer may change greatly in mechanical properties and be degraded even with relatively low doses of radiation (e.g. polytetrafluoroethylene). On the other hand, under conditions under which gas can readily escap5 the polymer may preserve its original properties to a considerable extent even,when the amount of gas formed is large and much higher doses of energy are given (e.g. polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride). Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR CHEMICAL CHANGES IN SOME VINYL POLYMERS UNDER THE ACTION OF IONIZING RADIATIONS N. A. Slovokhotova 1. In vinyl polymers subjected to the action of ionizing radiations, degradation and cross-linking processes occur, the predominance of one or other process being dependent on the structure of the polymer. In polymers containing quaternary carbon atoms in the main chain (polyisobutene, polymethyl methacrylate), degradation processes predominate, and in other polymers (polyethylene, polymethyl acrylate) cross-linking processes predominate. On the basis of an investigation of the infrared spectra of polymers it was shown that, in the irradiation of polyisobutene and polymethyl methacrylate with ionizing radiations, side groups are torn from the main chain; in polyisobutene double bonds appear of the type Cl-I2 R?C , and R2C = whereas in polyethylene conjugated double bonds of the type RI-IC =CHR' (trans) appear. 3. The predominance of processes of degradation or of cross linking during irradiation may be explained by the varying stabilities of die free radicals formed in these polymers and by the dependence of the possibility of energy migration along the polymer chain on the structure of the polymer. 4. In the irradiation of polyisobutene and polyethylene in a carbon dioxide atmosphere, carbonyl groups make their appearance, this being established by the presence of the corresponding absorption bands in the infrared spectra of the polymers. It was shown by the method of labeled atoms that direct carboxylation of the polymer molecules occurs. 3'79 L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 RADIATIONAL VULCANIZATION OF RUBBERS T. S. Nikitina, A. S. Kuzminsky, L. A. Oksentevich, and V. L. Karpov 1. An investigation was made into the radiational vulcanization of the following rubbers: natural (NK), butadiene-styrene (SKS-30), butadiene (SKB-40), nitrile (SKN-26), silicone (dimethylsiloxane). The radiation used consisted of x-rays having the parameters 80 kv and 200 ma. It was shown that there is a relationship between the dose of radiation and the density of the three- dimensional network formed during radiation on the one hand, and the strength properties on the other. The rubbers investigated can be arranged in the following order with respect to diminution in did rate of a three-dimensional network under identical conditions: silicone, SKN-26, SKB-40, SKS-30, and NK. NK was found to have a low tensile strength, as compared with samples prepared with standard straight sulfur vulcanizers. It is suggested that the low strength of NK radiational vulcanizates is due to loss of the ability to crystallize when stretched, this being caused by radiation-induced changes in the rubber. Data are given which characterize the radiation-induced processes occurring in rubbers during irradiation. 2. An examination was made of the effects of some of the main ingredients of rubber mixes on the radiational-vulcanization process and of the peculiar behavior of these mixes in this process. It was shown that sulfur and tetramethylthiuram disulfide reduce the rate of the process, some compounds (diphenylguanidine, mercaptobenzothiazole) have almost no effect, and compounds containing heavy atoms (ZnO, chalk, kaolin) somewhat increase the rate of the process. A hypothesis was advanced concerning the inhibiting effect of sulfur-containing compounds and the acceleration of the cross-linking process owing to the increased absorption of x-rays by compounds containing heavy atoms (the accelerating effect of the latter is not found when Co? radiation is used in the process). 3. Data were obtained concerning the part played by carbon black in the radiational-vulcanization process. It was shown that both gas carbon and lamp black are sufficiently "active", chemical bonds between the rubber and the carbon black being formed. Some information was obtained concerning the significance of the degree of oxidation of the carbon black in this process. Research Institute of the Rubber Industry and L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR EFFECT OF IRRADIATION ON THE PROPERTIES OF SILICONE RUBBERS Yu. S. Lazurkin and G. P. Ushakov Experiments were carried out on the y-irradiatcn of silicone rubbers, including polydimethylsiloxane, with the object of investigating their stability to radiation and the possibility of preventing their crystallization at low temperatures. During irradiation, silicone rubbers undergo various changes. 1. Owing to cross-linking, the elasticity modulus rises linearly with dosage for doses ranging to 500-600 x 104 roentgens. At 400x 106 roentgens, it is increased by a factor of 14-18. 2. Up to 400 x le roentgens, the vitrification temperature remains almost unchanged(-120 to -125'), but It then begins to rise somewhat, attaining -110 to -115' at 1100 x 106 roentgens. 380 ? ? 4 ? ? ? 3. As cross-linking proceeds, the rate and extent of crystallization falls and there is a lowering of melting point that is approximately proportional to the dose (from ?350 for the original substance to ?55' for material that has received 170 x 106 roentgens). 4. Samples that have received more than 400 x 106 roentgensalmost cease to crystallize. Although there may be signs of crystallization after a long time, the melting point appears to lie below ? 80?. 5. At a dose of 400-500 x 106roentgens,hard rubbers having a modulus of 200-250 kg/sq cm and high stability to frost (Tg = - 115 to -120? ) are obtained. Although their strengths at room temperature are in the range 30-40 kg/sq cm, i.e. do not differ from that of the original rubber (when calculated for the initial cross section), the extension at break is very low (15-200/0). 6. Cross linking is not the only process proceeding during irradiation. In the present investigation other processes (formation of an unsaturated structure, degradation) were not studied. Our estimation of the closeness of structure of the three-dimensional network formed in a silicone rubber by radiational cross-linking (estimated from the specific swelling and the elasticity modulus) shows that crystallization is almost entirely suppressed when there is one cross link per 10-15 monomer units. Laboratory of Measuring Apparatus of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF VULCANIZATES OBTAINED BY THE ACTION OF NUCLEAR RADIATIONS Z. N. Tarasova, M. Ya. Kaplunov, V. N. Kuleznev, and B. A. Dogadkin 1. An investigation was made into the structure and properties of the radiational vulcanizates of SKB, NK, SKS-30A, SKS-30AM, and SKI and their carbon mixes obtained by irradiation in an atomic reactor at a dose of 1-5 x 107 roentgens. It was shown that, with respect to the extent of cross linking, the rubbers fall into the series: SKB > NK > SKS-30A > SKI. 2. Natural rubber vulcanized by irradiation has a thermomechanical stability that is superior to that of vulcanizates obtained with thiuram without sulfur, and it shows the least change in properties in the process of "chemical relaxation of stress", which indicates the formation of bridge linkages of the C?C type. 3. With the aid of infrared spectra it was established that carboxyl, hydroxyl, and ester groups are present in the vulcanizates of NK, SKS-30A, and SKB obtained by irradiation in air. It was shown that there is a reduction in the degree of crystallization occurring in the stretching of natural rubber vulcanized by irradiation (as compared with sulfur-vulcanized rubber). 4. The physiocomechanical and hysteresis properties, and also the durability to repeated deformation, were determined for rubber-carbon mixtures subjected to radiational vulcanization. As compared to sulfur vulcanizates, these products have somewhat low strength characteristics, low residual deformations, low hysteresis, and high durability to repeated deformation. 5. In contrast to the case of sulfur vulcanizates, the thermomechanical stability of rubber-carbon mixtures subjected to radiational vulcanization is substantially higher than that for unfilled rubber, the difference being greatest for active carbons. 381 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 6. It was shown that natural rubber can be covulcanized with butadiene-styrene rubber by the irradiation of a mixture of these rubbers. Research Institute of the Tire Industry CHANGE IN THE CAPACITY OF SOVIET ION-EXCHANGE RESINS UNDER THE ACTION OF IONIZING RADIATIONS A. P. Smirnov-Averin, Yu. G. Sevastyanov, and G. A. Popov 4 1. A study was made of the stability to radiation of Soviet ionites of the types KU-2, SBS, EDE-YuP, and MMG 1, for which no data are given in the literature. 2. Results were obtained concerning the change in the exchange capacity of these ionites produced by y-radiation. 3:: The dosage intensity was measured with a ferrous sulfate dosimeter. The dose was 1022to 5.1022 ev of absorbed energy per gram of resin. The effect was investigated of a and 8-activities introduced into cationites by irradiation with neutrons from absorbed beryllium and silver. Physical Institute of the Principal Directorate on the Utilization of Atomic Energy PRINCIPLES UNDERLYING THE RATIONAL SELECTION AND COMPOUNDING OF PLASTICS COMPOSITIONS INTENDED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF MEANS OF INDIVIDUAL PROTECTION IN WORK WITH RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS S. I. Gorodinsky, V. L. Karpov, L. M. Nosova, and M. N. Shteding 1. High -polymer materials used for the preparation of means of individual protection must conform to several special requirements, particularly ready cleansability from radioactive contamination so that it is possible to use the material repeatedly. Among other equally important requirements are good mechanical properties, high elasticity, fairly high resistance to wear, and very low water-absorption. These requirements should be satisfied by any sort of polymeric material intended for the preparation of means of individual protection. 2. Components usually present in polymeric materials, e. g. plasticizers, stabilizers, fillers, dyes, etc., have substantial effects on the sorption-desorption properties of the material. 3. In order to select the best polymeric materials from the point of view of the special requirements, methods for the assessment of sorption-desorption properties were developed. Use of these methods has enabled us to characterize a wide range of polymeric materials and compositions. 382 ? a ? ? ? ? 4. Detailed investigations were made of compositions based on polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and other polymers. The effects of factors in the technological treatment and of individual components of the compositions on the special properties of the polymeric materials were studied. 5. On the basis of our investigations we have enunciated the principles underlying the rational selection and compounding of compositions of high-polymer materials that satisfy both the special requirements and also the technological requirements. Various materials are suggested for possible use in the preparation of means of individual protection. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR SOURCES OF IONIZING RADIATIONS FOR INVESTIGATIONS IN RADIATION CHEMISTRY (developed in the Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Scienc,..:s of the USSR) a. V. I. Zatulovsky In connection with investigations in radiation chemistry it was necessary to develop and prepare sources of ionizing radiations. Two types of source were developed: specialized x-ray apparatus and apparatus work- ing with radioactive cobalt preparations. I. X-Ray Apparatus 1. In investigations in radiation chemistry, objects of considerable area are irradiated. The necessity of having the maximum possible doses of radiation makes it essential to use x-ray tubes having large exit windows and working at very high power for long periods. In many problems the tension across the tube must be of the order of 70-100 kv maximum. 2. For these investigations we constructed specialized dismountable x-ray tubes and developed generators for feeding them. Evacuating apparatus was designed, and it was constructed entirely of metal; it enabled us to attain a vacuum of r 8.106 mm in the tubes. 3. The paper gives a short descripuon of the powerful dismountable tubes: a) with a cylindrical tungsten anode (Model TRTs-3a) and b) with a half-cylindrical tungsten anode (Model TRP 1). The tubes work at a p.d. of up to 90 kv maximum with an anode current of up to 200 ma. Data are given on the intensity of radiation of the tubes and their use characteristics. For comparison, the same information is given for the sealed tube, Model BFV-70, manufactured by the MRTP works for x-ray spectrum analysis and used by the Institute of Physical Chemistry in radiation chemistry. 4. The paper gives a short description of the generating apparatus (Type ARKh-90-200) for feeding the tubes referred to in Paragraph 3. The nominal rating of the apparatus is 90 kv maximum, anode current 200 ma. The apparatus has a 4-kenotron rectifier in which V 1-0.3/70 kenotrons are used, a smooth continuous voltage regulator, and stabilization of the potential difference for the filaments of the tube and the kenotrons. Data acquired in the course of the use of several sets of ARKh-90-200 apparatus are given. 5. Together with these tubes and the ARKh-90-200 apparatus, a small-scale x-lay apparatus (Type ARKh-100-20) was developed with a short-focus dismountable tube, Model TRB-3. The nominal rating of the apparatus is 90 kv maximum, anode current 20 ma. Data are given on the intensity of the radiation of the tube and the use characteristics of the apparatus. 383 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 IL Co" Apparatus Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 6. The paper states the basic principles upon which the design of the apparatus was based, and it describes the apparatus which has now been working for two years with a Co" preparation equivalent in activity to 400 g-equiv of radium. Matters concerning the protection of personnel from radiation and the dosimetry of useful radiation are examined. 7. The design and use characteristics of x-ray and cobalt apparatus are compared. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR MINIATURE-SCALE PREPARATORY WORK ON POSSIBLE INDUSTRIAL APPARATUS FOR CARRYING OUT RADIATION-INDUCED REACTIONS WITH THE AID OF ISOTOPIC 6 SOURCES OF RADIATION A. Kh. Breger and Yu. S. Ryabu4chin ? 1. Possible industrial apparatus for radiation-induced reactions and conditions necessary for miniature- scale preparatory work on this apparatus. Character of the radiation, types of sources, intensity of the dose and its distribution in the working spaces of the apparatus, sizes of the objects to be irradiated, remote control and inspection of the physicochemical conditions of the experiments and processes occurring in the objects of investigation during the irradiation. 2. Isotopic apparatus for investigations in radiation chemistry at the L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute. Apparatus with sources of 0)0y-radiation having activities of 280 and 1440 g-equiv of radium. The principles of the apparatus and its special features. Use characteristics of the apparatus (volumes of the working spaces, average dosage intensities in the working spaces, possibilities of carrying out complex physicochemical investigations, etc.). Method of assembling powerful sources from standard commercial Cog? preparations. 3. Study of the dosage field in the working spaces of the apparatus. a) b) c) Problems of scientific dosimetry in investigations in radiation chemistry. Calculation of the dosage field in working spaces of apparatus having cylindrical sources. Experimental study of tU dosage field. Comparison of the experimental results with calculation. 4. Direction of further work. a) Increase in the specific activity of preparations; extension of the range of isotopes available for use in investigations in radiation chemistry. b) Miniature-scale work on the configurations of sources with the object of developing methods of the highest possible reliability for the calculation of the dosage fields of powerful sources. L. Ya. Karpov Physicochemical Institute of the Ministry of Chemical Industry of the USSR 384 ? ? ? a ? ? ? PRODUCTION OF IMPULSE IONIZED RADIATION WITH A 1.2 Mev LINEAR- ACCELERATOR VACUUM TUBE P. Ya. Glazunov and M. G. Kuzmin In the course of the recent development of some fields of science associated with the study of the action of radiations on matter, a demand has arisen for new technical means for the production of very powerful sources of high-energy impulse radiation. In the present paper a method is proposed for the production of impulses of accelerated electrons with the aid of the usual vacuum accelerator tube fed from a condenser-valve multiplier giving a p.d. of 1.3 Mv. For the production of single impulses or a series of impulses, three schemes are used. In the first two schemes a high-tension impulse of given form and duration is fonned and applied to an electron gun. These schemes permit the generation of impulses of electronic current of from 10 microseconds to 1 millisecond duration. The leading and rear fronts of 10-microsecond impulses do not exceed 1.5 microseconds. The strength of the electron current in the impulse is greater than 100 ma, which, for an energy of 1 Mev, corresponds to a power of 6.25.1018 ev for a single impulse. The third scheme is a mechanical system? a rotating shutter. It permits the production of single impulses of up to 200 na and having a duration of from 10 milliseconds to 2 seconds. Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR USE OF SOURCES BASED ON UNSEPARATED FISSION FRAGMENTS IN RADIATION- INDUCED CHEMICAL PROCESSES P. V. Zimakov, E. V. Volkova, and L. A. Krasnousov 1. Sources based on unseparated fission fragments are the most promising sources of 8-and y-radiation for use in industry. This paper examined the possibility of utilizing the 1i- and y-radiations of fragment sources in radiation-induced chemical processes. 2. Characterization of the first laboratory samples of irradiators based on unseparated fragments. The fragment irradiators that we use are solid concentrates prepared in different forms (cylinders, discs, granules), their activity being firmly associated with a carrier. They are mixed 8- and y-irradiators. The principal y-irradiators present are zirconium and niobium, and the principal 8 -irradiators? cerium, strontium, and yttrium. The maximum energy of the -rays is 3-3.5 Mev, and the maximum energy of the 7-rays is 0.73 Mev. 3. The use of fragment irradiators as sources of internal irradiation. When the irradiators are introduced into neutral media, such as alcohol, benzene, and acetone, no leaching of the activity is observed. For work in corrosive media, the irradiator is enclosed in a thin-walled glass envelope. In these cases both the y- and the 8-radiation is utilized, with the result that the dosage intensity is increased several times. The dosage intensity of useful radiation from fragment irradiators depends on the geometric form of the source. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 385 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The use of B -radiation in fragment irradiators makes it possible to increase the useful life of the irradiator considerably, for the half-life of the B -sources present is greater than the half-life of the y-sources. 4. A comparison was made of the efficiencies of sources based on unseparated fragments and sources based on radioactive cobalt in radiation-induced reactions. The following processes were investigated: chlorination of benzene, decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, oxidation of paraffin. It was shown that, for identical doses of absorbed energy, the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide, the yield of hexachlorocyclohexane in the chlorination of benzene (content of y-isomer 15-17%), and the reduction of the induction period in the oxidation of paraffin (from 360 to 60 hours) were independent of the source of the energy (fragment irradiator or radioactive cobalt). No essential differences could be detected in the courses of these processes, in spite of difference in the distribution of ionization density created by the fragment irradiator and radioactive cobalt. 5. For the production of identical doses .and absorbed energy, a considerably smaller amount of the fragment source is required than of radioactive cobalt. This simplified the problem of protection from radiation. Owing to the comparative cheapness of fragment irradiators, their use may have 'a considerable economic advantage over the use of radioactive cobalt. Research Institute of the Ministry of Chemical. Industry of the USSR 386 ? ? 4 ? ? ? ? ? ? TABLE OF CONTENTS S. D. Kaitmazov, A. M. Prokhorov, and A. B. Tsentsiper. Electronic Paramagnetic Resonance of Radicals Obtained from 1120 and H202 N. N. Tunitsky and S. a Kupriyanov. Initial Stages of Radiation-Induced Reactions in Gases M. T. Dmitriev and S. Ya. Pshezhetsky. Kinetics and Mechanism of the Oxidation of Nitro- gen Under Electron Impact A. S. Baberkin. Chemical Action of C063 y-Radiation on Solid Crystalline Salts of Ionic Structure (KNO3, KC103, KC104) S. A. Brusentseva and P. I. Dolin. Effect of KC1 and KBr Concentration on the Yield of Mole- cular Radiolysis Products in Aqueous Solutions N. A. Bakh, V. L Medvedovsky, A. A. Revina, and V. D. Bityukov. Radiation-Induced Reactions in Nitrate Solutions A. M. Kabakchi, V. M. Erokhin, and V. A. Gramolin. Some beta on the Action of Ionizing Radiations on Concentrated Aqueous Solutions of Inorganic Salts A. L Chemova, V. D. Orekhov, and M. A. Proskurnin. Formation and Transformation of Iron Compounds in the Radiolysis of Aqueous Solutions B. A. Gvozdev and V. N. Shubin. Action of Accelerated Electrons on KMn04 Solutions . 10 E. M. Nanobashvili and L. P. Beruchashvili. Action of y-Radiation on Colloidal Solutions of Cobalt, Nickel, Silver and Gold Sulfides 10 V. L Medvedovsky. Simultaneous Polarographic Determination of H202 and 02 in Nitrate Solution During Their Irradiation 11 V. Ya. Chernykh, S. Ya. Pshezhetsky, and G. S. Tyurikov. Kinetics of. the Decomposition of Hydrogen Peroxide Under the Action of y-Radiation 11 V. G. Firsov and B. V. Ershler. Radiation-Induced Oxidation of Solutions of Quadrivalent Uranium 12 Ts. L Zalkind., V. L Veselovsky, and G. Z. Gochaliev. Mechanism of the Establishment of a Stationary Potential Difference in the System Pt/ Aqueous Solution. / Au Under the Action of y-Radiation 13 N. B. Miller, Ts. L Zalkind, and V. I. Veselovsky. Radiational-Electrochemical Processes in Aqueous Solutions of Uranium Salts. . 14 P. I. Dolin and V. L Duzhenkov. Radiational-Galvanic Element Based on the Oxidation- Reduction Reaction Fe2+-4 Fe3+ 15 Ya. M. Kolotyrkin, N. Ya. Bune, and G. S. Tyurikov. Corrosion Behavior of Metals in y-Irrad- fated H2SO4 Solutions 15 M. N. Fokin, T. V. Matveeva, N. D. Tomashov, A. V. Byalobzhesky, V. 11 Valkov. Effect of Accelerated Electrons on the Corrosion of Iron, Stainless Steel, and Aluminum in Sodium Chloride Solutions 16 L L. Rozenfeld and E. K. Oshe. Change in the Electrochemical Activity of Metals Under the 1'1 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Action of Radiation D. M. Shub, G. S. Tyurikov, and V. L Veselovsky. Radiational Sensitization by Means of Oxide Semiconductors in Reactions of Formation and Decomposition of Hydrogen Peroxide in Aqueous Solutions Under the Action of y-Radiation 18 E. V. Barelko, L. I. Kartasheva, P. D. Novikov, and M. A. Proskumin. Oxidation of Aqueous Solutions of Benzene Under the Action of High-Power y-Radiation 19 V. L Duzhenkov and P. I. Dolin. Action of X-Rays on Dilute Aqueous Solutions of Some ? ? 20 Organic Substances 387 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ' - - 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 31 32 32 33 34 35 36 36 37 38 38 39 40 ? ? ? ? a ? ? ? ? S. I. Gorodinsky, V. L. Karpov, L. M. Nosova, and M. N. Shteding Principles Underlying the 40 41 42 43 43 c-s. ? .2Y....oW V. D. Orekov, N. A. Proskumin, V. A. Shalpaty, and A. A. Zansokhova. Linked Oxidation- Reduction Processes in the Radiolysis of Aqueous Solutions Ya. L. Shot:Inman and T. G. Ratner. Investigation of the Fading of an Aqueous Solution of Rational Selection and Compounding of Plastics Compositions Intended for the Con- struction of Means of Individual Protection in Work With Radioactive Materials. . . . V. L Zatulovsky. Sources of Ionizing Radiations for Investigations in Radiation Chemistry Methylene Blue Under the Action of X-Rays I. V. Vereshchinsky, L. T. Karpuslikin. and V. N. Slicheglov. Synthesis and Transformations (Developed in the Institute of Physical Chemistry of the Academy of Stience,s of the USSR) A. Kb. Breger and Yu. S. Ryabukhin. Miniature-Scale Preparatory Work on Possible Industrial of Leuco Compounds of Dyes Under the Action of Fog? y-Radiation T. E. Pavlovskaya and A. G. Pasynsky. Effect of Irradiation of Protein Solutions With X-Rays Apparatus for Carrying Out Radiation-Induced Reactions With the Aid of Isotopic Sources of Radiation P. Ya. Glazunov and M. G. Kuzmin. Production of Impulse Ionized Radiation with a 1.2 Mev in Air and in A Vacuum M. A. Klienolth andl:Miska a. Action of CO' y-Radiationon Proteins and Amino Acids B. N. Tarusov. Effect of Ionizing Radiations on Animal Fats Linear-Accelerator Vacuum Tube P. V. Zimakov, E. V. Volkova, and L. A. Krasnousov. Use of Sources Based on Unseparated N. A. Khenoldt. Effect of the y-Radiation of Radioactive Cobalt on the Absorption Spectra of Carbohydrates T. N. Rysina. Effect of y-Itadiation on the Absorption Spectra of Nucleic Acids and of Pyrim- Fission Fragments in Radiation Induced Chemical Processes idine and Purine Bases S. E. Manoilov, Significance of the Ionization of Iron-Containing Compounds During the Irradiation of an Organism With X-Rays A. L Gelbshtein, M. I. Ternkin, G. G. Shchcglova. T. V. Ilyukhina. and M. A. Proskurnin. Isomerization of Xylencs Under the Action of y-Radiation B. M. Mildiallov, M. V. Tarasova, V. G. Kiselev, and V. S. Bogdanov. Transformations of Gaseous Saturated Hydrocarbons and Ethylene Under the Action of Fast Electrons . . . Kh. S. Bagdasaryan, T. S. Nikitina, and V. A. Krongauz. Some Problems in the Radiation Chemistry of Mixtures of Organic Substances A. V. Zimin, S. V. Churmanteev, and A. D. Vezina. Action of y-Radiation on Mixtures of Benzene and Carbon Tetrachloride With Fluorine-Containing Substances P. V. Zimakov, E. V. Volkova, and L. A. Krasnousov. Prospect of Preparing Hexachloran by . the Action of Itasdiation V.V. Saraeva, N. A. Bakh, L. V. Rybin, and V. A. Larin. Determination of the Individual Products of the Radiational Oxidation of Heptane and 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane . . & N. Mikhailov, N. E. Kuimova, and V. S. Bogdanov. Oxidation of Methane With Oxygen 7 Under the Action of Fast Electrons Yu. L Khmeinitsky, M. A. Proskurnin, E. V. Barelko, I. L Melekhonova, and A. T. Slepneva. Okidation of Hexadecane Under the Action of y-Radiation L V. Verislichinsky and N. A. Bakh. Effect of Ionization Density on the Radiolysis of Hydro- carbons A. N. Pravednikov and S. S. Medvedev. Formation of Cross Links in the Irradiation of Polyethylene With Ionizing Radiations B. I. Zvercv, V. L. Karpov, and S. S. Leshchenko. Phase Transformations in Polymers Due to the Action of Nuclear Radiations B. L. Tsetlin, N. G. Zaitseva, V. M. Korbut, and V. A. Kargin. Laws of the Radiational Destruction of Vitreous Polymers L Ya. Petrov and V. L. Karpov. Processes of Gas Liberation in Polymers Under the Action of Nuclear Radiations A. B. Taubman and L. P. Yanova Role of Gas Formation in the Destruction of Polymers Under the Action of Radiation N. A. Slovokhotova. Chemical Changes in Some Vinyl Polymer; Under the Action of Ionizing Radiations T. S. Nikitina, A. S. Kuzminsky, L. A. Oksentevich, and V. L. Karpov. Radiational Vulcanization of Rubbers Yu. S. Lazurkin and G. P. Ushakov. Effect of Irradiation on the Properties of Silicone Rubbers Z. N. Tarasova, N. Ya. Kaplunov, V. N. Kuleznev, and B. A. Dogadkin. Structure ana Pro- perties of Vulcanizates Obtained by the Action of Nuclear Radiations A. P. Smirnov-Averin, Yu. G. Scvastyanov, and G. A. Popov. Change in the Capacity of Soviet Ion-Exchange Resins Under the Action of Ionizing Radiations 388 - ? ? 389 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? 1 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ _ a. ? a 4 ? ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY UTILIZATION, COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES OF THE USSR ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF ; RADIOACtIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE ACHIEVEMENTS OF NATIONAL SCIENCE AND INDUSTRY IN USING RADIOACTIVE METHODS FOR PROSPECTING AND DEVELOPING USEFUL MINERALS V. N. Dakhnov Paper Read at the Plenary Session Moscow 1957 391 am. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 tL,! Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ? Editor Professor A. G. Tarkhov ? 392 :4 The great possibilities of radioactive methods for investigating the chemical composition and structure of materials, their high accuracy and many-sided use, the considerable prospects that existing methods will be refined and that new, more accurate modifications will be produced have determined the advantages of apply- ing the methods of nuclear physics to the solution of numerous problems encountered in prospecting for and developing deposits of useful minerals [2]. The natural radioactivities of the uranium and thorium families have long been used very effectively in prospecting for deposits of these minerals. But the considerable differences in the content of radioactive ele- ments in the soils of various types and mineralogical compositions, and the relations of these contents to the conditions under which the rocks were deposited makes it possible to use measurements of the natural y -ray intensity for studying well sections composed of sedimentary rocks of 145w radioactivity, in particular for study- ing sections of oil and gas wells without taking cores. The use of radioactive methods in geology has developed on a particularly large scale in recent years, due to the new methods of studying rocks, which are based on the use of nuclear reactions and other processes occurring when radioactive radiations act on materials, which have become available due to the vast develop- ments in nuclear physics and measuring techniques. These achievements in nuclear physics, which occupied a comparatively short space of time ? i.e., the last decade or so ? have produced a number of highly effective ways of studying rocks in bore-holes without core-sampling, and radioactive isotopes and their radiations have been widely used for solving a vast number of problems in geological prospecting and technology [5, 7, 10-12]. The following are some of the methods which have been developed and introduced into various branches of industry: a) Neutron-logging of bore-hole sections, using the moderation and subsequent absorption processes oc- curring with neutrons in rocks. These processes cause changes in the neutron density, in the intensity and spec- tra of the prompt y -rays emitted, and in the intensity and spectra of the induced y -activities, depending on the chemical composition of the rock. b) Study of the y -ray intensity scattered from a source specially inserted in the well; c) Measurement of the y -rays emitted by radioactive isotopes introduced into the medium. The above methods enable one to study the geological strata in bore-holes in more detail and more ac- curately, and as they do not require costly core sampling, to determine the sites of mineral deposits more ac- curately. They also provide a means of studying the strata in lined wells in detail and of deriving more exact information about the technical state of the well. The present communication gives a short review of the current situation as regards the industrial use of radioisotopes and their radiations in prospecting and development of useful minerals, and of the most important achievements in perfecting these methods which have been performed at the establishments of the Academy of Sciences,USSR,of the Ministries, and of the higher educational organizations. Some further ways of perfect- ing radiometric methods and their industrial utilization are also pointed out. During the two years that have passed since the July meeting of the Academy of Sciences, USSR on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, the use of radioactive methods in prospecting and development of useful min- erals has extended considerably 1 primarily due to the refinement of radiometric methods used in the oil indus- try, and secondly due to the wider use of these methods in prospecting for other useful minerals (additional to oil, natural gas and the radioactive elements). The most important achievement in this field during this period is the industrial testing of the y -ray scattering method for studying the strata in coal bore-holes. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 393 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Ap roved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 A number of electrical methods are widely employed together at the present time for studying the strata in coal bore-holes; these have facilitated the discrimination of coal seams in bore-hole strata, the determin- ation of their thickness and structure?and sometimes the volatile and ash contents to a certain degree. Since some coals (brc4n coals and transition types preceding anthracite) frequently have electrical properties very similar to those of the surrounding sediments (sandstones, dense argillites and friable limestones) the electrical methods cannot always give an unambiguous answer to the problem. This has obliged geologists to abstain from using the highly efficient coreless methods of boring. The method in which the coal seams are detected by the intensity of the scattered y -rays using a Co6? source (which was developed by the team of workers at the Urals branch of the Academy of Sciences, USSR, directed by Bulashevich) which has been given extensive trials in the production divisions of the "Geofizugle- geology" Trust in the Chelyabinsk, Sub-Moscow, Donets and Kuznets basins and in the East Urals coal form- ation, enables one to detect coal seams in bore-hole strata (5, 7]. The coal seams are of anomalously low density relative to the adjacent rocks. The densities of coal seams vary over the range 1.1 - 1.6 g/cm3, rising with the rank of the coal and the ash content: they are about one unit less dense than the adjacent rocks (argillites, siltstones, sandstones and limestones). This results in exceptionally favorable conditions for using y -ray scattering methods for detecting coal seams in bore-holes. With an appropriate distance between primary y-ray sources and scattered y-ray detectors the coal seams stand out clearly as maxima on the scattered y -ray intensity traces (Fig. 1, curve 5; Fig. 2, curve 2). When combined with cavity and.elecuical measurements it enables one to detect the coal seams unambiguously and even to study their structures via the electrical data. The work so far carried out should only be considered as a preliminary but highly effective experiment on the use of radiometric methods for studying coal bore-hole strata. There is no doubt that when a whole num- ber of radiation methods are used gether it will be possible to study coal seams in more detail? as to their volatile and ash contents. Ryapolova's work (carried out at the Ministry of Transport Construction) has demonstrated the efficacy Of radiation methods in the study of water bore-hole strata. The detection of rocks saturated with fresh water from geophysical data is often a fairly complicated problem, since the water-bearing rocks differ little in electrical properties from adjacent ones. The prospector frequently encounters the need to detect water-bearing rocks in carbonate strata and the difficulties here are greatest. An experiment on the use of radiation methods for study- ing water bore-hole strata has shown that measurements of the natural y -ray intensities and the prompt y -rays from neutron absorption enable one both to increase the accuracy with which water-bearing rocks are detected and also to estimate their probable yields in some cases. The latter is of great practical interest in the choice of those to be utilized. Radiation methods are also of great practical interest in that more promising horizons can sometimes be detected in old lined wells, thus providing increased well output and extended life. As has peen noted 'above, the industrial use and further refinement of radiation methods has occurred on a particularly large scale in the oil industry, the aim being the study of the geological structures and technical states of wells. The volume of radiation studies carried out by the Glavneftegeofizika.Undertaking of the USSR Ministry of the Oil Industry reached 7 million meters of bore-hole strata in 1956, some 150 industrial groups operating in this field. The results from the use of radiation methods in oil and natural gas prospecting weie mainly as follows: 1. These methods raised the efficiency of coreless boring in the carbonate and hydrochemical deposits of the Volga-Urals oil province considerably, ensured their correct delineation in the carbonate and hydrochemi- cal deposits, and facilitated the detection of increased porosity and permeability in carbonate sediments, which latter are promising as regards possible oil/gas content. 2. Radiation methods ensure much more exact differentiation of bore-hole strata which have complex rocks of high resistance when the boring is carried out with strong salt solutions. Under these conditions the stan- dard electrical methods are of little value. 3. Radiometric and electrometric methods, when combined, enabled one to discern the gas-bearing strata in bore-holes quite clearly for a number of areas in the Volga-Urals oil province, and in the deposits of the North Caucasus and the Western Ukraine (Fig. 3, curve 1). In most cases this was impossible by the use of electrical * Glavneftegeofizika = Main Administration for Geophysics Translator. 394 4 a ? 4 ? ? _ . : logs alone. Accurate determination of the gas/oil contact ensured that the correct choice of usuable strata was made and that development was correct. 1 51 il Nos, I1 3 N 71,,tilill alto. ,, 1 / 1 , i 0 . Pit. MI am ? i 1 1 I 1 ILI 4 I P.. 1 I. II i -41 I il krill 1 I . I i I il 1 11.- i. .?,, -17. i el 1 1 I " . 1-11 cob ., : . p Ail 1.0x-- ill -4 N iii 4 2 Ca ri ta ph- C:31 af17 ? UP CM/ Fig. 1. An example of the detection of coal seams by y -ray scattering (Moscow coal basin). 1) apparent resistance curve; 2) inherent polarization potentials; 3) induced polarization potentials; 4) natural y -ray intensity curve; 5) scattered y -ray intensity curve; 6) coal; 7) clay; 8 ) limestone; 9) sand. The coals are clearly detected from the scattered y -ray intensity maxima (cross-hatched areas). 4. An important contribution was made to the practical use of radiometry by the devalopment of neutron methods for differentiating oil-bearing strata from water-bearing: this was first performed by the group in the Radiometry Laboratory of the Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow (A. I. Kholina, 0. A. Barsukov, et al.). These methods facilitate the wide use of radiometric logging in research on the opening up of oil deposits which are exploited by contour water-pumping (12]. This method uses the difference in the chlorine contents of oil and water-bear- ing strata to solve this problem, neutron methods being used, since chlorine is one of the basic components of salt water; use is thus made of its specific nuclear properties. The neutron absorption cross-section of chlorine (32 barns) exceeds that of the other main elements present in the rocks of oil deposits very gready, these having cross sections of 0.0002 - 0.5 barn. Neutron absorption by chlorine gives an increased prompt y -ray intensity and a change in its spectral composition. Thus with appropriate well preparation the oil-bearing strata can be distinguished from the water-bearing by the reduced thermal neutron density and by the increased prompt y -ray flrIssifid in Part SanitizedC Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 395 ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 intensity (Fig. 4, curves 3 and 4), particularly in the regions below 2 Mev and above 4 Mev (Fig. 5, curves 5 and 6). ? 1 $0 VO 1.50 1000h nts .r.r? !xj. tto Fir? 7 ?:,*.,???? ????? .. ? :.f...i... iii. m....,.?,:..., _.... 41.-7 4.:. .....4?? .... :..: :5-,--u .:.- .... W:5:,..-...c..:,?..-..,:?,.. ....... tt ...., rs..... IA, 1,26, -..- I ,-- ,.._,..........7.,_ , ,_ touLic, tfrr:.: ..... ,...:._ ...:_, ......_ _ ..... ...... ... _ ...:..........?%?? , 4 FeR Fig. 2. An example of the detection of coal seams by y -ray scattering (Chelyabinsk coal basin). 1) apparent resistance curve; 2) scattered y -ray intensity curve; 3) dense sandstone; 4) friable sand- stone; 5) argillite; 6) argillite and coal; 7) coal. The coals are clearly detected from the scattered y - ray intensity maxima (cross-hatched areas). When these methods were used in deposits where the strata waters were highly mineralized it was possible to establish the way water moved during contour water-pumping (Fig. 6) in impor- tant areas such as Tuimazinsk and Bavlinsk. This would be impossible by other methods without dril- ling an enormous number of test bore-holes. To differentiate oil and water when the stra- ta waters contain relatively little chloride (e. g., when the waters are alkaline) the team directed by F. A. Alelcseev at the Academy of Sciences, USSR Oil Institute developed a method of differentiating oil-bearing rocks from water-bearing which uses sodium activation (10). The trial groups of the "Tatneftgeofizika" trusts showed that this method could be made more accurate by using thermal neutron activation of manganese, the manganese being present in thd metal of the bore-hole liner, the thermal neutron densities being higher in the oil-bearing strata than in the water-bearing ones. 5. The use of radioactive isotopes increased the accuracy with which the technical states of wells can be studied, e.g., determination of the height to which the mortar has risen around the finer and the quality of the cementation, detection of areas where water circulates around the tube or points of damage to the liners and determination of zones where the boring solution has penetrated (6, 11]. In this connection a special mention must be made of the work carried out under the direction of G. N. Strotsky (*Grozneftgeofizika" Trust which was dir- ected to improvement of methods for using radio- active isotopes to study the technical states of wells. In particular the "Grozneftegfizika" Trust has pro- duced bore-hole radioactive isotope injectors which have allowed the work to be carried out much more rapidly with isotopes and which have much reduced the radiation hazard to the operating personnel. For example, Fig. 7 shows the detection of a flow in the cement around a liner, using the injector. Isotopes have found a wider use in solving complex problems such as the detection of fissures in the hydraulic disruption of strata by pumping activated sand into the fissures (Fig. 8). Clear results were also obtained when boring wells with active solutions. In this case the fact that the boring solution penetrates deeper into porous and permeable rocks makes it possible to detect them. Analysis of the data gave quantitative relations between the rock porosity and the observed y -ray intensity. This method is of particular interest for detecting fissured zones in carbonate rocks, this being in the majority of cases impossible when other geophysical methods are used. In order to use the various isotopes in a scientific fashion in well-logging,A. A. Korzhev and others(All- Union Geophysics Research Institute) have studied their sorption on rocks. They showed, in particular, that cesium was the most adsorbed, and iron and iodine the least. 396 ???,,,T,- ? acci Sanitized oov APPrOV ? ? ? . _ r...illtt.e- t? .1. MGM al 14,1(ilif SIN If 419 if? GM 11L,,no dif IF ALF XS NW US if I i I I I N I MI MO NS ioNcia,01 .SP I Tr...2.4?r? ? a. 0,.1.... \*Ir ? 'IMP ADO, aw ?fifff,ir, ??;:::::::::::w..0.-. lies V ;,,....:. it, VC ' . ." e I I I -C.-----i ..,. I _ .......0". ...,..?mk- 115 Mit 09/ Er& Fig. 3. Detection of the gas-bearing part of a stratum using the (n,y ) method. 1 (n,y) intensity curve (NGM - 50); 2) natural y -ray curve (GM); 3 ) ap- parent resistance curve (KS) (probe M, 2.5 A 0.5 v); 4 1 inherept polarization potential (SP); 5) clay; 6) sandstone; 7) limestone; 8) ) gas; 10 ) water. The gas-bearing part of the stratum (detected from the inherent polarization potential) is distinguished by a sharp rise in the (n,y)curve (cross-hatched area). (671 f170 Pa 517 4151 Ifir 4711 51711me 'Nib 1711 511.1171,16 7rin n, lit P Innvt IN311111 1 !O f t % I., % i . t s'. ,.. .'eff, (WM d, ., /I .v.?1..M.M ye.". ................... ;.F.:0:49:1.00W,C0.? , ? 1 141?11r ? ..? -- . () . t' t...._ . _ Fig. 4. An example of the determination of the water/oil contact by combining (n,n) and (n,)') methods. 1 IApparentresistance curve oa(probe B, 7.5 A 0.75M); 2) inherent polarization potential, U1p; 3 ) (n, n) curve, n n; 4 ) Ira curve (prompt y -rays). The water-bearing part of the stratum is distinguished by a sharp drop in nn while I fly is raised. d for RI er 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 397 ?:?? 7111, Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 tg: - Fig. 5. An example of the determination of an oil/water contact: 1) appar- ent resistance curve (probe B, 7.5A 0.75M); 2) inherent polarization poten- tial; 3) natural y -ray intensity; 4) intensity from (n, y) log (probe length Ln =60 cm); 5) intensity from (n, y) log (spectroscopic method Ln = 33 cm); 6) the same (L1=38 cm); 7 ) thermal neutron density; 8) oil-bearing sand- stone; 9 ) water-bearing sandstone. The use of radioactive methods for research on oil and gas wells has lead to multimillion ruble econ- omies in materials due to the more exact identification of geological strata in bore-holes, to the detection of oil and gas beds, to the improvement in means of checking up on the development process in the fields, and to the elimination of large losses due to unproductive work in unjustified maintenance. Very much less progress has been made in using radioactive methods for locating and developing useful ore-minerals (7). In spite of the demonstration by A. P. Ochkura,et al. (All-Union Institute of Prospecting Geo- physics) that in principle it is possible to detect ore-inclusions from data on y -ray scattering, the method has, so far, not been widely used in practice. The neutron methods for detecting boron-containing rocks which have been developed under the direction of A. P. Vinogradov and V. I. Baranov (Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry and Analytical Chemistry), with the cooperation of the Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow, have given good results with wells in Eastern Siberia, but they have not been utilized. Little attention has been paid to the use of in- duced activity for work on the chemical compositions of ore inclusions, primarily for locating and developing bauxite and for the detailed study of bore-hole strata in regions of sulfide ore orogenesis. 398 ? ? ? 1). 14.70 1440 URI 1460 g /470 4 14911 000 010 1311 0-517 N.N.NP20...vssSN.\?CONNXN.W.ss. ..... ? .? . . ? ? ? ? ? ? 6: ? Fig. 6. An example of the detection of a water/oil contact during opening up, radiometric logging being used. 1) limestone; 2) clay; 3) oil-bearing sandstone; 4) transition zone; 5) water- bearing sandstone; 6) region of liner perforation. A number of researches have shown that it is possible to use y -ray methods for detecting bauxites, which differ by their high radioactivities, and for detecting calcium salts in bore-holes and complex evaporite de- posits, but these cannot be considered as of adequate importance as regards the use of radiation methods for finding useful minerals. The testing and introduction of radiation methods for detecting ore deposits leaves much to be desired. The Ministry of Geology and Conservation of Mineral Resources, USSR must, in our opinion, be primarily held responsible for this, as having not devoted the requisite attention, and not having circulated the results which have been obtained to a wide circle of workers in the geological service. The results from using radioactive methods in the oil industry and the commencement of their effective introduction into the coal industry cannot be considered in isolation from the results carried out in the radio- metry laboratories of the Academy of Sciences,USSR Oil Institute, of the Urals branch of the Academy of Sciences, USSR of the All-Union Geophysics Research Institute, and of the Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow. The scien- tific teams in these institutes and the study groups of the divisions in the Ministry of the Oil Industry have car- ried out the following research during recent years. The y -ray scattering processes in rocks have been studied analytically (G. M. Voskoboinikov, L G. Dyadkin,et al?);,also the neutron distributions in oil and water-collecting strata pierced by a bore-hole (S. A. Kantor and 0. A. Barsukov). Some of these problems., which are very difficult to solve by mathematical methods, have been studied by analog methods at the Volga-Urals branch of the All-Union Geophysics Research Institute and at the Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow. This work has particularly demonstrated the effects due to fresh-water infiltration zones produced by the boring solutions on the prompt y -rays from radiative neutron capture in lined and unlined wells, and the optimum conditions for carrying out measurements designed to detect the oil/water contact have been determined. The work carried out at the Volga-Urals branch of the All-Union Geophysics Research Institute (Yu. A. Gulin) and in the radiometry laboratory of the central division in Moscow has shown that it is possible to study the densities and porosities of rocks from data on scattered y -ray intensities. The distributions of epithermal neutrons have been studied at the Volga-Urals branch of the All-Union Geophysics Research Institute, the Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow, and the Moscow Oil Institute. This work con- firmed that it was possible to determine rock porosities more accurately by recording epithermal neutron densi- ties, and has also elucidated the role of epithermal neutron absorption by chlorine in differentiating water and oil-bearing strata by the (n, y) method. nprlassif ed in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 399 1 4., i/17,0//m Tv. IN 411 IX IN SXm /XI 1101 irnetnin 2 'I 25511 21011 IMpAriwn 271/0 Fig. 7. An example of the determination of the site of a flow in the cement around a liner by injecting a radioactive solution. 1 ) Natural y -ray intensity I ; 2) y -ray intensity Y IX after injecting the active solution and pumping it around the column. The injection was made at 2680 m depth (shown by the arrow). The flaws in the cement are shown cross-hatched. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Much attention has been devoted to improv- ing the accuracy with which the results from radio- metric logs are interpreted. To this end the radio- metry laboratory of the All-Union Geophysics Re- search Institute (directed by V. M. ZaporozhtS) has developed methods of calibrating units used for re- cording natural y - ray intensities in bore-holes in rihr units and for those used to record neutron cap- ture y -rays in arbitraryunits based on surrounding the unit with water. Nomograms were also devel- oped from which the rate of recording required to ensure the requisite degree of accuracy could be read off. Further work on a method of determining rock densities has also been undertaken. The (n,y) method was reconsidered as it had been shown that chlorine has a marked distorting influence. Work on this topic has shown that the expon- entially diminishing relation of capture y -ray in- tensity to rock porosity found earlier is only obser- ved in rocks which contain no strong absorbers; when the chlorine content is high the relation of capture y -ray intensity to rock porosity is linear. This ex- plains the source of considerable errors in the rock porosities found by earlier methods, and reveals new 'and more accurate ways of determining rock poros- ity. The newly developed methods provide a means of determining rock porosities from epithet- mal neutron densities, these being only slightly af- fected by the chemical composition. Much attention has been devoted to develop- ing new types of radiometric well-logging equip- ment. The following new units should be noted: a) logging units using proportional neutron counters for recording thermal neutron densities Academy of Sciences,USSR Oil Institute and Gub- kin Oil Institute, Moscow). Industrial tests of these units have confirmed the advantages of the (n,. n) method for work on the storage properties of strata, and the detection of oil-bearing strata has been fa- cilitated by thermal neutron density measurements. b) Units for operating at high temperatures in wells (All-Union Geophysics Research Institute, "Groznefte- geofzikeTtust from which qualitative diagrams have been obtained on working in bore-holes at rock tempera- tures up to + 150?C. c) Scintillation counter units (developed by the All-Union Geophysics Institute in conjunction with the "Oil Equipment' factory and the Academy of Sciences,USSROil Institute), these having advantages over the earlier units using gas-discharge counters as regards count rate and wider control over their spectral sensitivities. The scintillation units produced by the "Oil Equipment* factory for recording thermal neutronswere built using neutron-sensitive phosphors; 400 ^ PI 11, 25 5 Oh i nit /40bri i1 0 /100Imp/mir mirmimmcsiblamm maninnmiummissa Nowatzsamuiprzos euinnutivEramimms Fig. 8. An example of the use of radioactive isotopes for determining the sites of water-fissuring in strata. 1) Apparent resistance curve, pa(probe 6,7.5A 0.75M); 2) inherent polar- ization potential, Up; 3) ly natural y 'ray intensity: 4)I .-ray Y1 intensity curve after hydraulic destruction and injection of activated sand. d) A two-channel unit using boron screening (Gubkin Oil Institute, Moscow) for determining water/oil contacts and for carrying out lateral (n, y) sounding, etc. The Machine Operation and Automation Institute of the Ukrainian Academy of Sciences has produced a 4-channel unit for measuring the natural y -ray intensity, the neutron capture y -rays with two sizes of probe, and the thermal neutron density,simultaneously, using one single-core cable. The most important trend in the development of radiometric equipment is the design of small neutron , generators for well-logging. Such units are at present produced in the USA and have great advantages over polonium-beryllium and other similar neutron sources. As well as being widely used for studying bore-hole strata and the technical states of wells, these methods are used for prospecting for useful minerals on the surface. For example, they were used successfully on the eastern side of the Kuznets Ala-Tau for delineating erup- tive rocks buried under intrusive deposits and for detecting zones of tectonic faulting. F. A. Alekseev, at the Academy of Sciences,USSR Oil Institute, has directed work on radiation methods of detecting oil deposits from the surface []3. The field groups from the Institute found that the natural y -ray intensity was often reduced over oil deposits, there being rings of raised activity at the peripheries. Analogous results were obtained by the "Bashneftegeofizika" Trust for oil deposits. The physical basis of the method is not clear. It may be that the observed effects are due to changes in the lithology of' the surface deposits in the vaulted areas of the structure, but the authors still consider that a direct relation between the y? -ray intensity changes and the oil deposits should be sought. The Academy of Sci- ences,USSROil Institute has designed field radiometers for continuous recording of y -ray intensities from sur- face vehicles and aeroplanes. Radiometric methods have also been successfully tested in other branches of mining. For example, G. I. Pokrovsky and A. A. Chernigovsky (Zhukov Air Force Engineering Academy) have shown that it is possible to use radioactive isotopes for work on soil displacement in explosions. A. D. Godroshko,et al.(Academy of Sciences, USSR, Institute of Fuel Resources) have worked on the design of units for coal enrichment using the y -ray ab- sorption of the material. Similar work has been carried out in other research Institutes. To sum up, we must observe that the use of radiation techniques has extended considerably in the last two years as regards the location and development of useful mineral deposits. However, the present successes do not exhaust the vast possibilities of radiation methods and we must par- ticularly point out that there are still a large number of unci-11 ved problems in both the use arid refinement of radiometric methods. First, we must once again emphasize the need for ihe wide use of-radiometry in locating and detecting ore Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 401 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 11 ??. 4 deposits, particularly with regard to deposits of boron, manganese, mercury and aluminum. For example, the exceptionally high capture cross section of boron for thermal neutrons would enable one to detect it reliably by neutron methoas in rocks containing 0.25%B or more, or even less than this under some conditions. The chances of detecting manganese are also very good, due to its high capture cross section (12.7 barns), high prompt y -ray energy (up to 7.3 Mev), high activation cross section (12.7 barns) and relatively short half- life (2.6 hours). Thus manganese could be detected by neutron absorption, (n, y) and induced activity. The high capture cross sections of mercury (380 barns), tungsten (19.2 barns), cesium (29.0 barns) and par- ticularly of some of the lanthanide elements (samarium, europium, gadolinium, dysprosium) gives promise of success in developing ways of detecting rocks enriched in these elements. When setting about this work atten- tion must be paid to all the nuclear properties of these elements. The short half-life of aluminum (2.3 minutes) and the fairly high activation cross section (0.21 barn) make prospecting for bauxite and determination of the aluminum contents of bauxite by induced activity meth- ods very promising. When sulfides are studied by induced activity methods it will evidently be possible to detect copper (Cu" and Cu66, half-lives 12.9 hours and 5.3 minutes,respectively) nickel (2.6 hours) etc. For this purpose y -ray spectroscopy must be used to the full extent. To increase the certainty of work with ore bore-holes, existing methods must be widely tested and used, but work on new methods must proceed at the same time, particularly with y -ray measurements, when the bore-hole walls are bombarded by high-energy neutrons, photoneutron methods and resonance absorption of neutrons in rocks. Radiation methods should also be widely used in surface prospecting for useful minerals and in geological mapping, e.g., for delineating various types of intrusion, detection of tectonic fault zones, etc., for which pur- pose equipment of high sensitivity must be used. When radiation methods are ,givenextended use in coal bore-holes attention must be paid to the deter- mination of ash contents; this can probably be done by coal seam density measurements based on y -ray scat- tering and on silicon,content measurements (from the intensity of the hard component of the prompt y -rays). Much attention should be pada to y -ray scattering, (n, n) and y -ray spectroscopic methods in work with oil and gas wells. These methods enable one to identify the rocks more accurately and to study the porosity and oil and gas saturations. When radioactive isotopes are used, much attention must be devoted to short-lived isotopes with half- lives from 1 - 20 days. Centers where these isotopes are prepared continuously should be organized in the southern and eastern oil-bearing regions. When work is carried out with hydrogeological bore-holes the great- est attention should be given to y -ray scattering methods for detecting highly porous rocks, which are of re- duced density, of course; and to the use of short-lived radioactive isotopes for detecting fissured zones. Con- cerning the further refinement of equipment, there is the need to produce units of higher sensitivity for well- logging to detect y -rays and neutrons of various energies, which are designed to operate at temperatures up to 150 - 200?C. Industry must provide much help in the development of these units by producing electronic components and special cables designed for operation under the above conditions. Particular attention must be paid to quicken possible production of well-logging neutron generators and betatrons designed to give power- ful monoenergetic sources. These will raise the accuracy considerably and extend the range of problems which can be solved by radiometry. When questions of interpretation of the results from radiation measurements are dealt with, much atten- tion must be given to more efficient ways of determining porosities and oil- and gas-saturations as well as to methods of determining the chemical compositions of rocks quantitatively. Radiometric and other geophysical methods will have to be. used extensively to solve these problems. Activation analysis is of particular interest, in that it is the most exact way of studying the chemical com- positions of rocks. More attention will also have to be devoted to the more accurate determination of absolute ages of rocks, particularly with the object of deciding on the genesis of useful mineral deposits more precisely. 402 er. ? Solutions of the above problems will raise the efficiency of location and development of useful minerals and will produce conditions favorable to the still wider use of radiation methods in the mining Industry. LITERATURE CITED [1] F. A. Alekseeva, A. P. Grumbkov and Yu. E. Kirshfeldt, The Possibilities of Using Radioactive Methods to Detect Oil Deposits, Session of Academy of Sciences on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, July 1-5, 1955; Session of Technical Science Section (Acad. Sci. USSR Press, 1955). [2] V. I. Baranov, Radiomeuy,Acad. Sci, USSR, Press, 1956). ? [3] D. F. Bespalov and A. P. Grumbkov, A new Radiometric Unit, Oil Industry 1956, No. 9. [4] Yti. P. Bugashevich, 'Theory of neutron logging" Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Geophys. Ser. 1, No. 3 (1951). [5] G. M. Voskoboinikov and L. L. Dcev, "Density logging in coal borcholes? Prospecting and Conser- vation of Ore Resources 1956, No. 10. [6] S F. Vybornylth, Tracer Methods for the Research and Control of Technical Conditions in Oil and Gas Wells, Oil Industry, 1955, No. 7. ['I] V. N. Dakhnov, "The current state and development prospects of radiometric well-logging:' Pros- pecting for Mineral Resources 1956, No. 6. [8] I. G. Dyabkin, "Theory of y -y logs in well-boring., Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Geophys. Ser. 1955, No.4. [9] S. Ya. Kantor, Theoretical Basis of Neutron Logging, Applied Geophysics, No. 13 (State Sci. Tech. Press for Petroleum and Mineral Fuels, 1955). [10] N. K. Kukharenko, Yu. S. Shimelevits, D. F. Bespalov and V. A. Odinokov, "A new geophysical method for detecting oil- and gas-bearing strata, and for locating the water/oil contact in lined wells" Oil Industry, 1956, No. 3. [11] A. I. Obolenskaya, The use of Radioactive Isotopes for Studying Wells, Appl. Geophys. No. 14, (State Sci.- Tech. Press for Petroleum and Mineral Fuels, 1956). (12) A. I. Kholin, Delineation of Oil and Water-bearing Strata in Lined Wells by Radioactive Methods, Session of USSR Acad. Sci. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, July 1-5, 1955., Session of Technical Sci- ences Sections (Acad. Sci. USSR, Press, 1955). 403 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ - - ? .. 7 .7_ . _ _ _ 4 v ? ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR CENTRAL COMMITTEE ON UTILIZATION OF ATOMIC ENERGY COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES, USSR ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE USE OF NUCLEAR RADIATION FOR AUTOMATION AND TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS CONTROL IN THE USSR N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser April Conference, Plenary Session Moscow, 1957 405 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 , Editor S. T. Nazarov 406 ??? USE OF NUCLEAR RADIATION FOR AUTOMATION AND TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS CONTROL IN THE USSR N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser According to the directives of the 20th Party Congress [1], an increase in production by means of automatic devices has been recognized as a problem of the first rank: the necessity for developing every possible application of radioactive materials in the control and automatic regulation of production processes is especially emphasized. Technological progress in industry and, in particular, in the automation of production processes has been accompanied by a rather considerable increase in the requirements on the methods aird techniques of automatic control. The requirements with regard to speed of operation, sensitivity, and accuracy have been made more stringent,and at the same tittle the field of application of automatic-control methods for obtaining more com- plete and accurate information on the process being controlled, has been extended. The use of nuclear radiation yields the possibility of widening considerably the region of application of automatic-control methods and also offers new solutions for problems which arise in automation. In this connec- tion, nuclear radiation has a number of advantages in measurement technique (non-contact properties, absence of any effect due to external conditions on the radiation source, absence of any interaction effects between the medium being controlled and the measurement device, high stability and duty capabilities of radiation sources, quick operation, etc.). All control techniques may be divided into three groups, based on the feasibility of using a given control method (with or without the use of nuclear radiation). The first group pertains to cases in which only radioiso- topes can be used to control a given process to avoid disturbing the process itself. Examples of this situation are measurements of the thickness of a non-magnetic plating material on a non-magnetic base, non-contact measurements of thickness and weight of moving material, location of damage in underground conduits,etc. In these cases, the use of radioisotopes is definitely indicated, without regard to expense, since no other means is feasible. In the second group we include processes which can also be controlled by other methods. However in these cases the use of radioisotope methods may make it possible to solve certain problems more simply and conveniently, and hence should be given preference. The third group includes all processes which can be controlled in a simpler way by the usual methods, I. e., without the use of radioisotopes. Turning to a survey of the basic trends in the development of automatic control using nuclear radiation, we may note that certain approaches have already become well established. Typical examples of these are methods which exploit the effects of absr,rption and scattering of radiation in the material being controlled, the ei;ect of ionization in a material beingirradiated,and so forth. These methodshave found application in various branches of industry and one of the basic present-day problems is the further improverpent and development of these methods and initiation of large-scale production of appropriate devices (also the development of new tech- niques and devices). It should be pointed out that even though the number of newly developed methods in this field and the new experimental techniques do not lag, and may even surpass those of foreign countries, the introduction and industrial acceptance of devices of this kind lag far behind that which is found abroad. One redeeming factor, 407 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1.7 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 however, is the theoretical work which has been carried out in the field of measurement techniques [-10]. research has furthered the work on the development of methods and devices and has created a theory and given methods of engineering calculation for nuclear-radiation devices so that the design and development of these systems can be carried out in a scientific and rational way. Along with the trends which have been mentioned above, there are a number of other approaches which, while well-known to physicists, have still not received wide development in the field of measurement technique. Here we refer to the use of nuclear spectroscopy, neutron fluxes, certain nuclear reactions and a number of other phenomena for control of technological processing which are well-known in present day physics. These methods of control are especially desireable since, in a number of cases, they could yield solutions to such important problems as the automatic, continuous non-contact control of the composition of complex materials. We now consider, in somewhat greater detail, each of the approaches which has been mentioned above. 1. Use of the Penetrating Properties of Radiation and Measurement of Absorption and Back-Scattering in the Material Being Controlled This method has, at the present time, been used more than any other. As is well-known, the absorption of 8-and 7-radiation in a material is given, with rather good accuracy, by an exponential law. = Joe pjd= md)P = Joe 'ix mP (1) where J0 is the intensity of rile radiation flux incident on the absorbeL; J is the intensity of the radiation fluxi which passes through a layer of absorber of thickness d(cm) and density p (g/cm3); pi is the coefficient of linear' absorption in cm; pm = Nip is the coefficient for mass absorption, cm1/2; p =pd is the weight of the absorber, referred to a unit area, g/cm2. From Equation (1) follows directly the possibility of determining density, thickness, and weight of an irradi- ated material. In turn it is also possible, using the difference in the density of the absorber medium, to obtain information un solid-impurity contc;It and so forth. In a number of cases (measurement of the thickness of plating, concentration of material, etc.) it is possi- ble to use effects associated with back-scattering of 8 -radiation in the material. The strength of the scattering of the radiation in the backward direction is a function of the atomic number of the scatterer and is approxi- mately given by a Zn-law where n is less than unity and depends on the experimental geometry. The operating principles of devides in which use is made of radiation absorption are extremely varied. In certain cases (for example, in measuring density, thickness, and weight) the values of the parameters to be deter- mined are obtained from the amount of absorption in the material being controlled. In other cases, in which "relay" operation is used, it is important only to establish the fact that radiation is incident on a detector. In this case, the detector and the radiation source may be moved with respect to each other or with respect to an object which passes between them and blocks the radiation patn. Finally, there are cases in which it is not nec- essary to establish the presence of radiation or the amount of absorption, for example, in determining the fre- quency of alternation between various states in which the amount of absorption differs (non-contact tachometer, counting of objects, etc.). At the present time, devices which measure the amount of absorption or back-scattering are used in various branches of industry. In the metallurgical industry use is made of non-contact control and regulation of the level of a metal. for example, in a crystallizer for continuous pouring of steel [11]. A diagram of the regulator of the steel level in a RU-2 crystallizer developed at the All-Union Scientific Research Institute for Ferrous Metals is shown in Fig. 1. A good deal of work has been carried out on the use of devices for controlling the thickness of rolled iron and the thickness of plating [12]; these devices were developed at the Central Laboratory for Automation of the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy in conjunction with the P. N. Lebedev Institute of Physics of the Academy of Sciences, USSR, 408 4 ? On the basis of incomplete data, it has been found that the application of devices for controlling the thickness of rolled iron at the V. M. Molotov Steel-Rolling Plant in Leningrad and the "Zaporozhstal" plant has reduced the 'Ejection rate for metal thickness by a factor of two and has reduced the outage time by a factor of ten. The instruments themselves have been improved considerably while in use. Radioactive marking of rolled-iron has also been successfully carried out at the V. M. Molotov Steel-Rolling plant in Leningrad. The results ob- tained at this plant indicate that the application of radioactive marking yields considerable economies. A number of original devices for the control of the level of ore and the density of pulp in non'-ferrous metallurgy have been dev- eloped. In the device which is used to control ore level [13], use 1 is made of a scintillation counter and a pulsed photomultiplier voltage supply. The use of this system has made it possible to reduce by a factor of ten the activity required of the Co'? source; also it performs satisfactorily without special dc-ac converters. A diagram of the level-measuring instrument in the channel of an underground bunker is shown in Fig. 2. Special attention is merited by an instrument with a vibrating 2 radiator for controlling pulp density [14] in which the radiation is modulated. An external view of this device is shown in Fig. 3. The application of y-radiatron for quality control of manufac- tured goods is one of the most important ways in which nuclear radia- don is utilized. At the present time more than 1000 instruments for 7-defectosropy of materials are being used in the Soviet Union. The control and inspection of welded and cast parts by means of y-rays is obligatory according to present regulations on boiler in- spection and the technical requirements of many ministries and de- partments. 47 N. N. Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of the RU-2 level regulator: 1) 7-radia- tion source; 2) shielded container with collimating holes; 3) crystal- lizer; 4) counters; 5) thyratron- relay control circuit. In recent years the "Mosroentgen" plant has developed several types of 7-devices for industrial radioscopy. Many new devices have been built directly in plants themselves, for example, in the shipbuilding industry. Methods of y-defectoscopy for welded Joints and castings have been developed at the Scientific Research Institutes. In the research which has been carried out on photographic 7-defectoscopy, the sensitivity of the method for delineating minimal defects as a function of 7-ray energy has been established. Regions of appli- cation for 7-rays from the isotopes Co", Cs137, Ir192, Eu152154, Tuln other and oer 7-radiators have been established. - Recent work has been done on problems of radioscopy, including methods of improving resolution of defect images on 7-pictures [15]. A method has been developed [16] for radiography of welded seams in tubes which makes use of y-rays from the isotopes Co". Cs137, 11'192, Eu152-154 and Turf? and studies have been carried out on the application of the stopping of x-rays froJn the B -radiation of Tull?. This work has shown that using inter- changeable targets it may be possible to obtain from the B -radiation of Turn, x-rays with energies from 65- 32 key. Special prototype devices have been developed to investigate the use of this radiation in defectoscopy of light alloys of aluminum, magnesium and titanium. Studies have also been carried out on the sensitivity to defects in different metals in radioscopy using y-radiation from Tuln [17] and the sensitivity of photographic methods of y-defectoscopy using isotopes with different 7-energy [18]. The application of rdefectoscopy on a large scale in the national economy has made it necessary to find methods for automatic 7-control of products. One of these methods involves the use of a scintillation counter in an ionization scheme. Considerable progress has been achieved in this field [19, 20', 21]. Methods of automatic y-defectoscopy in which use is made of electron-optics and television methods appear to have great potentialities and can widen considerably the possibilities for product quality control. Work carried on in this direction by Corresponding Member, Academy of Sciences, USSR P. V. Timofeev indicates the possibility of considerable improvement (by several orders of magnitude) in the sensitivity of defectoscopes. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 409 ? TAM., 4 A Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Fig. 2. Diagram of installation for measuring me level in a "non-ferrous automatic installation" in the channel of an underground bunker: 1) y- radiation source Co"; 2) radiation detector; 3) channels; 4) measurement unit; 5) indicator. The coal mining industry has developed and introduced the use of a 7-relay [22] which is used to count carts and to control the filling operation (Fig. 4), to realize non-contact foot-pedal control of an electric locomotive, automatic stopping of the nain at a red signal light, as well as a number of other measurement and control operations (Fig. 5). In Fig. 6 is shown an external view of the 7-relay developed at the "Red Metallurgist" plant for auto- matic control in the coal mining industry. Work has been carried out [23, 24] on the attenuation of 7-radiation by different isotopes in coal and rock. The results of this research have been used in building a prototype radiation separator which is intended for automatic separation of lumps of coal and rock which differ both in size and density. At the same time a method has been developea and used under laboratory conditions for determining rapidly the contents of mineral impurities in coal (in parti- cular, the ash content of coal). In the petroleum industry, devices which use nuclear radiation have been used, for example, to control the level of petroleum products [25] or to determine the position of the boundary between two materials in a covered reservoir. Under the direction of Yu. S. Zaslavsky, a group of engineers have developed the ARTTU-2 regulator for automatically maintaining the kero- sene-water boundary in the water-kerosene rinsing column of a cracking system. The regulator con- sists of a 7-relay and a pneumatic relay which con- trols the water-outlet valve for the column. Great interest for the petroleum industry attaches to the realization of automatic control for the sequential A Fig. 3. External view of the densitometer with vibrating radiators: unit A contains the radiation detector and the comparison circuit; unit B contains the main radiation source, the amplifier and the power supply; the pulp pipe line being irradiated is positioned between units A and B. 410 ? ? ? -r ? Fig. 4. Application of a 7-relay for controlling the filling of coal carts. transfer of petroleum products through pipelines. Work in this field is proceeding in two directions. An experi- ment on an industrial scale has been carried out [26] on the sequential transfer of petroleum products over the line from Grozny to Trudovaya (887 km) in which the dividing line was marked by triphenylstibine containing radioactive Sb124. The results of this work were more or less positive although the method has one important shortcoming in that radioactive materials are introduced into the petroleum products. The other approach being explored by Yu. S. Zaslavsky et al, involves density control of the products which pass through the pipelines, through the absorption of 7-radiation in these materials. This method has many poten- tialities; however, there is a great deal of difficulty from the point of view of the measuring technique itself since the requirements on the accuracy in controlling the density of petroleum products are better than 0.1 clo. In the textile industry instruments are used to control the uniformity of product and the weight of moving fabric [27]. In Fig. '/ is shown a schematic diagram of a device for measuring and recording the uniformity of products from a spinning machine. The device makes use of a differential measurement scheme and provision is made for automatic computation of the variation factor. The devices for automatic control of the weight of moving fabric use a comparison scheme. An external view of a data-pickup element for such a device is shown in Fig. 8. Two versions of the instrument have been constructed. In the first a T1204 radiator is used, in he second a Sr" radiator is used. The measurement range of the first instrument is 150-800 g/m2, that of the second is 800-5000 g/m2. Ionization chambers are used to detect the radiation. The uncertainty in a weight measurement is not greater than 110. At the Nogin factory the use of an instrument for controlling fabric weight has made it possible to save a great deal of fabric. Other work is being carried on; for example. apparatus is presently being developed and tested for auto- matic control of the operation of a disintegrator which employs a radioactive transducer. 411 ri Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Fig. 5. Application of a y-relay in a filling device. In the paper manufacturing industry a "Goznak Weight Meter" has been developed [28]; this machine allows the continuous automatic control of the weight of paper and makes use of the absorption of 8 -radia- tion in the paper. It is convenient to express the weight of the paper in terms of a unit of area of a sheet, which is given in g/cm2 or g/m2. Work has been carried out to study the errors which arise due to changes in the position of the material in the gap between the radiation source and pick-up device. It has been found that by setting up a collimating grid in the radiation path and increas- ing the area of the source, this error can be reduced considerably. The "Goznak Weight Meter" (Fig. 9) makes use of the comparison principle through a differential system of ionization chambers, a "dynam- ic; variable condenser and a "profile slide-wire" recorder which provide high accuracy and good measurement sensitivity and a fairly linear scale. The radiation ?source is T1204. The uncertainty in a weight determination is less than Vb. In the fur industry a radiation "thickness" meter has been developed [29] which makes possible the continuous automatic control of fur thickness by the absorption of B -particles without damage to the fur itself. A diagram of the measurement scheme is shown in Fig. 10. In the tanning industry a method Has been developed for controlling the thickness of skins [30] by the absorption of 7-radiation from Ce144. The instrument makes use of a very simple compar- ison scheme (Fig. 11) in which the comparison source is placed on the needle of the indicating instrument. The radiation detectors are halogen counters in which the average current is measured. Fig. 6. External view of the y-relay GERN-3. 412 - _ _ 1. 4 a I. ? .1114.1.1, Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of an instrument for me,vuring and recording non-uniformity of products in the spinning industry: A) squaring integra- tion channel; B) linear integration channel; 1) shaping device; 2) oper- ating chamber; 3) main source; 4) comparison chamber; 5) auxiliary source; 6) load resistance for the chambers; 7) micrometer screw for positioning the auxiliary source; 8) electrometer amplifier; 9) recorder. In the dairy industry experiments have been carried out on the continuous control of the quality of dairy products by absorption of 8 - and y-radiation [31]. Using the relation between the concentration of dry materials in condensed milk and the density of this product a method has been developed for automatic control of the quality of condensed milk in which a radiation densitometer (PZhR-1)* is used. Fig. 8. External view of the data-pickup device used in the automatic control of the weight of a moving fabric. ?PZhR-1 is a radiation densitometer for liquids [32] for general industrial use (a refinement of The Scientific Research Institute for Thermal Instruments, MPSA). 413 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 4*, ii NNW 414 , 111. 4..... 0 0 4... 43) CI 13 CJ ??-? cd 'V ._ L.. ..-? s... I., 1.-: an 'V ell 0 (1) -a CO .0 14 0 V) ??-I 0 ca 8 07 1.4 ... ..-40 ,4,-", . c.... ??-? c... .. o. C.) a) .--t 8 co rz. ?.1 ri " 0 ._-_.. C.)co Cr) coo CU U f:s u 1... se N z ,..,. 0 ?,. .11 4.0 CO ;IT?,.. C) 1.., LI C = c?I CA ? r..I I... 0 atl an ? - .... ts I. a) c o ,--4 C.) 0 ????11 1.., ..-. ? 4... .- 0 .. 46 ,..3. 0., ... a, .0 s..a V.... E ? o bp ?a - CO ..... ...... .... ;0.4)* "4 CU P ,. al 4... VI .-% -Co ? 1.41 130 Cd ? ? 4 .r..... = t6 ? 0 O ..... cc) 'CI Pcl1... t' . ?_C) 7 _L C O tO L) ?.--... ??-? E 0. ?.... = .., an a?I O 0 0 E '-' ,... ? cd co 0 to E 4., ,0 ? 00 ...% t.:?.? u ..,,, ? .. o a) co 14 attenuator; ? In the manufacture of refractory materials, A. N. Lyulichev and E. V. Levintovich have carried out work on a non-contact determination of the weight by volume of refractory objects in the region from 0.75-3.35 gice and have obtained data for the construction and design of special apparatus for automatic control of the quality of refractory material. In the gas industry and in communications it is extremely important to develop above-ground methods fot locating damage points in underground trunk lines. Work in this field has been directed primarily toward deter- mining leakage points in gas lines [33] and breaks in the hermetic lead shield around communication cables [34]. 4. Fig. 10 Diagram of the apparatus for measuring fur thickness with a radiation thickness meter: 1) vacuum-tube amplifier with galvanometer; 2) ionization chamber; 3) radioactive radiator; 4) fur pelt; 5) straight edge boundary; 6) shunt; 7) roller. In both cases the damaged trunk line is filled with radioactive gas (methyl bromide or radon) and the leak is located from the surface using an ordinary field-type radiometer. In the plastics industry, in rolling large quantities of plastics, automatic stops are used for the rollers [35]. The working principle is as follows: on the operating arm of the device are placed collars containing sources of insignificant and completely harmless doses of radioactive material. Radiation pick-up devices are placed in the danger zone and these control the stop. When the operating arm moves into the danger zone the roller is brought to a stop instantly. In marine transportation, earth-removal machinery equipped with y-depth meters is widely used in meas- uring river channels and ether work. Systems furnished with y-depth meters allow the dredging operation to be carried out by continuous remote control of the bottom content in the removed material, allowing optimum use to be made of the dredging machinery. During the useful navigation period in 1956 when the earth-removal equipment of the Ministry of River Fleet had 36 y-depth meters in operation, according to S. N. Dedyukov (36), a saving of more than two million rubles per year was realized. The Physics Institute, Academy of Sciences Latvian SSR [37] has developed a whole new series of relay- type instruments for a wide variety of industrial purposes. These instruments are used for object counting, for control of the level of beer in the brewing industry, for counting carcasses which are transported in the meat industry, for control of the filling of aluminum tubes with cream in the cosmetic industry, for regulating voltage and temperature in accordance with the position of the arrow of an indicating device with a radioactive source placed on it, and for many other purposes. An outstanding feature of all these devices is the use of a standard circuit, their small size and simplicity of operation. As a illustration, in Fig. .12 is shown an external view of a radioactivity-level meter (RIU-3) which is designed to measure the level of liquids in large-diameter vessels and in large carrying containers. The device contains only one vacuum tube and is very small. Using one of these instruments it is possible to measure the levels in many containers very rapidly. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 415 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The Scientific Research Institute for Thermal Instruments, MPSA in recent years has developed and established in industry a whole series of devices for general industrial use (densitometers, concentration meters, level meters, consumption meters and so forth). The possible use of a noncontact measurement of the density of a liquid [38] based on the absorption of y - radiation in the liquid is shown in Fig. 13. In addition to the PZhR-1 densitometer mentioned above, the Scientific Research Institute for Thermal Instruments has developed more refined models, the PZIR-2 and PZIR-3. The PZhR-2 instrument uses a modulated radiation and a scintillation counter. In the PZhR-3 instrument use is made of a compensation scheme with a differential ionization chamber. An external view of the PZhR-2 instrument is shown in Fig. 14. The radiation concentration meter, RKM-1 [39],uses the effect of back-scattering of 8 -radiation in the controlled medium (solution). The current produced in an ionization chamber by the -particles reflected from a medium of complex chemical composition is approximately equal to I zr. czo ck, k-1 (2) where I(Zi)...I(Zn) are the currents due to reflection by the various components of the mixture; ci...cn are the concentrations by weight of the components. For a binary mixture (n = 2) the sensitivity is given by the expression s (3) The sensitivity becomes larger as the difference I(Z1) ?I(Z2) becomes larger, that is, the greater the difference in atomic number of the components of the mixture. An external view of a RKM-1 concentration meter is shown in Fig. 15. Fig. 11. Block diagram of the device for measuring the thick- ness of hides: 1) main radiation source; 2) main detector; 3) comparison radiation source; 4) auxiliary radiation source (for shifting the zero reading); 5) comparison detector. The level meters developed by Scientific Research Institute for Thermal Instruments are presently being produced in industrial quantities. 416 3- Fig. 12. External view of the radioactivity level meter RIU-3. Because of space limitations in the present report we cannot present a comprehensive review of all the devices which make use of absorption and acattering of nuclear radiation which are applied in the various fields of industry. However, even from the short description which has been given it is apparent that the field in.which work is being carried out is large and that very important results have been achieved. For this same reason we are not in a position to give a comprehensive picture of the overall economic effect due to the introduction of these devices in industry. ? All the instruments considered above should also be evaluated from the point of view of accuracy (noting, incidentally, other features of their operation). From this point of view it is convenient to divide all devices in which absorption is used into two basic groups; a) Devices and methods of measurement the accuracy of which depends directly on the accuracy of measurement of the radiation flux. At the present time this group has been most widely developed; b) Devices and methods in which the results of measurements are almost independent of the accuracy of the measurement of a radioactive flux and changes in the intensity of this flux or the conditions under which it is detected in the medium being controlled. In this group we include relay schemes and certain other devices which employ measurements of frequency, phase, or time. a) Devices, the Accuracy of Which Depends on the Accuracy of the Measurement of a Radiation flux An analysis of the errors in the measurement of density or weight by absorption of radiation carried out on the basis of Equation (1) indicates that, in general, these errors are independent of the actual method and apparatus. The uncertainty in the measurement of the average intensity of the radiation flux arises as a result of two independent factors [3], which are due to imperfections in the measurement apparatus and the statistical nature of radioactive decay: ilf(Alapp)7+ (A41)2 T (4) where ,6,1 is the mean square error in the measurement of the intensity of the radiation flux; &Tapp is the error due to imperfections in the measurement apparatus; Ain is the error due to the statistical nature of decay. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 417 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 The quantity isJ11 can always be made rather small by choosing a source of high activity. The minimum in A,Jfi occurs when ii.??p?d = 2. (5) Hence, the choice of an isotope is determined by the best approximation satisfying the conditions given in Equation (5) in a given region. ? case. Fig. 13. Schematic diagrams of the non-contact liquid-density measurement: a) using y-radiation absorption: 1) radiation source; 2) medium being controlled; 3) measurement device; 4) radiation detector; b) using y-radiation scattering: 5) med- ium being controlled; 6) radiation source; 7) shield; 8) radia- tion detector; 9) meter. Using Equation (1) and Equation (4) it is easy to determine the error in the measurements in any practical For example, in a case where thickness is measured, differentiating Equation (1) we obtain an expression for the absolute error in the thickness measurement lAJ (AJapel? (kJ f1)2 tz d ? (6) For a given requirement on the accuracy of the thickness measurement, the activity of the radiator is found from the expression a .087T ell d I Ad id q 264t/V-77-e. + V -4-ii:dr21,217--j (1Japp)2 418 (7) ? ? where t is the duration of the measurement; c is the detection efficiency; a is the number of quanta per decay event; and 0 is the solid angle subtended by the detector at the source. pjapp is independent of the activity of the radiator in the general case and can be reduced only by proper design of the measurement circuit itself. The most ideal measurement circuits are those in which a compensation principle is used. In these circuits a comparison is made between two radiation fluxes, the one being measured and a comparison (or standard) flux; thus, the difference can approach zero in a continuous fashion. The application of the compensation idea allows one to reduce, it considerable degree, errors connected with changes in the external conditions and power supplies, variations in rad.oactive decay, etc. In Fig. 16 is shown a comparison circuit for measuring the thickness of rolled- steel stock [40]. In this circuit a differential ionization chamber is used and errors which may be produced be- cause of changing operating conditions in both halves of the chamber are relatively small. Fig. 14. External view of the PZhR-2 densitometer: 1) source unit; 2) detection unit; 3) electrohics unit. Fig. 15. External view ot the concentration RKM-1 meter. At the present time the scintillation counter is starting to receive more widespread acceptance; in the majority of cases, these devices are found to be much more effective than other radiation detectors (ionization chambers, Geiger-Muller counters) and require a radiator with a much smaller activity. However, because of its inherent instability the use of scintillation in comparison circuits in recent years has been attended by a number of difficulties. Although uncertainties due to varying operating conditions in both halves of a differential 419 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 \fi, Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 ionization chamber can be neglected in the majority of cases, non-uniform changes in the characteristics of two scintillation counters practically exclude the possibility of using these in comparison circuits. This situation is an indication of the importance of the problem of developing comparison circuits which operate with one radia- tion detector. This problem has been solved successfully. Two approaches have been investigated [41]. In the first case, the flux being measured and the comparison (standard) flux are allowed to strike the same phosphor of the scintillation counter; each flux is alternately cutoff by a lead shield. From the phase of the fluctuations at the output of the photomultiplier it is possible to determine the sign of the unbalance and to compensate for it. Thus, in this scheme both signals pass completely through the same detection channel. One shortcoming of this design is the need for a heavy lead shield. In the second case, (Fig, 1'1), the flux being measured Fi and the comparison flux F2 strike different phosphors Ph1 and Ph2 which are connected by a light pipe C to the same photomultiplier. The light fluxes from the phosphors are interrupted by the opaque half-disc A and strike alter- nately the cathode of the multiplier. A shortcoming of this scheme is the need for two inputs (phosphors) which can exhibit different variations in their characteristics, as a function of time. However, in this scheme the chief cause of instability, I. e., the photomultiplier, can be excluded from consideration. I 7 Fig. 16. Diagram of device for measuring the thickness of rolled-steel stock: 1) differential ionization chamber; 2) main radiator; 3) com- parison radiator; 4) adjustable attenuator; 5) vibrator power supply; 6) servo motor; 7) rectifier. Another step forward is represented by a scheme with a vibrating radiator [14] which is free from the short- comings of the schemes mentioned above. This scheme was developed primarily for the control of density (Fig. 18) and comprises two radiation sources (the main source and the comparison source), one measurement channel and a comparison wedge. A feature of this scheme is the use of modulation; this is realized by means of two electromagnetic vibrators which operate in opposite phase. The radioactive radiators are placed at the ends of the vibrators, Changes in the phase of the unbalance signal control the position of the comparison wedge. No heavy moving parts are involved. Finally, we come to one extremely interesting method [38]. This is the scheme used in the PZhR-2 den- sitometer (Fig. 19). The chief feature of this device is the fact that here, for the first time, has been successfully realized a comparison measurement scheme in which only one source and one radiation detector are used, that is, this scheme has the smallest possibility for apparatus errors. A feature of the measurement is the fact that the radioactive isotope is located on a rotating disc and alternately sends the radiation to the same scintillation counter through two paths; first, through the medium being controlled and then through the comparison wedge. The amplified unbalance signal controls tne position of the comparison wedge. 420 ? 1 ? Fig. 17. Scheme for measurement with two phosphors: 1) object being controlled; 2? standard. 10 Tmflhhhhl Fig. 18. Diagram of the densitometer with vibrating radiators: 1) main radiation source; 2) comparison (standard) source; 3) phosphor; 4) pulp pipe line; 5) comparison wedge; 6) reversing motor; 7) and 8) lead radiation diaphragms; 9) photomultiplier; 10) amplifier. From a consideration (2,f the cases which have been presented, it is apparent that a number of potentialities in automatic control techniques have been opened by the use of modulated nuclear radiation. b) Devices, the Accuracy of Which is Independent of the Magnitude of the Radia- tion Flux As has been indicated in our survey above, relay-type operation has found wide application in a number of different fields of industry. A distinguishing feature of relay schemes is their simplicity and the fact that the magnitude of the radiation flux (once the threshhold has been exceeded) does not affect the results of the measure- ments. A typical scheme, that developed by the Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR (Fig. 20) 421 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 operates on alternating current and has been used widely, in particular, for position-regtilation of voltage [37]. A thyratron relay of the All-Union Central Scientific Research Institute for Ferrous Metals (Fig. 21) is used mainly for control of the level of liquid metals. Of particular interest is the circuit of a y -relay in which transistors are used (Fig. 22) and one in which a scintillation counter is used (Fig. 23); these have been developed at the All-Union Coal Scientific Research In- stitute for automation in the coal-mining Industry. The possibilities for use of radiation relays are extremely wide. For example, in addition to the excellent but complicated densitometer which makes use of modulated nuclear radiation, attention is merited by the extremely simple position density regulator developed at the In- stitute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR [37]. This regulator (Fig. 24),which consists of an ordinary hydrometer which does not make contact with anything and is very accurately controlled by the radiation relay, makes it possible to realize continuous control and regulation of the density of a liquid. This circuit contains only one vacuum tube and the use of relay-type operation means that changes in the radiation flux have no effect on the results. 0.) ???4 sk 11 7 Fig. Diagram of the PZhR-2: 1) disc; 2) object being measured; 3) comparison wedge; 4) scintillation counter; 5) integra- ting unit; 6) amplifier; 7) phase-sensitive device; 3) reversing motor; 9) needle; 10) induction coil; 11) auxiliary device; 12) synchronous motor; 13) radioactive source; 14) power supply. -=-"i1=3.---lisei eff-Vicit.?_ff; 08. Fig. 20. Typical relay scheme developed by the Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR: 1) radio- active isotope; 2) shield; 3) measuring meter. A natural transition from position control using a relay scheme to continuous control is the apparatus dev- eloped by the Institute of Physics, Latvian SSR for counting products which pass along a conveyor. On one side of the conveyor there is a radiation source, on the other there is a detector which senck a pulse to the counting circuit each time the radiation beam is interrupted by an object on the conveyor. The counting accuracy is independent of the accuracy of the measurement of the radiation flux and the position of the object on the conveyor. To demonstrate the possibilities of development along these lines we consider in greater detail a frequency liquid rate of flow meter developed at the Institute of Automation and Remote Control, Acad. Sci. USSR [42]. A general idea of the apparatus is shown in Fig. 25. The flow of liquid causes the rotation of an impeller wheel on one of the vanes of which is placed a small amount of radioactive material 1. The radiation flux 422 4 A a. 6 penetrates the wall of the pipe line and strikes a radiation detector 2 connected to the indicator 3. In the path of the radiation flux is located a shield 4 which is chosen so that the radiation strikes the detector only for a short interval of time in each revolution of the impeller wheel. Hence, the number of radiation pulses which strikes the detector is equal to the number of revolutions of the impeller. At the output of the indicator unit there is a meter 5 which reads the value of the instantaneous rateof flow and an electromagnetic pulse register 6 which records the integrated consumption. Fig. 21. Diagram of the thyratron relay developed by All-Union Central Scientific Institute for Ferrous Metals. The thickness 1' of the shield is chosen from the formula In m ' (8) where m is the required depth-of-modulation of the radi- ation; pi is the linear absorption coefficient for y-radia- don of the given isotope in the shielding material. The accuracy of the measurement in any given case is independent of the accuracy of the measurement of the radiation flux and is determined by the quality of the measurement circuit and can be made quite high if so desired. As a matter of fact, this method of measuring rate of flow and consumption is actually based on the notion of a non-contact tachometer; hence, all that has been indi- cated applies in other cases in which it is desired to meas- ure the rotational velocity of inaccesible objects. We may note that the use of a differential or rel;' scheme allows one, in a number of cases, to increase the accuracy of a measurement by almost an order of mag- nitude. The analysis which has been carried out gives an indication of the importance of careful consideration of the approach to these problems and indicates the potential development of methods in which modulated-radia- tion and flux-independent techniques are employed. 2. Use of Radiation-Induced Ionization in the Material Being Controlled The ionizing properties of nuclear radiation have been used widely to control the technical parameters of gaseous media. The current of an ionization chamber inside of which ana-radiationsource is located is propor- tional to the pressure Pin the chamber (neglecting recombination) and is equal to / = 3.7. 107arien1 . (9) Here a is the activity of the source in millicuries; n is the utilization factor for the source; e is the charge of the electron; n is the number of ion pairs produced by an a-particle in 1 cm of path; 1 is the dimension of the chamber; P is the pressure of the gas in mm Hg. This effect has been used [43] in the development of devices for controlling gaepressure. If the pressure in the ionization chamber is maintained at a constant value, I will depend on the composi- tion of the gas medium; from this fact there follows the possibility of realizing automatic control of the composi- tion of a gas. The first steps in this direction were taken by N. I. Shteinbok [44] and showed that this important and necessary work merits a great deal of attention. 423 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 If the gas flows through ?the ionization chamber, some of the ions are carried from the chamberrand the ? current I is reduced. A scheme based on this principle, which is used to measure the velocity or consumption of a gas [45), is shown in Fig. 26. Two electrodes, at different potentials, are placed in the path of a gas flow. A layer of radioactive material is placed on one of the electrodes, thereby Ionizing the space between the electrodes. The ions which are produced under these conditions move with a velocity which is determined by two factors. fve -4/00v Fig. 22. Diagram of the y-relay from All-Union Central Scientific Institute for Ferrous Metals. VT3 E220v line Fig. 23. Diagram of a fast-acting y-relay from All-Union Coal Scientific Research Institute. 1) A component along the y axis representing the velocity of the ion motion along the lines of force of the electric field VY = kE (10) where k is the mobility of the ions; E is the intensity of the electric field; 2) A component along the x axis, representing the velocity of the gas flow Vx. 424 ? The larger the value of Vx the larger the number of ions that are removed from the interelectrode space and the smaller the current in the circuit. We should point out that the ionization current depends on other things besides the rate of flow, in particulars the radiation intensity, the mobility of the ions, and recombination. Some increase in accuracy can be achieved by the application of a differential circuit connection [32]; however, the effects due to changes in mobility and ion recombination remain. In 1955-1956 at the Institute for Automation and Remote Control, Academy of Sciences, USSR, a new method for control of gas consumption was developed; this method is based on the use of modu- lated radiation and has none of the shortcomings which have been enumerated [46, 47]. The essence To control and alarm unit Fig. 24. Diagram of a non-contact density regulator developed by the Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR: 1) hydrometer; 2)* visual indicator; 3) pointer; 4) scale for setting the count- ers (determining the limits of the density being regu- lated); 5) gas counter; 6) container; 7) radio- active isotope Sr"; 8) density scale; 9) measure- ment beaker; 10) control and alarm unit. are particles which move in the direction of the of the method (Fig. 27) is that the tube along which the gas flows is irradiated at a certain point by a continuous flux of radiation. Under these conditions, ion tracers (packets) are formed inside the tube which move along with the gas flow and cause current pulses in the detector, which is insulated from the gas flow. By measuring the average time required for the displacement of a packet over a fixed distance, it is possible to measure the velocity or consumption of the gas. A theory has been developed and methods of engineering calculation have been devised for such consumption meters [7] which make it possible to determine the basic pertinent parameters and, in particular, the required activity a of the source (in the majority of cases 8 -radiation is used) a ? npair 8E , (11) 3.7 -11Yfradlsplra (1 ? 'back AEme an where SE is the energy required for the production of one ion pair in the gas being considered; trad is the irradiation time; lisp is the spectral utilization factor; n rad is the utilization factor for the radia- tion, which indicates what part of the total number of particles produced in the decay of the 8 -particle radiation beam in the side of the tube; n back is the coefficient for back-scattering of the -radiation; Emean is the mean loss of energy of particles in the packet; npair is the required number of ion pairs in a packet determined by the formula les D2 lpair = kctidet. (12) where Ics is the current sensitivity of the detector; kc is a constant; Uder is the voltage between the plates of the detector; D is the diameter of the pipe. The following features are characteristic of this method of gas-consumption control: a) the absence of any contact between the measuring elements and the vs, b) the absence of any dependence of the measured 425 7 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 results on changes in the magnitude of the radiation flux and properties of the gas flow (the measurements are of an absolute nature and the accuracy is determined only by the accuracy with which the time and the distance are measured). At the present time the Scientific Research Institute for Thermal Instruments, MPSA has developed sam- ples of an industrial consumption meter RGR-1 for general industrial use, which operates by this principle [48]. In the consumption meter a successful application has been made of a comparison measuring circuit in which the drift time is kept constant and the distance between the radiator and the detector is changed as the consump- tion changes. The use of a comparison scheme allows a considerable improvement in the accuracy of control. An external view of the consumption meter is shown in Fig. 28. According to the data, this rate-of-flow meter is a considerable improvement over those which have been developed abroad [49, 50] in which consumption is measured indirectly by the removal or recombination of ions. Fig. 25. Diagram for the liquid-rate-of-flow meter of the Institute of Automation and Remote Control. Flux Flux it 11111 mil 0111 11111 11111 1111' To! yr, I I., LI Radioactive isotope Fig. 26. Control of gas consumption or velocity by ion removal. 1114 1111 1111 IN 1111 111 III Radioactive ?*? isotope Fig. 27. Automatic control of gas consumption by a tracer- molecule method: 1) nuclear radiator; 2) modulator; 3) detector; 4) ion packet; 5) time-measuring device. 3. Use of Nuclear Spectroscopy Methods We have mentioned above that this approach in the technique of automatic control has, as yet, just been touched upon. All existing methods of automatic control, as a rule, make use of the integrated effect of radia- tion flux without separating the individual components according to energy. However, because of the fact that each of these components interacts differently with the material being studied, the possibility arises that this feature can be used to obtain additional information about the composition of the material. The development of simple radiation detectors, sensitive to only a given portion of the energy spectrum, and the concomitant development of computer techniques for automatic analysis of the data of combined measurements furnishes the 426 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? Fig. 28. External view of the RGR-1 rate-of-flow meter. possibility of building machines for non-contact automatic cOntrol of the composition of multi-component mixtures. The energy of the reflected 7-radiation is affected strongly by the energy of the 7-radiation emitted by the source. Owing to this situation it is possible to measure selectively the radiation intensity, using 7-spectro- scopy methods. The wide application of these devices depends chiefly on the development in a form suitable for Industrial application of 7-spectroscopy techniques, primarily scintillation methods. By using a group of radiation sources with different energies, one can determine simultaneously the concen- tration of the individual components in a multi-component system. The development of automatic machines of this type also requires the development of appropriate computer techniques. A significant step forward in the use of the spectral properties of radiation would be the use of secondary radiation (bremsstrahlung and x-rays), produced in the interaction of 8-particles with matter. By changing the disposition and material of the target, one can form regulated sources of secondary radiation at a given energy or, conversely, can determine the composition of a target by changes in the secondary-radiation spectrum. A practical step in the use of spectroscopy methods for automatic control is represented by the development of a device for automatic "one-side" control of the thickness of objects at the Institute of Physics, Academy of Sciences, Latvian SSR. This device operates by virtue of the fact that the thickness of an object can be gauged from the intensity of the back-scattering of 7-radiation from Cs, the energy spectrum of which is entirely different from the primary radiation. Using a scintillation detector and special discriminators it is possible to distinguish the secondary radiation spectrum. There is no need for unwieldy lead shielding. The apparatus is comparatively simple and convenient for measuring thickness of objects of which only one side is available for measurement. There is no doubt that the application of radiation-spectroscopy methods in measurement and control will receive extremely intensive development in the hands of both physicists and people concerned with measurement techniques. 4. Use of Neutron Flux In turning to methods based on the use of neutron fluxes we should make mention of the potentialities and the relatively small amount of work which has been carried out in this field. In technological process control use can be made of the absorption, scattering, and slowing-down of neutrons in the medium being controlled. Neutrons can be used in measurements of the moisture contained in different materials, in defectoscopy of thick objects, in "one-side" control of the level of hydrogenous materials, in control of temperature, and various other applications. There are several extremely interesting methods for automatic control of the composition of materials in which use is made of neutron fluxes [51]. Nuclear reactions are used for activation analysis; these reactions lead to the production, in the material being exposed to the neutron flux, of various radioactive isotopes. 50-Yr 2014/01/31: CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 427 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 From the intensity, form, and energy of the radiation due to the induced radioactivity, It is possible to get information on the composition of the material. The higher the induced radioactivity, the greater the accuracy with which the element content can be determined. This technique is not very useful for automatic control of continuous technological processes since the magnitude of the radioactivity required for stable detec- tion is such as to require extremely intense neutron fluxes; also, the product being examined becomes highly radioactive. Phenomena more suitable for continuous technological control are nuclear reactions of the type such as (n, y) which frequently are not accompanied by the production of radioactive isotopes and require considerably smaller neutron fluxes, which can be easily obtained from low-intensity neutron sources of the (Po+ Be) type, etc. In this case, the radiation intensity J depends on the intensity of the neutron flux tD, the effective cross section for capture in the appropriate nuclear reaction 03, and the number N of atoms of the element which undergo the reaction. Thus, (13) It has been shown experimentally that whereas an accurate activation analysis of the contents of the majority of elements requires neutron fluxes of the order of 1010 neut /cm2 sec and higher, the use of nuclear reactions usually means that fluxes of from 104 to 106 neutiem" sec are sufficient. In this case the secondary radiation can be detected continuously and analyzed in detection apparatus directly while the neutron irradiation of the material being controlled takes place. The successful solution of the problem of automatic control requires the construc- tion of detection apparatus of high efficiency for secondary radiation and low sensitivity to the primary neutron flux, the development of simple spectrometers which are rapid in operation, and the development of computer techniques for evaluating the combined measurements. Mention should also be made of the use of modulated neutron fluxes. Methods in which tracer atoms are used are not widely applied in automatic process control since they usually require the contact" introduction of radioactive isotopes into the material being controlled and the subsequent removal and dosimetry of the sample. The application of modulated neutron radiation opens the possibility for automation of this process. For example, to realize non-contact automatic control of the consumption of material passing along a tube, the tube can be irradiated by a continuous neutron flux at a certain point. An automatic measurement of the drift time of "hot" objects in the medium provides an automatic and non-contact determination of consumption. These problems require a great deal of work on the production and development of suitable methods for modulating neutron fluxes and measuring small activities but will undoubtedly be feasible in the future. ? ? ? Improvement of process technology. Automation very frequently requires an appraisal of industrial tech- nological processes from the point of view of increasing the speed, simplicity of control, and reliability of the apparatus. Nuclear reactions can be used to intensify chemical processes, to improve the properties of certain scintil- lating materials and semiconductors, to remove static electric charges which are produced in industrial processes, and in many other cases. For example, the removal of static charges is of considerable interest in a number of industrial fields (paper manufacture, textiles, defense, chemistry, movie films, etc.). We present an example from the textile industry. Warping of synthetic fibers is extremely difficult because the threads become electrified and tend to separate. This effect reduces sharply the speed of the warping machine and causes a deterioration in the quality of the product. The Institute for Automation and Remote Control, Academy of Sciences, USSR in conjunction with the Shcherbakov Silk-Weaving Combine and the All-Union Central Scientific Research Institute of Silk has carried out work on the removal of static charges at the weaving machines of the Shcherbakov Combine. The results of this work indicate [52] that the use of a radiator at the warping machine makes possible a three-fold increase in the production rate without deterioration of the quality of the product. 428 ? VW, ? SUMMARY 1. The material presented in the present report gives an indication of the laige scope with which work on the use of nuclear radiation is being carried on in the Soviet Union toward the control and automation of tech- nological processing and on the potentialities which have been opened for the further development of this field. 2. New and original methods and devices in which nuclear radiation are applied have been developed for control of industrial processes in the USSR. In the majority of cases these devices and methods have been tested industrially and have been widely used for both selective and large-scale automatic control and have res- ulted in widespread savings in the national economy. 3. The following steps will be required to further the development in the fields which have been indicated and to extend the fields of application of industrial devices in which nuclear radiation is used: a) it will be necessary to increase the scale of operations at the Academy of Sciences, USSR and the associated republics, and the scientific research institutes of the various fields of industry in theoretical research in the development of new instrument systems and, in particular, systems for general industrial use of automatic control of manufacturing processes. It will be necessary to improve the coordination of the work in this field; b) it will be necessary to enlarge the specialized construction bureaus, plants, and works which manufac- ture measurement and control apparatus, new electronic and semiconductor devices and automatic measuring apparatus using nuclear radiation; c) it will be necessary to improve the quality, and durability of, and to simplify the delivery of, radioactive radiators. It will also be necessary to make more precise the existing rules on work protection in divisions which are concerned with the use of radioactive radiation in industrial control instruments and devices; d) it will be necessary to extend the education of specialists on the nuclear-radiation control of technolog- ical industrial processes at the institutions of higher learning and technical institutions. 4) Only solutions of all the complex problems which have been considered will make it possible to solve in a meaningful way the problem posed by the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union on the use of nuclear radiation in automation and apparatus construction. LITERATURE CITED [1] Directives of the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union on the 6th Five-Year Plan for the Development of the National Economy, USSR, 1956-1960, State Political Press, 1956). [2] N. I. SliteinbOk, "Basic problems in the application of radioactive radiation in measurement techniques,' Progr. Phys. Sci. (USSR) 54, 2 (1954). [3] A. M. Bogachev, B. I. Verkhovsky and A. N. Makarov, "Theory of a method of measuring thickness using a radioactive radiation," Factory Lab.(USSR) 21, 7 (1955). [4] G. G. Jordan, V. B. Brodsky, and B. S. Sotskov,"Application of radioisotopes for technological process control," Report to the International Conference in Geneva on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, 1955. [5] L. K. Tatochenko, "Measurement of the level of liquid metal using y -rays," Problems of Metallo- graphy and the Physics of Metals, Fourth collection (Metallurgy Press, 1955). [6] N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser, "Application of radioisotopes in automatic control devices," Report to the Conference on Contemporary Equipment Design in Measurement Technology (F. E. Dzerzhinsky State Sci.-Tech. Press for Propaganda, Moscow, 1956). [7] N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser, "Engineering calculations for rate-of-flow meter using tracer molecules," Instrument Manufacturing (USSR) 1956, No. 11. [S] N. N. Shumilovsky, "Application of radioisotopes in measurement technology," Proceedings of the Conference on Electrical Measurements (Acad. Sci. Ukrain. SSR Press, 1957). 429 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 it Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 [9] L. V. Melttser, Application of Radioisotopes for Automatic Control of Gas Consumption Using Tracer Molecules, Dissertation, Inst. of Automation and Remote Control, Acad. Sci. USSR (1956). [10] K. D. Pismannik, Determination of Nonuniformity ofSemifinished Textile Products and Threads Using Radioactive Radiation, Dissertation, Moscow Tech. Inst. (1967). [11] L. K. Tatochenko. "Automation in the control of continuous steel pouring," Steel (USSR) 1956, No. 3. [12] L. N. Baskin, A. M. Bogachev, I. A. Brodsky, B. I. Verkhovsky, A. N. Makarov. N. S. Novoshenya and L. A. Rubinshtein, "Experiment on the introduction of instrumeats for measuring thickness of plating and rolled stock." ? [13] E.Ya. Ovcharenko, "Application of scintillation counters with electronic modulation as industrial 7-radiation indicators." ? [14] G. I. Birger, B. I. Verkhovsky, and E. Ya. Ovcharenko, "New type of radioactivity densitometer." [15] N. P. Grazhdankina and I. G. Fakidov, "Investigation of image spreading in defectoscopy in the radiology of steel by y-rays from Co"." [16] S. T. Nazarov, "A method for radiology of welded seams in tubing."' [17] S. V. Rumyantsev, "7-Defectoscopy of thin-walled objects using Tml".? ? [18] 0. N. Zhukov, "Application of soft-radiation isotopes for control of welding in shipbuilding."? [19] L. K. Tatochenito, "Ionization method of rdefectoscopy." ? [20] L. K. Tatochenko, V. S. Tokmakov.and V. K. Latyshev, "Control of welded seams by radiology methods in coarse-metallurgy plants." ? [21] N. G. Fakidov, A. A. Samoichvalov, N. N. Davidenko,and M. D. Avramenko, "Application of scintillation counters in betatron defectoscopy." ? [22] V. G. Segalin, Application of Radioactivity Methods and Automation in the Coal Industry (Coal Tech. Press, 1956). [23] V. D. Goroshko, "Application of radioactivity methods in coal dressing processing," Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR 1956, No. 2. [24] V. D. Goroshko, "Application of nuclear radiation for coal dressing and quality control." ? [25] Yu. Z. Zasloysky and G. I. Shor, Use of Atomic Energy in the Petroleum Industry (State Commerce Tech. Press, 1956). [26] B. Z. Votlokhin, A. Z. Dorogochinsky, and N. P. Melnikova, "Industrial experiments on the control of sequential transfer of petroleum products using radioactive materials." ? [27] S. S. Shvyrev, A. N. Slatinsky, and K. D. Pismannik, "Application of radioisotopes in the textile industry." * [28] E. A. Nekhaevsky, "Experiment on the application of radioisotopes for industrial control of the weight of moving paper ribbons and fabrication." * [29] V. A. Pchelin and T. A. Shmeleva, "Radiometric method for determining the thickness of hair cover- ing of fur pelts." ? [30] S. M. Smirnov, "Application of radioisotopes in the tanning industry."? [31] A. Ya. Vainberg, "Experiment on the application of radioactive radiation or automatic control and regulation of technological processing in the manufacture of dairy products." ? [32] G. G. Iordan, "Investigation of the radiation from radioisotopes for technological process control," Instrument Manufacturing (USSR) 1956, No. 1. Indicates report will appear in the Proceedings of this Conference. 430 Y. ? 0 [33] V. I. Kuznetsov, "Determination of points of gas leakages in underground conduits using radio- isotopes." ? [34] T. V. Abramova, "Determination of leakage points in the lead shield of communication cables." ? [35] V. S. Medvedeva and I. S. Roizen, "Use of radioactive materials in safety technology." ? [36] S. N. Dedyukov, "Application of radioisotopes and radiation in river transportation." ? [37] Ya. A. Auzan, V. E. Banashek, Kit. E. Tunne, I. M. Taksar, A. D. Tumulkan, P. F. Chaplinsky, I. A. Eimanis and V. Ya. yanushicovsky, "Instruments for automation and remote control using noncontact radio active relays,' [38] G. G. Iordan and K. S. Furman, "Measurement of the density of liquids usirg 7-radiation." ? [39] G. G. Iordan and T. G. Neiman, "Measurement of the concentration of solutions using 8 -radiation." ? ? [40] A. M. Bogacitev, B. I. Verkhovsky, and A. N. Malcarov, "Method and apparatus for measuring the thick- ness of rolled-steel stock using nuclear radiation," Factory Lab. (USSR) 21, 7 (1955). [41] B. I. Verkhovsky, V. A. Sotnikov,and V. V. Yakushin, "Measurement of nuclear radiation using a scintillation-counter method of reducing effects of apparatus imperfections." ? [42] N. N. Shumilovsky, Yu. V. Gushchin,ancl M. I. Tolokonnikov, "Investigation of radioisotopes for auto- matic control of liquid consumption."* [43) V. B. Brodsky, "Measurement of gas pressure using a radiation method," Bull. Lab. Inst. Sci. Research (USSR) 1954, No. 5. [44] N. I. Shteinbok, "Operating principles for a-ionization gas analyzers, "I. Tech. Phys. (USSR) 26, 1 (1956). [45] S. Ya. Samoilov, Soviet Patent Application No. 75354, 1947. [46] N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser, "Application of radioisotopes for measuring gas flow rates and for automatic control of gas consumption using tracer molecules," Proc. Acad. Sci. (USSR) 106, 4(1956). [47] N. N. Shumilovsky and L. V. Melttser, "Automatic control of gas consumption using tracer molecules," Instrument Manufacturing (USSR) 1946, No. 3. [48] G. G. Iordan, K. S. Furman,and T. G. Neiman, "Apparatus for automatic control of gas consumption using 8 -radiation." * [49] I. E. Lovelok and E. M. Wasilewska, "An ionization anemometer," J. Sci. Instr. 26, 11 (1949). [50] I. Kohl, "Radioisotopes in process instrumentation," Chem. Eng. Progr. 48, 12 (1952). [51] V. A. Korotkova, "Analysis methods using radiation. "? [52] P. A. Polonik, L. V. Melttser,and N. I. Panyukov, "Experiment on the application of radioisotopes for removing static electric charges in the silk industry." ? 'Indicates report will appear in the Proceedings of this Conference. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 431 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 r i ? ? s 4 ? ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY UTILIZATION, COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES OF THE USSR ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE THE ORIGINS AND SYMPTOMS OF THE ACTIONS ON LIVING ORGANISMS OF SMALL RADIATION DOSES A. V. Lebedinsky Paper Read at the Plenary Session Moscow 1957 433 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 f Ionizing radiation has only been relatively recently considered in work on the effect of various external factors on organisms. Quite naturally, attention was initially paid to effects from large doses of ionizing radia- tion. With regard to its lethal action, the effect can be demonstrated graphically (See Figure). Radiation death has been thoroughly investigated Average dose, g by many workers, and so has the mechanism by which MN Wig 49000g the living organism is killed. Without going into de- /00days tails,we should emphasize one conclusion from this work, which is of the greatest importance for the general fadays theory of radiobiology. The experiments on the effects of large doses of ionizing radiation have demonstrated /d their basic physiological features very clearly. Ioni- ays zing radiation is an agent which does not merely op- S. erate at the site where it is applied, but also acts dir- ectly via the internal environment of the organism. this. Important effects occur in the connective and lymphoid tissues. The permeability mechanism alters abruptly, gm in. this mechanism belng the one that determines the pas- sage of materials between blood and intracellular fluid. These changes may be large and develop so rapidly ? ? /min. that conditions incompatible with the continued exis- tence of the living organism are developed within a few Mean life span after single-shot whole- hours of radiation. body x-ray irradiation (white mice) These experiments have revealed many sides of (From Rajewsky ? ). the problem concerning the actions of ionizing radia- tions on 'living organisms. A criterion of such action is the abrupt disturbance and termination of vital activities. Naturally,such an estimate is of no value at all in drawing conclusions as to the importance of change in the natural level of ionizing radiation on the life-span. A simple calculation shows that even when the work is carried out with small doses of limited usable magni- tude the level is some 150 times that due to the constant action of natural radiation sources. 4 0 In this connection, the problem of the action of small doses of ionizing radiation on the human organism has assumed particular importance because the natural radiation level has been raised in recent years. This Is mostly due to the testing of nuclear weapons, which tests have so far not merely ceased, but have even become more widespread in spite of the repeated declarations by the Soviet Government that they should cease. The relative data show that the rise in the natural radiation level is due both to a rise in the y -ray background,and particularly to the increase in radiation sources present within the human body. Four sources of natural radiation are known at the present time: cosmic rays and radiations front radioactive elements in the soil, in the air and in the tissues and fluids of animals and man. Measurements show that the cosmic radiation, which originates at a great height, gives a dose equivalent to 0.028r/year to man at sea level. The main sources of radioactivity in the earth are uranium and thorium which decompose to daughter radioactive elements also emitting y -rays and nuclear particles. Being present in the earth's crust and in the materials used for building purposes they also give a dose of about 0.028r4'ear. Certain data enable us to assume that the irradiation of the internal environment due to radioactive trace B. Rajewsky, Strahlendosis und Strahlenwirkung ( G. Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1956). 435 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 elements present in the tissues is some '10% of this figure, i.e., about 0.030r/ year.*The radioactive sources in the atmosphere are the gaseous decomposition products from uranium and thorium ? radon, the concentration of this being some 0.3. 10-12c4iter of air. On the average we may assume that' this source(air) produces a radia- tion dose of about 0.001r,5'ear to man. The radioactive elements present in the body are 1C40, Cl?, Cs Ra and certain others. The potassium is about 0.27o by weight, being mostly present in muscle (up to 0.35%). The radioactive isotope le? is about 1/8000 of this. The dose rate due to the isotope is about 25 mrad/year." Carbon is present in all organic compounds, comprising about 18.2% by weight of the human body. The C14 content is some 10-12 of the total carbon, thus giving a dose of about 1.5 mrad/year to man. Thus, the general contribution due to radioactive carbon and potassium in the body is equivalent to a dose rate of about 27 mrad/year. In addition, there is the skeletal radium ,amounting to about 60 iic"gui in areas:of normal radioactivity, i.e., where the radium content in the water is about 10-13 gmAiter. The radiation from the skeletal radium, according to the work of English investigators, gives a dose rate of about 37 mreb/year ???? to the skeleton. Since the radioactive elements are present in the body, it is constantly subjected to the action of y -rays and a- and 8 -particles. Sievert's recent work [1] has shown that the 1(40 is the main y -ray source for man; the fraction due to radium is not more than 2%. The -particle sources are 1(40 and C. a -particle irradi- ation is due to radium, thorium and radon. This short description of the natural level of ionizing radiation which gives a dose rate to man of about 0.1r/year from both internal and external sources does not allow for the radium present in osseous tissue. The dose received may vary within within certain limits. Variations are observed in the cosmic ray in- tensity in a given locality, but these are of short duration and do not usually exceed some tenths of a percent. In someareas of the earth, particularly where there are monazite sands, terrestrial radiation may be some 10 times greater than in areas of normal activity, and the dose rate may reach 0.6r/year. The increased radium content may cause the activity of inspired air to reach 10 12 c/liter, depending on the weather conditions. Assuming the most unfavorable combination of factors we take it that the dose from external sources may vary up to 0.1r/ year, and in certain restricted areas of. the Earth's surface up to 0.6r/year. With regard to the natural radiation level, this chang-q with the 1(49 content of the organism, which is mainly determined by the muscle developed. The y -ray intensity variations found for bodies by Sievert are 20 - 30% of the mean. The data available on the radium contents of human bones from different localities show that this varies with the area: from 10-9 to 440-4 gm and from 3.8.10 -11 gm to 4.3 ?10-19 gm per skele- ton. The possible rise in the content of this element requires particular attention. Radium is a well-known deposit in bones; allowing for equilibrium between radium and its decay products, we may assume that the energy in the short-range a -particles is five times greater than that in the 8 - and y - rays, i.e., as the radium content rises it is only the bones that receive the main increase in radiation dose. Al- lowing for this,we may conclude that the possibility of increased natural radiation is mainly due to the in-n crease in the 1(49 content, i.e., not more than 0.012r/year. Similarly we may assume that the radiation dose due to natural activity varies from 0.1 to 0.12r/year, except for territories where terrestrial activity is high, and making no allowance for increased skeletal radium. As was noted above,nuclear weapons tests have raised the natural background in recent years. Fine par- ticles of radioactive fission products formed in the explosion are deposited from the air. They penetrate into the upper stratosphere and are blown about by the air currents found at this level, and 10-20% fall on the earth's surface annually. Since they depend on the direction of the air streams and the local relief, the amounts of ? As in Russian. ?? A rad is the unit of absorbed dose for all forms of ionizing radiation, equal to 100 = 0.001 rad. ??? A reb = roentgen equivalent biological. It is the amount of energy absorbed by a cally equivalent to 1 r of X or y -rays; millireb (mreb) = 0.001 reb. 436 erg/gm; millirad (mrad). tissue which is biologi- 4 ? these deposits of radioactive fission products are very variable. ? This radioactive fission-product fall-out causes a rise in the natural radiation level. The Sr" and Cs132 are the materials most important to man in the fall-out. Cs137 (33 years) raises the y -activity of the earth's surface. Since Cs132 takes part in biological cycles,and is incorporated into organisms,it can increase the natural activity of the human body. The rise in y -background is not the same everywhere. Data published recently show thal. the surface radiation at various points in the USA rose during the period from October, 1952 to September, 1955 from 5.8 mrad (San Francisco) to 160 mrad (Salt Lake, Utah). The corresponding figure for New York was 17 mrad, and for Chicago 24 mrad (2). For 1956 sufficiently detailed figures on the Sr" activity deposited at various points on the Earth's surface from fall-out have been compiled. The figures show that in various areas of the USA the Sr90 fall-out varied from 1,62. 10-3 c/km2 (New York) to 8.85 c/km2 (Salt Lake). We are currently attempting to compute the rise in activity that has since occurred from Sr" fall-out. Supposing that tests of nuclear weapons were to cease at once. we would expect that the activity would rise until 1968, equilibrium then being reached. A high level of 14,10-13c AM2 will occur in places which today have the lowest Sr" content. The English calculation which is based on the as- sumption that the tests will continue at the same rate as at present indicates that in 100 years time levels of The order of 200 x 10-3 c /km2 will be reached [3]. '%'hus,we must expect a rise in the natural backgrouad due to increased earth y -activity and natural radioactivity of the human body. The latter is due to Sr which mostly causes increased activity in the os- seous tissues in which it is deposited, But the body y ?-activity can also rise due to deposition of Cs137 which is a natural component of the radioactivity in the human body, as recent investigations have shown. The absolute magnitude of the rise in natural background is at present small, the rise in earth y -ray background being about 0.1% of the natural level. It is otherwise with the increase of body irradiation due eo the Sr90 fall-out. This isotope occupies a special position for a number of reasons, primarily because it participates in bio- logical processes. Sr90 plays a particularly important part in biological processes. It enters the human body inevitably even when uptake from dust and water is prevented. The biological chain begins with the incorporation of Sr" into plants. Since it is deposited on the top layers of soil, it enters the plants together with the calcium, particularly with agricultural crops. According to Klechkovsky's data [4], when the rate of uptake in the above ground parts of the plants (wheat) are compared for various radioactive isotopes (of zirconium, strontium, cesium and ruthenium), it is found that the strontium is taken up most rapidly. The uptake of Sr" in the plant may be considered as a specific process of biological concentration of this element. According to B. V. Kurchatov, P. M. Chulkova and V. P. Shvedova [5] the soil contamination per km2 is about 5 mc in some areas of the USSR. The activity per km2 was about 0.1 mc in dry grass, i.e., some 20% of the Sr" is taken up in a comparatively small amount of hay. The uptake in plants is the first step in the chain which ends with deposition in human bones and the ir- radiation of organs enclosed in the bony tissue. We now turn our attention to the initial link in this process. This process is such that at equal degrees of contamination the Sr" uptake varies on different soils. Klechkovsky's data show that beans accumulate this isotope to a greater extent than do cereals. Hence at the same degree of soil contamination and with the same soil, the population will be variously affected by the contamination according to the crop type which is domi- nant. The next link in the biological chain is Sr" incorporation into animals, particularly into cow's milk. Yu. I. Moskalev and D. I. Ilyin have studied the process recently [6] and have found that when the Sr" solution is in- jected into the cow in a single shot, the concentration is 0.03% of the amount on the third day. The total Sr" output on the fifth day is about 0:04% of the amount injected. 437 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 -segraansel?rrc---zia ? ..,???? tide????? We must emphasize that single injections of strontium were used in these experiments. When we may assume a systematic uptake from fodder containing this radioactive isotope the relationships will be different. The reason is that not only the strontium present in the food,but also the strontium loosely bound to various tis- sues (particularly that bound to bony tissues), will appear in the milk. According to Moskalev and Ilyin's data the latter process has a biolVcal half life of about 350 days. Henceieven if the cow eats contaminated fodder for only a short while ,the Sr'' will be eliminated in the milk for a long while. Some 1.57o of the injected Sr90 is taken up in the bones. Thus the second link in the chain ? the animal ? introduces a new feature into the fate of the Sr" ? its prolonged fixation in the site of uptake, due to its participation in the metabolism of bone salt. Measurements of milk and bone activities show that their contents of this isotope have increased continu- ously during recent years, reaching 5.3 strontium units in New York, i.e., 3.3 x 1042 c /gm Ca. It would be of exceptional importance to analyze data on the Sr" contents of human bones which would reveal the end of the biological chain. Unfortunately only single measurements have been made. But even these show that Sr" is present in bones to the extent of about 2402 c/gm Ca. So we hay assert that not only is there a tendency for the natural radioactivity to increase on account of me Sr" fall-out at the present time but also that the activity of the human body is rising since the isotope takes part in the biological chain. When evaluating the importance of Sr90 fall-out to man we cannot afford to neglect yet another chain in which it participates, which is of particular importance to populations consuming sea foods ?fish, molluscs and seaweeds. In these objects increased biological concentration of the radioactive isotopes is seen particularly clearly. According to Marei's data [7], when uranium fission products or Sr" + Y" are added to aquarium water the specific activities of fish bones are 657 and 563 times greater than those of the water, respectively; for the fish muscle the figures are 24 anti 13 times; for the bodies of molluscs (toothless) they are 420 and 133; in algae the ratios are 810 and 280. For crab muscle the ratio is 350 when a fission-product solution is used. For plank- ton (Daphnia) in water containing Sr" + Y" the figure is 10-4 (when the specific activity of the aquarium water was 10' c/liter). We cannot neglect Csiri when describing the rise in the inherent radioactivity of living organisms, since this also takes part in biological cycles, although in a rather different way from Sr99. The important basic dif- ference, emphasized by Klechkovsky, is that Cs137 is,to a considerable extent,bound in a non exchangeable form by the soil and so enters into plants in amounts much less than in the case of Sr". But Cs's' appears in cow's milk in amounts some five times greater than Sr" (relative to that injected). In addition it enters the human body by an additional route, i.e., via animal flesh; some 5% of the injected Csin appears in the rurni? nant's flesh. The fact that the biological chain ends with man is of considerable importance to the fate of fall-out. When the radioactive isotopes (particularly Sr") enter the human body via milk or flesh,they are incorporated as indicated above. An important physiological factor accelerates this process. Animals with single stomachs, including man, absorb more radioactive isotopes from the gastrointestinal tract than do the ruminants, so the deposition is more complete. The difference is by a factor of 5 for Sr" and Cs137. The increase in body activity which is at present occurring has received continued attention primarily because of advances in the medical sciences. We have in mind particularly the vast increase in the use of ?x- ray; which are essential in the diagnosis and treatment of some diseases. According to the English data, the dose received by humans in this manner now amounts to about 22% of the natural level. All this undoubtedly implies a change in the conditions in the environment in which man lives. The question arising which demands an answer is. what consequences may this have for humanity? Very great difficulties are encountered in giving an answer to this question at the present time. This is due to our lack of knowledge as to the role played by radiation energy in normal life processes. All we can say in answer to this question is to state the following facts: 1) organisms are capable of con- centrating radioactive isotopes; 2) the isotopes are nonuniformly distributed amongst the various systems in the organisms. It is presumed that the natural activity has a certain importance in causing variability in genetic mater- ials. It is considered that 1/1000th of the natural mutations found in the fruit fly are caused by natural ...1015Vaa, rot*. 438 ? A importance to the performance of vital activities. On the other hand, there are a number of pieces of infor- mation which oblige us to exercise caution concerning deductions based on the undoubted existence of 'spec- ial' relations of the organism to ionizing radiation taken as a factor in the environment. The criterion to which we refer consists in estimating the degree to which the destroyed functions are restored, i.e., the reversibility of the changes caused by the ionizing radiation. From this point of view all of the changes we have indicated are 'unessential* regarding performance of vital activities: i.e., the changes in the numbers of mature cells in the blood, anomalies in some cells, reduction in the number of spermato- zoids, depression of epithelial mitotic activity, changes in the EEG's at these doses ? all of these are only temporary disturbances, i.e., they are completely reversible. From this point of view, all the initial changes present no obstacle to the performance of vital activities. By evaluating the initial changes via their reversibilities we might hope, as it were, to obtain some sort of ans- wer to the question. But this is not so, and a number of serious difficulties arise when we attempt to use this criterion to evaluate a number of other changes produced by ionizing radiation. The first difficulty is encountered when this criterion is applied to changes occasioned by radioactive materials incorporated in the body. Any type of recovery naturally implies the removal of the causal agent, or else the production of a physiological state in the living substrate which goes by the name of 'adaption'. When the natural body background is raised by isotopes of long half-life this condition is not maintained; on the contrary a particular type of integrated change occurs. Thus, the 'restoration' criterion is inapplicable or has a very restricted application when evaluating changes produced by materials incorporated in the body. Thus, we first have to deal with the effects due to integration of changes. This integration is not only due to the prolonged action of the niaterial but also to the summation of effects due to internal and external irradi- ation; one of the principal biological features of the actions due to various types of ionizing radiation is that the primary effects are nonspecific; this, of course, facilitates summation. The second difficulty is due to the existence of changes to which there is no physiological compensating action. This refers to changes in genetic materials which have genetic consequences, and also to disturbances produced during development. Actions which are expressed via a temporary depression of the rate of develop- ment of some definite cells of a growing organ may be nonreversible since during the depressed period other undamaged cells may continue to develop and become adult. The initial changes are irreversible in such cases. V.V..Yakovlev's experiments may serve to illustrate this; he found that irradiation of pregnant rabbits on the 9th day after fertilization, i.e., at the time when the organs of the central nervous system are beginning to form, caused a marked disturbance in the reflex activity of the foetus on the 20th day. Ionizing radiation is well known to cause teratological anomalies if it acts on embryos while the organs are forming. Fina1l3; the third difficulty in using the reversibility criterion is as follows. As is well known, changes due to ionizing radiation occur, which are in essence injuries to tissues in which the depolymerization of protein com- plexes is a basic process [22], lipoid phases are also destroyed [23], and a number of other disturbances caused. Regeneration is the process. which normally heals any injury in a tissue, thus providing the repair when the causa- tive agent has been eliminated. But the regeneration processes are particularly sensitive to ionizing radiation. Strelin and his co-workers have studied this aspect of ionizing radiation in detail. This work, which was car- ried out with various tissues and various biological objects, showed that the capacity to regenerate was depres- sed by ionizing radiation when the injuries were caused in any other way (mechanically or chemically). All these considerations restrict the chances of using the reversibility criterion, which retains its value only for a limited number of phenomena. An important relation between the restorative capacity and the radi- ation dose must be noted here. In spite of the difficulty of estimating capacity to recover in a quantitative fashion, the data available enable us to assume that this relation is expressed by a S-shaped curve, the ordinate being the degree of reversibility of the changes in vital activities, and the abscissa the dose. We assume that the S-shape is due to two concurrent processes caused by the ionizing radiation. One of these is the change in the vital function at the various doses, the other being the changes in the restorative process. When drawing up the corresponding curves we should take the maximum value for the restorative processes as occurring at the natural radiation level (i.e.. about 1.10 r/day). The inflection on the S-curve lies in different dose ranges for the various vital activities: so the curves for the degrees of restoration of the various processes are displaced re- lative to one another along the abscissa. 439 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 In summing up the results of attempting to answer the question as to the importance to the performance of vital activities of the changes produced by small doses of ionizing radiation in tissues, we must point out the extreme vagueness of the problem. This obliges us to resort to considering certain special features of the re- lation between the ,?rganism and ionizing radiation, and to compare them with those shown with respect to other forms of energy in the environment. The special relations between organisms and ionizing radiation are well illustrated by the small range of dose between those that cause the initial effects and those that cause the nonreversible changes in a given sys- tern of organs. For example, a distinct reaction is observed in the blood system at about 1 r, and irreversible injury to the blood-forming organs may occur at a dose of about 400 r. The serious changes in the blood-form- ing organs, which may lead on to leukemia, can in some cases arise after doses of 50 r. Thus,in some cases the range is 1:400, dropping to 1:50 in others. One reason for this may be the absence of accommodation and adaption mechanisms, i.e., the capacity to counteract injuries which exist in relation to other forms of energy. This may be due to the natural radiation level, unlike other energy forms in the environment, being practically constant in magnitude. The light in- tensity at the earth's surface may change by factors of hundreds of thousands or millions during the course of the day. The amount of energy emitted by the human vocal apparatus varies by a factor of 104 in going from a whisper to fortissimo singing. Finally, both these examples presuppose adequate reactions on the part of the restricted systems in the organism. But,as with other general irritants ? electric current, mechanical energy ? the limits of permissible change are thousands and tens of thousands of times greater than the natural levels. The present rise in the inherent level of radioactivity, which threatens to become still greater in future, impels us to be extremely active in evaluating the situation. Knowing well that the causes of these changes are the continuous nuclear weapons tests, we must use all possible ways of combating the existing hazard. It seems to us that all current scientific knowledge should impel scientists in all countries to support the humane demand of the Soviet Government that an international agreement on the cessation of further experimental ex- plosions, should be concluded. LITERATURE CITED Sievert, "Untersuchungen uber die Gammastrahlung des mensctilichen KOrpers," Strahlentherapie 99, 2, 13 (1956). [2] M. Eisenbud and J. Harley, *Radioactive fallout through September 1955," Science 124, 3215, 251 (1956). [3] The Hazards to Man of Nuclear and Allied Radiations (London, 1956). [4] V. M. Klechkovsky, The Behavior of Radioactive Fission Products in Soils, Their Uptake in Plants and Accumulation in Crops (Moscow, 1956) (From material submitted to the Scientific Committee of the UN). [5] B. V. Kurchatov (ed.), PM. Chulkov, and V. P. Shvedov, Comparative Data on the Atmospheric Con- tamination by Fission Products* (Moscow, 1956) (from material submitted to the Scientific Committee of the UN). [6] Yu. I. Moskalev and D. I. Ulyin, Data on the Metabolism of Cesium, Strontium, and Mixed -Emit- ters in the Blood '(Moscow, 1956) (From material submitted to the Scientific Committee of the UN). [7] A. N. Marei, "Water organisms as indicators of reservoir contamination by radioactive substances? Gigiena i Sanit. 1955, No. 9. [8] N. P. Dubinin, "Problems and tasks in radiation genetics Vestnik Akad. Nauk SSSR 26, 8, 22 (1956). [9] D. I. Zakutinsky, Removal of the Consequences of Injuries Caused by Ionizing Radiations* (Report to the Conference on the removal of the consequences of injuries caused by ionizing radiations) (Moscow, 1956), 3. p. [10] L. N. Burykina, The Action of Chronic Small Doses of Radioactive Strontium on Dogss(Report to the Conference on the removal of the consequences of injuries caused by ionizing radiations) (Moscow, 1956) p. 68. ? In Russian. 440 ? ? ??? [11] N. A. Kraevsky, 'Pathological anatomy and some questions of radiation sickness pathogenesis" Byull. Radiats. Med. (Moscow) 1, 3 (1956). [12] P. D. Gorizontov, "Pathological physiology of radiation disorders" Radiatsionnaya Meditsina 1955, 80-174. [13] L. A. Orbeli, Action of Ionizing Radiations on Living Organisms' (Session of Academy of Sciences, USSR on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy) (Moscow, 1955). [14] Z. Bacq and P. Alexander, Fundamentals of Radiobiology (London, 1955). [15] E. H. Betz, Contribution a 1' tude du Syndrome Endocrinien (Paris, 1956). [16] G. S. Strelin, "Some regularities in the biological action of ionizing radiations? Med. Radiol. 1, 27 (1956). [17] N. I. Nuzhdin, N. I. Shapiro, and 0. N. Petrova, Sterilizing Action of Ionizing Radiations on Mam- mals. Part I. Effect of x-rays on the fertility of male mice. Symposium on Radiobiology' (Moscow, 1956) p.83. [18] N. I. Nuzhdin, N. I. Shapiro, 0. N. Petrova,and 0. N. Kitaeva, Sterilizing Action of Ionizing Radia- tions on Mammals, Part II. Effect of Roentgen and Gamma rays on the Festral Cycle in Female Mice. Sym- posium on Radiobiology*(Moscow, 1956) p. 113. [19] M. N. Livanov, 'Central-peripheral relations in radiation sickness? Med. Radiol. 1, 19-26 (1956). [20] Yu. G. Grisoryev, "The primary changes in the functional state of the cerebral hemispheres in man when acted on by radiation' Communication I, Vestnik Rentgenol. i. Radiol. 1954, No. 5, 3. [21] Yu. G. Grigoryev, *The primary changes in the functional state of the cerebral hemispheres in man when acted on by radiation' Communication II, Vestnik Rentgenol. i Radiol. 1956, No. 2, 3. [22] A. M. Kuzin, "Biochemical basis of the biological action of ionizing radiations' Essays on Radio- biology (Moscow, 1956),p. 5. [23] B. N. Tarusov, Basis of the Biological Action of Radioactive Radiations "(State Publishing House of Medical Literature, Moscow, 1954). ? In Russian. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 441 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 91???????,:. 4 ? 4 4 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY UTILIZATION. COUNCIL MI MINISTRIES OP TIIE USSR ALL -UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES IN CLINICAL MEDICINE A. V. Kozlova Paper Read at the Plenary Session Moscow 1957 443 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Editor A. P. Belousov II I( I I 1 I 11 6 Radioactive iodine also proved useful in the surgical treatment of thyrotoxicosis and goitres. The study of 11 ! i thyroid function following subtotal resection for thyrotoxicosis reveals relapses long before the appearance of ;I1 I ! i ii ? ? 4 ? Radioactive isotopes have been used for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes in the Soviet Union for not more than eight years. During this short period the methods of radioactive isotope diagnosis and therapy spread fairly widely through the clinics in various parts of the country. The effectiveness of the method attracted many specialists to this field, who started work even before all the requisite conditions had been established. Radioactive isotopes found the most extensive application in Internal medicine, endocrinology, derma- tology and especially oncology, where isotopes have been incorporated into daily practice. Sufficient experience has accumulated up to the present time concerning the use of isotopes in differ- ent fields of medicine,on the basis of which an attempt can be made to draw preliminary conclusions not only about the effectiveness of the method but also about the expediency and safety of its use, specially in those cases where isotopes are introduced into the patient's organism. In recent years the question of the possibility of grave consequences following the use of isotopes has re- ceived much attention abroad. Reminders of the carcinogenic action of radioactivity have been growing louder and louder. It is essential for us to have our own point of view on this extremely important question. It is well known that no less than 10-20 years are necessary to reveal the carcinogenic effect of radio- active substances in man; with only an eight year experience of isotope use we can not, as yet, submit proofs denying or confirming this possibility. However, we must decide already now to maintain the closest observa- tion of those patients who had been subjected to isotope therapy; moreover, it is necessary to delimit more strict- ly the indications for the use of isotopes both for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. The use of isotopes in the clinical study of medical conditions contributed much that was new to the in- vestigation of the pathogenesis of various diseases, and revealed the interaction of various organs and systems in the disorders of their functions. Practically, this has found expression in more precise diagnosis of diseases, which in turn has led to more exact indications for the various therapeutic measures and greater effectiveness of the therapy prescribed. Radioactive iodine is the substance most extensively used in the diagnosis of various disorders. At first these investigations were directed principally towards the demonstration of disorders of the thyroid gland itself-- thyrotoxicosis and hypothyroidism. The simplicity and availability of the method made its use possible not only in hospitals and therapeutic centers of the Union, but also under field conditions. The numerous investigations carried out showed that the use of radioactive iodine in the diagnosis of thy- rotoxicosis and various forms of thyroid disorders was a simpler and more precise method than the determination of basal metabolic rate and of iodine-containing protein in the blood used previously. Thus, for example, it is possible to differentiate between cases of alcoholism, increased nervous excitability, compensated hypertensive states and Parkinsonism, all accompanied by a raised metabolic rate, and cases of true hyperthyroidism by means of radioactive iodine. According to the data of Soviet and foreign workers it has not been possible to demon- strate a complete correspondence between the indicators of basal metabolic rate and iodine absorption by the thyroid, the latter being a more exact indication of the functional state of the gland. Another advantage of the use of radioactive iodine over the basal metabolic rate determination is that it is a method which characterizes the formation of the hormone. Basal metabolism is a consequence of the enhanced function of the gland. The use of radioactive iodine becomes particularly valuable in the diagnosis of the more blurred forms of thyroid disorders, as well as in demonstrating thyroid dysfunction in other endocrine diseases in which clinical diagnostic methods did not give conclusive results. 444 4 445 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 t. manifest symptoms. Not infrequently this method revealed cases of retrosternal goitre. Animal experiments using radioactive iodine have demonstrated that the synthesis of diiodotyrosine and thyroxine can occur in other tissues besides the thyroid. Thyroidectomized and hypophysectomized rats were given radioactive inorganic iodine. After 24-96 hours 3050 of the labelled iodine could be found in the small intestine and the liver as organic iodine, viz. diiodotyrosine and thyroxine. How difficult can be the diagnosis of thyroid pathology can be seen from the data of Z. I. Rozhnova and K. I. Kalinina showing that of 400 patients referred for investigation with a diagnosis of hyperthyroidism in- creased thyroid function was found only in 54%, decreased activity in 4% and normal activity in 4250 of the patients. It should be noted at the same time that in a small number of cases normal radioactive iodine abs- orption is encountered in patients with manifest hyperthyroidism. On the other hand patients with clinically established euthyroidism show increased iodine absorption in rare cases. In the assessment of the thyroid function it should not be forgotten that diseases of some of the internal organs may affect the rate of absorption and the total content of radioactive iodine in the thyroid. Thus, the excretion of radioactive iodine by the kidneys is impaired in cases of renal dysfunction and circulatory dis- orders. The rate of absorption of radioactive iodine and its total absorption are appreciably lowered after the administration of certain therapeutic substances such as, for example, thiouracil, or compounds containing io- dine. The iodine content of foods is not great and therefore a most varied diet, including iodized salt, exerts very little effect on the rate and total absorption of iodine by the thyroid. Greer and Astwood investigated the effect of 61 foodstuffs (independently of their iodine content); it was shown that cabbage, strawberries, car- rots, spinach, oysters and milk lower the rate of iodine absorption. Investigations indicate that the patients' age affects the rate of radioactive iodine absorption. The rate of iodine accumulation in middle aged patients is twice that observed in elderly patients. The rate of accu- mulation is 0.5-1.4 times higher in women than in men of the same age. Therefore a number of factors which appreciably affect the total absorption and the rate of accumula- tion of iodine must be borne in mind in assessing the functional state of the thyroid. Numerous studies made in the Soviet Union have shown the close functional connection between the thy- roid and the internal organs. Thus, for example, there is an obvious connection between the thyroid and the cardiovascular system. This is inferred by the effect of the thyroid hormone on the different aspects of meta- bolism, which doubtless affects the function of the cardiovascular system. Disorders of the cardiovascular system, in their turn, may produce thyroid dysfunction (lowring of its activity) by way of circulatory impair- ment. In connection with this, the study of thyroid function in cardiovascular diseases gives much valuable data for diagnosis, determining more precisely the phase and stage of the disorder. M. N. Fateeva, K. L. Georgadze and others have demonstrated some increase of radioactive iodine abs- orption in the first stage of hypertensive disease and a decrease of its absorption in the third stage, which is explained by profound disorders of circulation. Parallel changes in the indicators of thyroid function and basal metabolism were only observed in the first stage of the disease. As the disease progresses, thyroid function de- creases while basal metabolism indicators show a rise. Thyroid hypofunction in the sclerotic stage of hyper- tensive disease should be regarded as a compensatory state. Patients with rheumatic heart conditions (compen- sated stage) most frequently show normal rate of absorption and normal accumulation of iodine. When the rheu- matic process becomes more acute the accumulation of iodine in the thyroid increases, which corresponds to the clinical picture of mild hyperthyroidism. Cardiac decompensation is accompanied by marked lowering of the rate of absorption and the total content of iodine. Changes in the rate of iodine absorption can be demonstrated much earlier than the appearance of clinical symptoms, which is very important from the point of yiew of pro- phylaxis and the earliest possible treatment of the condition. Of no less importance, diagnostically, has been the use of radioactive iodine in the differential diagnosis of functional and atherosclerotic cardiac impairment. In the first case there is little impairment of thyroid function. Lowering of thyroid function is seen regularly in atherosclerosis. At the same time, other methods, even electrocardiography, often do not make it possible to arrive at the correct diagnosis. Increased absorption of radioactive iodine is also seen in exacerbations of tuberculosis, in encephalitis, 446 ? diencephalitis, post-concussional syndrome and pregnancy (E. I. Tildionova et al). The iodine-absorption curve In these cases differs markedly from the absorption curve in hyperthyroidisms. No changes in basal metabolism occur in these cases. A marked connection between thyroid function and the state of the kidneys has been demonstrated. L. I. Kazakova's work showed that increased thyroid function is observed in nephritis; it becomes normal as renal function improves. Renal insufficiency is characterized by lowering of thyroid function. Interesting data have been obtained in the studies of thyroid function in various dermatoses. Thus, F. I. Sulthovy showed, using radioactive iodine, that in eczemas, even in the absence of clinical signs of thyroid dysfunction and with normal radioactive iodine absorption, insufficient formation and circulation of thyroid hormone can be presumed from the delayed excretion of the iodine. The examples cited of the use of radioactive iodine in diagnostics make it possible to appreciate the value of this method of investigation. A study of blood volume, erythrocyte volume, plasma volume and bleeding time has been made with the help of radioactive isotopes?I131, P32, and Nag?in connection with the diagnosis of cardiovascular dis- orders. The determination of the circulating blood volume using radioactive phosphorus has been carried out in our clinics in various diseases. It has been established that iii myocarditis and myocardiodystrophy, during the compensated stage the volume of circulating blood is decreased, with diminished total volume of erythro- cytes and decreased amount of plasma; in M. N. Fateeva's view this can be explained by an adaptation reaction on the part of the organism, designed to le'ssen the work of the heart. When there is insufficiency of circulation developed as the result of cardiac failure, an increase of blood volume is observed with an increased amount of plasma and normal or even diminished erythrocyte volume. According to A. L. Mikhnev's data an appreciable lowering of blood volume of the oligocythemic type is observed in the first and second stages of hypertensive disease. In the third stage with circulatory insufficiency the blood volume approaches normal; M. N. Fateeva's findings show that in pernicious and hemolytic anemias the blood volume decreases while in myelomatosis and lymphadenomatosis it is increased. Studies of the permeability of erythrocytes to radioactive phosphorus showed that in different diseases, such as endoarteritis obliterans as well as in polyarthritis and some forms of tuberculosis, the erythrocyte per- meability is increased; in chronic nephritides and cirrhosis of the liver it is decreased. The study of hemodynamics in patients with cardiovascular diseases and with diseases of the lungs, liver and peripheral blood vessels is of great practical importance. The use of isotopes for this purpose has made this method available for wide application. The rate of blood flow both in the greater and lesser circulations has been determined in the various stages of hypertensive disease, in rheumatic heart diseases, cardiac failures and in diseases of the lungs and liver. A definite slowing of the rate of blood flow has been demonstrated in dis- orders complicated by cardiovascular insufficiency. Methods for the determination of the rate of blood flow and of blood volume (which characterize the com- pensatory functions of the organism) should find extensive application not only in the field of internal medicine but also in surgery, to. disclose the functional state of the cardiovascular, system prior to major operative pro- cedures, which could give valuable data as regards indications and contra-indications for surgical intervention. Of no less importance are data obtained in the postoperative period which can reveal the state of the patient's compensatory mechanisms. It has proved to be possible to determine the rate of tissue blood flow, both from the tissues into the blood stream and from the blood stream into the tissues with the help of radioactive isotopes, radioactive sodium in particular. The rate of tissue blood flow cannot be equated with capillary permeability. The latter affects the rate of passage of radioactive substance from the capillaries into the tissues. The passage of the radioactive sub- stance from the tissues into the blood stream is determined, evidently, by other factors as well, since there are states in which increased permeability of the capillaries is associated with slower penetration of the radioactive substance into the blood stream, as for example in shock. Clinical observations have indicated that the development of cardiovascular insufficiency leads to slow- ing of tissue blood flow, with a definite interrelation of the degree of insufficiency and slowing of the blood 447 ? ,------ Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 flow. Subjects with compensated heart failure show normal rate of tissue blood flow, which decreases on the appearance of incipient edema; the resorption of sodium almost completely ceases in patients with severe cir- culatory insufficiency. The diagnostic importance of this method lies in the possibility of revealing early states of decompensation which may not be recognizable by other clinical methods of investigation; it can moreover, serve as a test of the effectiveness of therapeutic measures. The rate of blood flow in rheumatism depends not only on hemodynamics but also on the permeability of the capillaries and connective tissue; therefore,complete correspondence between the degree of decompen- sation and slowing of sodium resorption has not been observed. The study of capillary permeability by means of radioactive isotopes allows the determination of the state of histohematic barriers in the organism and of the rate of passage of electrolytes from the blood into the tissues and from the tissues into the blood which is of great importance in assessing the water balance of the organism. Studies of the hematoophthalmic barrier revealed its dependence on the functional state of the visual ap- paratus. N. N. Zaiko has shown that the blood vessels of the middle ear possess barrier function. The hematolaby- rinthine barrier assures a constant composition of endo- and perilymph which is essential for the proper func- tioning of the auditory apparatus. The indicator method has also confirmed the existence of barrier function in the vessels of the joints. This barrier is impaired in inflammation, trauma and disturbances of joint innervation. :Studies of the rate of blood flow and of tissue blood flow have proved to be very useful in surgery. Thus the study of peripheral circulation by means of radioactive sodium in such diseases as arteritis obliterans has proved to be exceptionally valuable in following the dynamics of the process. In orthopedic practice the study of peripheral circulation has proved very useful in investigating circula- tion in the stump both at rest and during movement; peculiar changes have been observed which must be re- garded as signs of adaptation. Studies of local circulation in the stump have led to rational recommendations concerning the making of prosthetic appliances (V. N. Boyarskaya). The use of radioactive isotopes permitted V. A. Polyakov to obtain valuable data on the processes of consolidation in compound and simple fractures of bones. The author showed that the mineral substances used in the formation of the bone callus are not derived from the ends of the broken fragments but from the whole organism, and moreover that these mineral substances are derived from the external environment. Radioactive isotopes proved to be useful in the diagnosis of malignant tumors in cases where biopsy was difficult or dangerous for the patient, as for example in tumors of the eye, in malignant melanomata and cere- bral tumors. The increased absorption of radioactive phosphorus and iodine by rapidly growing tissues, such as are encountered in malignant tumors, permits their detection by means of special counters and so assists in the differential diagnosis of malignant growth and inflammatory processes. The examples cited of the diagnostic use of radioactive isotopes indicate their undoubted value and use- fulness which have placed the diagnosis of various diseases on a very high level indeed. In evaluating this method of investigation from the point of view of its safety we must emphasize that we, contrary to foreign workers, have found no serious grounds for alarm. As is well known, in foreign practice not only the short-lived radioactive isotopes but also those with a very long half-life period are used, among them Fe59 (1- ?47 days), S35 (7 ?88 days), Nan (7 ?1100 days), Feb (7 ?1500 days) and C34 (7 ?1.7-106days). Moreover, the magnitude of indicator doses used abroad is tens of times greater than that of doses used in the Soviet Union. The introduction of isotopes with a long half-life period into the organism is always hazardous with respect to their carcinogenic action. The Soviet Ministry of Health has prudently forbidden the use of long-lived isotopes. The use of minute doses of short-lived isotopes (or diagnostic purposes cannot, most probably, exert any appreciable harmful effect. And still it would seem advisible to keep a record of all the patients who had received radioactive isotopes for diagnostic purposes in order to trace their state of health over a period of at least 10-15 years. At the same time it is essential to limit the use of isotopes in certain age groups, namely after 40 years. Taking into account the 448 high sensitivity of the organism to Ionizing radiation in childhood, methods of investigation using radioactive Isotopes should not be applied to children. Radioactive isotopes should be used therapeutically in children only in cases of such diseases as the leukemias, in which the expectation of life with any of the others methods of treatment does not exceed a few years. The use of radioactive phosphorus for the treatment of anemias, leucopenias or other diseases is absolute- ly impermissible. Unfortunately it is so used in isolated therapeutic centers. Radioactive isotopes have found the greatest therapeutic application in the treatment of thyrotoxicosis, some forms of disorders of the blood-forming organs,in dermatology. and especially in oncology. In the course of the course of the last two years 2448 patients with thyrotoxicosis have been treated in the therapeutic centers of Moscow, Kiev, Sverdlovsk, Chelyabinsk and Stanislay. The disease was in the first stage in 94, of the cases, in the second stage in 46% and in the third in 45%, i.e., the patients had predominant- ly medium to severe forms of thyrotoxicosis. The majority showed diffuse goitres. The treatment was carried out in the main according to the fractional method in which the patient is given 2-3mC of radioactive Iodine three seven times with intervals of six eight days; the total dose varied between 4 and 20 mC. Much more rarely a single dose of 6-10 mC was given. Analysis of the material shows that both methods of treatment give a fairly high percentage of cures or considerable improvement; it varies between 51 and 90%. The percentage of cures with 3ingle doses of radio- active iodine reaches 81-90%. (Material from the Moscow Endocrinological Institute ?800 patients, from the Stanislav Goitre Clinic ?290 patients). In the case of the fractional method of treatment as carried out in various therapeutic centers the per- centage of cures varies within wider limits ?from 51 to 88%. With both methods the patients were followed up for three months to tliree years. Relapses were observed more frequently following fractional treatment and occurred in 25 to 12%. Complications in the form of hypothyroidism occurred more frequently with single doses of radioactive iodine. In the majority of cases the hypothyroidism was transitory. We stould like to draw attention to the inadequate consideration of the age of the patients subjected to radioactive iodine therapy. In many centers this treatment was given to patients aged from 20 to 60 years. Taking into account the high degree of radiosensitivity of tissues in the younger age groups, radioactive iodine treatment should be recommended for patients over 40 years of age, the younger ones being given other forms of treatment. Radioactive phosphorus has been used for the treatment of blood disorders. The best results have been ob- tained in the case of erythremias. As is known,radioactive phosphorus therapy is used in most centers only in the later stages of the illness when medication and bloodletting cease to be effective. The universally accepted procedure is to give radioactive phosphorus (internally) in the dose of 2 mC two-three times with intervals of six eight days directly after bloodletting. As shown by N. V. Nikolaeva, with this type of procedure it is often sufficient to give 4-6 mC of radioactive phosphorus in order to obtain a therapeutic effect. In the last five years 201 patients with erythremia have been treated in the research institutes of Moscow and Leningrad and in the clinics of the Sverdlovsk and Chelyabinsk Medical Institutes. Of these, 177 were given one course of treatment and 24 were given two courses on account of relapses (Table 1). The results of radio- active phosphorus therapy proved to be much better than those of drug treatment and roentgenotherapy formerly used. Less favorable results are obtained in the radioactive phosphorus treatment of patients with leukemia. Analysis of available data permits the recommendation in the majority of cases of lymphoid and myeloid leu- kemia of combined methods of treatment, including roentgenotherapy, blood transfusion, radioactive phosphorus, vitamin therapy and other measures. Even these complex methods of treatment, however, do not result in cure. The use of radioactive phosphorus in combination with other therapeutic measures leads to longer remissions, reaching three years in isolated cases, chiefly in the myeloid form of leukemia. In the case of the lymphoid form of leukemia the prospects for the use of radioactive phosphorus are still less encouraging. Radioactive isotopes have been used not without success in dermatology. Radioactive phosphorus in the form of external applications has received the most extensive application in this field. It has the advantage, in treatment of skin conditions, of the small penetrating capacity of its 8 -radiation, which does not exceed 3-4 mm in the tissues. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 449 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 TABLE 1 Results of Radioactive Phosphorus Treatment of Patients with Erythremia from the Materials of Moscow, Lenin- grad, Sverdlovsk and Chelyabinsk Therapeutic Centers Number of patients Number of courses of treatment Duration of remissions 1 2 and more 6-12 months 1-4 years 4-6 years Negative results No information 201 177 24 87 72 26 10 6 TABLE 2 Results of Treatment of Patients with Leukemia from Materials of the Moscow, Leningrad, Sverdlovsk and Che- lyabinsk Therapeutic Centers Number of patients Results of treatment Duration of remissions Improvement No Improvement 1-6 months 6-12 months 1-1., 5 years 2-3. 5 years 198 140 58 53 55 30 2 Relapses after seemingly successful treatment by various means, including radiation, are characteristic of many skin diseases. Taking this into account, it is extremely important that radiation should only affect the sur- r face layers of the skin without causing sclerosis of the underlying tissues. The earliest application of radioactive phosphorus was in cases of flat capillary angiomata frequently seen on the face, often involving half or the whole face. Prior to the use of isotopes no treatment was available ex- cept in cases with minimal involvement. The introduction of radioactive phosphorus has permitted the treatment of these patients. The results can be considered as completely satisfactory. Analysis of the results of treatment of patients (945) seen only in the clinics of provincial towns of the USSR shows considerable improvement in 50 to 90% (average 63.6%), insufficient effect in 31.7% and compli- cations in 4.7% of the cases. Complete disappearance of the lesions was only observed in small children; in adults the lesions usually became noticeably paler. Radioactive phosphorus proved successful in the treatment of eczemas, neurodermatites and pyodermia. From pooled data of 470 patients with neurodermatitis,75% were cured. TABLE 3 Use of Radioactive Phosphorus in Skin Diseases. Period of Observation from One to Four Years. f ti I Diagnosis Number of patients Cure Improvement Negative result Relapses Percentage Capillary angiomata 945 '1 63.6 29.4 Neurodermatites 470 75 25 19 Eczema 1244 85 15 23 11 Treatment of 1244 patients with eczema resulted in cures in 85%; in 15% the treatment proved ineffective and relapses occurred in 23% of the patients. Radioactive phosphorus has become firmly established in the treatment of capillary angiomata, neuroder- matites and eczema, and is used not only in central therapeutic establishments but equally widely in regional clinics. This convenient and simple method of treatment can find even more extensive application when - 450 radiating isotope applicators are manufactured on a commercial scale. In this case it is expedient to use iso- topes with a longer half-life period, such as strontium, yttrium and cerium. As already mentioned, the most important use of isotopes has been in oncology. Radioactive cobalt is most frequently used for the treatment c,f patients with malignant tumors; radioactive gold and iodine are used much more rarely. The use of isotopes in the treatment of malignant growths has led to appreciable improve- ment of results. The main reasons for such a change are the following. In the first place it has become possible to use radioactive preparations extensively for the treatment of patients with malignant tumors. Before radioactive cobalt became available to oncological centers natural radioactive substances ?radium and mesothorium ?were used for therapeutic purposes. However, these sub- stances were only available in a few central oncological establishments; the majority of oncological depart- ments throughout the country employed surgery in combination with roentgenotherapy. In the second place, of great advantage has been the construction of y -installations with powerfulsourca made of radioactive cobalt. The use of tele-y -therapy opened up new possibilities of treatment of patients with malignant tumors of internal organs who had not, prior to this development, been subjected to radiation therapy at all. And finally, in the third place, a no less important advantage of isotopes is the possibility of introducing short-lived isotopes into the patient's organism in those case, where surface irradiation is either impossible or unpromising. This latter development has led to considerable extension of indications for radiation therapy in the case of gravely ill patients for whom no specific treatment was previously available. We shall attempt to support these statements by factual material. We shall consider only those forms of malignant tumors whose treatment prior to the use of isotopes has been, in the majority of cases, unsuccessfl. Cancer of the female sex organs is one of the most frequently encountered forms of malignant neoplasms. Both surgical and radiation methods of treatment are used in early Cases, whose incidence still does not exceed 20-30%. The percentage of cures in various therapeutic centers reaches 70. Treatment of patients with more severe forms of the disease and especially with diffuse extension of tumor to the pelvic lymph nodes leads to cure in not more than 10-15% of cases, using both the surgical and the combined as well as purely radiational methods of treatment (N. P. Dmokhovskaya, S. S. Dobrotin, E. P. Ivanitskaya). According to the data of the Roentgenological and Radiological Institutes in Moscow, Kiev and Leningrad the percentage of cures in the third stage of the disease has risen in recent years to 30-35%. TABLE 4 Results of Radioactive Co6? Treatment of Cancer of the Cervix. Roentgenological and Radiological Institute Total Number of Patients State of Disease Length of Follow-up I II III IV Number of Patients To Cured Number of Patients To Cured Number of Patients To Cured Number of Patients To Cured In Leningrad In Moscow In Kiev 502 91 221 53 ? 12 90 ? 66 196 ? 65 64.3 ? 65 249 91 122 36 35.1 35 4 ? 22 ? ? ? 1 to 3 years 5 years&mo 1 to 5 years Until quite recently patients with carcinoma of the lung who could not be treated surgically were only sub- jected to symptomatic medication. It should be remembered that of the number of all patients who seek help the percentage of those suitable for surgery does not exceed 10-15%. The length of survival of patients treated only symptomatically is not greater than six months. Tele-y -therapy in carcinoma of the lung has only been used fairly recently in certain institutes. The first results obtained permit the recommendation of this method for those patients who cannot be treated surgically, as it leads to resumption of working capacity and prolongation of life (Table 5). In cancer of the oesophagus surgical treatment is possible in not more than 20-30% of the patients (V. I. Kazansky, L. G. Savinykh and others). 451 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1 TABLE 5 Results of Tele-y-therapy in Carcinoma of the Lung from Materials of the V. M. Molotov Roentgenological and Radiological Institute. Number of Patients Stage of Disease Length of Survival 1 Year Up to 2 years 16 Up to 3 years 6 Up to 4 years 3 Up to 5 years 6 Above 5 2 No information 3 56 III?IV 20 The method of treatment developed in the V. M. Molotov Roentgenological and Radiological Institute, which consists of the combination of tele-y -therapy with an intra-oesophageal method of treatment allows food to pass again through the oesophagus, improves the general condition and prolongs the life of the patients. It is well known that the expectation of life in patients with cancer of the oesophagus does not exceed a few months from the time of confirming the diagnosis. TABLE 6 Results of Treatment of Cancer of the Oesophagus from Material of the V. M. Molotov Roentgenological and Radiological Institute. Number of Patients Stage of disease Length of survival II IV 80 10 54 16 ' 51 25 One Year 2 3 4 Cancer of the bladder is one of the frequently encountered forms of malignant neoplasms. Until recently only surgical treatment was used, with a high incidence of relapses. Patients unsuitable for surgery were not subjected to roentgenotherapy since it was ineffective. Methods for the treatment of in9perable cancer of the bladder have been developed in recent years at the Moscow Roentgenological and Radiological Institute. A combined procedure was used: tele-y-therapy supplemented with intra-tissue method of treatment by means of radioactive cobalt needles introduced into the tumor or application of a colloidal solution of radioactive gold to the opened bladder. In other cases tele- y-therapy was combined with an intravesicular method of treatment using radioactive sodium solution. The results obtained show that isotopes provide effective treatment in cases of inoperable cancer of the bladder (Table 7). TABLE 7 Results of Treatment of Cancer of the Bladder. Roentgenological and Radiological Instf tute Number of Patients Stage of disease Result of treatment I II III IV Freedom from symptoms and restor- ation of working capacity. Negative result 1-2 years 2-3 Over 3 In Moscow (the V. M. Molotov) In Leningrad 174 183 16 15 130 160 28 8 9 29 96 116 29 4 40 34 Total 357 31 290 36 38 212 33 74 Until recently cancer of the breast has been treated by a combined method consisting of radical mastec- tomy and preoperative and postoperative roentgenotherapy. An intra-tissue method of treatment has been 452 men. C developed at the. P. A. Gertsen Oncological Institute In Moscow which consists of the insertion of radioactive cobalt or radium needles after the. removal of the tumor sparing the breast. The results obtained are not in- ferior to those of surgical treatment (Table 8). TABLE 8 Results of Intra-tissue Method of Curietherapy from Material of the P. A. Gertsen Oncological Institute. Number of Patients Stage of disease _ Healthy Total 67-66% I II III 8 1-2 years 14 3-5 26 6-9 27 99 31 60 Failure of treatment in cases of malignant tumors very often depends on theappearance of metastases in the absence of relapse at the primary focus. Until the use of isotopes treatment of metastases was usually con- demned to failure. The use of telegammatherapy, of radioactive solutions and preparations has made it pos- sible to obtain satisfactory results in these severe forms of neoplastic disease. TABLE 9 Results of Radiation Therapy in Metastases of Various Localization (Submandibular, Cervical, Supraclavicular, Groin Lymph Nodes). Therapeutic center Number of patients Results of treatment Length of follow-up Healthy c/o Cures The P. A. Gertsen Oncoiogi- cal Institute The V. M. Molotov Roentgen- ological and Radiological Institute 581 . 107 168 52 28% 48% From 1 year to 6 years From 1 year to 7 years The use of colloidal radioactive gold solution allows treatment of patients with what would appear to be hopeless conditions and who are unsuitable for the usual methods of radiation therapy. Thus, according to the materials of the V. M. Molotov Roentgenological and Radiological Institute, of 87 patients of whom 22 had metastases of malignant melanoma and 65 relapses and metastases with various localizations satisfactory results were achieved in 50: cessation of growth of the tumor, disappearance of pain and improvement of the general state for a period of from one to four years. The examples cited here, illustrating the results of treatment of the most severe forms of malignant neo- plasms in which until recently treatment was completely unsuccessful, indicate convincingly the extension of therapeutic possibilities associated with the introduction of radioactive isotope treatment. The possibilities of the clinical use of radioactive isotopes are still far from having been exhausted. The further development of therapeutic methods using isotopes should follow four main directions. 1. Construction and manufacture of new powerful gamma-installations both of the stationary and rotary type. 2. Manufacture of various types of radioactive devices for radiosurgical methods of treatment. 3. Manufacture of colloidal solutions of various radioactive isotopes and also of devices for their intro- duction. 4. Serial manufacture of special apparatus designed for the diagnostic use of isotopes. The variety of methods of isotope therapy makes it possible to take into account the individual peculiari- ties of each case, which leads to a considerable increase in the number of cures. 453 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 tiW ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USSR DEPARTMENT OF ATOMIC ENERGY UTILIZATION, COUNCIL OF MINISTRIES OF THE USSR ALL-UNION CONFERENCE ON THE APPLICATION OF RADIOACTIVE AND STABLE ISOTOPES IN THE NATIONAL ECONOMY AND SCIENCE ISOTOPES AND RADIATIONS IN AGRONOMY V. M. Klechkovsky Paper Read at the Plenary Session Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Moscow 1957 455 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Progress in the agricultural sciences is very closely connected with the development of general knowledge of nature and with progress in physics and chemistry in particular. As these sciences and the industrial proces- ses related to them have developed, new ways of performing scientific experiments have been produced which have deepened our theoretical understanding in agronomy, just as in biology, medicine and a number of other branches of science. Engels, commenting on the role of production in the development of science, noted the Importance of the body of fresh mechanical, chemical and physical facts accumulated during the development of industry, which is not only basic material for scientific observation, but also provides completely new ways of carrying out experiments and constructing instruments which did not formerly exist (1). Timiryazev has emphasized the great importance of the experimental methods of physics and chemistry when applied to physiological prob- lems. "One may say" he writes in his review of the development of biology in the 19th century "that all the brilliant advances in physiology were closely connected with the application of physical and chemical methods to the more complex and detailed problems of physiology, these methcds frequently being ingeniously refined in the process. The rule is here again proved that the discovery of new research methods is frequently the source of more notable progress than is the acceptance of a new theory or a fresh compilation of facts" (2). This evalu- ation of the role of new experimental research methods which arise in the course of development of our general knowledge of nature and of industry, and of their importance to physiology, and hence agronomy also, is very applicable to the present time, when a rapid technological revolution is occurring with an unceasing extension of opportunities for scientific experiment, due mainly to progress in nuclear physics and current atomic physics in general. Agriculture is at present the widest field for the application of scientific and technical achievements. The application of industrial techniques to agriculture on a large scale, using the various scientific research methods in agronomic work, will, in its turn, exert an important influence on the development of science and technology. But we must remember that the relation between science and production in agriculture is different from that in other branches of industry, which latter could not have developed without the prior development of the various scientific disciplines (e.g., electrical technology or atomic industry). Agriculture developed historically long before any exact scientific experiments existed. And only grad- ually, hand in hand with the development of our knowledge of nature, did the enormous practical experiment that is agriculture become the object of study and scientific generalization. At this stage agriculture science did not provide the prerequisite for a new industry to arise, but existing practice was merely systematized and rationalized. We would need to say no more about this relation between science and production in agriculture today were it not that this relation sometimes is not apparent even now. As was. remarked above, since science is less responsible for the development of agriculture, the ground was laid for the occurrence of various dogmatic doctrines in agronomy, the unoriginal deductions of which are of little assistance or are even a hindrance in practice. As the exact sciences have developed and been widely applied in agronomy, the field open to dogmatic doctrine has been further and further reduced. In addition, the attachment of agriculture to industry has provided a sounder basis for the increase of the scientific influence in agriculture. The large part played in cultivation,at its present technological level,by the chemical industry and agro- chemistry, for instance, is well-known: this has occurred by the application of chemical knowledge and chemi- cal methods to agricultural questions: e.g., of chemical theories to the feeding of plants and of chemical con- ditions for soil fertilization; it has given an agronomic basis to the production of industrial fertilizers, and a 457 ? Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 ? CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 scientific basis for the correct application of fertilizers has developed and continues to develop. But the development of agrochemistry and agronomy in general is indissolubly linked with the progress of general chemistry, physical chemistry, biochemistry and physiology, with the constant enrichment of agron- omy by new theoretical concepts and new means of experiment. Hence Timiryazev's noteworthy comments [3] that *current cultivation has become what it is only because of agrochemistry and plant physiology" must be considered not only as a profound evaluation of the role of active scientific intervention in agriculture, but also as applying to the direct connection between agronomy and scientific knowledge. Only by working to ex- tend our knowledge of the processes of agriculture, using all the best methods currently availlble, can we en- sure the required development of agronomic science free from tendencies to dogmatic scholasticism. Only when agronomy is closely connected with general scientific knowledge can we use completely the fresh tech- niques which have developed together with new industries. In our day, when humanity has attained the atomic age, new atomic techniques are being rapidly devel- oped and introduced into the most varied branches of science and technology. Progress in nuclear physics and isotope chemistry, which has been crowned by the production of nuclear power, has revealed a wide field for the application of atomic techniques in agriculture and agronomic research. One of the main items in this arsenal of techniques is the use of isotopes of various chemical elements and a variety of forms of nuclear radiation. ), -rays, B -particles of various energies, and fast and slow neu- trons have become readily accessible means for research and for practical use of their action on organisms, in- cluding microorganisms, higher plants and animals. This action may be utilized to alter the genetic proper- , ties of the organisms in order to increase their productivity; it can be used as a means of regulating the rates of biochemical processes, and as a disinfecting or sterilizing agent. Nuclear radiation sources are widely used for producing new equipment for use in agricultural experiments. The production and use of atomic energy results in the formation of an enormous amount of radioactive materials (fission products from heavy nuclei). Fission products, together with some other radiation sources (such as Co60) are the most accessible forms of radioactive material for use as radiation sources in agriculture, e.g., for radiation disinfestation,etc. But this does not restrict the body of agricultural problems which arises" in connection with fission product formation (when atomic energy is produced). These fission products are the radioactive isotopes of elements (strontium, ruthenium, cesium, cerium etc.) which formerly had been almost completely or even completely neglected in agricultural science. Agronomy is at present faced with the seri- ous problem of studying the actions of fission products on plants and of elucidating the laws which govern the rates of the long-lived fission products when these enter the agricultural circulation of matter. These laws must be studied so that scientifically sound protective measures can be taken to prevent the undesirable conse- quences of radioactive materials accumulating in agricultural products. Investigation of all these problems will give rise to essentially new branches of agronomic science, such as radioisotope agrochemistry and agricultural biophysics. There is no doubt that the vast increase in power sources produced by the inexhaustible sources of nuclear energy will in the future prove of great importance not only to industry and transport but also to agriculture. But at the present, the problem of using atomic energy occupies nc obvious place in agricultural science, this is for the future. At the present time the practical use of atomic energy in agriculture lies predominantly in the use of isotopes and radiations as new means of scientific experiment. The use of isotopes and radiations in agronomic research has extended considerably in recent years. And if today we can say that some important practical problem has been solved on this basis we can assert with com- plete confidence that many partial questions of practical importance have had new light thrown on them by the use of isotopes. In addition, the use of isotopes has assumed a very important part in work on a number of theo- retical problems directly related to agronomy. When evaluating these successes we must allow for the fact that the history of the use of isotopes and radi- ations in agriculture is as yet comparatively short. The initial stage of using atomic techniques in agronomic research was characterized by the posing of comparatively simple problems from which the utility of the new methods could be tested. But at the same times we must remark on the tendency which appeared in some work, which was to find some quick direct way of raising the productivity of cultivation (and livestock production) by using atomic techniques, e.g., by using the stimulant action of radioactive substance and nuclear radiations, and 458 0 ts. thus hoping to obtain results of importance in practice. But it has now become clear that progress in this direction cannot be considered as a light task, either with regard to the use of isotope methods in agronomic research or the direct action of nuclear radiations on organisms; very careful systematic detailed work is required. For this purpose a number of important methodo- logical questions have to be resolved in using radiations and isotope methods for dealing with problems in ag- ronomic science. ? ? Passing now to a review of the ways of using radiations and isotope methods in agronomy which have so far been defined, we must first expound some results obtained by using tracer methods for research on the most important biochemical processes on which agriculture is based. The first of these is photosynthesis. Vinogradov [4] was the first to determine the isotope composition of the oxygen evolved by plants during photosynthesis; he concluded that the photosynthetic oxygen was derived from water and not from CO. As radioactive carbon was used for this research on photosynthesis, we now have a profound knowledge of the chem- istry of this process in the successive links of which the carbon is incorporated; the organic compounds are formed which provide the precursors for the synthesis of all the compounds which go to make up the organs of the plants and the formation of produce. Work using radioactive carbon and stable nitrogen isotopes has shown that there are effects, caused by the spectral composition of the light and other factors, which exert an influence on the course of photosynthesis and the routes taken by the primary accumulation of materials formed in photo- synthesis. This work has provided agronomic science with new theoretical concepts as to ways of controlling , the most important processes, such as photosynthesis [5]. The use of radioactive and stable isotopes in work on the absorption and metabolism of materials in plants has lead to discoveries which provide a deeper insight into the mechanisms of the primary processes by which the elements taken up by the plant roots are incorporated, and which elucidate some important aspects of the relation between root feeding and carbon uptake by the plant. Tracer methods have revealed the part played by the root carbon dioxide in the formation of acceptors required for the binding of inorganic nitrogen compounds and the synthesis of amino acids; new light has also been cast on the factors defining the oxygen metabolism of plant organs, as related to the carbon dioxide sources used in photosynthesis [6]. New data has been obtained by tracer methods on the relation between photosynthesis, mineral absorption, and the root synthetic activity; these are of great interest as applied to the adjustment of plant nutrition, and in relation to research on the external environmental factors which influence metabolism, growth and development. One of the basic general concepts of contemporary science in the field of plant nutrition, which was developed by D. N. Pryanishnikov [7], is that there is a close connection between external factors and the metabolic proc- esses in plants, found by the use of radioactive and stable isotopes and new methods of research. This concept has been given a deeper concrete content. The use of isotopic methods has led to the discovery of the continuous rapid turnover process which oc- curs in the plant proteins, nucleic acids and nucleoproteins. Using stable nitrogen and radioactive carbon iso- topes it has been shown that chlorophyll turns over rapidly in plant leaves [8, 9]. Tracer methods have lately been used for research on the fixation of atmospheric nitrogen in bean-root tumors and have given the unexpec- ted result that the nitrogen is not fixed in the bacterial cells but in the surrounding root cells [10]. Isotopic tracers were successfully used in work on the transfer and exchange of materials between graft and host in plant grafting, for research on the relations between the separate parts of the root system in fruit trees [11] and for elucidating the role of the various roots in the uptake of nutritional elements in grasses. Some features of the uptake of phosphorus from the external medium during the initial phase of growth and develop- ment were established; new data on the relation between phosphorus uptake and state of nitrogen nutrition were obtained. Isotope methods were successfully used in work on the effect on uptake of mineral elements of the development of root microorganisms [12]. The use of isotope methods in research on the non-root (leaf) nutrition of plants appears to be very desir- able. By using isotopic labels it was possible to carry out accurate detailed observations on uptake processes during non-root nutrition, on the participation of the materials in metabolism and on their removal to other Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 459 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 1 parts of the plant from the treated leaves [13]. The use of isotope methods to study non-root nutrition is well known to facilitate experiments on the efficiency of this type of nutrition in cotton plants, sugar beets and other agricultural crops, and it hp given an impetus to the general field testing of this method in our country. Tracer methods have been fairly widely used in experiments on the efficiency of various methods and times of fertilizer application to the soil, mainly with phosphorus fertilizers. The advantage of this method of studying fertilizer problems is primarily due to the fact that the amounts of the element taken up from the la - belied fertilizer and soil can be deterinined directly. In tracer phosphate experiments numerous facts were ob- tained of great interest in the practical use of phosphate fertilizers. In experiments with labelled superphosphate the importance of fertilizer grain size was clearly demon- strated: this affects the phosphorus uptake at various growth periods ? in particular fine granules were shown to be advantageous for providing phosphorus at the commencement of growth (the fertilizer being drilled in with the seed), and coarse granules being better during the subsequent vegetative period [14]. These results pose the problem of reconsidering the granular specifications for superphosphate given to industry. Much attention has been given in agricultural experiments in recent years to certain methods of combin- ing organic and superphosphate fertilizers, or organic fertilizers and lime. Isotope methods have provided very convincing objective data on the simultaneous application of superphosphate and organic fertilizers. It has also been shown what,relations between the organic and mineral dressings have to be observed in order to give a posi- tive advantage in phosphorus uptake. The rates and completeness with which plants use phosphate fertilizers when the fertilizers are used alone or in admixture with organic material were also discovered, as well as the relation to the depth of drilling and site of application (in the rows, in holes or in pits). It was found, in,par- ticular, that to increase the phosphorus uptake from superphosphate it was sufficient to mix it with very much smaller amounts of organic material (humus) than usually recommended. It was found that the advantage of shallow drilling the superphosphate (or superphosphate - organic mixture) when a scattering technique was used existed only during the mutual growth period, and that fertilizer more deeply drilled (18 - 20 cm) was taken up better during almost the whole of the vegetative period, apart from a few days at the beginning. It was also confirmed that the best way of providing phosphorus' was to combine the main application (at the bottom of the cultivated layer) with local applications of small amounts by dusting or depositing it in rows, holes or pits [15]. The use of isotope methods to determine the amount of nutritive material taken up from the fertilizer, together with chemical analysis of the plant material enables us to determine how much of that element taken up from the soil is derived from compounds naturally present in the soil or applied in earlier doses of fertilizer. Thus we may elucidate the effect of various modes of fertilization on the use the plant makes of materials nat- urally present in the soil. The data are of great interest in dealing with questions relating to the correct fertili- zer application system during crop rotations and in developing more efficient ways of using fertilizers. We should also point out that isotope methods enable us to determine the uptake from various forms of fertilizer directly if the isotope label can be introduced into the fertilizer during preparation. This method is not always convenient, however, `e.g., when ground phosphate rock is used. Neutron irradiation of natural phos- phates does not solve this problem satisfactorily, since the atoms may change their chemical states during acti- vation [16], the induced activity being in a different chemical state from the rest of the rock. In this connec- tion Sokolov's proposed method for comparative estimation of the availability of various fertilizer forms is of interest; this consists of using an isotopic trace, in the so-called 'selective absorption' method [17]. The con- cept on which this is based is that in using two different forms of fertili..er at the same time, one being labelled to a known activity and the other unlabelled, the unlabelled being compared with the labelled standard on the basis of the amount of.label taken up by the plant from the standard. Isotope methods have lately been further refined, advancing their use in comparative studies on the vari- ous times and methods of fertilization. It has been shown [8] that by using a simple scheme (in a field or lab- oratory experiment) the amount of an element present in a plant can be divided into more than the two frac- tions corresponding to uptake from soil and fertilizer. For example, when the basic application is combined with an application along rows or at the roots, the fractions derived from the soil, the basic fertilizer, the amount applied along the row, and the amounts applied at various periods to the roots can all be determined. This all extends the chances of getting results of value in practice by means of exact experiments which answer questions related to the scientific basis of rational fertilizer use in agriculture. 460 - - _ 4 P;cle. Tracer methods have also been used successfully for research on the processes whereby soils react with fertilizers, in connection with the absorption of phosphates by soils [19]. New methods of determining the cap- acities of soils to absorb materials have been developed and related to certain other properties of soils which are important in agriculture [20]. A new rapid method for estimating the quality of irrigation water, based on isotope methods, has been proposed in connection with the properties of irrigated soils [21]. Work in which isotope dilution was used to determine the amount of phosphorus taken up from soils is of great interest [22]. It is extremely necessary to elucidate some questions of principle regarding processes involving isotopes In generalwand radioactive isotopes in particular, if ;.sotope methods are to be used successfully in future agro- nomic and soil research. Two such important processes stand out at the present time. One is concerned with the differences in behavior of the isotopes of a given element which are related to their mass differences, in systems such as soil and plants. The mass differences between the isotopes of the lightest elements (hydrogen in particular) exert an im- portant influence on the chemical and physicochemical properties of compounds which differ in isotope com- position. These differences affect the behavior of hydrogen isotopes in biological systems [23], which must be borne in mind in isotope experiments with this element. With regard to the mass differences of isotopes of elements such as nitrogen, sulfur, calcium, etc., it has so far usually been assumed that the differences do not influence their behavior in biological experiments in a material fashion. In this connection we may' consider Vlasyuk's sensational paper [24] which appeared in 1953, on experi- ments in which, it was stated 'the radioactive isotopes of calcium and phosphorus are taken up 10 - 50 times more slowly by plants than are the stable isotopes of these elements." The astonishing part of this work was not the general deduction that the isotopes of an element behave differently, but that the differences observed in the rates of uptake were so astoundingly large. The same author (1955) described a hydroponic experiment with summer vetch in which the specific activity of the plant calcium (in various experiments) was either al- most equal to, or two, four or five times less than,that of the nutrient solution. He concluded that Ca45 atoms 'enter the plant at a different rate from those of the stable isotopes' [25]. It might appear that these data and conclusions should have attracted considerable attention since they cast doubt on the general applicability of tracer methods to uptake, transport and metabolic processes in plants. But we know of no work in which these conclusions 'have been considered critically on the basis of experimental data, although while they have not been generally acknowledged,they have also not been verified.* N. I. Seletkova of this Laboratory in 1956 undertook some experiments analogous to those cited. Vetch, pea and tobacco plants were grown in sand cultures fed right from the start with a nutritive mixture containing Ca45 ? labelled calcium. Determination of the specific activities of the calcium in nutritive mixtures and in various parts of the plant did not confirm the conclusion that there are sharp changes in the ratio between the calcium isotopes when they are taken up from the nutritive mixture into the plant, as found by Vlasyuk [24, 25]. The deviations in the specific activities of the calcium from various test. plants did not exceed ttie errors of ex- periment, as found by repeated measurement of the specific activities of the calcium from the nutritive mix- tures. Thus we conclude that the data cited are of dubious veracity as far as the difference between the rates of uptake for radioactive and non-radioactive isotopes of calcium. The difference in the properties of ions and molecules of differing isotopic composition as it may appe.t in conditions of agronomic experiment has not been settled, but it is evidently of real importance only under conditions where the accuracy demanded is enor- mously greater. But the detailed study of isotope effects in biological systems is of great theoretical interest, and the prob- lem muse undoubtedly attract greater attention the more widely isotope methods are used and the greater be- comes the demand for precise accuracy in the results obtained by these methods. ? We note that an analogous problem of the behavior of different isotopes of the same element in biologi- cal experiments has also received attention with regard to animal organisms. It has been stated [26] that when the balances for the radioactive and stable isotopes of cobalt are drawn up it is found that they do not behave in the same way: 'While stable cobalt is taken up to the extent of 65 - 70 - 75%, radioactive cobalt is only taken up to the extent of 25 - 30%." Hence it was concluded that living cells react differently to different coba:t isotopes. 'It' ? & 4IL 4. ? .; 461 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 _ The second question of principle related to the use of tracer atoms in soil, agronomic and physiological research is that of the role of radiation effects which always occur to some degree when experiments are per- formed with radioactive isotopes. This question is closely related to the more general problem of the biologi- cal action of ionizing radiations in general. The action of ionizing radiations in plants has a few aspects which we will deal with shortly in connec- tion with the future prospects of using isotopes and radiations in agronomy. Since radioisotopes are widely used in physiological, agronomic and soil research at the present time, the problem of the action of their radiations is of great importance, purely from the methodological point of view when they are used in nutritional mixtures or in soils and are taken up and accumulated by plant organs. If the use of radioisotope methods in such work is to be successful it must be verified that the activity levels used and the ionization doses given are such that the radiation does not materially distort the course of the proces- ses investigated. For example, the specific activity of a labelled fertilizer must be such that irradiation does not influence the uptake in the root (or in the leaf in non-root feeding), or on the transfer, distribution and ac- cumulation of the element in various parts of the plant. When metabolic processes in plants are studied with isotopic labels the specific activity of the labelling element or compound must not exceed a level such that the radiation causes, directly or indirectly, changes in the rates of the metabolic processes under study. In addition, when deciding on the specific activity of the starting material for use in such experiments one should always bear in mind the other side of the question, namely, that the activity level must be high enough for the activity measurements to be accurate with the minimum amount of activity to be expected in that experiment. Up to now this question has been dealt with on the assumption that normal tracer doses of radioisotopes have no material effect on the biochemical and physiological processes in plant experiments. But the concept of a tracer dose is'arbitrary and systematic studies should be carried out, from which the limits of tracer doses could be determined more accurately for typical conditions of agronomic or physiological experiments. The literature data, even on a question as simple as the effect of the radiation from P32 on the uptake of phosphorus is very contradictory. On the other hand, in a number of experiments in which the specific activity of the fertilizer was varied over a very wide range there was no appreciable effect on the phosphorus uptake, whereas on the other hand, experiments have been described where even extremely low levels of activity caused certain changes in the phosphorus uptake [27]. The need for a detailed consideration of the limits of tracer, tolerance and destructive doses in isotope studies in agronomy cannot now be doubted. Work in our laboratory has provided data of interest both from methodological and more general radiobiological points of view. Right from the start it was clear to us that a rational solution could only be obtained by a many-sided study of the general physiology of the actions of radioactive materials on plants, carried out over a wide range on concentrations and ionization doses. The results showed that doses at which clear signs of radiation damage appeared in higher plants in general lie far outside the limits of dose required when using the isotopes as tracers. But the sensitivities of plants to radiation damage depend on many factors, so it would in general be in- correct to specify standard limits which are the same for all cases at tracer, tolerance and injurious levels in plants. In addition to the non-uniformity in radiosensitivity of various plant forms, the sensitivity will obviously change with age. In the early phases the growth is most stable against the destructive action of radiation. It has also been found that thc sensitivities of plants to the destructive action oi radioactive materials depend strongly on the nutritional conditions and other external factors. For example, plants supplied with in- sufficient phosphate appear to be much more sensitive to the destructive action of radioactive phosphorus than do plants with an adequate supply (28J. The disturbance to metabolic processes occasioned by shading or al- teration in the water supply affects the radio-sensitivity by reducing the accumulation of photosynthetic pro- ducts. Specific questions of dosimetry in applying radioactive materials to particular plants are of much greater importance to the study of the action of the radioactive materials; so far these problems have been dealt with but little. 462 _ 4 I. Ffl This implies that the actions of radioactive isotopes of various elements must be related to their chemi- cal properties, since thdse determine how they become distributed in the organs and tissues of plants. In this connection,not only are the specific distributions of isotopes such as those cf carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, cal- cium, cobalt, zinc, etc., of interest, but also those of isotopes of other elements, particularly fissions products (strontium, zirconium, ruthenium, cesium, cerium, etc.). Some of these products can accumulate in consider- able quantities in the reproductive organs, or, accumulating in the root system, are only transferred to the above-ground parts of the plant to a slight extent. The different distributions of radioisotopes of the various elements in plants and their varied take-up rates will result in different radiation actions being exerted on the plant tissues when the external concentra- tions are the same. Important differences due to the type of decay and energies of the particles emitted will also be present. For example,when the maximum 8 -ray energy is small,a large fraction of the energy liber- ated in the decay of the radioactive material in the tissue will be absorbed completely, almost independently of the size and shape of the organ. When the -ray energies are high, and particularly with isotopes giving y -rays, the fraction of the energy which is absorbed by the organ which contains the isotope may be extremely small. This difference is most marked in higher plants due to their specific structuret which have organs of small transverse cross section. For example, calculations show that the organs of a leaf of thickness 0.2 mm absorb only about 25% of the energy liberated by radiophosphorus present in the leaf (29). Hence the radiation doses (expressed in physical roentgen equivalents or in rads/unit time) received from radioisotopes with high-energy radiations vary not only with the concentration in the organs but are also very strongly dependent on their size and shape. One further factor, which formerly fell outside the field of view of workers dealing with the actions of radioactive substances on plants, is important here. If a considerable part of the energy liberated by a radio- isotope is not liberated in the organ in which it is contairied (e.g., a leaf) but in the surrounding medium, the radiation dose received by the organ is made up of two parts - one due to internal irradiation (i.e., due to de- cay occurring within the organ) and the second due to external irradiation i.e., due to irradiation from adjacent organs and plants. This external irradiation, particularly in the case of y -emitters, is determine4 not only by the shapes and sizes of the organs of the plant, but also on those of the plant assembly in which it is present. For example, if there is one plant per pot, or several plants, each of which contain the same amount of some isotope emitting hard 8 -rays or y -rays, then the organs of a single plant will receive a lower dose-rate (radshec) than those of a plant which is one of several growing in the same pot. If there are several such iden- tical pots with plants containing the same amount of isotope, the external radiation field will increase yet fur- ther due to the adjacent pots, and hence the dose received by each plant separately will increase. Thus, even in experiments with the same radioactive isotopes at the same concentrations in the feed medium, and with the same rate of uptake into the plant and identical distributions in the plant organs, the dose conditions may be far from equal. Neglect of the 'radiation assembly" factor must be particularly borne in mind when comparing pot and field experiments if the isotope used emits y -rays. The circumstances considered briefly here are important in work on processes related to the biological actions of radioactive materials in their agronomic aspects, and also in problems related to the agrochemistry of fission products. As it is not possible within the scope of this review to consider the complex array of problems in cur- rent agricultural science.* I shall give only one example to show what special phenomena and specific prob- lems are encountered in isotope agrochemistry and agricultural biophysics when the actions of radioactive sub- stances in general are studied; and of the behavior in soils and actions on plants of fission products in particular. Gulyakin and Seletkova (32) have shown that when elements such as radiothorium are taken up via the roots of plants the activity of the above-ground organs appears to be almost entirely due to the accumulation of short-lived daughter elements ( thorium X and thorium B) rather than of the parent radiothorium, which ? A detailed discussion of the behavior of fission products in soils, their uptake by plants and accumulation in crops has recently been published by Klechkovsky, Gulyakin et al [3O]. For a general review of the litera- ture on radioactive contaminants of soil and plants see the paper by Polyakov and Germanova (31). 463 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 CIA-RDP81 01043R002800180003 9 6, Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 accumulates to a considerable extent in the roots, scarcely penetrating to the upper organs. So when a radio- isotope and its daughter products are present in the nutritive medium in a state of radioactive equilibrium, the equilibrium relation is sharply destroyed as they are taken up by the roots and transferred to the above-ground organs, the parent becoming separated from its decay products. A phenomenon analogous to this has been observed [30] in relation to certain short radioactive chains in the fission product group. For example, even when equilibrium solutions of Sr90 + Ye? react with soils, the par- ent and daughter isotopes were observed to be absorbed differently. The separation Was particularly marked on extracting the Sr" + Y9? from the absorbed state (after radioactive equilibrium had been reattained) into a neutral salt solution. When these were taken up via the roots from a soil containing Sr90 + Y90 in equilibrium the parent strontium outstripped the yttrium daughter. The activities of plant specimens taken not long after uptake of this isotope pair had begun,were not constant, but increased with time as the daughter yttrium ac- cumulated to restore equilibrium. A similar effect is found on taking up the radiostrontium via the roots into the above-ground oigans not only in the case where the isotopes are derived from a soil, but also in pots filled with quartz sand containing Sr90 + Y90 in equilibrium. But when the Sr" + Y9? are further transferred throughout the organs t e.g., from lower to higher leaves) it is found that the yttrium daughter is relatively more mobile than the parent strontium. The clearest evidence for the greater Y" mobility relative to the Sr" in the above-ground transfer processes is found when the Sr90 + Y9? is introduced via separate leaves, other leaves from other parts of the plant being removed for observation. When the Sr90 + -Y90 is not introduced through the roots but via the leaves of a sunflower, it is found that the activities of specimens (taken from leaves higher up than the treated ones) fall by a factor of 8-10 by 10- 15 days after taking, which implies that the shortlived daughter yttrium is predominantly transferred to these leaves, the ratio of stroqtium to yttrium in these leaves being several times leis than the equilibrium value. These data prove firstly, that when the uptake, transfer and distribution in plants of radioactive mater- ials which are genetically related nuclides are studied, we must allow for phenomena in which radioactive equilibrium is disturbed, since serious errors result from ignoring this fadt. Secondly, they show that when corn- puting radiation doses to the tissues of various organs in which the uptake is related in a similar mannertwe must allow for the differing uptakes and distributions of parent and daughter nuclide. This whole exposition leads us to conclude that when studying the actions of radioactive substances on plants we encounter an extremely complex problem in agronomic science, primarily due to the enormous var- iety of conditions which may occur in any experiment, and to the difficulty of defining an accurate biophysical picture of radiation action on plants. The complexity of this problem must particularly be borne in mind in relation to the numerous possibili- ties of raising the yield of crops and the quality of agricultral products by using such techniques as soaking the seeds in solutions of radioactive materials or inserting small amounts of radioactive material in the soil [33, 34]. This problem, in spite of its long history, is still extremely confused, and the deductions are extremely contra- dictory. We may make the following comments on the basis of the material which has accumulated as to the effect of such methods on plants, and as to the effects of radioactive substances in general. Numerous experiments are described in the literature in which accelerated growth and development and raised yields are claimed from the action of radioactive substances on plants. These results were obtained in experiments in which the dose range was extraordinarily wide, beginning with experiments in which the seeds were soaked in solutions at concentrations of 0.5?c/liter and ending with vanishingly small 'homeopathic' dos- es of radioactive substances introduced into the nutritive solution or into the soil, these being enormously less than the natural activity of the medium. Meanwhile over this verywide dose range, numerous experiments have shown either no stimulant action on plants, or else the action was stated to be negative. Some workers start from the concept that the naturally radioactive elements are just as necessary for plant life as are the other essential non-radioactive elements (e.g., trace elements), when investigating the actions of small doses of radioactive materials on plants. It is asserted that the radioactivity is a factor which influences the role of the naturally radioactive materials in the organism (33). The work of Vinogradov, which appeared comparatively recently, is of great interest in this connection; C., he showed in a unique xperiment with the naturally radioactive isotope le? that its activity had no material effect on the growth and metabolic rate of the mold Aspergillus [35]. The results from this experiment consti- tute an extremely critical contribution to the debate on the absolute need of plants for a natural level of radio- activity. The contradictory nature of the whole of the material on the stimulant action of radioactive substances and on their being necessary to plant lifeinvels us to consider this problem far from solved at the present time and as requiring further and more profound study, particular note be laken of the dosimetric picture and par- ticular care being taken to elucidate the conditions under which the observed effects can be reproduced system- atically. In the future, more profound study of the actions of radioactive substances on plants should be carried out over a wide range of radiation doses and in various controlled experimental conditions with more detailed at- tention to the dosimetric factors than has hitherto been the case, since the practical and theoretical importance of such research is not restricted to the doubtful prospect of using radioactive substances for stimulating the growth and development of plants directly, and thus improving the yield or the quality, In practice, as may be concluded from the above discussion, the real problem is to obviate any rise in the activity of agricultural pro- ducts caused by the scattering of fission products over the Earth. The use of radioactive substances as stimulants or *radioactive fertilizers* is bound to lead to a rise in the general background of radioactivity in agriculture which is certainly undesirable. Hence the search for the practical aspects of radiation stimulation must he dir- ected primarily to their actions on seeds, tubers, etc., the radiation being applied externally via X- or y -rays. Irradiation in this fashion is very much simpler,and the accuracy of the dosimetry is much greater than when the seeds are soaked in radioactive solutions or when *radioactive fertilizer* are placed in the soil, for instance; in addition, external irradiation does not cause a rise in the activity of the product. Although the results from work on the direct physiological action of external radiation on seeds or veget- ating plants* give us so far no firm basis for asserting that we will in this way be able to render any positive ef- fects stable; this research must not only be directed to giving results in the light of the general problems of rad- iobiology, but also to answering the practical problems of agriculture. In this due, interest will not only attach to particular stimulation effects, i.e., more rapid growth and increased yield, but also to the search for ways of regulating metabolic processes in order to change the compositions of plants and to cause the plants to accumu- late compounds which are of interest in practice (e.g., vitamins) [34]. There is,however, yet another important factor impelling us to consider the many-sided development and profound investigation of the actions of ionizing radiations in general (and of radioactive substances in particular) as being a very urgent present problem, to be dealt with under the most varied experimental conditions. The urgency of such work is connected with the genetic action of radiation, and with the prospects of using radiation for selection purposes,which have lately become apparent. While the genetic action of ionizing radiation has been known for a long while, it is only now with the enormous extension of experimental facilities that have become available with the development of atomic energy, that reliable data have become available on the chances of obtaining results of value by the use of radiation on agricultural plants. We do not propose to give here either a general evaluation of the practical prospects of radiation genetics and selection in agriculture, nor to consider the special genetic and selection problems which arise in this con- nection. They will be dealt with in detail in another paper at this conference; however,I shall deal with one of these questions which is of more general importance in connection with the prospects in that section of the work which requires a combined attack by various scientific disciplines. One of the most important recurring problems in this field is the elucidation of opportunities for producing directed changes in the heredity of plants by devising the appropriate irradiation schemes. Contemporary bio- physics and radiation genetics dispose of general methods of comparison, detailed study, and establishment of the most varied modes of radiation action (in the wide sense of the word). In this respect.,external irradiation is of great interest, but so are a variety of conditions of irradiation pro- duced by radioactive materials taken up by plants. By using radioactive isotopes of various elements for this A summary of these results is given in Kuzin's paper [34]. Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 465 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 purpose and making use of their special distributions in organs and their localization in tissues while bearing in mind their types and energies of decay, we may produce various types of irradiation and approach a solution of the problem in this way. It is also of interest to see whether one can change the radiosensitivities of plants by adjusting the condi- tions of nutrition and other factors, while seeking conditions most favorable for radiogenetic and radioselective purposes. For this purpose we undoubtedly require the united effort of radiobiologists. biophysicists and selections geneticists directed to the elucidation of the nature of radiation action on plants and to seeking means of consciously directing radiobiological effects, including their genetic consequences. From this point of view, the effect on plants of factors such as neutron irradiation is of interest. One of the characteristic features of neutron action (we have in mind primarily slow neutrons) is its relation to the chemical and nuclide' composition of the tissue. For example, the distribution of the energy absorbed by the plant tissue on neutron irradiation between the various ionizing particles (protons, cc particles, recoil nuclei, electrons, y -rays) is to a considerable degree determined by the contents of elements such as nitrogen, boron, etc. Changes in the content and isotope composition of these elements can change the. balance of energy be- tween the various ionizing particles to a very great extent. Nonuniformity occurs in the localization of the primary nuclear reactions and the ionizing particle tracks produced, and hence in the specific distribution of primary acts of radiation action within the cell when neutrons are used. In this connection,it has been found to be possible, by changing the chemical composition of the plant (with regard to nitrogen, boron and other elements), via the nutritional conditions, to produce a known non- uniformity in the distribution of primary acts in the cells of tissues and hence to proceed to theregulation of neutron irradiation effects by producing some specific distribution of primary acts of ionization and excitation. Calculations [36] show that the fraction of the energy dissipated in a plant tissue which is due to the activity induced by neutron irradiation is negligibly small. But in general, we must surely assign some role in the radiobiological effect to the neutron induced activity. The specific nuclide distributions here, may also be important as their neutron capture cross sections are different. Hence, while the quantitative contribution from the induced activity to the total dose may be small, its importance in producing the specific radiation picture observed on neutron irradiation cannot be excluded, and it may have a special relation to the genetic effects of irradiation. The experimental study of all these problems and the more complete mastery of radiation effects in neu- tron irradiation also demand the united efforts of biophysicists, radiobiologists and geneticists. A deeper and more complete explanation of the mechanisms of the primary processes which produce the physiological and genetic effects of irradiation is of great interest to agricultural science. The development of research in this field should not only facilitate the solution of what are especially radiobiological problems in one of the most promising fields for using atomic techniques to provide the requirements of agriculture ? by ob- taining new and useful inherited qualities in agricultural plants ? but should also contribute to raising the general theoretical level of agronomic science and of biology in general. We may advance successfully if we take from new atomic techniques in agronomy all that they can pro- vide in the way of a deeper understanding of the phenomena and processes which form the subject of this science, as well as in the way of high accuracy and objective observations and experiments, and thus continually follow the rapid progress of general scientific knowledge. This present review has been concerned with but few of the theoretical and practical problems of agri- oulture,in whose solutions all thecurrently available scientific techniques must be pressed into service, with.radio- active isotopes and radiations playing an important part in this. The problems we have not touched upon here concern the use of isotopes and radiations in the protection of plants from pests and diseases, and the conservation and elimination of losses in crops and agricultural products. Isotopes and radiations will find application not merely in agronomic research but also in zoological and veterinary investigations. The wide field for the introduction of isotope methods (and atomic techniques in general) into agricultural ? By nuclide composition, as distinct from chemical composition, we mean the composition as specified, not merely by the contents of chemical elements, but also by the contents of nuclides, i.e., the separate iso- topes of each element present in the organ. 466 1 ? z 4 science includes the use of radiation sources and instruments for investigating the operation of agricultural machines and tools. A number of units for this purpose have been produced for use in agricultural experiments. (For determining the moistness and density of soils, weighing plants while growing, observing the distribution and seepage of irrigation water in soil, etc.). The wide area of application of isotopes and radiations in agri- cultural science ,and the varied methodological and technical problems that arise,have given rise to a demand for new methods of measuring radioactivity, and for the refinement of the existing ones. Some of the develop- ments appear to be useful in other fields of science and technology as well. In particular we may refer to some types of highly sensitive and very stable particle counters that have been developed by Tselishchev at the Timiryazev Agricultural Academy. The demand for an increase in the sensitivity of radiation equipment did not arise accidentally in the agronomic establishment. It arose from the very essence of the specific problems encountered in agronomic science at its present stage of development; these problems have been dealt with briefly above. E.g., when striving to reduce the size of tracer doses in order to reduce the level of radiation "interfer- ence" produced by the tracer itself, it is extremely important to be able to measure small activities as accur- ately as possible and to have available very sensitive equipment. When the laws governing the uptake and dis- tribution of fission products in plants are studied, it is important to measure minimal activities with the great- est possible accuracy. Since some fission products and a number of radioisotopes used as tracers in agronomic ' and physiological experiments have comparatively low-energy emissions,we also require apparatus of high sensi- tivity and high counting efficiency. Experiment shows that development of these, in agronomic laboratories in which isotopes and radiations are..used,is of creative interest in methodological questions connected with the use of atomic techniques proper, and this not only raises the level of agronomic work but also aids in solving more general problems of introducing new methods of experimental study in scientific work. The above discussion leads us to conclude that agriculture and agronomic science, which are connected in many ways with the development of industry and general scientific knowledge, now present a wide field for the application of the new technical means and fresh scientific experimental methods provided by the progress of contemporary physics. We also see that participation in the atomic age sets before agronomy not only the. task of using atomic techniques for its own purposes, but also brings forward some entirely new theoretical and practical agricultural problems demanding resolute attention and actively creative study. We must further the work that has already begun on these problems (in the fields of plant biochemistry and physiology, agrochemistry, soil-working and plant protection), and also develop as rapidly as possible those lines which have for a number of reasons so far not received attention appropriate to their theoretical and prac- tical importance in the general utilization of isotopes and radiations in research. LITERATURE CITED [1] F. Engels, Dialectics of Nature (Moscow, 1934) p. 40. [2] K. A. Timiryazev, Collected Works,Vol. VIII, p. 82 (1939). [3] K. A. Timiryazev, Collected tAkirks, Vol. In, p. 51 ,1937). [4] A. P. Vinogradov, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 33 (1941); 56 (1947); Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Biology Series No. 3 (1947). See also S. Ruben et al.,]. Am. Chem. Soc. 63 (1941). [5] M. Calvin and]. Baskhem, In 'Use of radioactive isotopes in industry, nedicine and agriculture* (USSR Acad. Sci: Press, Moscow, 1956). A. A. Nichinorovich, in "Use of radioactive Isotopes in technology, biology and agriculture" (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, Moscow, 1956); 0. V. Zalensky,"Methods of using C14 to study photosynthesis;(USSR Acad. Sci. Press, Moscow, 1955): in *Session of the USSR Acad. Sci. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, Biological Sciences Section (1955). [6] A. L. Kursanov et al, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 85 (1952); 88 (1953). A. M. Kuzin et al, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 85 (1952); 90 (1953). A. L. Kursanov, Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Biology Series, No. 1 (1954); Trans. Timiryazev Inst. Plant Physiol. (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955); "Radioactive elements and the study of plant life." "Report of the Geneva Conference on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy', 16 (1955). [7] D. N. Pryanishnikev, In 'Jubilee symposium on the 30th anniversary of the Great October Socialist 40. I 7". Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 467 0 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release ? 50-Yr 2014/01/31 : CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003-5 Revolution" (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947). [8] F. V. Turchin et al, in 'Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use' (USSR Acad. Sc!. Press, 1055); Plant Physiology, No. 1 (1955). [9] A. A. Shlyk, "Tracer methods in the biosynthesis of chlorophyll' (White Russian SSR. Acad. Sc!. Press, Minsk, 1956). [10] F. V. Turchin, Summaries of reports (to the present conference) (1957). [11] N. M. Sisakyan and V. Ya. Voronkova, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 70, (1950). V. M. Klechkovsky, V. N. Stoletov and T. P. Evdokimova, Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Biology Series, No. 3, (1951). T.P. Evdokimova, in "Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use* (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955); Bull. Timiryazev Agric. Acad. No. 2, (1955). [12] A. A. Akhromeiko, in *Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use* (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [13] K. Kaindl, Radioisotope Conf. (1954), ed. by J. E. Johnstone (London, 1954). G. B. Tyuki, in "Use of radioactive isotopes in industry, medicine and agriculture* (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1956). A. V. Egorov, "Non-root feeding of plants with phosphorus: Dissertation, Timiryazev Agric. Acad. (1956); in "Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use' (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). G. S. Davtyan, ibid. F. I. Uchevat- kin and A. A. Boroduline, ibid. [14] V. M. Klechkovsky and N. V. Kashirpkina, In 'Tracers in tbe study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use" (USSR Acad..Sci. Press, 1955). P. A. Dmitrenko, Soil working, No. 5, (1955). F. I. Reshetnikov, in 'Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use" (USSR Acad. Sc!. Press, 1955). [15] I. V. Gulyakin and P. M. Smirnov et al, Soil working , No. 7 (1955). 'Fertilizer and crop", No. 2 (1956); L. A. Zyaev et al, Soil Working, No. 5 (1955). F. I. Reshetnikov, in "Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use"(USSR, Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [16] M. Fried and McKenzie, Science, No. 2888 (1950). I. W. A. Fiskell. Sci. Agr. 32, No. 9 (1952); Can. J. Agri. Sci. 33, No. 6 (1953). [17] A. V. Sokolov, in 'Tracers in the study of plant nutrition and fertilizer use" (USSR Acad. Sc!. Press, 1955); in "Use of isotopes in chemical and soil research '(USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [18] N. V. Kashirkina, Trans. Timiryazev Agric. Acad., No. 25, (1956). [19] Mc Auliffe . Soil Sci. Soc. Am. Proc. 12 (1948). V. M. Klechkovsky and G. N. Zherdetskaya. Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR., '16(1951); 79 (1951). V. M. Klechkovsky and G. N. Tselishcheva, Soil working, No. 9 (1955). I. P. Serdobolsky, Bull. Acad. Sci. USSR, Biology Series, No. 3 (1954), Russell Scott, J. Soil Sc!. 5, No. 1 (1954). S. N. Ivanov, Soil working, No. 7 (1955). [20] I. M. Blume and D. Smith, 77, No. I (1954). J. T. Rosenquist, Radioisotope Conference, 1954, ed. by J. E. Johnstone (London, 1954). S. G. Rydsky and F. G. Yanovskaya, in "Tracers in the study of plant nutri- tion and fertilizer work' (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955); soil working, No. 7 (1955). I. N. Antipov-Karataev, in "Use of radioactive isotopes in industry, biology and agriculture '(USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [21] I. N. Antipov-Karataev, in "All-Union Conference of workers in the agricultural sciences '(1951). [22] A. V. Sokolov, in 'Use of radioactive isotopes in industry, biology and agriculture' (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). B. V. Zamyatina, Soil working , No. 10 (1954). [23] L. Co.ilbom, Nature, No. 4517 (1956). [24] P. A. Vlasyuk, in "Summaries of papers at the scientific session on achievements and tasks of Soviet biophysics in agriculture' USSR Acad. Sci.Biophysics Institute (Moscow, 1953). [25] P. A. 'Vlasyuk, in 'Transactions of the scientific session on achievements and tasks of Soviet bio- physics in agriculture' (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [26] V. V. Koralsky, in 'Transactions of the scientific session rm achievements and tasks of Soviet biophysics 468 00 4. ??? in agriculture" (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [27] E. Penner, Can..J. Agr. Sci. 34, No. 1 (1954); 34, No.2 (1954), R. P. Martin and R. Russel, J. Exp. Bot. 5, No. 3 (1954). [28] A. G. Shestakov et al, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 102, No. 2, 3 (1955); Proc. Timiryazev Agric. Acad.. No. 23 (1956); Bull. Timiryazev Agric. Acad., No. 1 (1955). [29] S. P. Tselishchev and A. 0. Furman, "Internal absorption of radiation in materials containing radio- active isotopes' (manuscript, Timiryazev Agric. Acad.). [30] V. M. Klechkovsky, (ed.) I. V. Gulyakin et al, "The behavior of radioactive fission products in ;oils, their uptake in plants and accumulation in crops " (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1956 ). [31] Yu. A. Polyakov and N. S. Fermanova, Soil working , No. 8 (1956). [32] I. V. Gulyakin and N. I. Seletkova, in 'Action of ionizing radiations on biological obJects"(USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1954). [33] A. A. Drobkov, Current Agronomy, No. 9 (1949); Prog. Current Biol,No. 1 (1951); in 'Trace ele- ments in the life of plants and animals * (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1952). P. A. Vlasyuk, In 'Physiology of plant nutrition" (Acad. Sci. Ukr. SSR Press, 1955); in "Session of USSR Acad. Sci. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, Biological Sciences section* (1955). N. G. Zhezhel, ibid. [34] A. M. Kuzin, In 'Use of radioactive isotopes in industry, biology and agriculture (USSR Acad. Sci. Press, 1955). [35] A. P. Vihogradov, Proc. Acad. Sci. USSR, 110, No. 3 (1956). [36] S. P. Tselishchev and V. B. Mogilevkin, Summaries of reports (to present conference) (1957). Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release @ 50-Yr 2014/01/31 . CIA-RDP81-01043R002800180003 5 469 .? -